Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
College Bulletin, 1988-89
w m
«lS&öS® ®
FrlW
tpV~1' ' 1^sSZr—^-i 11im
T
sujfi'im fyiofi& M
s~ in
'C 3
n rt/n
jg f l g g
Swarthmore
College Bulletin 1 9 8 8 -1 9 8 9
Volume L X X X V I Number 1
Catalogue Issue September 1988
Directions for
Correspondence
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081
David W. Fraser
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY
President
ACADEMIC POLICY
S W
ADM ISSIONS AND CATALOGUES
RECO RD S AND TRANSCRIPTS
James W. England
9 * 77/
Provost
Robert A. Barr, Jr.
S / d ¿ ,
Dean o f Admissions
> C 3
i m
Jane H. Mullins
/ q
/
Registrar
Loren Hart
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Vice President
Laura Talbot
FINANCIAL AID AND
FINANCING OPTIONS INFORMATION
Director o f Financial Aid
H. Thomas Francis
CA REER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT
Director
ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Kendall Landis
Vice President
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION
Patricia A. Whitman
Equal Opportunity Officer
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maralyn Orbison Gillespie
Associate Vice President
Swarthmore College is committed to the prin
ciple o f equal opportunity for all qualified
persons without discrimination against any
person by reason o f sex, race, color, age,
religion, national origin, handicap, or sexual
preference. This policy is consistent with rele-
vant governmental statutes and regulations,
including those pursuant to Title IX o f the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 504 o f the Federal Rehabilitation Act
o f 1973.
The Swarthmore College Bulletin (ISSN
0888-2126), o f which this is Volume LXXXVI,
number 1, is published in September, Novem
ber, December, February, March, and August
by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA
19081 and additional mailing offices. Post
master: Send address changes to Swarthmore
College Bulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081.
Printed in U .S.A .
Table of Contents
CALENDAR 4
INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
II
ADMISSION 18
EXPENSES 21
FINANCIAL AID 22
COLLEGE LIFE 35
STUDENT COMMUNITY 40
IV
V
VI
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 46
FACULTY REGULATIONS 58
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 61
AWARDS AND PRIZES 63
FELLOWSHIPS 67
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 69
Art 70
Asian Studies 76
Astronomy 78
Biology 79
Black Studies 85
Chemistry 87
Classics 92
Computer Science 98
Economics 102
Education 109
Engineering 113
English Literature 121
History 136
International Relations 147
Linguistics 149
Literature 155
Mathematics 157
Medieval Studies 165
Modern Languages and Literatures 167
Music 181
Philosophy 189
Physical Education and Athletics 195
Physics and Astronomy 197
Political Science 207
Psychology 215
Public Policy 222
Religion 224
Sociology and Anthropology 229
Women’s Studies 238
THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 243
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 247
THE FACULTY 252
ADMINISTRATION 268
VISITING EXAMINERS 278
DEGREES CONFERRED 281
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 286
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 289
INDEX 290
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 302
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 304
3
4
B
18
I S
Tue Wed Thu
1
7 . '8
6
P i i ' MF 15
21
19
20
22
26 l i i
28
29
5
B j l l l I*;!!
Sun Mon
m
im
16 »
2
■ ■
3
10
23
30
OCTOBER
Tue S t ® Thu
4
in
11
* 47: P i i
23
25
24
31
30
196
2
5
6
12. ; 13'
20
19
26
27
Sat‘
Fri
7
14
21
28 I
1
8
15
22 ,
B I
6
tJ
'2
* 3 :v l4
20
21
28
'
tu e Wed É ltii! Fri
2
1
3 -, 4
9
8
II
to
<' 15- 16 , 17
18
22
23
24
25
30
29
Tue Wed Thu
2
3
4
10
11
9
16
18
17
23
25
24
31
30
Sun Mon
1
8
7
15
14
21
22
28
29
Tue Wed
m il:
12
11
18
19
25 : 26
7
6
JtM
20
27 i l i l
i
'8
15
22
29
Sat
5
"X
1L
9'
26
Sun Mon
Tue Wed Thu
1
6
8
7
15
13
14
20
21
22
28
29
27
Sun Mon
Tue Wed Thu
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
6
13
20
27
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
Tue Wed Thu
3
5
4
10
11
12
18
19
17
25
26
24
31
Fri
6
13
20
27
Sat
7
14
21
28
2
9
16
23
30
4
3
10
17
24
Tue Wed Thu
1
2
8
9
7
15
16
14
21
22
23
28
Fri
Sat
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
Fri
4
11
18
25
Sat
5
12
19
26
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
2 “i 3 1 4
1
5
12
9
10
11
8
18
19
15
16
17
23
251 26
22
24
29
30
Tue Wed Thu
Fri
Sat
Sun Mon
6
13
20
27
8
15
22
29
9
16
23
30
Fri
6
13
20
27
Sat
7
14
21
28
Tue Wed Thu Fri
1
3
2
8
9 “ 10
7
15
16
14
17
21
22
23
24
30
28
29
Sat
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
Tue Wed Thu
2
1
3
10
8
9
16
15
17
22
23
24
30
31
29
Sun Mon
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
3
10
17
24
5
12
19
26
4
11
18
25
Fri
3
10
17
24
Sat
4
11
18
25
Sun Mon
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
30
29
7
14
21
28
Tue Wed Thu
3
5
4
10
11
12
18
19
17
25
26
24
31
pA
Fri
3
10
17
24
31
Sat
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
Tue Wed Thu
Fri
Sat
5
12
19
26
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
6
13
20
27
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
Tue Wed Thu
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
Sat
3
10
17
24
MARCH
wm
Tuft Wed Thu Fri Sat
IP ililiifl
2
8
10
6 | 7
9
13
12
14
15 C1 6 ' i?
24
19-: 20 P i i % ;: 2 2 , 23
30
31
26
28
29
27
lun^Mout
mm.mm
u
18
25
APRIL
Fri - Sat
6
7
13 14
21
28
2?
mm
MAY
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
Fri
1
8
15
22
29
Sat
2
9
16
23
30
Tue Wed Thu
3
1 - 2 !
9 i 10
1 8
15
16
17
22
23 [ 24
30
31
29
ì
Fri Sat
5
4
11 1 12
1 8 * ! 19
25 26
JUNE
4
n
18
25
Tue Wed : Thu Fri x:S«t
2
liti
, 5|
9
6 ■: 7
8
16
12
14
13
15
23
22
20
21
19
26
27 : 28 ! Ì Ì ! ; 30
Sun Mon
2
1
9
8
15
16
22
23
30
29
tu e Wftd Thu Fri Sat
7
" 3 P I! 6
14
12
13
u
10
20 ,21
19
17
18
28
24
25" ì 26
31
Sun Moo
■ 3
10
17
24
JULY
DECEMBER
Sun Mon
ìéàm
m
m
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
? 1
l
5
6
41
7
8 w
13
12
14
15
16
11
21
22
23
18
20
19
26
28
25
27
NOVEMBER
Sun Mon
Tue Wed Thu
1
2
8
7
9
15
16
14
21
22
23
28
29
30
4
11
18
25
Sat
3
10
17
24
DCTDBER
APRIL
Sun Mon
FEBRUARY
SEPTEMBER
MARCH
Sun Mon
m31mS B
Fri
2
9
16
23
30
4
11
18
25
Sun Mon
FEBRUARY
5
12
19
26
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thii Fri ;;Ì « tj
2
3 , '4 ' ' 5 '
10
11
8
1 2 ' 1 # ::
7
9
'15 1 16 ' I *
14
1 * 1 19 20
21 / 2 2 ;'
24
2 5 ' 26 27
29
28
30
¡ip
5
12
19
26
4
11
18
25
1989
Sun Mon
Sat
6
13
20
27
AUGUST
Fri Sat
2
3
9 till:
P i i ! "17:
23
24
31
30
JANUARY
Sun Mon
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
29
30
Fri
5
12
19
26
JUNE
DECEMBER
Sun Moo
JANUARY
MAY
JULY
NOVEMBER
Son Mon
1990
1989
1988
SEPTEMBER
AUGUST
Sun Mon
'
5
' 12
19
26
Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
4
*1 !$ <2 . 3
11
9
8
18
16
17
15
24 -25
23
3Ì
30
mm
\*29i
6
13
14
20 I I I È
28
27
College Calendar
1988
Fall Semester
August 31
September 2
August 3 1 -Septem ber 4
September 2
September 3
September 5
September 30 -O ctober 1
October 21
Dormitories open for new students
Dormitories open for returning students
Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October holiday ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Optional reading period
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Seminars end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
October 31
November 23
November 28
December 2 - 3
December 7 -13
December 13
December 14
December 16
December 16
December 23
1989
January 21
January 23
M arch 3 - 4
M arch 10
M arch 11
M arch 19
M arch 20
April 1 4 -16
May 1 -5
May 5
May 5 - 6
May 8
May 11
May 11
May 20
May 22
May 22-23
May 25-27
June 4
June 5
June 7 -9
June 9, 10, 11
Spring Semester
Dormitories open, 6 :00 p.m.
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m.
Dormitories close, 9 :00 a.m.
Dormitories open, 9 :00 a.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Parents Weekend
Optional reading period
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni College
Alumni Weekend
5
College Calendar
(Tentative)
1989
Fall Semester
August 30 -Septem ber 3
September 1
September 2
September 4
September 22 - 23
O ctober 20
Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October holiday ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Optional reading period
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Seminars end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
O ctober 30
November 22
November 27
December 1 - 2
December 6 -12
December 12
December 13
December 15
D ecember 15
December 23
1990
January 22
March 2 -3
M arch 9
M arch 19
A pril 30 -M ay 4
M ay 4
M ay 4 - 5
M ay 7
M ay 10
M ay 10
M ay 19
May 21
May 2 1 -2 2
May 2 4 -2 6
June 3
June 4
June 8, 9, 10
6
Spring Semester
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Optional reading period
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend
I
Introduction to
Swarthmore College
Educational Resources
7
Introduction to
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends
as a coeducational institution, occupies a cam
pus o f more than 3 0 0 acres o f rolling wooded
land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarth
more in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is
a small college by deliberate policy. Its present
enrollment is about 1,300 men and women
students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a
residential suburb within half an hour’s com
muting distance o f Philadelphia. College stu
dents are able to enjoy both the advantages of
a semi-rural setting and the opportunities
offered by Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes possible cooperation with
three nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and
Haverford Colleges and the University of
Pennsylvania.
I
I
I
I
I
I
OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ
uals and as responsible citizens through exact
ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.
institutions, each school, college, and university seeks to realize that purpose in its own
way. Each must select those tasks it can do
best. By such selection it contributes to the
diversity and richness o f educational opportunity which is part o f the American heritage.
The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to
make its students more valuable human beings
and more useful members o f society. W hile it
shares this purpose with other educational
Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize I
their fullest intellectual and personal potential I
combined with a deep sense o f ethical and I
social concern.
VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for
no two students are exactly alike. The Course
and External Examination (Honors) Programs
are designed to give recognition to this fact.
They provide alternative systems o f instruc
tion for students during their last two years.
Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and
development from each student, the choice o f
method being determined by individual pref
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association
with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development of
individual responsibility. W ithin the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide range
o f individual goals. These opportunities typ
ically include considerable flexibility of pro
gram choices from semester to semester, so
that academic planning may be responsive to
the emerging needs o f students.
THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although
it has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the stu
dent body, the faculty, and the administration,
the College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its
students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.
Foremost among these principles is the individ
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way o f life,
Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple liv
ing, and generous giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any
I
I
I
I
I
I
other specific set o f convictions about the
nature o f things and the duties o f human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and
religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination o f any view which
may be held regarding them.
TRADITION AND CHANGE
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity o f change. Its pur
poses and policies must respond to new con
ditions and new demands. By being open to
change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard o f excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.
9
Educational Resources
The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as
physical resources play an important supportive role,
THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and be
quests from many alumni, foundations, cor
porations, parents and friends. In addition to
unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for
buildings, equipment, collections o f art and
literature, and permanently endowed profes
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds
and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore
have not only provided the physical plant, but
also have created an endowment fund o f
approximately $ 2 5 1,000,000 at market value
on December 31, 1987. Swarthmore ranks
among the top ten in the country in endow
ment per student. Income from the endow
ment during the academic year 1987-88 con
tributed approximately $ 7 ,7 5 0 to meet the
total expense o f educating each student and
accounted for almost 26% o f the College’s
educational and general income.
The College’s ability to continue to offer a
high quality o f education depends on con
tinuing voluntary support. Swarthmore seeks
additional gifts and bequests for its current
operations, its permanent endowment, and its
capital development programs to maintain
and strengthen its resources. The Vice Presi
dent in charge o f development will be pleased
to provide information about various forms
o f gifts: bequests, outright gifts o f cash or
securities, real estate or other property, and
deferred gifts through charitable remainder
trusts and life income contracts in which the
donor reserves the right to the annual income
during his or her lifetime.
LIBRARIES
The College Library is an active participant in
the instructional and research program o f the
College. It seeks to instruct students in the
effective and efficient use o f the library, and
to encourage them to develop the habit of
self-education so that books and libraries may
contribute to their intellectual development
in future years. To this end the Library ac
quires and organizes books, journals, audio
visuals, and other library materials for the use
o f students and faculty. W hile the Library’s
collections are geared primarily towards under
graduate instruction, the demands o f student
and faculty research make necessary the pro
vision o f source material in quantity not
usually found in undergraduate libraries. Fur
ther needs are met through interlibrary loan
or other cooperative arrangements. The Thom
as B. and Jeanette E. L. M cCabe Library, situ
ated on the front campus, is the center o f the
College Library system housing reading and
seminar rooms, administrative offices, and
10
the major portion o f the College Library
collections.
Total College Library holdings amount to
650 .0 0 0 volumes with some 2 0 ,0 0 0 volumes
added annually. About 2 ,7 0 0 periodical titles
are received regularly. T he Cornell Library o f
Science and Engineering (completed in 1982)
houses some 59,0 0 0 volumes. The Daniel
U nderhill Music Library contains around
15.000 books and scores, 13,000 recordings
and listening equipment. A small collection of
relevant material is located in the Black Cul
tural Center.
Special Library Collections
The Library contains certain special collec
tions: British A m ericana, accounts o f British
travellers in the United States; the works of
the English poets Wordsworth and Thomson
bequeathed to the Library by Edwin H. Wells;
the W. H. Auden C ollection commemorating
the English poet who taught at Swarthmore in
the mid-forties; the B athe C ollection o f the
history o f technology donated by Greville
Bathe; the Private Press C ollection representing
the work o f over 6 0 0 presses. The A udiovisual
Collection has over 600 recordings on disc,
tape, and videotape. It includes contemporary
writers reading from and discussing their
works; full length versions o f Shakespearean
plays (both videocassettes and discs) and
other dramatic literature; the literature o f
earlier periods read both in modern English
and in the pronunciation o f the time; record
ings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore,
and videocassettes o f U .S. and foreign film
classics. These materials are used as adjuncts
to the study o f literature, art, and history and
are housed in the McCabe Library. Their
acquisition is partially funded with income
from the W illiam Plummer Potter Public S peak
ing Fund ( 1950) and the Betty Dougherty Spock
’¡2 M emorial Fund.
Within the McCabe Library building are two
special libraries which enrich the academic
background o f the College:
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manu
scripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relat
ing to the history o f the Society o f Friends.
The library is a depository for records of
Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Phi
ladelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. More
than 3,200 record books, dating from the
1670’s until the present, have been deposited.
Additional records are available on microfilm.
The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker
Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical
interest. Special collections include materials
on various subjects o f Quaker concern such as
abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and
the history of women’s rights. Notable among
the other holdings are the W hittier Collection
(first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott
manuscripts (over 5 0 0 autographed letters of
Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights
leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more
than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent
Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f
books and pamphlets by and about Friends
numbers more than 37,0 0 0 volumes. Over
2 0 0 Quaker periodicals are currendy re
ceived. There is also an extensive collection o f
photographs o f meetinghouses and pictures
o f representative Friends, as well as a number
o f oil paintings, including two versions of
"T h e Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks.
It is hoped that Friends and others will con
sider the advantages o f giving to this library
any books and family papers which may throw
light on the history o f the Society o f Friends.
T he Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection is of
special interest to research students seeking
the records o f the peace movement. The
records o f the Women’s International League
for Peace and Freedom and the personal pa
pers o f Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago,
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
(1930). Over the years other major collections
have been added including the papers o f Devere Allen, Emily Greene Batch, Julien Cor
nell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A. J.
Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre,
William Sollmann, E. Raymond W ilson, and
others, as well as the records o f the American
Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi
ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship o f
Reconciliation, Friends Committee on Na
tional Legislation, The Great Peace March,
Lake Mohonk Conferences on International
Arbitration, National Interreligious Service
Board for Conscientious Objectors, National
Council for Prevention o f War, National
Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE, War
Resisters League, Women Strike for Peace,
World Conference o f Religion for Peace, and
many others. The Peace Collection serves as
the official repository for the archives of
many o f these organizations, incorporated
here in 7,000 document boxes. The Collection
also houses over 12,000 books and pamphlets
and about 2 ,0 0 0 periodical titles. Three hun
dred periodicals are currently received from
22 countries. The comprehensive Guide to the
Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection, published
in 1981, describes the archival holdings.
11
Educational Resources
PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergradu
ate instruction and in most cases for research,
exist in astronomy, botany, chemistry, com
puter science, engineering, physics, psycholo
gy, and zoology. The Sproul Observatory,
with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is
the center o f much fundamental research in
multiple star systems. A 24-inch reflecting
telescope on Papazian Hall is used for solar
and stellar spectroscopy. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides facilities for
work in zoology, botany, and premedical stud
ies. The Pierre S. Du Pont Science Building
provides accommodations for chemistry,
mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains
the engineering laboratories, several o f which
are equipped for computer-assisted and com
puter-controlled laboratory experimentation.
Papazian Hall provides facilities for work in
psychology, and for the engineering shops.
Pearson H all contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theatre and studios for various
arts and crafts.
The Florence W ilcox Gallery for art exhibitions
is located in Room 303 on the third floor o f
Beardsley Hall.
The Eugene M. and T heresa Lang Music Build
ing, opened in 1973, contains an auditorium
seating approximately 500, the Daniel Under
hill Music Library, classrooms, practice and
rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is
the central facility for the program o f the
Music Department and for musical activities
at the College.
T he Computing Center is located on the first
floor o f Beardsley Hall. A VAX 8810 is avail
able to students and faculty for instruction
and research. Apple Macintosh computers are
also widely used for word processing and
other tasks. Software for use on Macintoshes
can be obtained in the College Bookstore.
Macintosh and terminal clusters are main
tained in Beardsley, Du Pont, Martin, and
Trotter Halls, and also McCabe and Cornell
Libraries. Terminals or Macintoshes may also
be found in virtually all academic depart
ments. The Engineering Department has a
cluster o f APOLLO graphics workstations. A
Prime Information 9950 and a Prime 2250 are
used for the College’s administrative data
processing. In addition, through EDUNET, an
international computer network, faculty and
students have access to computing facilities at
a number o f major research institutions such
as Stanford and M IT for special projects and
research. A connection to BITNET is expected
to be in operation in the fall o f 1988.
Sproul Observatory contains two computing
laboratories. The Computer Science labora
tory has a network o f six SUN workstations
and numerous software development tools,
including the UNIX operating system and
languages such as C, Clu, Fortran 77, LISP,
Pascal, and Prolog. The Computer Graphics
Lab contains state-of-the-art hardware and
software devoted to computer graphics.
The Center for Social and Policy Studies in
Trotter Hall serves as a laboratory for, the
social sciences. The Center has a social science
data archive available for empirical research
on social and policy issues, and it provides
statistical consulting for faculty and students.
The Center also supports the concentration in
Public Policy through its physical facilities,
data archives and program o f events.
T he Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in 1982. It provides stations
for 27 students and has equipment for both
audio and video instruction.
SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
T he W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College.
The Foundation was established by William J .
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College,
12
whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served
as a member o f the Board o f Managers from
1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the
College the sum o f $100,000 and provided
that the income should be used "in bringing
to the college from time to time eminent
citizens o f this and other countries who are
leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts,
sciences, learned professions and business, in
order that the faculty, students and the college
community may be broadened by a closer
acquaintance with matters o f world interest.”
Admission to all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works
with the departments and with student organi
zations in arranging single lectures and con
certs, and also in bringing to the College
speakers of note who remain in residence for
a long enough period to enter into the life o f
the community. Some o f these speakers have
been invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the aus
pices o f the Foundation. This arrangement
has so far produced eighteen volumes.
The Promise Fund, established anonymously
by an alumnus on the occasion o f his gradu
ation, is administered by the Cooper Founda
tion Committee. Income fom the Promise
Fund brings guest speakers and performers in
music, film, and theatre who show promise of
distinguished achievement.
The W illiam I. Hull Fund was established in
1958 by Mrs. Hannah Clothier Hull, Class of
1891, in memory o f her late husband. Dr.
Hull was Professor o f History and Inter
national Law at Swarthmore College for 48
years. The Fund enables the College to bring
a noted lecturer on peace to the campus each
year in memory o f Dr. and Mrs. Hull who
were peace activists.
The Scott Arboretum. About three hundred
twenty-five acres are contained in the College
property, including a large tract o f woodland
and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this
tract has been developed as a horticultural
and botanical collection o f trees, shrubs, and
herbaceous plants through the provisions o f
the Scott Arboretum, established in 1929 by
Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Mar
garet Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt
Scott of the Class o f 1895. The plant collec
tions are designed both to afford examples o f
the better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are
hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania
and suitable for planting by the average gar
dener, and to beautify the campus. All collec
tions are labeled and recorded. There are
exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese
cherries, flowering crabapples, magnolias, and
tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rho
dodendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many in
terested donors have contributed generously
to the collections.
The Arboretum conducts applied research on
ornamental plants, and serves as a test site for
three plant evaluation programs: the Styer
Award o f Garden Merit through the Pennsyl
vania Horticultural Society and the Plant In
troduction scheme o f the University o f British
Columbia Botanic Garden and the National
Crabapple Evaluation Program.
The Arboretum offers horticultural educa
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec
tures, and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening.
Tours are conducted throughout the year for
college people and interested public groups.
Aiding the Arboretum’s staff, in all o f its
efforts, are the "Associates o f the Scott Arbo
retum.” This organization provides not only
financial support but also assistance in carry
ing out the myriad operations which make up
the Arboretum’s total program, such as plant
propagation, public lectures, and bus tours to
other gardens. The Arboretum’s newsletter,
Hybrid, serves to publicize their activities and
provides up-to-date information on seasonal
gardening topics. Maps o f the Arboretum’s
plant collections and self-guided brochures
are available at the Scott Offices (215) 3 288025, located in the Cunningham House.
T he Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year
class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919,
and other friends. The income from the fund
may be used for any activity that contributes
to the advancement o f music at the College. It
has been used, for example, for concerts on
the campus, for the purchase o f vocal and
orchestral scores and other musical literature,
and to provide scholarships for students in
the Department o f Music who show unusual
promise as instrumentalists or vocalists.
13
Educational Resources
T he Gene D. Overstreet M em orial Fund, given
by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member o f the Political Sci
ence Department, 1957-1964, provides in
come to bring a visiting expert to the campus
to discuss problems o f developing or modern
izing nations and cultures.
T he Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin West Society which built up a col
lection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name
to the American artist, who was bom in a
house which stands on the campus and who
became president o f the Royal Academy.
T he Swarthmore C hapter o f Sigma X i lecture
series brings eminent scientists to the campus
14
under its auspices throughout the year. Local
members present colloquia on their own re
search.
T he L ee Frank M em orial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist,
a scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
The M arjorie H eilm an Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac
tice o f art, on campus.
T he Suzanne B elkin M em orial Reading, estab
lished by her family in memory o f Suzanne
Belkin, Class o f 1978, makes possible an
annual appearance on campus o f a distin
guished writer.
Endowed Professorships
The Edmund A llen Professorship o f Chemistry
was established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college
and niece o f Manager Rachel Hillborn.
The Albert L. and Edna Poumall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest
from Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in
1964, in honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall
Buffington, Class o f 1898.
Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from
funds raised during the Centennial Fund Cam
paign.
The Isaac H. Clothier Professorship o f History
and International Relations was created in 1888
by Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board of
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
The Isaac H. C lothier, Jr., Professorship o f Bi
ology was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.
as a tribute of gratitude and esteem for Dr.
Spencer Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 18881926.
The Morris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class
of 1890, in 1905.
The Julien and V irginia Cornell Visiting Profes
sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30,
former member o f the Board o f Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every corner o f the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective o f both students and
faculty.
The A lexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins,
Class o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f
1890.
The Howard N. and A da J. Eavenson Professor
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by
a trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose
husband graduated in 1895.
The H oward M. and Charles F. Jenkins Profes
sorship o f Q uaker History and Research was
endowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon.
’2 6 and member o f the Board o f Managers, on
behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member o f the Board o f Managers, to increase
the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Li
brary and to stimulate interest in American
and Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall
Taylor ’04.
T he W illiam R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the W il
liam R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to "sup
port and encourage a scholar-teacher whose
enthusiasm for learning, commitment to teach
ing and sincere personal interest in students
will enhance the learning process and make an
effective contribution to the undergraduate
community.”
T he Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
member o f the Board o f Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f
the Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrich
ment or writing. It carries an annual discre
tionary grant for research expenses, books
and materials.
T he Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period o f
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area o f significant
change.
The Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W. Lippincott, member o f the Board of
Managers, a contribution from her niece
Caroline Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts
by other family members.
The Edward H icks M agill Professorship o f M athe
m atics and Astronomy was created in 1888
largely by contributions o f interested friends
o f Edward H. Magill, President o f the College
1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
15
Endowed Professorships
The Charles and H arriet Cox M cDowell Profes
sorship o f Philosophy and Religion was estab
lished in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell,
Class o f 1887 and member o f the Board o f
Managers, in her name and that o f her hus
band, Dr. Charles McDowell, Class o f 1877.
The R ichter Professorship o f Political Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L.
Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50.
T he Scheuer Family C hair o f Humanities was
created in 1987 through the gifts o f James H.
Scheuer ’46, Walter and Marge Pearlman
Scheuer ’48, and their children, Laura Lee
’73, Elizabeth Helen ’75, Jeffrey ’75, and
Susan ’78 and joined by a challenge grant
from The National Endowment for the Hu
manities.
The Henry C. an d ]. A rcher Turner Professorship
16
o f Engineering was established with their con
tributions and gifts from members o f the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the
devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the
Board o f Managers.
The D aniel U nderhill Professorship o f Music
was established in 1976 by a bequest from
Bertha Underhill to honor her husband, Class
o f 1894 and member o f the Board o f Manag
ers.
The Joseph W harton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
o f the Board o f Managers.
The Isaiah V. W illiam son Professorship o f Civil
and M echanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.
Admission
Inquiries concerning admission and applica
tions should be addressed to the Dean o f
Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarth
more, Pennsylvania 19081.
V
GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsi
bility, and intellectual capacity which it is
primarily concerned to develop. It seeks them,
not in isolation, but as essential elements in
the whole personality o f candidates for ad
mission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality o f their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective realiz
ation o f the purpose o f the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different
parts o f the United States but many foreign
countries, both public and private secondary
schools, and various economic, social, reli
gious, and racial groups. The College is also
concerned to include in each class sons and
daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the
Society o f Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion o f a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have virtu-
I
ally completed the normal four-year program
in three years will be considered for admis
sion, provided they meet the competition of
other candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
T
IA
I se
I ^
I
I
1. Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College en
18
ce
ac
2. Recommendations from the school prin I
cipal, headmaster, or guidance counselor,
and from two teachers.
■
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and I
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
I
Entrance Examination Board.
I
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
d<
T
a
ft
ÎÉ
ec
ID
II D
cs
5. Reading and experience, both in school
I cc
and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in I di
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and I aI
strong intellectual interests. Other factors of ■ St
di
interest to the College include strength of
e\
character, promise o f growth, initiative, seri
ousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back
grounds can bring to the community.
PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan of
secondary school courses as preparation for
its program. The election o f specific subjects
is left to the student and school advisers. In
general, however, preparation should in
clude:
D
di
at
e:
courages students to study at least one
language for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art, and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is recom
mended.
Those planning to major in engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra, ge
ometry, and trigonometry.
Cl
Fi
I N
W
Cl
Fi
Ni
APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admis
sion, Fall Early Decision, or W inter Early
Decision. Applicants follow the same proce
dures, submit the same supporting materials,
and are evaluated by the same criteria under
each plan.
Regular Admission
The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open
several different options for their undergradu
ate education throughout the admissions pro
cess. Applications under this plan will be
accepted at any time up to the February 1
deadline.
Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or W inter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
The two Early D ecision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col
leges and found Swarthmore to be an un
equivocal first choice. The W inter Early
Decision plan differs from the Fall Early
Decision plan only in recognizing that some
candidates may arrive at a final choice o f
college later than others. Early Decision can
didates under either plan may file regular
applications at other colleges with the under
standing that these applications will be with
drawn upon admission to Swarthmore; how
ever, one benefit o f the Early Decision plans
is the reduction o f cost, effort, and anxiety
inherent in multiple application procedures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica
tion fee o f $35. Timetables for the three plans
are:
Fall Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
November 15
November 30
on or before
December 15
Winter Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
January 1
January 15
on or before
February 1
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
Candidates reply date
February 1
February 15
on or before
April 15
May 1
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En
trance Examination Board. English Composi
tion is required, and the other two Achieve
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe
matics.
Application to take these tests should be
made directly to the College Entrance Exami
nation Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey
08540. A bulletin o f information may be
obtained without charge from the Board. Stu
dents who wish to be examined in any o f the
following western states, provinces, and Pa
cific areas—Alaska, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Mani
toba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and
all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan
— should address their inquiries and send
their applications to the College Entrance
Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, Cali
fornia 94701. Application should be made to
the Board at least a month before the date on
which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would
like to be considered for any o f our scholar
ships should complete their applications at
the earliest possible date. Information con
cerning financial aid will be found on pages
2 2 -3 3 .
19
Admission
THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
o f the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take
the initiative in arranging for this interview.
Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’s trip are urged to make
an appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request a
meeting with an alumni representative in their
own area. Interviews with alumni representsfives take longer to arrange than interviews on
campus. Applicants must make alumni interview arrangements well in advance o f the final
dates for receipt o f supporting materials.
1
1
1
1
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter
views can be made by writing the Office of 1
Admissions or calling 215-328-8300.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Ex
amination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made
to place students in the most advanced courses
for which they are qualified.
Those freshmen who wish to have courses
taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution at- 1
tended as well as written work (papers, exami- 1
nations), syllabi, and reading lists in order 1
that the course work may be evaluated by the I
department concerned. Such requests for 1
credit must be made within the freshman year 1
at Swarthmore. Departments may set addi- 1
tional requirements. For instance, students I
may be required to take a placement examina- I
tion at Swarthmore to validate their previous I
work.
APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well-qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have
had a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including
a statement o f honorable dismissal. They
must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given
by the College Entrance Examination Board if
this test has not been taken previously.
Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for
a degree, two o f which must be those of the
senior year. Applications for transfer must be
filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance
is desired. Decisions on these applications are
announced by June 1. Application for transfer
at mid-year must be received by November
15. Financial assistance is available for transfer
students.
1
I
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
See page 3 8 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons.
* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover o f this catalogue.
20
1
1
Expenses
STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1988-89 academic year
(two semesters) are as follows:
Tuition
Room
Board
Student Activities Fee
$13,080
2,350
2,350
150
$17,930
These are the only charges billed by the
College. Students and their parents, however,
should plan for expenditures associated with
books, travel, and other personal items.
Students engaged in independent projects
away from the College for which regular
academic credit is anticipated are expected to
register in advance in the usual way and pay
normal tuition. If the student is away from the
College for a full semester, no charge for
room and board will be made; but, if a student
is away only for a part o f a semester the above
charges may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program o f four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few
as three courses. Students who elect to carry
more than five courses incur a unit charge for
the additional course ($1,650) or half course
($ 8 2 5 ), although they may within the regular
tuition vary their programs to average as
many as five courses in the two semesters of
any academic year. College policy does not
permit programs o f fewer than three courses
for degree candidates in their first eight se
mesters o f enrollment.
PAYMENT POLICY
A deposit o f $100, due before enrollment for
each semester, is required o f all new and
continuing students. This is credited against
the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on
July 15 and December 15. Payment for the
first semester is due by August 8 and for the
second semester by January 9. A one percent
late fee will be assessed on payments received
after the due date.
Many parents have indicated a preference to
pay college charges on a monthly basis rather
than in two installments. For this reason,
Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan,
which provides for payment in installments
without interest charges. Information on the
AMS Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in
April.
WITHDRAWAL POLICY
Total charges will be reduced for students
who, for reasons approved by the Dean, with
draw on or after the first day o f classes.
Tuition, fees, and room charges will be re
duced as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week o f classes
Prior to the 4th week o f classes
80%
60%
40%
Prior to the 5th week o f classes
None thereafter.
20%
Board charges will be reduced by $50 for each
week the student is absent from the dining
room.
No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal.
INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment of
student charges should be addressed to:
Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar.
215/ 328-8394
21
Financial Aid
The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless o f their financial circum
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Forty-nine percent o f the total student body
currently receives aid from the College. Most
financial aid awarded by the College is based
upon demonstrated financial need and is usu
ally a combination o f scholarship, loan, and
student employment. The College is commit
ted to meeting all demonstrated financial need.
A prospective student must apply for College
as well as outside assistance at the time o f
application for admission: admission and fi
nancial aid decisions are, however, made sep
arately. Instructions for obtaining and filing
an application are included in the admissions
application. Financial assistance will be of
fered if family resources are not sufficient to
meet College costs. The amount a family is
expected to contribute is determined by weigh
ing the family’s income and assets against such
demands as taxes, living expenses, medical
expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses. It
also includes the expectation o f $ 9 0 0 - $1,100
from the student’s summer earnings as well as
a portion o f his or her personal savings and
assets.
For 1988-89 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $17,930.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services — health, library, labo
ratory fees, for example — but admission to
all social, cultural, and athletic events on
campus. The total budget figure against which
aid is computed is $19,200. This allows
$1,270 for books and personal expenses. A
travel allowance is added to the budget for I
those who live beyond 100 miles from the |
College.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each student’s award annually. Mid-year each student
who has aid must submit a new financial aid
application for the next academic year. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is
no longer demonstrated. Assistance is available only for the duration o f a normal-length
undergraduate program (8 semesters) and
while a student makes satisfactory academic
progress. These limitations are applied in our
consideration o f a sibling’s educational expenses also. Students who choose to live off
campus may not receive College assistance in
excess o f their College bill, although the cost
o f living o ff campus will be recognized in the
calculation o f a student’s financial need and
outside sources o f aid may be used to help
meet off-campus living costs.
Students who have not previously received ■
financial aid may apply if special circumstan- 1
ces have arisen. A student who marries may ■
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution I
from the parents is expected equal to the I
contribution made were the student single. I
Eligibility for federal aid funds is now limited I
to those who are able to complete and submit I
to us the Statement o f Registration Com- I
pliance. The College has recently reaffirmed I
its need-blind admission policy and the related I
practice o f meeting the demonstrated financial I
need o f all admitted or enrolled students by
action o f our Board. Additional funds have
been made available for those who are unable
to accept need-based federal aid because they
have not registered with the Selective Service.
SCHOLARSHIPS
For the academic year 1988-89 the College
awarded almost $ 5 ,5 0 0 ,0 0 0 in grants. About
one half o f that sum was provided through the
generosity o f alumni and friends by special
gifts and the endowed scholarships listed on
pp. 2 4 -3 3 . The Federal government also
makes Pell Grants and Supplemental Educa
tional Opportunity Grants available. It is not
necessary to apply for a specific College schol
22
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
■
I
I
I
arship; the College decides who is to receive
endowed scholarships and others are helped
from general scholarship funds. Although
some endowed scholarships are restricted by
locality, sex, religion or physical vigor, the
College’s system o f awarding aid makes it
possible to meet need without regard to these
restrictions. Financial need is a requirement fts
a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated.
LOAN FUNDS
Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen
erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College
to meet the needs o f each student. Although
most offers o f support from the College in
clude elements o f self-help (work and bor
rowing opportunities), the College strives to
keep a student’s debt at a manageable level.
Aided students will be expected to meet a
portion o f their demonstrated need (from
$800 to about $ 2 ,2 5 0 ) through the Perkins
Loan (formerly NDSL), the Swarthmore Col
lege Loan (SCL), or the Guaranteed Student
Loan (GSL) Programs (the College will deter
mine which source is appropriate for the
student). Each o f these programs allows the
borrower to delay repayment until after leav
ing school, and each allows deferment o f the
debt if the borrower goes on to graduate
school. Up to 10 years may be taken to repay
Perkins, SCL, or GSL Loans. No separate
application is needed for the Perkins or SCL
loans since the College administers these
funds. GSL applications must be initiated by
the student with the lender, the student’s local
bank. Interest on these loans does not accrue
for an enrolled student although interest does
accrue on the unpaid balance once the student
is no longer in school.
Students whose families do not receive Col
lege support may wish to borrow to help meet
College expenses. The PLUS, PHEAA HELP,
and SHARE loan programs are available for
this purpose.
Eligible parents may borrow up to $4,0 0 0 per
year through the PLUS Loan Program. Al
though a 10-year repayment schedule is pos
sible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must
begin soon after the lender (the student’s local
bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan
currently carries a 10.27% interest rate.
The HELP Loan through Pennsylvania offers
up to $ 10,000 per child each year to credit
worthy parents from any state. The variable
interest rate is currently 9.5% , and parents
may take 10 years to repay.
The SHARE Loan is offered by Swarthmore
College through the Consortium on Financing
Higher Education, the Educational Research
Institute, and Nellie Mae—the New England
Student Loan Marketing Association. The
SHARE Loan program offers up to $20,000
per child each year to credit-worthy parents.
The variable-rate interest loan (10.5% as of
4/ 88) may be repaid over a period o f 20
years, and borrowers may choose variable or
equal monthly payments. For example, those
who borrow $15,000 should expect to repay
about $160 each month and those who bor
row $ 6 0 ,0 0 0 should expect to repay about
$660 each month over a 15-year period.
Students who would like more information
about these loan programs should read our
Financial Aid Brochure.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
The C lass o f ig i6 Loan Fund
T he C lass o f ig a o Loan Fund
T he C lass o f 1936 Loan Fund
T he Class o f 1937 Loan Fund
The Jay and Sandra Levine Loan Fund
T he John A. M iller Loan Fund
T he Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
T he Thatcher Family Loan Fund
The Ellis D. W illiam s Fund
The Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan Fund
T he Joseph W. Conard M em orial Fund, estab
lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard,
provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
T he A lphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices, and the post
office, and placements can be arranged when
students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates of
pay run from $ 4 .0 0 to $4.5 0 per hour. Stu-
23
Financial Aid
dents receiving financial aid are usually o f
fered the opportunity to earn up to $900
during the year and are given hiring priority,
but there are usually jobs available for others
who wish employment.
The Student Employment Office publicizes
local off-campus and temporary employment
opportunities. Students are generally able to
carry a moderate working schedule without
detriment to their academic performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most aided
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year
or nation-wide during the summer. Among
suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse
ums, social service agencies and local, state or
federal government agencies.
Swarthmore College
National Scholarships
On occasion Swarthmore College awards
four-year National Scholarships to the out
standing men and women entering the fresh
man class.
The awards are made to those candidates who,
in the opinion o f the Committee on Admission,
rank highest in scholarship, leadership, char'
acter, and personality. The amount of the
annual award varies from $3,000, the minimum stipend, or enough to cover all expenses,
depending on the financial need o f the winner.
1
1
1
1
1
i
(Financial need is a requirement for a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated.
N o separate application is needed.)
T he A etna L ife and Casualty Foundation Schol
arship provides assistance to minority students
with financial need.
The L isa P. A lbert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis o f scholar
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humani
ties.
The Vivian B. A llen Foundation provides schol
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda
tion’s interest in the international exchange o f
students.
The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class of
1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded,
on the recommendation o f the Department o f
Art, to a junior who has a strong interest in
the studio arts. It is held during the senior
year.
The Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each
24
year to a worthy student with financial need 1
in recognition o f the long-standing and affec- 1
donate connection between the Armington 1
family and Swarthmore College.
The Frank and Marie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded to a new student who shows promise
o f distinguished intellectual attainment based
upon sound character and effective personali
ty. The award is made in honor of Frank
Aydelotte, President o f the College from
1921-1940, and originator o f the Honors
program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood
Aydelotte, his wife.
T he W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was
established in 1982 in memory o f W. Herman
Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a
meritorious student who has financial need.
T he Philip H. Barley M em orial. Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley,
*66, by his family and friends and the Class of
1966, which he served as president, provides
financial assistance for a junior or senior who
has demonstrated outstanding leadership
qualities at Swarthmore.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are
awarded by the Department o f Music to stu
dents at the College who show unusual prom
ise as instrumentalists or vocalists and who
need help to pay for private instruction.
The Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’48 Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student who has broad
academic and extracurricular interests and
who shows promise o f developing these abili
ties for the betterment o f society. This schol
arship is based on need and is renewable for
three years.
The Belville Scholarship has been endowed in
memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and
Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually
to an incoming student o f particular promise
and is renewable for his or her years at
Swarthmore.
The Brand and Frances Blanshard Scholarship is
given in their memory to a deserving student
with high academic promise.
The Curtis B ok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor
of the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alum
nus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is as
signed annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students
in any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
The Edward S. Bower M em orial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower
in memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is
awarded annually to a man or woman student
who ranks high in scholarship, character, and
personality.
The D aniel W alter Brenner M em orial Scholar
ship, established by family and friends in
memory o f Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974,
is awarded to a senior majoring in biology
who is distinguished for scholarship and an
interest in plant ecology, or wildlife preserva
tion, or animal behavior research. The recipi
ent is chosen with the approval o f biology and
Classics faculty.
The John S. Brod ’34 Scholarship is awarded to
a deserving student on the basis o f merit and
financial need.
The Chi Omega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons of
members o f the fraternity.
The Eleanor Stabler C larke Scholarship, estab
lished in her honor by Cornelia Clarke
Schmidt ’4 6 and W. Marshall Schmidt ’47, is
awarded to a worthy freshman student with
need. Preference is to be accorded to members
o f the Society o f Friends. The scholarship is
renewable through four years.
T he C lass o f 1963 Scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f merit and need and is renewable
through the senior year. The scholarship was
created in honor o f the class’s 25th reunion.
T he Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig
nated by the Classics Department.
The Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund is
awarded every year to a deserving student
who is in need o f financial assistance, in
accordance with the donor’s will.
T he N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Chari
table Trust in memory of N. Harvey Collisson
o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman
man or woman. Selection will place emphasis
on character, personality, and ability.
T he Stephanie Cooley ’70 Scholarship, estab
lished in loving memory by her parents, is
awarded on the basis o f financial need to a
worthy student from Kifissia, Greece.
The D avid S. Cowden Scholarship was estab
lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class o f
1942, who taught English Literature at Swarth
more from 1949 until his death in May 1983.
It is awarded on the basis o f financial need.
T he Ellsworth F. Curtin M em orial Scholarship
was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin,
Class o f 1918, in memory o f her husband,
25
Financial Aid
Class o f 1916, to benefit an engineering stu
dent with financial need.
The M arion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student with financial
need who ranks high in personality, character,
and scholarship. This endowment is in mem
ory o f Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother and
grandmother o f six students who attended
Swarthmore.
The Edith Thatcher ’50 and C. Russell ’47 de
Burlo Scholarship is awarded to students in
tending to major either in engineering or in
the humanities. It is awarded on the basis o f
need and merit and is renewable annually. It
is the gift o f Edith and Russell de Burlo.
T he Francis W. D’O lier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality, and abili
tyThe Robert K . Enders Scholarship is to be
awarded annually to a senior student who has
shown excellence in pursuit o f a major in a
biological topic, and especially one who shares
Dr. Enders’ concern for the value o f field
work.
T he Philip Evans Scholarship is established in
fond memory o f a member o f the Class o f
1948 by his friend Jerome Kohlberg ’4 6 and
seeks to expand the diversity o f the Swarth
more community by bringing to this campus
outstanding students with need, whether from
near or far. The scholarship is awarded to
members o f the freshman class and is renew
able annually, and provides a summer oppor
tunity grant which is awarded on the recom
mendation o f the Dean.
T he Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Q uartet Schol
arships, endowed by Frank W. Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’56, and
Ellen Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P.
Fetter ’25, subsidize the private instrumental
lessons o f four top-notch student string play
ers at the College. Interested applicants should
write to the Chairman o f the Department o f
Music and should plan to play an audition at
the College when coming for an interview.
The Eleanor Flexner Scholarship is awarded on
the basis o f merit and need to a student in the
humanities. It is the gift o f Eleanor Flexner o f
the Class o f 1930, author o f Century o f Struggle
and Mary W ollstonecraft: A Biography. The
scholarship is renewable through the senior
year.
T he Polly and Gerard Fountain Scholarship has
been established in their honor by Rosalind
Chang Whitehead ’5 8 in appreciation o f their
kindness and support during her college years.
It is awarded to a freshman with need and
merit, and is renewable through the senior
year.
T he Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship
is established as an expression o f respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar
ship will be awarded each year on the basis of
need to a worthy student.
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer Scholarships
provide stipends for attendance at summer
workshops in music and dance. Recipients are
selected by the Department o f Music and
Dance on the basis o f written proposals.
T he Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships
subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen
tal or vocal lessons with the teacher o f their
choice for a limited number o f especially
gifted or advanced students. These scholar
ships, which are awarded yearly to approxi
mately 10 students, are determined through
competition as well as through interviews and
auditions.
The Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis of
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was es
tablished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’26 in
memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a
member o f the class o f 1951.
T he B arbara Entenberg Gim bel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref
erence to a black candidate.
T he Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is
given to a woman student with financial need,
who ranks high in character, personality, and
scholarship. Preference is given to a member
of the Society o f Friends.
The Stella and C harles Gunman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a
grant from the Foundation to provide scholar
ships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition
and fees for students who require financial
assistance. Preference is given to students o f
recognized ability who have completed two
academic years o f college and who are con
templating graduate or professional study.
The scholarships are renewable for a second
year.
The Mason H aire Scholarship is given by his
wife, Vivian, in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1937, a distinguished psychologist
and sometime member o f the Swarthmore
College faculty. The scholarship is awarded to
a freshman with financial need who is distin
guished for intellectual promise and leader
ship. It is renewable through the senior year.
The W illiam R andolph Hearst Scholarship Fund
for Minority Students, established by the Hearst
Foundation, Inc., provides financial assistance
to minority students with need.
The J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman on the basis o f merit
and need and is renewable annually to gradu
ation. This award was established by Katha
rine F. Herrmann *14 and by Margaret Herr
mann Ball ’24 in honor o f their father.
The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class
of 1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from
the Middle West. Preference is given to a premedical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in
team activities, as well as academic standing.
The Rachel W. H illbom Scholarship was founded
by Anne Hillbom Philips o f the Class o f 1892
in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the
junior or senior class who is studying for
service in the international field. Preference is
given to a Friend or to one who intends to
contribute to world understanding through
diplomatic service, participation in some inter
national government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activi
ties.
T he Betty Stem H offenberg Scholarship, estab
lished in 1987 in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1943, is awarded to a junior or senior
with merit and need who shows unusual
promise, character, and intellectual strength.
Strong preference is given to a student major
ing in history.
T he H adassah M. L. H olcombe Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for three years at the discretion
o f the College. Preference will be given to
members o f the Society o f Friends.
T he C arl R. Horten ’47 Scholarship was created
by the Ingersoll-Rand Company. Preference
in the awarding is given to students planning
to major in engineering or pre-law.
T he R ichard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro
vides assistance to a student (or students) o f
African descent.
T he Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by
the Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an
unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annu
ally by the College.
The Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first black
students to attend Swarthmore College, es
tablished this fund through a bequest "to
provide scholarship aid to needy students.”
The W illiam Y. Inouye ’44 Scholarship, estab
lished in loving memory by his family, friends,
and colleagues in recognition o f his life of
service as a physician, is awarded to a worthy
junior premedical student with need. The
scholarship is renewable in the senior year.
T he A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col
lege.
The George B. Jackson ’21 Scholarship has been
endowed by Gene Lang ’38 in honor o f the
man who guided him to Swarthmore. It is to
be awarded on the basis o f need and merit
with preference given to a student from the
27
Financial Aid
New York metropolitan area.
The H oward Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achieve
ment to a male undergraduate who is a mem
ber o f the Society o f Friends.
The K appa K appa Gamma Scholarship provides
an award to a member o f the freshman class,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members o f the fraternity.
T he Kennedy Scholarship is given in honor o f
the parents and with thanks to the children o f
Christopher and Jane Kennedy. The scholar
ship is awarded on the basis o f need and merit
and is renewable through four years.
The Florence and M elville Kershaw Scholarship
is endowed in their honor by their son Thom
as A. Kershaw, Class o f 1960. It is awarded to
a freshman on the basis o f need and merit,
with preference to those intending to major in
engineering, and is renewable through the
senior year.
The W illiam H. K istler ’43 Scholarship is en
dowed in his memory by his wife, Suzanne,
and his friends and former classmates. It is
awarded to a needy and deserving student
majoring in engineering or economics.
The Paul and Mary Jan e Kopsch Scholarship
Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J.
Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each
year to a junior premedical student(s) with
financial need. The scholarship is renewable
in the senior year.
The W alter W. K rider Scholarship was estab
lished by his wife and daughter for a young
man who ranks high in scholarship, character,
and personality.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory
o f John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives pref
erence to qualified candidates who are des
cendants o f Amand and Margaret W hite Lafore.
The Laurence L afore ’38 Scholarship was estab
lished in his memory in 1986 by family,
friends, classmates, and former students. Pro
fessor Lafore, author o f numerous books and
essays, taught history at Swarthmore from
1945 until 1969. This scholarship is awarded
28
to a needy student showing unusual promise
and is renewable through four years.
I
The B arbara Lang Scholarship is awarded to a
student in the junior class whose major is in
the arts, preferably in music, who ranks high
in scholarship and has financial need. It is
renewable in the senior year. This scholarship
was established by Eugene M. Lang ’38 in
honor o f his sister.
I
I
I
I
I
I
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants are
awarded each year to as many as five entering
students who are selected by a special com
mittee on the basis o f distinguished academic
and extra-curricular achievement and demon
strable interest in social change. Stipends are
based on financial need and take the form of
full grants up to the amount o f total college
charges. Each Lang Scholar is also eligible for
summer or academic year research or commu
nity service support, while an undergraduate,
up to a maximum o f $7,5 0 0 and for a $2,700
fellowship for graduate study. Projects, which
must be approved in advance by a faculty
committee, are expected to facilitate social
change in a significant way. The program is
made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang
’38.
The Ida and D aniel Lang Scholarship established by their son, Eugene M. Lang of the
Class o f 1938, provides financial assistance
for a man or woman who ranks high in
scholarship, character, and personality.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T he Stephen G irard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates of
Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis of
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
T he Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by
Jacob T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at
Swarthmore College, was offered for the first
time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor of
a former distinguished Professor o f Engineering and, therefore, students who plan to major
in engineering are given preference. An award
is made annually.
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
The Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Founda- I
tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu- I
dents from the states o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware, or Maryland.
The Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y., Schol
arship, is awarded annually by a committee o f
that Quarterly Meeting.
The D avid Laurent Low M em orial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory o f their son and
brother, is awarded to a man or woman who
gives the great promise that David himself
did. The award assumes both need and aca
demic excellence, and places emphasis, in
order, on qualities o f leadership, a concern
for others, character, and/or outstanding and
unusual promise. The scholarship is awarded
to a freshman and is renewable for the under
graduate years.
The Leland S. M acPhail, Jr. Scholarship, given
by Major League Baseball in recognition o f 48
years of dedicated service by Leland S. Mac
Phail, Jr. ’39, will be awarded annually to a
deserving student on the basis o f need and
merit.
The David M andelbaum Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in scholarship and character, with
preference to residents o f the states o f Penn
sylvania and New Jersey.
The Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established
by the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a
student from the Harlem School o f the Arts
in honor of its founder. It provides a grant for
the full amount o f need and for music lessons.
The awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School o f the Arts and selected by Swarthmore College on the basis o f all-around quali
fications.
The Thomas B. M cCabe Achievement Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe ’ 15, are
awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn
sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In
making selections, the Committee places em
phasis on ability, character, personality, and
service to school and community. These
awards provide a minimum annual grant of
tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees,
room and board, depending on need. Candi
dates for the McCabe Awards must apply for
admission to the College by January 15.
The C harlotte Goette ’20 and W allace M. Mc
Curdy Scholarship is awarded to a freshman on
the basis o f need and merit, and is renewable
annually. It has been endowed by Charlotte
McCurdy ’20.
The Dorothy Shoem aker ’29 and Hugh M cDiarm id ’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman
man or woman student on the basis o f merit
and need and is renewable through the senior
year. It is the gift o f the McDiarmid family in
commemoration o f their close association
with Swarthmore College.
The Norman M einkoth Scholarship, established
by his friends and former students, to honor
Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member o f the
College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is awarded
annually to a worthy student with an interest
in the study o f biological problems in a natural
environment.
The Peter M ertz Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spend
ing these talents for the good o f the college
community and o f the larger community out
side. The award was established in 1955 by
Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory
o f Peter Mertz, who was a member of the class
o f 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate
years.
The James E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will
o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents o f Nether Provi
dence Township).
The Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer
ence given to students o f South Asian origin.
The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship,
named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an
alumna o f the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a
student whose past performance gives evi
dence o f intellectual attainment, leadership,
and character, and who shows potential for
future intellectual growth, creativity, and
scholarship, and for being a contributor to the
College and ultimately to society.
The Thom as S. ’30 and M arian Hamming Nicely
’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with
need who shows promise o f academic achieve
ment, fine character, and athletic ability. Pref-
29
Financial Aid
erence will be given to a person who has been
on the varsity tennis, squash, racquets, golf,
or swimming teams in high or preparatory
schools.
The John H. Nixon Scholarship was established
by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third
World students, especially those who plan to
return to their country o f origin.
The Edward L . Noyes ’31 Scholarship has been
endowed in his memory by his wife, Jean
Walton Noyes ’32, his three sons and his
many friends. The scholarship is available to
an incoming freshman, with preference given
to those from the southwest, especially Texas.
It is awarded on the basis o f need and merit
to students with broad interests and is renew
able through four years.
T he H arriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar
ship for a young woman who is a member o f
the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly
Meeting).
T he Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926,
are awarded to members o f the freshman class
who show promise o f leadership and who
have need o f financial assistance. The scholar
ships are renewable for a total o f four years at
the discretion o f the College.
T he J. Roland Pennock Scholarships were estab
lished by Ann and Guerin Todd ’3 8 in honor
o f J. Roland Pennock ’27, Richter Professor
Emeritus o f Political Science. Income from
this endowment is to be used to award four
scholarships on the basis o f merit and need,
preferably to one scholar in each class.
The C ornelia Chapm an and N icholas O . Pittenger Scholarship, established by family and
friends, is awarded to an incoming freshman
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality and who has need
for financial assistance.
T he Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh
man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class
o f 1959.
The George G. and H elen G askill Rathje ’ 18
Scholarship is awarded to students with char
acter, outstanding academic record, and fi
nancial need.
30
The Raruey-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvarnsit ’47 in memory
o f his parents. They are given in alternate
years: the Raruey-Chandra Scholarship to a
woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit
Scholarship to a man for his senior year, who
has high academic standing and real need for
financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate
who has divorced or deceased parents or a
deceased mother or father.
T he Fred C. and Jessie M. Reynolds Scholarship
Fund, created through a testamentary gift of
Jean Reynolds ’32, is awarded each year to a
worthy student based on need.
T he Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship,
character, personality, and physical vigor.
The A dele M ills Riley M em orial Scholarship,
founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was
awarded for the first time for the academic
year 1964-65. An annual award subject to
renewal is made to a deserving student, man
or woman. Selection stresses the candidate’s
capacity for significant development o f his or
her interests and talents during the college
years. Qualities o f intellectual promise as well
as potential for service are sought in making
this appointment.
T he Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts,
’ 12, is awarded annually to an incoming stu
dent and is renewable for his or her years of
study at Swarthmore.
T he Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member
o f the Swarthmore College faculty and
founder o f the Economics Discussion Group.
A member o f the junior or senior class who
has demonstrated interest and ability in the
study o f Economics is chosen for this award.
The Edwin P. Rome Scholarship provides finan
cial assistance to worthy students with need.
It was established in memory o f Edwin P.
Rome ’37 by his wife, Mrs. Rita Rome, and
the William Penn Foundation on whose board
he served.
The A lexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab
lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation,
provides aid for a freshman student. It is
awarded annually to a worthy student who
could not attend the College without such
assistance.
The Ida and W illiam Rosenthal Scholarship was
established by Elizabeth Coleman ’69 to be
awarded to a student with need from a middle
income family.
The Girard Bliss Ruddick ’27 Scholarship is
awarded to a junior on the basis o f merit and
need, with preference to an economics major.
It is renewable in the senior year. The Marcia
Perry Ruddick C ook ’27 Scholarship is awarded
to a junior on the basis o f merit and need, with
preference to an English Literature major, and
is renewable for the senior year. Both scholar
ships are endowed by J. Perry Ruddick in
memory o f his parents.
The Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab
lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the
Class of 1938, provides assistance annually to
students who have need o f financial aid.
The David Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rush
more Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a
worthy student who plans to major in Engi
neering or Economics.
The Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter
ests, however, will not be excluded from
consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class of 1938, it is renewable
for the full period o f undergraduate study.
The W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan o f
the Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be
given to men who are residents o f Abington
Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, o f
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con
siders character, personality, and leadership.
The Joe and Terry Shane Scholarship, created in
honor o f Joe Shane ’25, who was Vice Presi
dent o f Swarthmore College’s Alumni, Devel
opment, and Public Relations from 19501972, and his wife, Terry, who assisted him in
countless ways in serving the College, was
established by their son, Larry Shane ’56, and
his wife, Marty Porter Shane ’57, in remem
brance o f Joe and Terry’s warm friendship
with generations o f Swarthmore alumni. This
award is made to a freshman student on the
basis o f merit and need. It is renewable
through four years.
The Florence Creer Shepard ’26 Scholarship,
established by her husband, is awarded on the
basis o f high scholastic attainment, character,
and personality.
The Caroline Shero Scholarship was established
in 1982 on the occasion o f her retirement
from the College. It is awarded to a deserving
student with need.
The Annie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col
lege.
The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S.
Leeds o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annu
ally to a woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The W illiam C. and Barbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities, and extra-curricular activities, and
who indicates an interest in a career in busi
ness.
The Nancy Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab
lished by her husband and children, is awarded
to an incoming freshman with financial need.
It is renewable through four years.
The W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund
established in 1981 by a member o f the Class
o f 1943 is awarded to a deserving student on
the basis o f merit and need.
31
Financial Aid
The Courtney C. Smith Scholarship is for stu
dents who best exemplify the characteristics
o f Swarthmore’s Ninth President: intellect
and intellectual courage, natural dignity, hu
mane purpose, and capacity for leadership.
Normally the award will be made to a member
o f the freshman class on the basis o f merit and
need. It is renewable during the undergraduate
years. Holders o f this scholarship gain access
to a special file in the Friends Historical
Library left by the scholarship’s creator, the
Class o f 1957, inviting them to perpetuate the
memory o f this individual’s sixteen years o f
stewardship o f the College’s affairs and his
tragic death in its service.
The W. W. Smith Charitable Trust provides
scholarships to students who qualify on the
basis o f need and merit.
The Cindy Solomon Memorial Scholarship is
awarded by preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
The Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f
1933, is awarded to a student showing very
great promise as a creative writer (in any
literary form) who has need o f financial assis
tance. The Department o f English determines
those eligible.
The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was estab
lished in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell
’32, and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion.
It is awarded to a junior or senior with
financial need who has a special interest in law
or music.
The Clarence K. Streit Scholarship is awarded to
a student entering the junior or senior year
and majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar
ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in
American pre-Revolutionary War History.
This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit,
author o f Union Now: A Proposal For An At
lantic Federal Union o f the Free, whose seminal
ideas were made public in three Cooper Foun
dation lectures at Swarthmore.
The Katharine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
Memorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar
ship is renewable for four years at the discre
32
tion o f the College. Preference is given to a
resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
The Newton E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char
acter, and personality, and resides west o f the
Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in
the State o f Illinois.
The Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accor
dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of
Friends; then to others.
The Phebe Anna Thome Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated their ear
nestness and ability. This gift includes a clause
o f preference to those students who are
members o f the New York Monthly Meeting
o f Friends.
The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable through four years at
the discretion o f the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to
the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit
from a Swarthmore education, and to be a
contributor to the College and ultimately to
society.
The Robert C. and Sue Thomas Turner Scholarship is awarded to a deserving student on the
basis o f merit and financial need.
The W illiam Hilles Ward Scholarships, in mem
ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class of
1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving of
financial assistance.
The Stanley and Corinne Weithom Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial as
sistance on the basis o f need and merit.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship
is awarded annually by the Music Department
to a student o f music.
The I. V. Williamson Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates o f Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Balti
more Friends School, Wilmington Friends
School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends
Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends
School, and Brooklyn Friends School.
The Edward Clarkson Wilson Scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends of
Edward Clarkson Wilson, 1891, formerly
Principal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It
is awarded each year to a former student o f the
Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap
proved by the faculty o f the school, on the
basis of high character and high standing in
scholarship.
The Elmer L. W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab
lished in 1980 by a member o f the Class o f
1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
student on the basis o f merit and need.
The Letitia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund,
given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class o f
1913, provides scholarships for members of
the junior and senior classes who have proved
to be capable students and have need for
financial assistance to complete their educa
tion at Swarthmore College.
The Roselynd Atherholt Wood ’23 Fund provides
a scholarship for a young man or woman with
financial need who is distinguished for intel
lectual promise as well as potential for service.
The Michael M. and Zelma K. Wynn Scholarship
was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn
’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is
awarded annually to a student on the basis o f
need and merit.
The income from each o f the following funds
is awarded at the discretion o f the College.
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Book and Key Scholarship Fund
The Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship Fund
The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship Fund
The Edna Pownall Buffington Scholarship
Fund
The Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund
The Cochran Memorial Scholarship Fund
The Sarah Antrim Cole Scholarship Fund
The Delta Gamma Scholarship Fund
The W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund
The George Ellsler Scholarship Fund
The J. Horace Ervien Scholarship Fund
The Howard S. and Gertrude P. Evans
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
The George K. and Sallie K. Johnson
Scholarship Fund
The K appa A lpha Theta Scholarship Fund
The Jessie Stevenson Kovalenko Scholarship
Fund
The E. Hibberd Lawrence Scholarship Fund
The Thomas L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship Fund
The Clara B. Marshall Scholarship Fund
The Edward Martin Scholarship Fund
The Howard Osborn Scholarship Fund
The Susanna Haines ’80 and Beulah Haines
Parry Scholarship Fund
The T. H. Dudley Perkins Scholarship Fund
The Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund
The David L. Price Scholarship
The Robert Pyle Scholarship Fund
The Reader’s Digest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Frank Solomon Memorial Scholarship
Fund
The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
The Helen Squier Scholarship Fund
The Walter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
The Helen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund
The Francis Holmes Strozier Memorial
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
The Titus Scholarships Fund
The Daniel Underhill Scholarship Fund
The Deborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund
The Thomas H. W hite Scholarship Fund
The Samuel Willets Scholarship Fund
The Edward Clarkson Wilson and Elizabeth T.
Wilson Scholarship Fund
The Mary Wood Scholarship Fund
The Thomas Woodnutt Scholarship Fund
33
College Life
HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. Most stu
dents live in College dormitories, which in-
elude coeducational housing as well as single
sex dormitories and sections. Many members
o f the faculty live on or near the campus, and
are readily accessible to students.
Residence Halls
Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity
from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity of
housing styles. These dormitories include:
Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls,
which were opened in 1967; the upper floors
in the wings o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall,
named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton,
at one time President o f the Board o f Man
agers; Palmer, Pittinger, and Roberts Halls on
South Chester Road; one building on the
Mary Lyon School property; Worth Hall, the
gift of William P. and J. Sharpies Worth, as a
memorial to their parents; W illets Hall, made
possible largely by a bequest from Phebe
Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother
and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift o f Harold
and Esther Mertz.
About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are
designated as coeducational housing either by
floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer
ences indicated, and to accommodate special
needs, such as physical handicaps. Other stu
dents choose their rooms in an order deter
mined by lot or by invoking special options—
among these are block housing, allowing
friends to apply as a group for a section o f a
particular hall or dorm; and language hall
inclusion in which occupants are expected to
conduct conversations in a language other
than English to provide an immersion experi
ence o f learning. There is also the opportunity
to reside at neighboring Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges in a cross-campus housing
exchange that proceeds on a matched one-forone basis. All students are expected to occupy
the rooms to which they are assigned or which
they have selected through the regular room
choosing process unless authorized by the
Deans to move. Permission must also be
obtained from the Deans to reside outside
college housing.
Resident Assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.
Dormitories remain open during October and
Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student
occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca
tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester
only are expected to vacate their dormitory
rooms within twenty-four hours after their
last scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho
mores, and juniors are expected to leave im
mediately after their last examination in the
spring so that their rooms may be prepared
for use by Commencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property o f
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.
Sharpies Dining Hall
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals
in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The
board plan covers 19 meals a week. Although
an effort is made to meet the dietary needs of
all students, not all special requirements can
be accommodated; permission to reside off
campus will be extended to any student not
able to participate in the board plan. The
dining hall is closed during the Christmas and
Spring vacations.
35
College Life
SOCIAL CENTERS
Tarble Social Center
Through the original generosity of Newton E.
Tarble o f the Class o f 1913 and his widow,
Louise A. Tarble, the reconstructed Tarble
Social Center in Clothier Memorial opened in
April o f 1986. The facility includes recrea
tional areas, a snack bar, lounge, student ac-
tivities offices, a multi-purpose performance
space as well as the bookstore. Under the
leadership o f a Student Activities Coordinator
and student co-directors, many major social
activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.) are
held in Tarble.
Other Centers
The Alice Paul Women’s Center was established
to draw all women o f the Swarthmore com
munity together through common concerns.
The Center, which serves faculty, students,
faculty wives, staff and alumnae, maintains a
library o f resource books, pamphlets and
periodicals, provides information, and spon
sors a variety o f programs, lectures, discus
sions and symposia for all members o f the
college community about issues relating to
women.
A Black Cultural Center, locatëd in the Caroline
Hadley Robinson House, provides a library
and facilities for various cultural activities of
special interest to black students. The Center
and its program are guided by a director and
a committee o f black students, faculty, and
administrators. Programs planned by the Cen
ter are open to all members o f the College
community.
There are three fraternities at Swarthmore;
Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are affili
ated with national organizations, while Phi
Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities
are adjuncts to the college social program and
maintain separate lodges on campus. The
lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda
tions or eating facilities. New members are
pledged during late fall o f their first year at the
College. In recent years about ten per cent of
the freshman men have decided to affiliate
with one o f the fraternities.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
Religious life at the College is a matter of
individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker
principles. The Society o f Friends is commit
ted to the belief that religion is best expressed
in the quality o f everyday living. There are
accordingly no compulsory religious exer
cises. Students are encouraged to attend the
churches o f their choice. Seven churches are
located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other
churches and synagogues may be found in the
nearby towns o f Morton, Media, Chester, and
Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting
House is located on the campus. Students are
cordially invited to attend its meeting for
worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups
with faculty cooperation exist for the study of
the Bible and die exploration o f common
concerns o f religion. They include: The Chris
tian Fellowship and Charitas, both Christian
groups; Young Friends, Ruach (Jewish organi
zation), Newman Club, and Ba’hai.
STUDENT SERVICES
Health Services
The Worth Health Center, a gift o f the Worth
family in memory o f William Penn Worth and
36
Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, outpatient
treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychologi
cal Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care.
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor
if they prefer to do so.
As a part of the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family
physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes,
handicaps, severe allergies, or psychiatric dis
turbances will be especially valuable to the
college Health Service in assisting each stu
dent. All this information will be kept confi
dential.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient
care in the Health Center per term without
charge. Students suffering from a communi
cable disease or from illness which makes it
necessary for them to remain in bed must
stay in the Health Center for the period o f
their illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished
without cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely
with the Department o f Physical Education
and Athletics. Recommendations for limited
activity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. Rarely are students ex
cused entirely from the requirements o f the
Physical Education Department because adap
tive programs are offered.
The medical facilities o f the College are avail
able to students injured in athletic activities or
otherwise, but the College cannot assume
additional financial responsibility for medical
and surgical expenses arising from accidents.
Insurance coverage for all students participat
ing in athletics, however, is included in the
mandatory health insurance package as is
supplementary coverage for all accident in
juries.
Psychological Services
The program o f Psychological Services, which
is administered separately from Health Ser
vices, is housed in the North wing o f Worth
Health Center. Services for students include
counseling and psychotherapy, after hours
emergency-on-call availability every day o f
the academic year, consultation and educa
tional talks and workshops. The director and
staff are all part-time but provide regular
appointment times Monday through Friday.
Students may be referred to outside mental
health practitioners when long-term or highly
specialized services are needed.
The staff includes clinical psychologists and a
clinical social worker as well as a consulting
psychiatrist who is available on an as-needed
basis. Psychological Services participates in
training Resident Assistants and provides con
sultation to staff and faculty. There is a strict
policy o f confidentiality.
Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this respon
sibility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change o f adviser should
be addressed to the Dean and will be freely
granted, subject only to equity in the number
of advisees assigned to individual faculty
members.
The Deans hold overall responsibility for the
advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or
personal matters, and for assistance with spe
cial needs, such as those arising from physical
handicaps.
A consultant for testing and guidance is avail
able to assist students with special problems
o f academic adjustment, study skills and read
ing proficiency. In addition, aptitude and
interest tests may be given on request.
37
College Life
Career Planning and Placement
The Career Planning and Placement Office
helps students evaluate themselves and their
goals in order to plan future career and life
style alternatives. Individual counseling ses
sions and group workshops are conducted to
facilitate this planning.
The programs are open to students in all
classes and are developmental in nature. Work
shops are designed to help students expand
their career options through exploration o f
their values, skills, interests, abilities, and
experiences. A computerized interactive guid
ance system, which provides an extensive
source o f career information, is available as
well.
Sophomore and junior students in particular
are encouraged to test options by participating
in the Extern Program. This program provides
on-site experience in a variety o f career fields
by pairing students with an alumnus/a to
work on a mutually planned task during one
or more weeks o f vacation. Career exploration
and experiential education is also encouraged
during summer internships and jobs, during a
semester or year off, and during the school
year. Assistance is provided in helping stu-
dents locate and secure appropriate jobs, in
ternships, and volunteer opportunities, and
efforts are made to help students learn the
most they can from these experiences.
Additional help is provided through career
information panels, on-site field trips, work
shops on topics such as resume writing and
cover letter writing, interviewing skills, and
job search techniques. The office cooperates
with the Alumni Office, the Alumni Associ
ation, and the Parents Council to help put
students in touch with a wide network of
people that can be o f assistance to them. The
Career Resources Library includes many pub
lications concerning all stages o f the job search
process. The office hosts on-campus recruit
ing by representatives from business, indus
try, government, non-profit organizations,
and graduate and professional schools. No
tices o f job vacancies are collected, posted,
and included in the office’s newsletter. Cre
dential files are compiled for interested stu
dents and alumni to be sent to prospective
employers and graduate admissions commit
tees.
Academic Support
A program o f academic support includes in
dividual tutorial services; special review sec
tions attached to introductory courses in the
natural sciences and economics; a mathemat
ics lab; an expository writing course; a reading
and study skills workshop; and a pre-freshman summer program for selected entering
students which is sponsored conjointly with
Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges. These
programs are overseen by the Deans and a
faculty committee in cooperation with the
academic departments. There are no fees re
quired for any o f these supportive services.
To meet the needs o f writers who would like
to get assistance or feedback, a Writing Center
has been established. The Center is staffed by
Writing Associates, students trained to assist
their peers with all stages o f the writing pro
cess. The Center is located in Trotter Hall and
operates on a drop-in basis.
Withdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons
Students may withdraw voluntarily because
o f health problems. W here health problems
o f a physical or psychological nature substan
tially interfere with a student’s academic per
formance or safety, or the safety o f others, the
student may be withdrawn at the discretion o f
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment of
38
either the Director o f Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s
functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.
A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. In the
case o f a mental health withdrawal, the College
will not, as a rule, accept applications for
readmission until a full semester (in addition
to the semester in which the student has with
drawn) has passed.
evidence has been provided, the student will
ordinarily be required to be evaluated in
person by a physician employed by the Col
lege Health Services and/or the Director o f
Psychological Services, as appropriate. Re
commendations for readmission are made to
the Dean o f the College, who makes the final
decision.
A student applying to the College for read
mission must provide evidence from his or
her physician or psychotherapist o f increased
ability to function academically or o f de
creased hazard to health or safety. After such
ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS
Alumni Relations is the communication chan
nel between the College and its alumni, en
abling them to maintain an on-going relation
ship with each other. Some o f the office’s
programs and activities include Alumni
Weekend in the spring, Homecoming Day in
the fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings
off campus all over the country, and alumni
travel tours. It also plans the annual Parents
Weekend/Student Arts Festival. The Alumni
Office hires students as events intern, voca
tional intern, and intern for minority affairs
each year to help coordinate these various
programs. Students also work as staff for
most of the campus events.
The Alumni Office works closely with the
Office of Career Planning and Placement to
facilitate "networking” between students and
alumni and among alumni in order to take full
advantage o f the invaluable experience repre
sented among the alumni. The Alumni Office
also helps officers o f the senior class plan
special events.
The Alumni Office gives staff support to the
Alumni Association, which celebrated its
100th anniversary in 1981-82, and to the
Alumni Council, the fifty-person elected
governing body o f the Alumni Association.
The Alumni Office gives staff support also to
the ten regional alumni organizations, called
Connections, in Philadelphia, New York, Bos
ton, Washington, D.C., southern Florida,
Chicago, Boulder, Los Angeles, San Francisco,
and Seattle.
There are 15,027 alumni: 7,817 men, 7,210
women, and 2,162 married to each other,
giving substance to the traditional appellation
for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.” The
College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who
has completed one semester.
College Publications
All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac
ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni
Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available
to all students. Other complimentary publica-
tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are
an annual engagement calendar, the President’s
and Treasurer’s Report, and the Garnet Letter.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
The Public Relations Office works with the
print and broadcasting media to provide news
and information about the College to its
various publics. It responds to requests from
the media for information on a variety of
subjects by calling on the resources and exper
tise of the faculty and professional staff. The
Public Relations Office prepares two publica
tions: On Campus, a monthly schedule o f
activities at the College that are open to the
public, distributed on request to more than
2,0 0 0 households in the Philadelphia area,
and the Weekly News, a newsletter o f events
and announcements distributed to faculty,
staff, and students.
The Public Relations Office hires students
who can write like journalists to be feature
writers and events publicity writers, and also
employs students as clerical help.
39
Student Community
Student Conduct
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are ac
cepting social and academic standards which,
while subject to periodic review, are essential
to the well-being o f the community. In gen
eral, the life o f students should be governed
by good taste and accepted practice rather
than elaborate rules. Certain regulations, how
ever, are o f particular importance and are
listed below.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever
ages on the campus is regulated by State law
and limited to those areas o f the campus
which are specified by the Student Council
and the Dean. The observance o f moderation
and decorum in respect to drink is a student
obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as
a serious offense.
2. The use or possession o f injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommenda
tion o f a physician and knowledge o f the
Deans subjects a student to possible suspen
sion or expulsion.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas
is a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
alarms or fire prevention equipment.
4. The participation by any student in any
disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.
5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected
to show consideration for other residents.
Students are held responsible for the behavior
o f visiting guests.
6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization Com
mittee, a student-faculty group. This permis
sion is not extended to freshmen. Day stu
dents may use cars for commuting to College,
but special arrangements for stickers must be
made for campus parking. More detailed in
formation may be obtained from the Office of
the Deans.
Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regula
tions may be modified and new rules may be
added at any time upon notice to the student
body.
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any
o f its officers shall be under any liability
whatsoever for such exclusion.
Judicial Bodies
There are two judicial committees with dis
tinct jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Com
mittee, elected by the entire student body, acts
on cases o f alleged violations o f students’
rules and campus regulations except as they
fall within the sphere o f the College Judiciary
Committee. The College Judiciary Committee is
composed o f student, faculty, and adminis
tration members. It has primary jurisdiction
over cases that may involve academic disho
nesty. It also acts upon cases referred by or ap
pealed from the Student Judiciary Committee.
A more complete description o f the judicial
system is available from the Office o f the Dean.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu
nity and is the chief body o f student govern
ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordi
nation o f student activities and the expression
40
o f student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Ap
pointments Committee, which selects qualified
applicants for student positions on student/
faculty/administration committees, Board o f
Managers committees, and student commit
tees; the Budget Committee, which regulates
distribution o f funds to student groups, and
the Elections Committee, which supervises
procedures in campus elections; and the Social
Consortium, which is the oversight group for
Social Committee and student social organi
zations.
Social Committee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee, a repre
sentative student committee. The program is
designed to appeal to a wide variety o f in
terests and is open to all students. There is no
charge for Social Committee functions and
for most other campus events.
EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extracurricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind o f
interest. There are dozens o f formal and in-
formal organizations.They vary as greatly as
the interests o f the students vary. The College
encourages students to participate in whatever
activities best fit their personal talents and
inclinations.
Student Art Association
The Student Art Association encourages and
supports a wide range o f extracurricular op
portunities for those interested in the visual
and performing arts. It has sponsored avantgarde happenings and lectures by visiting ar
tists, and it runs three programs that continue
from year to year: the Griffin Gallery for
student art shows and performances; Studio
Free Pearson, a cooperative studio space on
the top floor o f the Arts Center; and the Life
Drawing Program, presenting weekly sessions
o f figure drawing. All events are open to the
entire College community, and each semester
the group holds meetings for all who are
interested in the creative arts.
Music
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
College Chorus, directed by Peter Gram Swing,
rehearses three hours per week. The College
Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the
membership o f the Chorus and conducted by
Ann McNamee, rehearses an additional two
hours per week. The College Orchestra, di
rected by Arne Running, rehearses twice a
week. The Chamber Orchestra, directed by
James Freeman, gives two concerts each se
mester; its rehearsals closely precede the con
certs and its members are drawn from The
College Orchestra. The Wind Ensemble, which
rehearses one night weekly and gives two
major concerts each year in addition to several
outdoor performances, is under the direction
of Michael Johns. The Early Music Ensemble,
directed by Karen Myers, meets each week
and gives several concerts during the year.
More information about joining these per
forming groups can be found on the Depart
ment bulletin board on the upper level o f
Lang.
Instrumentalists and singers can also partici
pate in the chamber music coaching program
coordinated by Dorothy Freeman. The Or
chestra (Chamber Orchestra) and Chorus
(Singers) both require auditions for member
ship. Several student chamber music concerts
(in which all interested students have an
opportunity to perform) are given each se
mester. These concerts also provide an op
portunity for student composers to have their
works performed. The Swarthmore College
String Quartet, composed o f four top-notch
student string players who also serve as prin-
41
Student Community
I
cipal players in the College Orchestra and
Chamber Orchestra, performs frequently at
the College and at other institutions.
The Edwin B. Ganigues Foundation Scholarships
subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen
tal or vocal lessons for a limited number o f
especially gifted and advanced student musi
cians with the teacher o f their choice. These
scholarships, which are awarded yearly to
approximately ten students, are determined
through a departmental screening process.
The Department each year sponsors a Concerto
Competition, open to all Swarthmore College
students. Auditions for the competition are
normally held the first Thursday after wintervacation. The winner performs later with the
Orchestra. Practice and performance facilities
in the Lang Music Building include sixteen
practice rooms (each with at least one piano),
a concert and a rehearsal hall (each with its
own concert grand), one organ, two harpsichords, and an electronic studio. The Daniel
Underhill Music Library has excellent collections o f scores, books, and records.
I
I
I
I
I
I
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis
ters a separate series o f public concerts.
The Swarthmore Music and Dance Festival takes
place on campus during three weeks of the fall
semester. It presents concerts, master classes,
and symposia, focusing on contemporary
American works performed and discussed by
eminent artists.
Dance
The Swarthmore College Dancers perform
public concerts with works choreographed by
students, the dance faculty, and other profes
sional choreographers.
Each year there are a series o f formal concerts
at the end o f each semester, as well as informal
performances throughout the year, including
a series o f exchange concerts with other area
colleges. Lecture demonstrations for public
schools and for organizations within the sur
rounding communities are also a regular part
o f the yearly dance performance schedule.
For the past few years Swarthmore College
has been the recipient o f Pennsylvania Council
o f the Arts and National Endowment for the
Arts grants which have enabled the College, in
conjunction with the William J. Cooper Foun
dation, to bring outstanding professional
dance companies for short term residencies.
■
These residencies typically last from one to
three weeks, and include master classes, leetures, performances, and sometimes, the ereation o f a new work by a guest artist for
student performers.
I
I
I
I
Internships in film production, casting, and
theatre are available throughout the Philadel-
s
Scholarships for summer study are available I
to dance students through funds provided by I
the Friends o f Music and Dance.
■
<
The Department o f Physical Education and I
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perfor- ■
mance group in Folk Dance.
I
j
j
■
t
r
I
phia area. See Mr. Devin for details.
42
I s
Extra-curricular theatre is produced by Drama I
Board. News o f try-outs and productions ■
appears on the Call Board in Parrish Hall, near ■
the telephones.
-■
_
I
r
I '
Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
1
Each year the Swarthmore Music and Dance I
Festival brings together guest artists, faculty 1
members, and students in a series o f perfor- I
mances and symposia focused on specific I
themes.
■
Theatre
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre.
He supervises the Theatre Studies program.
Interested students should consult the depart
mental statement in English Literature.
_
I (
premise that any sports program must be I
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the
individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to
take part in a wide range o f sports. W ithin the
limits of finance, personnel, and facilities, the
College feels that it is desirable to have as
many students as possible competing on its
intercollegiate or club teams, or in intramural
sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for
several o f the varsity athletic teams. They
work closely with the teams, attending prac
tices and many o f the scheduled contests.
Interest Clubs
There are a great variety o f special interest
clubs, listed more fully in the Student Hand
book. Since the interests o f our students
change frequently, new clubs are often formed
by student groups.
Publications and Media
The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper,
and WSRN, the campus radio station, are
both completely student-run organizations.
In addition, there are a variety o f other student
publications, including literary magazines,
newsletters, and an alternative magazine. The
current list can be found in the Handbook.
OUTREACH PROGRAMS
AIMS, Adventures in Math and Science
AIMS is a residential enrichment program for
rising ninth and tenth grade students from
Philadelphia, Chester, and local public schools.
It was initiated at Swarthmore in 1986, and
Swarthmore College students serve as coun
selors and teaching assistants in partnership
with College professors, high school teachers,
and other educators. The goal o f the program
is to create an innovative, motivational learn
ing environment for middle-ability students.
Math, science, writing, and personal assess
ment and growth are emphasized. AIMS is
funded by the William Penn Foundation;
Myrt Westphal is the Administrative Direc
tor.
Swarthmore College Upward Bound
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simul
taneously a valuable experience for Swarth
more students and a service to members of
surrounding communities. It offers both a
six-week residential summer school in which
Swarthmore students may serve as counselors,
and a series o f activities during the academic
year in which Swarthmore students serve as
tutors. The program is administered by Edwin
A. Collins, Project Director.
Swarthmore College Volunteer Program
Swarthmore students may work as volunteers
or paid Interns in community agencies that
provide a variety o f services including housing
rehabilitation, legal assistance, and counsel
ing. The localities serviced include the nearby
City of Chester, Delaware County, and Phila
delphia.
The program was begun by students in 1983
and is now overseen by Cynthia Jetter, Coor
dinator, and a committee o f faculty members,
alumni, and Chester community leaders.
Student Community
Swarthmore Foundation
The Swarthmore Foundation is a small philan
thropic body designed to be a distinctive part
o f Swarthmore College. Its mission is to pro
mote an understanding and a sense o f social
responsibility within our students by enabling
them to become involved in effective charit
44
able work. The Foundation operates under
the oversight o f the Dean o f the College and,
on a competitive basis, awards grants to stuents who wish to engage in charitable activity.
The awards are small, generally ranging from
$200 to $ 2,000 a year to a single beneficiary.
I
I
I
I
I
I
IV
j Educational Program
Faculty Regulations
Degree Requirements
Awards and Prizes
Fellowships
45
Educational Program
GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree of
Bachelor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor o f
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sci
ences, and the Natural Sciences. Four years of
resident study are normally required for a
Bachelor’s degree (see page 6 1), but variation
in this term, particularly as a result o f Ad
vanced Placement credit, is possible (see page
20).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however,
is not primarily to provide vocational instruc
tion, even though it provides the best founda
tion for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is
to help students fulfill their responsibilities as
citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile
individuals. A liberal education is concerned
with the cultural inheritance o f the past, with
the cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aes
thetic values, with the development o f analyti
cal abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance
resourcefulness, serious curiosity, openmindedness, perspective, logical coherence,
insight, discrimination.
One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (Critique o f a College, 1967) sug
gested two principles for a liberal education.
"O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most o f a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him
a genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so
that he can use them to generate new dis
coveries on his ow n.. . . He must go far
enough to grasp systematic connections within
a field, to see how fundamental principles
combine to make intelligible a range o f sub
ordinate principles or phenomena----- The
other principle is that o f Diversity. To make
the most o f a liberal education, each student
must have enough breadth and variety in his
studies so that he can compare and contrast
different methods o f inquiry . . . , and so that
he can have the experience o f making the
bright spark o f connection leap across wide
gaps. It is this breadth that gives point to the
two senses o f 'relevance’ that are fundamental
in liberal education. . . perception o f the rele-
46
vance o f one part o f learning to another, even
across the boundaries o f fields and subjects
(an d ). . . perception o f the relevance o f learn
ing to the exigencies o f life___ ” To these two
principles the study added that the curriculum
should aim to encourage resourcefulness and
self-reliance and develop the personal condi
tions o f intellectual progress by placing sub
stantial responsibility upon the student for
his or her education, amply allowing individ
uality o f programs and requiring important
choices about the composition o f programs.
"W h at we are proposing,” the study con
cluded, "is a curriculum that leans rather
sharply toward specialized diversity, and away
from uniform generality.. . . Our emphasis is
on serious encounters with special topics and
problems at a comparatively high level of
competence, and on student programs that
reflect individual constellations o f diversified
interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re
quires o f the student both a diversity of
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) suffi
ciently intensive to develop a serious under
standing o f problems and methods and a sense
o f the conditions o f mastery. These ends of a
liberal education are reflected in requirements
for distribution and for the major.
During the first half o f their college program
all students are expected to satisfy some if not
all o f the distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists o f four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords
a choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors candi
date concentrates on two or three fields
through a disciplinary major and minor or
focuses the program o f study in an interdisci
plinary major or concentration; studies are
(
intensive and will occupy the equivalent o f
three-fourths o f the student’s work during the
last two years. In addition to work taken as a
part o f the External Examination Program,
the students take other courses which provide
opportunities for further exploration. A t the
close of the senior year, the candidate’s exter
nal examination program will be evaluated by
visiting examiners.
A student in the course program has wider
freedom o f election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
four semesters. All students must fulfill the
requirements for the major, and before the
end o f the senior year, students are required
to pass a comprehensive examination given by
the major department.
All students are admitted to seminars based
on their prior academic work.
The program for engineering students follows
a similar basic plan, with certain variations
which are explained on page 114. Courses
outside the technical fields are distributed
over all four years.
The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho
mores are members o f the faculty appointed
by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the
advisors are the chairs o f their major depart
ments or their representatives.
PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
j
I
The major goals o f the first two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to introduce stu
dents to a broad range o f intellectual pursuits,
to equip them with the analytic and expressive
skills required to engage in those pursuits, and
to foster a critical stance towards learning and
knowing. The College distribution require
ments are designed to aid students in achieving
these goals.
To meet the distribution requirements, a stu
dent must take at least three credits in each o f
the three divisions o f the College and complete at least 20 credits outside the major
before graduation. At least two credits in each
division must be in different departments and
must also be earned in courses designated as
Primary Distribution courses.
The three divisions o f the College are consti-
I tuted as follows:
Humanities: Art, Classics (literature), English
I Literature, Modern Languages and LiteraI tures, Music and Dance, Philosophy, ReliI gion.
Natural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
I Chemistry, Computer Science, Engineering,
I Mathematics, Physics and Astronomy.
Social Sciences: Classics (ancient history), Eco
nomics, Education, History, Linguistics,
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and
Anthropology.I
I
Primary Distribution courses place particular
emphasis on the mode o f inquiry in a particu
lar discipline. In teaching students to be self
conscious about how knowledge is generated,
these courses seek to develop an appreciation
o f both the power and the limits o f each
discipline within a broader system o f knowl
edge. In recognition o f the importance o f
writing as an integral part o f the learning
process in disciplines across the curriculum,
Primary Distribution courses also provide
considerable practice in expressing analytic
and synthetic thought in writing. Primary
Distribution courses are intended to be ap
propriate both for those students who con
tinue in a field and for those who do not. They
are restricted to 25 students or have accom
panying small laboratories or discussion sec
tions.
Courses which count for Primary Distribution
are designated in the departmental listings.
All six Primary Distribution courses must be
satisfied by courses taken at Swarthmore and,
with the exception o f literature courses taught
in a language other than English, will normally
be completed before the student enters the
junior year. Extensions in the time allowed to
complete the remaining Primary Distribution
courses may be granted by the Committee on
Academic Requirements to students who
study for a semester or more away from
Swarthmore.
Any course in a division (with the exception
o f English Literature courses numbered 1A,
Educational Program
IB , 1C, Music courses numbered 4 0 -4 9 , and
Dance courses numbered 1-12 and 4 0 ) may be
chosen as the third Distribution course in that
division. Some courses may be designated as
qualifying for distribution (including Primary
Distribution) within more than one division.
One-credit courses so designated can be
counted in only one o f those divisions; multicredit courses so designated may be counted
for distribution in two or more divisions. A
course cross-listed between departments,
within or across divisions, will fulfill the
distribution requirement only for the depart
ment and division o f the professor who offers
the course. Unless designated otherwise,
courses taught joindy or alternately by faculty
members o f departments in different divisions
may not be used to satisfy distribution re
quirements.
Students who have been granted credit and
advanced placement by two departments in
the same division for work done prior to
matriculation at Swarthmore will be exempted
from one Primary Distribution requirement
in that division on the condition that they
take an additional course in one o f those
departments. They will be exempted from
both Primary Distribution requirements in
that division on the condition that they take
an additional course in each o f those depart
ments. Students who enter Swarthmore with
at most four semesters remaining to complete
their degree will be exempted from the Pri
mary Distribution component o f the distribu
tion requirement.
It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign lan
guage, beyond the basic language requirement
(see p. 61). A student who intends to major
in one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate mathe
matics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to major in one o f the social sciences
should be aware o f the increasing importance
o f mathematical background for these sub
jects.
In addition to the requirements listed above,
prerequisites must be completed for the work
o f the last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives
must be taken to make up a full program,
bearing in mind the requirement that at least
20 credits must be taken outside the major
department. Early in the sophomore year, the
student should identify two or three subjects
as possible majors, paying particular attention
to departmental requirements and recom
mendations.
W hile faculty advisors assist students in pre
paring their academic programs, it is empha
sized that students themselves are individually
responsible for planning and adhering to pro
grams and for the completion o f graduation
requirements. Faculty advisors, department
chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans,
and the Registrar are available for information
and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 60.
PROGRAMS FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The major goals o f the last two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to engage students
with a chosen field o f inquiry and to assist
them in assuming an independent role in
creating and synthesizing knowledge within it.
The breadth o f exposure, acquisition o f skills,
and development o f a critical stance during
the first two years prepare students to pursue
these goals. W ith the choice o f a major, the
focus shifts from scope to depth. Students
become involved for two years with a discrete
48
field o f inquiry and demonstrate their mastery
o f that field through the completion of courses
within the major and courses taken outside
the major which serve to expand and deepen
the student’s perspective on the major.
All students are required to include sufficient
work in a single department or program (des
ignated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equivalent
o f at least eight courses before graduation. In
the spring o f the sophomore year, each stu-
dent will, with the guidance o f his or her
advisor, prepare a reasoned plan o f study for
the last two years. This plan will be submitted
to the chair o f the student’s proposed major
as a part o f the application for a major.
Acceptance will be based on the student’s
record and an estimate o f his or her capacities
in the designated major. Students who fail to
secure approval o f a major cannot be admitted
to the junior class.
During the senior year a student may choose
to study in one o f two programs o f study
described below.
COURSE PROGRAM
Work in the Course program includes some
intensive study within a general area o f inter
est. This work results in a departmental major
or a special major. To complete a departmental
major, a student must be accepted as a major,
and in addition to the standard eight courses
and comprehensive examination in the major
department, must fulfill specific departmental
requirements. The requirements for accep
tance to departmental majors and for comple
tion of them are specified in this catalogue
under the respective departmental listings.
The latter are designated to ensure a compre
hensive acquaintance with the field. A student
must accumulate twenty courses outside his
or her major, but there is no other limit on the
number of courses that a student may take in
his or her major.
With departmental permission it is possible
for a student to plan a Special Major that
includes closely related work in one or more
departments outside the major department.
This work (up to four courses normally) is
part of the major program for the comprehen
sive examination; some o f it may consist o f a
thesis or other written research p ro je cts)
designed to integrate the work across depart
mental boundaries. In any case, the program
of the Special M ajor is expected to be integral
in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning
(not necessarily conventional) or topic or
problems for sustained inquiry that crosses
departmental boundaries and can be treated
as a sub-field within the normal departmental
major. Special Majors consist o f at least 10
credits and normally o f no more than 12
credits. Occasionally, where regular depart
mental requirements unduly constrain the
possibilities o f a Special Major, these require
ments may be relaxed to a minimum o f six
courses in the primary department or by the
omission o f certain courses in that department
normally required for the sake o f breadth o f
experience o f the major field; but course
requirements central to systematic understand
ing o f the major field will not be waived. By
extension, Special Majors may be formulated
as joint majors between two departments,
normally with at least five credits in each
department and 11 in both departments,
which, in such programs, collaborate in advis
ing and in the comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (or a member o f the de
partment designated by the chairman) whose
approval must be secured for the choice of
courses each semester.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program
and have achieved the grade average estab
lished for this degree.
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS)
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1987, is a distinc
tive part o f Swarthmore’s educational life.
While the program is designedly flexible and
responsive to new needs, it has been charac
terized from the beginning by three basic
elements, which taken together may be said to
be the essence o f the system.
(1 ) Reading for Honors involves a concentra
tion o f the student’s attention upon a limited
49
Educational Program
field o f studies. Normally, the student pursues
only two subjects each semester, avoiding
fragmentation o f interests. Content o f studies
is correspondingly broader and deeper, per
mitting a wide range o f reading and investiga
tion and demanding o f the student correla
tions o f an independent and searching nature.
(2 ) W hile Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny from both
classmates and instructors. Students prepare
for examination over their program at the
close o f the senior year. In these, the student
is expected to demonstrate competence in a
field o f knowledge rather than mere mastery
o f those facts and interpretations which the
instructor has presented. These examinations,
consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field,
are set by examiners from other institutions
who also come to the campus to conduct an
oral examination o f each student.
credit thesis or individual research project.
J
(2 ) Three units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent plus a unit of
prerequisite work.
(3 ) One unit o f work if this work is related to
one or more o f the other fields in the student’s
external examination program. The examined
work will take the form o f a written essay
I
I
thesis. A student may include, at most, two
single-unit fields in the program for external
examination.
An external examination program will be
based on the equivalent o f twelve units o f
work covering at least four fields chosen from
at least two departments. The program o f
study must contain at least three fields from
the student’s major department or be in a
faculty-approved interdisciplinary major or
concentration. The major department may
require that the minor field o f a four field
examination program be related to the three
fields in the major.
A candidate for admission to the external
examination program should, during the
spring semester of the junior year, consult the
chair o f his or her prospective major and
minor departments or the chair o f an approved interdisciplinary concentration or
major in which the examination program is to
be focused, to work out his or her proposed
program for external examination. The application for an external examination program
contains a specification o f i) which examination a student proposes to take, ii) how many
units each examination is to count for, and iii)
the form o f preparation for each examination.
This proposed program must be filed in the
office o f the Registrar, who will forward it to
the divisions concerned. Accceptance of the
candidate by the division will be based on the
recommendation o f the major and minor
departments, concentrations or interdisciplinary major. The recommendation o f the major
department or interdisciplinary program will
depend on the proposed program of study
and the quality o f the student’s previous work
as indicated by grades received and upon the
student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
responsibility o f reading for honors. The
major department or interdisciplinary program is responsible for the original plan of
work and for keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester to semester.
The division is responsible for approval of the
original program and o f any later changes in
that program.
A student who sits for an external examination
in a field must do so based on one o f the
following forms o f preparation:
For purposes o f the external examination I
program, the structure o f divisions will be as I
follows:
( I ) Two units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent, or a two-
Humanities: Art, Classics, English Literature, I
History, Linguistics (program), Mathematics, I
(3 ) Reading for Honors is customarily carried
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
classes which have been approved as prepara
tions for external examinations. Seminars
meet once a week, in many cases in the home
o f the instructor, for sessions lasting three
hours or more. The exact technique o f the
seminar varies with the subject matter, but its
essence is a cooperative search for truth,
whether it be by papers, discussion, or labora
tory experiment. Once a seminar in a desig
nated subject has been taken, the student
must stand for the external examination as
part o f his or her Honors program.
50
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psy
chology, Religion.
Social Sciences: Economics, Education, Engi
neering, History, Linguistics (program), Mathe
matics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psy
chology, Sociology and Anthropology.
Natural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science (program), En
gineering, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics
and Astronomy, Psychology.
All seminar work will be followed by an
examination at the end o f the spring semester
of the year in which the seminar is offered. For
seniors in the external examination program,
the external examination will constitute suffi
cient examination for all seminars in their
plan of study. All other students who have
taken seminars will stand for an appropriate
examination set (when feasible) by external
examiners and read by a member o f the
Swarthmore faculty. If such an exam is not
available, these students will stand for an
equivalent examination set and read by a
member of the Swarthmore faculty.
Seniors who are awarded honors and juniors
who have been accepted into the external
examination program will have no grades
recorded on their transcript for any seminars
included in their plan o f study for honors
programs. Seniors who take courses within a
plan o f study for an external examination
program will be expected to meet all the
requirements for such courses except that of
course examination, unless the instructor
deems it necessary that they take the examina
tion. Normally, the external examination will
be sufficient examination for such courses.
A t the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision o f the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is en
tirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners.
Upon their recommendation, successful can
didates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree
with Honors, with High Honors, or with
Highest Honors. When the work o f a candi
date does not in the opinion o f the examiners
merit Honors o f any grade, Swarthmore fac
ulty members review the student’s examina
tion papers and assign grades.
EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bache
lor of Science degrees is four years, graduation
in three years is freely permitted when a
student can take advantage o f Advanced Place
ment credits, perhaps combining them with
extra work by special permission. W hen cir
cumstances warrant, a student may lengthen
the continuous route to graduation to five
years by carrying fewer courses than the norm
of four: this may be appropriate for students
who enter Swarthmore lacking some elements
of the usual preparation for college, who are
physically handicapped, or who wish to free
time for activities relating to their curricular
work although not done for academic credit.
Such five-year programs are possible in Music
and Studio Arts for students who are tak-
ing instruction o ff campus or who wish to
pursue studio or instrumental work without
full credit but with instruction and critical
supervision; but such programs are possible
only on application to and selection by the
department concerned, which will look for
exceptional accomplishment or promise. In
all cases where it is proposed to reduce aca
demic credit and lengthen the period before
graduation the College looks particularly to
personal circumstances and to careful advising
and necessarily charges the regular annual
tuition (see the provisions for overloads,
p. 21 ). Full-time leaves o f absence for a semes
ter or a year or more are freely permitted and
in some cases encouraged, subject also to
careful planning and academic advising.
NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree
of Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is
made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses
or the equivalent each semester, students may
51
Educational Program
and frequently do vary this by programs o f
five courses or three courses if it is desirable
for them to do so. The object o f progress
toward the degree is not primarily, however,
the mere accumulation o f 32 credits. College
policy does not permit programs o f fewer
than three courses within the normal eight
semester enrollment. Programs o f more than
five courses or fewer than four courses require
special permission (see p. 21 on tuition and
p. 5 9 on registration).
FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
W hile classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty
regulations encourage other modes as well.
These include various forms o f individual
study, student-run courses, and a limited
amount o f "practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach
ments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission o f the in
structor, a project o f additional reading, re
search, and writing. If this attachment is taken
concurrently with the course it is normally
done for half credit. I f it is taken in a later
semester (preferably the semester immediately
following), it may be done for either half or
full credit. This kind o f work can be done on
either a small-group or individual basis. It is
not possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative
to seminars as a preparation for papers. Stu
dents who decide before the middle o f the
semester to do a half-credit attachment may
commonly, with permission, withdraw from
a regular course and carry three and a half
credits in that term to be balanced by four and
a half credits in another term. Students may
do as many as two attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more biblio
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, oppor
tunities for directed reading are more frequent
in most departments than are opportunities
for tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir
able that the work be more specialized or
52
more sharply focussed than is usually the case
in courses or seminars; the work may range
from a course o f reading to a specific research
project. Such work is available primarily to
juniors and seniors in accordance with their
curricular interests and as faculty time per
mits.
The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to
run their own course with a reading list ap
proved by the instructor and a final examina
tion or equivalent administered by him or
her, but normally with no further involvement
o f faculty. In organizing such a course students
obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor from a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring
term) or May 1st (for the fall term) on the
basis o f an initial memorandum emphasizing
the principal subject matter to be studied, the
questions to be asked about it, the methods of
investigation, and providing a preliminary
bibliography. The course is then registered by
its organizers with the Provost, who has ad
ministrative supervision o f such work, and
who may waive the foregoing deadlines to
recognize problems in the organization of
such courses. The course supervisor consults
his or her department, and in the case of an
interdepartmental course, any. other depart
ment concerned, whose representatives to
gether with the Provost will decide whether to
approve the course. The supervisor also re
views the course outline and bibliography and
qualifications and general eligibility of stu
dents proposing to participate in the course.
After a student-run course has been found
acceptable by the appropriate department (or
departments) and the Provost, the course
supervisor’s final approval is due ten days
before the term begins, following which a
revised reading list and class list are given
I
I
to the Librarian and the course title and class
list are filed with the Registrar. A t the end o f
the course the supervisor evaluates and grades
the students’ work in the usual way or arranges
for an outside examiner to do so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provi
sionally proposed for half credit to run in the
first half o f the semester, and at midterm, may
be either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester
(up to midsemester) for half credit and then
be continued, on the same basis, into the
following term. Or they may be taken for half
credit over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to occa
sional or regular participation. The only es
sentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both ana
lytical and bibliographical, are also regarded
as important ends in themselves, to be em
phasized in the review o f proposals before
approval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant
up to one course credit for practical work,
which may be done o ff campus, when it can
be shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis
and is likely to contribute to a student’s
progress in regular course work, and subject
to four conditions: ( 1 ) agreement o f an in
structor to supervise the project; ( 2 ) sponsor
ship by the instructor’s department, and in
the case o f an interdisciplinary project, any
other department concerned, whose repre
sentatives together with the Provost will de
cide whether to grant permission for the
applied or practical work before that work is
undertaken; (3) a basis for the project in some
prior course work; and (4 ) normally, the
examination o f pertinent literature and pro
duction o f a written report as parts o f the
project. This option is intended to apply to
work in which direct experience o f the offcampus world or responsible applications o f
academic learning or imaginative aspects of
the practice o f an art are the primary elements.
Because such work is likely to bear a loose
relation to organized instruction and the reg
ular curriculum, the College limits academic
credit for it while recognizing its special im
portance for some students’ programs.
INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK
The requirements o f the major typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety o f
interests and to emphasize intellectual diver
sity; it may also be used for the practical
integration o f individual programs around
interests or principles supplementing the
major. The College offers interdepartmental
majors in Asian Studies, Medieval Studies,
Literature, Linguistics-Psychology, and The
atre Studies, and formal interdisciplinary pro
grams short o f the major in Black Studies,
Computer Science, International Relations,
Public Policy, and Women’s Studies. The
programs in Education and in Linguistics
have departmental status as to staff. It should
be recognized that some departments are
themselves interdisciplinary in nature; that a
considerable number o f courses are crosslisted between departments; that each year
some courses are taught jointly by members
o f two or more departments; that departments
commonly recommend or require supporting
work for their majors in other departments;
and that students can organize their work into
personally selected concentrations in addition
to or as extensions o f their majors, particularly
in Special Majors. Such concentration is for
mally provided in Black Studies, International
Relations, Public Policy, and Women’s Stu
dies. Many other opportunities exist infor
mally—e.g., in comparative literature, in Af
rican studies, in American studies, in religion
and sociology-anthropology, in engineering
and social sciences, in women’s studies, in
53
Educational Program
biochemistry, or in chemical physics. Stu
dents are encouraged to seek the advice o f
faculty members on such possibilities with
respect to their particular interests. In some
cases faculty members o f several departments
have planned and scheduled their course of
ferings with some consultation so as to afford
a de facto concentration in addition to the
major, and students may wish to know and
take advantage o f these cases o f overlapping
faculty interests.
HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function o f the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter
ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters o f recommendation for pro
fessional schools to which students apply.
The letters are based on faculty evaluations
requested by the student, the student’s aca
demic record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the ne
cessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for stu
dents entering medical or dental schools: Bi
ology 1, 2 (students who have earned ad
vanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2
should take two other biology courses); Chem
istry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 , or 38; Physics 3 , 4 ; Math
5 and one additional math course; and English
Literature, two semester courses. The work o f
the junior and senior years may be completed
in either the Course or the Honors Program,
and in any major department o f the student’s
choice. However, professional schools in the
health sciences generally require a demon
strated proficiency in the basic sciences. All
required courses should therefore be taken on
a graded basis after the first semester o f the
freshman year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the Medical College Admission Test
which is given in April and September each
year. It is recommended that students take the
test in the Spring o f the year that they apply
for admission to medical schools. Swarthmore
College is a testing center for the MCAT.
Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and
the Veterinary Aptitude Test, are often re
quired by dental and veterinary schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the Health Sciences
Advisory Office: M edical School Admission
Requirements and Admission Requirements o f
American Dental Schools. Catalogs for most
medical and veterinary schools are also on file
in the Advisory Office.
The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodically with students interested in health careers
and is available to assist students in planning
their programs in cooperation with students’
own academic advisors. Further information
on opportunities, requirements and proce
dures can be obtained from the Health Sciences Advisor but it is the student’s respon
sibility to make his or her intentions known
to the Advisor at the earliest possible date.
CREATIVE ARTS
Work in the creative arts is available both in
the curriculum o f certain departments and on
an extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements
54
in Art, English Literature, and Music. A total
o f not more than five courses in the creative
arts may be counted toward the degrees of
Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science.
I
.
i
j
|
I
COOPERATION W ITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS
With the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College
or the University o f Pennsylvania without the
payment o f extra tuition. Students are ex-
pected to know and abide by the academic
regulations o f the host institution. This ar
rangement does not apply to the summer
sessions o f the University o f Pennsylvania and
Bryn Mawr College.
STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS
To provide variety and a broadened outlook
for interested students, the College has stu
dent exchange arrangements with Brandeis
University, Harvey Mudd College, Howard
University, Middlebury College, Mills Col
lege, Pomona College, Rice University, and
Tufts University. Selection is made by a com
mittee of the home institution from among
applicants who will be sophomores or juniors
at the time o f the exchange.
W ith each institution there is a limited and
matched number o f exchanges. Students settle
financially with the home institution, thus
retaining during the exchange any financial
aid for which they are eligible. Exchange
arrangements do not permit transfer o f
participants to the institution with which the
exchange takes place.
EDUCATION ABROAD
The College recognizes the general educational
value of travel and study abroad and cooper
ates as far as possible in enabling interested
students to take advantage o f such opportuni
ties. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study
must meet Swarthmore academic standards,
and must form a coherent part o f the student’s
four-year plan o f study.
program, under the auspices o f the Depart
ment o f Modern Languages and Literatures, is
open to students from any department, but
especially those in the humanities and social
sciences. Should there be places available,
applications from students at other institu
tions are accepted. The number o f participants
in limited to twenty-five.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Registrar and the chairmen o f
departments concerned, if credit is to be given
for courses taken. Students may be asked to
take examinations upon their return to the
College. Requests for credit must be made
within the academic year following return to
Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as
Art and Modern Languages and Literatures,
publish separate instructions for transfer o f
credits from other institutions. These are
available from the respective department of
fices.
Students are integrated into the academic life
at the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence al
lows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation o f External Examination papers
is possible in certain fields. The program is
designed primarily for juniors and second
semester sophomores, but seniors can be ac
commodated in special cases.
1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University o f Grenoble,
where their course o f study is the equivalent
of one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This
A member o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program
and the living arrangements o f the students,
and advises on all educational or personal
problems. A coordinator o f the program at
Swarthmore handles such matters as admis-
55
Educational Program
sions to the program (in consultation with the
Deans), financial aid, transfer o f academic
credit to departments within the College and
to institutions whose students participate in
the program. Applications for the fall semes
ter must be submitted by March 15 and for
the spring semester by October 15.
2. Academic Year in Madrid, Spain. This pro
gram is administered by the Romance Lan
guage Department o f Hamilton College, in
cooperation with faculty members o f W il
liams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Col
leges. Students many enroll either for the full
academic year or for the fall semester only.
(Credit at Swarthmore must be obtained
through the departments concerned.) The
program attempts to take full advantage o f the
best facilities and teaching staff o f the Spanish
community, while adhering to the code o f
intellectual performance characteristic o f the
most demanding American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1 ) the efforts
that are made to find homes well suited for
student lodging, and (2) the activities which
are planned to insure ample contact with
Spanish students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited
for study and research, and it sponsors a series
o f lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance o f
a committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth
more Colleges, serve also as directors-in-residence in Madrid.
Applications and further information are avail
able from the Department o f Modem Lan
guages and Literatures.
3. Suiarthmore-supported Programs o f Study
Abroad. Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
56
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.
1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
2 ) Hamilton College Academic Year in Ma
drid (Spain) for the fall semester or the
entire academic year (see above);
3 ) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany,
either at the University o f Freiburg or the
University o f Munich (West Germany)
for the entire academic year;
4 ) Smith College Junior Year at the Univer
sity o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the
entire academic year;
5) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;
6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester
or the entire academic year. (See also
announcement o f the Art Department,
p. 70, and o f the Classics Department,
p. 92 .)
7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris).
8) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational
(ISLE) Program at the University o f Peradeniya for the fall (August-November)
semester.
Students who wish to apply scholarship funds
to the above programs should consult with
the Financial Aid officer o f the College.
4. Other Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam
ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai Univer
sity the College is also affiliated, Smith Col
lege, or Sweet Briar College. These are fullyear programs o f study at foreign universities,
under the supervision o f American college
personnel. Interested students should consult
the Associate Provost.
5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for ad
mission as a special student. This should be
done only after consultation with the Regis
trar and the appropriate department head.
Care must be taken to assure in advance that
courses taken abroad will be acceptable for
Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities
severely limit the number o f students they
accept for short periods.
The Olga Lamkert Memorial Fund. Income from
a fund established in 1979 by students o f Olga
Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore
College from 1949 to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need
who wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Lenin
grad or Moscow semester programs in the
U SSR. Awards based on merit and financial
need will be made on the recommendation o f
the Russian section o f the Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures.
The Eugene M. Webber Memorial Fund. Income
from a fund established in 1986 to honor the
memory o f Eugene M. Weber, Professor of
German at Swarthmore College from 1973 to
1986, is available to students with demon
strated financial need who wish to attend an
academic program in a German-speaking coun
try. Awards based on merit and financial need
will be made on the recommendation o f the
German section o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures.
57
Faculty Regulations
ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below.
W ith this exception, students are responsible
for regular attendance. Faculty members will
report to the Dean the name o f any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion
impairing the student’s work. The number o f
cuts allowed in a given course is not specified,
a fact which places a heavy responsibility on
all students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since fresh
men must exercise particular care in this
respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its
greater responsibility toward freshmen in the
matter o f class attendance, it is expected that
freshmen, especially, will attend all classes.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examina
tion, as the instructor deems necessary for
adequate evaluation o f his or her perfor
mance.
W hen illness necessitates absence from
classes, the student should report at once to
the Health Center.
4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.
A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading
the material prescribed by a syllabus and
taking a final examination, under the follow
ing conditions:
1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2 ) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the in
structor’s approval must be obtained.
GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Regis
trar’s offices at intervals during the year upon
the work o f students in courses. Informal
reports during the semester take the form o f
comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end
o f each semester formal grades are given in
each course under the letter system, by which
A means excellent work, B good work, C
satisfactory work, D passing but below the
average required for graduation, and NC (no
credit) for uncompleted or unsatisfactory
work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses
and minuses. W signifies that the student has
been permitted to withdraw from the course
by the Committee on Academic Require
ments. X designates a condition; this means
that a student has done unsatisfactory work in
the first half o f a year course, but by creditable
work during the second half may earn a
passing grade for the full course and thereby
remove the condition. R is used to designate
an auditor or to indicate cases in which the
work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated
because o f deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete
58
with respect to specific assignments or exam
inations. The Faculty has voted that a stu
dent’s final grade in a course should incorpo
rate a zero for any part o f the course not
completed by the date o f the final examina
tion, or the end o f the examination period.
However, if circumstances beyond the stu
dent’s control preclude the completion of the
work by this date, a grade o f Incomplete (Inc.)
may be assigned with the permission of the
Registrar. In such cases incomplete work must
normally be made up and graded and the final
grade recorded within five weeks after the
start o f the following term. Except by special
permission o f the Registrar (on consultation
with the Committee on Academic Require
ments) all grades o f Inc. still outstanding after
that date will be replaced on the student’s
permanent record by NC (no credit). Waiver
o f this provision by special permission shall in
no case extend beyond one year from the time
the Inc. grade was incurred.
The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester of
the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no
credit). In the balance o f their work at Swarthmore, students may select up to four courses
for Credit/No Credit by informing the Regis
trar’s Office within the first two weeks o f the
term in which the course is taken, except that
repeated courses may not be taken Credit/No
Credit. For freshmen and sophomores CR
will be recorded for work that would earn a
grade o f D or higher; for juniors and seniors
the minimum equivalent letter grade for CR
will be C. Instructors are asked to provide the
student and the faculty adviser with evaluation
of the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The
evaluation for first-semester freshmen in
cludes a letter-grade equivalent; for other
I
students the evaluation may be either a lettergrade equivalent, or a comment. Such evalua
tions are not a part o f the student’s grade
record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first
semester freshmen courses only, may be pro
vided to other institutions if requested by the
student and absolutely required by the other
institution.
Reports of grades are sent to students at the end
o f each semester. They are not routinely sent
to parents or guardians, but such information
may be released when students request it.
A C (2 .0 ) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.
REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semes
ter. If more than five or fewer than four
courses seem desirable, the faculty advisor
should be consulted and a petition filed with
the Committee on Academic Requirements.
Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received
not later than the middle o f the semester, or
the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their enrollment in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.
EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examina
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement
with the instructor in charge o f the course.
No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super
vision.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result of their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examina
tions or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is
a most serious offense, and one which strikes
at the foundations o f academic life.
The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem
to those they teach (the Faculty’s statement
concerning plagiarism may be found in The
Student Handbook), to minimize temptation,
and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean
for action by the College Judiciary Committee.
59
Faculty Regulations
The College J udiciar y Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f magni
tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious
ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f
the Faculty that for the first offense failure in
the course and, as appropriate, suspension for
a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial procedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.
STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by
the date o f enrollment and the student is in
good standing. I f a student has not enrolled
and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for
the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he
or she is withdrawing. Such students must
apply to the Dean for re-admission in order to
return to College after an interval. The pur
pose o f this policy is to assist the College in
planning its enrollments.
SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chair
man o f the Swarthmore department con
cerned before doing the work. Prior approval
is not automatic: it depends upon adequate
information about the content and instruction
o f the work to be undertaken. Validation o f
the work for credit depends upon evaluation
o f the materials o f the course including sylla
bus, reading lists, written papers, and exami-
nations by the Swarthmore department con
cerned after the work has been done. Valida
tion may include an examination, written or
oral, administered at Swarthmore. An official
transcript from the summer school must be
presented to the Office o f the Registrar before
the work can be validated for credit. Requests
for credit must be made within the academic
year following the term in which the course is
taken. One course credit at Swarthmore is
regarded as equivalent to 4 semester hours.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all non
veteran students not excused for medical rea
sons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming
test or take up to one quarter o f swimming
instruction. (See the departmental statement
o f the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.
EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning
any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.
WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS
(see p. 38)
60
Degree Requirements
BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for gradua
tion. The candidate must have:
test; or, c) passed one year o f a foreign lan
guage while at Swarthmore.
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their
equivalent.
6. Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive ex
aminations in his or her major field, or met
the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with Honors.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
3. Complied with the distribution require
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 46-47.)
4. The foreign language requirement, having
either: a) passed at least three years’ study o f
one foreign language while in high school; or,
b) achieved a score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent in
a foreign language on a standard achievement
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
8. Completed the physical education require
ment set forth on page 42 and in statements
o f the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.
MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree of Master o f Arts or Master of
Science may be conferred subject to the fol
lowing requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinc
tion, either at Swarthmore or at another insti
tution of satisfactory standing, shall be ad
mitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at
Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If ac
cepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree
shall include the equivalent o f a full year’s
work of graduate character. This work may be
*"A n average o f C” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average o f at
least 2.0 ( A+, A = 4.0, A— 3.67, B+ = 3.33,
B = 3.0, B - = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 , C = 2 .0 ,
1 C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D - = 0.67).
done in courses, seminars, reading courses,
regular conferences with members o f the
faculty, or research. The work may be done in
one department or in two related depart
ments.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be ex
amined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, ex
ceptions may be made by the Curriculum
Committee. The department or departments
concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the
outside examiners, together with the reports
o f the student’s resident instructors, shall
make recommendations to the faculty for the
award o f the degree.
A t the option o f the department or depart
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part o f the work for the degree.
Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the
record for work not taken at Swarthmore
College are not included in computing this
average.
61
Degree Requirements
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candi'
dacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field o f research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the
62
announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $13,080.
Awards and Prizes
j
The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.
The O ak L e a f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman o f the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.
The M cCabe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty o f the department of
Engineering.
I
I
I
I
The Flack Achievement Award, presented by
the Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders
is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f
1938, is made to a deserving student who,
during the first two years at Swarthmore
College, has demonstrated a good record o f
achievements in both academic and extracur
ricular activities while showing leadership
potential as a constructive member o f the
College. The donor hopes these awards will go
to students o f demonstrated achievement and
high potential who are dedicated to the basic
principles o f American democracy and of
academic freedom. The awards are not related
to need.
The Academy o f Am erican Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group o f
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department o f English Litera
ture.
The Adams Prize o f $100 is awarded each year
by the Department o f Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry
who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives
most promise o f excellence and dedication in
the field.
TheJonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class o f
1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded
by the Department o f Art to a junior who has
strong interest and potential in the studio arts.
It provides up to $ 2 ,0 0 0 to support purpose
ful work in the studio arts during the summer
between the junior and senior years.
American Chem ical Society Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.
American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the second best record
in chemistry and overall academic perfor
mance.
The Boyd Barnard Award is awarded annually
to one or more students, selected by the
Department o f Music, in recognition o f mu
sical excellence and achievement.
The James H. Batton ’72 Award, endowed in his
memory by G. Isaac Stanley ’73 and Ava
Harris Stanley, M.D. ’72, is awarded for the
personal growth or career development o f a
minority student with financial need.
The Paul H. B eik Prize in History o f $100 is
awarded each May for the best thesis or
extended paper on an historical subject by a
History major during the previous academic
year.
The Block Alumni Prize is awarded annually to
honor the sophomore or junior minority stu
dent who has shown exemplary academic
performance and community service.
The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion o f the Depart-,
ment, submits the best essay on any philo
sophical topic.
The Sophie and W illiam Bramson Prize is
awarded annually to an outstanding student
majoring in sociology and anthropology. The
prize recognizes the excellence o f the senior
thesis, in either the course or external exami
nations program, as well as the excellence o f
the student’s entire career in the department.
The Bramson prize is given in memory o f the
parents o f Leon Bramson, founding chairman
o f Swarthmore’s sociology-anthropology de
partment, and it carries a cash stipend.
63
Awards and Prizes
T he H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics Prize,
honoring Heinrich Brinkmann, Professor o f
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
T he Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grand
mothers, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is
awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar
ship, character, and influence.
The A lice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.
The Rod D owdle ’82 Achievem ent Award in
tennis is given annually to the male varsity
tennis player who best exhibits qualities of
perseverance and strong personal effort to
achieve a meaningful personal or team goal.
The Robert K. Enders Field Research Award is
given to a junior or senior student showing
great promise in biological field research, to
support a field research project proposed to
the Department o f Biology, either in collabo
ration with a faculty member or as an inde
pendent project under the supervision o f the
faculty. A cash stipend is given to cover the
essential costs o f the project.
T he Dorothy D itter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the direc
tion o f the Literature Committee.
T he John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
The P hilip M. H icks Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor
64
o f English and Chairman o f the Department
o f English Literature. They are awarded to the
two students who in the opinion o f the De
partment submit the best critical essays on
any topic in the field o f literature.
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $150,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class of
1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso
phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion of
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.
T he N aom i K ies Award is given in her memory
by her classmates and friends to a student who
has worked long and hard in community
service outside the academic setting, alleviat
ing discrimination or suffering, promoting a
democratic and egalitarian society, or resolv
ing social and political conflict. It carries a
cash stipend.
T he Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by
the campus managerial organization known as
the Society o f Kwink, is presented by the
faculty o f the Department o f Physical Educa
tion and Athletics to the senior man who best
exemplifies the Society’s five principles: Ser
vice, Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sports
manship.
T he Leo M. Leva M em orial Prize, established
by his family and friends, is awarded by the
Biology Department to a graduating senior
whose major is Biology and whose work in the
field shows unusual promise.
T he Norman Meinkoth Field Biology Award,
established by his friends and former students,
to honor Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member
o f the College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is
awarded to support the essential costs of the
study o f biological problems in a natural en
vironment.
The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen M oon Fund provide income
for a poetry reading contest as well as funds
for visiting poets and writers.
T he Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the
Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best origi
nal poem in the annual competition for the
award. The award o f $100 is made in the
spring o f the year.
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize endowed
by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent
the Library Prize first established by W.W.
Thayer, is awarded annually to that under
graduate who, in the opinion o f the Commit
tee of Award, shows the best and most intel
ligently chosen collection o f books upon any
subject. Particular emphasis is laid not merely
upon the size o f the collection but also upon
the skill with which the books are selected and
upon the owner’s knowledge o f their subjectmatter.
The May E. Parry M em orial Award, donated by
the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member,
is presented by the faculty o f the Department
of Physical Education and Athletics to the
senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman
ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
the Dean on the recommendation o f the edi
tors of The Phoenix at the end o f each staff
academic year to a member o f T he Phoenix for
excellence in journalism. The prize was estab
lished by the directors o f The Drew Pearson
Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson,
Class o f 1919.
The David A . Peele ’50 Sportsmanship Award is
made to a tennis player after submission o f a
written essay. It is endowed by Marla Hamil
ton Peele in memory o f her husband’s love and
advocacy o f tennis and carries a cash stipend.
TheJohn W. Perdue M em orial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student
of the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the
Department o f Engineering to the outstanding
student entering the junior class with a major
in engineering.
The W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 11, sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major
source o f funds for campus appearances by
poets and writers.
Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay is an award
for a paper on politics or public policy written
during the junior or senior year. The paper
may be in satisfaction o f a course, a seminar,
or an independent project, including a thesis.
The paper is nominated by a faculty member
and judged by a committee o f the Department
o f Political Science to be o f outstanding merit
based upon originality, power o f analysis and
written exposition, and depth o f understand
ing o f goals as well as technique.
The R osita S am off Prize for Playwriting is
awarded for the best full-length or one-act
play as judged by external reviewers in a com
petition conducted by the Department o f
English Literature.
T he Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize Pur
chase Fund permits the Art Department to
purchase for the College one or two o f the
most outstanding student works from the
year’s student art exhibitions.
T he H ally Jo Stein Award, endowed in her
memory by her brother Craig Edward Stein
’78, is given to an outstanding student who in
the view o f the Dance faculty best exemplifies
Hally Jo ’s dedication to the ideals o f dance. It
carries a cash stipend.
T he Peter Gram Swing Prize o f $1,000 is
awarded each year at commencement to an
outstanding student whose plans for graduate
study in music indicate special promise and
need. The endowment for the prize was estab
lished in the name o f Ruth Cross Barnard ’ 19.
T he Melvin B. Troy Award o f $ 2 5 0 is given each
year for the best, most insightful paper in
Music or Dance, or composition or choreog
raphy by a student, judged by the Department
o f Music and Dance. The prize was established
by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy,
Class o f 1948.
FACULTY AWARD
The Flack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity
to a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to
help meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave
65
Awards and Prizes
devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly
strong link that exists at Swarthmore between
teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President
66
upon the recommendation o f the Provost and
the candidate’s academic department. This
award is made possible by an endowment
established by James M. Flack and Hertha
Eisenmenger Flack ’38.
Fellowships
Three fellowships (the Leedom , Lippincott,
and Lockuiood. Fellowships—see below) are
awarded annually by the Faculty, and two
fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships—
see below) are awarded by the Somerville
Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the
College for the pursuit o f advanced work.
These awards are made on recommendation
of the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes
for a proposed program o f study which has
the approval o f the Faculty. Applications
must be in the hands o f the Committee by
March 23. The Committee considers appli
cants for all o f these fellowships for which
they are eligible and makes recommendations
which overall do not discriminate on the basis
of sex. These fellowships are:
The H annah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875,
in memory o f his father.
The John Lockw ood M em orial Fellowship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother,
John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor
that the fellowship be awarded to a member
of the Society o f Friends.
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It
is awarded each year to a woman senior who
is to pursue advanced study in an institution
approved by the Committee.
The Martha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by
the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and
sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen
tary or secondary school work. The recipient
of the award is to pursue a course o f study in
an institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the con
ditions described below:
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs,
is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow
ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for
the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be
a United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in the
United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department cho
sen for graduate work.
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a pro
gram o f advanced study in some branch o f the
liberal arts.
T he Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow
ship. In awarding these fellowships, preference
is given to Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars
who have completed their Opportunity Project
(see Financial Aid) and who have academic
achievement at Swarthmore sufficient to earn
Distinction or Honors. Applicants should sub
mit to the Committee on Fellowships and
Prizes a plan o f graduate study with high
potential for service to society. This fellowship
is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang
’38.
T he Thom as B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cCabe M emorial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study
at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time resi
dents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr.
McCabe received the M.B.A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships
and Prizes follows the standards that determine
the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving spe
cial consideration to applicants who have dem
onstrated superior qualities o f leadership.
Young alumni and graduating seniors are eligi
ble to apply.
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship
in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by
67
friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition o f his
many years o f distinguished teaching o f Polit
ical Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant
for as much as $2,5 0 0 to support a substantial
research project (which could include inquiry
through responsible participation) in public
affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore un
dergraduates, would normally be held offcampus during the summer. Preference is given
to applicants from the Junior Class.
FACULTY FELLOWSHIPS
T he Mary Albertson Faculty Fellowship was en
dowed by an anonymous gift from two o f her
former students, under a challenge grant issued
by the National Endowment for the Humani
ties. It will provide an annual award o f a
semester’s leave at full pay, to support research
and writing by members o f the humanities
faculty. Mary Albertson joined the Swarth
more faculty in 1927 and served as chairman
o f the history department from 1942 until her
retirement in 1963. She died in May, 1986.
The George Becker Faculty Fellowship was en
dowed by Ramon Posel ’50 under a challenge
from the National Endowment for the Hu
manities, in honor o f this former member of
the English department and its chairman from
1953-70. The fellowship will provide a semes
ter o f leave at full pay for a member of the
humanities faculty to do research and write, in
the fields o f art history, Classics, English
literature, history, linguistics, modern lan
guages, music, philosophy, or religion, but
with preference to members o f the department
o f English literature.
T he Brand Blanshard Faculty Fellowship is an
endowed Faculty fellowship in the humanities
established in the name o f philosopher and
former faculty member Brand Blanshard. Blan
shard taught philosophy at Swarthmore from
1925 to 1944. The Fellowship will provide a
semester leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and to write.
Upon recommendation o f the Selection Com
mittee, there may be a small additional grant
for travel and project expenses. Any humani
ties faculty member eligible for leave may
68
apply. Fellows will prepare a paper about the
work o f their leave year and present it publicly
to the College and wider community. The
Blanshard Fellowship is made possible by an
anonymous donor who was Blanshard’s stu
dent at Swarthmore, and a challenge grant
from the National Endowment for the Hu
manities.
The Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is de
signed to enhance the educational program of
Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty
development, by promoting original or in
novative scholarly achievement o f faculty
members, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual ex
change among scholars. The Fellowship will
provide financial support for faculty leaves
through a grant o f about one half the recipi
ent’s salary during the grant year. Upon rec
ommendation o f the Selection Committee,
there may be a small additional grant for
travel and project expenses and for library
book purchases. The Selection Committee
shall consist o f the Provost, three Divisional
Chairmen, and three others selected by the
President, o f whom at least two must be
Swarthmore alumni. Any faculty member eli
gible for leave may apply, and up to four may
be chosen. Fellows will be expected to prepare
a paper or papers resulting from the work of
their leave year, presented publicly for the
College and wider community. The Selection
Committee may support wholly or in part the
cost o f publishing any o f these papers. These
fellowships are made possible by an endow
ment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.
I
V
Courses of Instruction
The course (semester course) is the unit of
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually
given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for halfcourse credit.
Courses are numbered as follows:
1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 9 9 — other courses (Some o f these
courses are not open to fresh
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for upperclass persons
and graduate students.
Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for
the first semester if the student fails the
second semester.
Although the course listings in this catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two-year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.
69
Art
T. KAORI KITAO, Professor o f Art History
MICHAEL W.C0THREN, Associate Professor o f Art History and Chair
RANDALL L EXON, Associate Professor o f Studio Arts
CONSTANCE CAIN HIINGERFORD, Associate Professor o f Art History2
DRIAN A. MEUNIER, Associate Professor o f Studio Arts and Director o f the W ilcox Gallery
JOYCE J. NAGATA, Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (part-time)
DIANE M. O’DONOGHUE, Assistant Professor o f Art History
The Department o f Art offers historical, criti
cal, and practical instruction in the visual arts.
Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions, mean
ing, and historical context o f works o f art and
architecture; studio arts courses explore prob
lems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation o f
objects in various media.
W ilcox G allery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal
lery, located in Room 303, Beardsley Hall,
provides seven to nine exhibitions a year,
which are an integral part o f the Studio Arts
Program. The works o f nationally known
artists as well as those o f younger artists, in
various media, are exhibited in group and
one-person shows. Each spring there is a
group show o f student work drawn from
Studio Arts classes throughout the year, as
well as a series o f solo exhibitions by senior
majors.
H eilm an Artist: Each year the Department of
Art selects an artist to visit the College to
serve as a visiting artist and critic under the
Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Program.
The work o f the invited artist is exhibited in
the W ilcox Art Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he
or she gives critiques in the studios and also
meets and talks with students, both majors
and non-majors, on an informal basis.
Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 14.
Benjamin West Lecture: See p. 14.
Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship: See p. 24.
Jonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant: See p. 63.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 is the prerequisite for
all other art history courses in the Depart
ment, unless otherwise noted. STU A 1 is the
usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it
may be waived only by presenting a portfolio
for evaluation. Students are advised that gradu
ate work in art history requires a reading
knowledge o f at least German and French.
Study A broad: The Art Department strongly
encourages those with an interest in art to
consider incorporating foreign study—either
during a summer or a regular academic term—
into their Swarthmore program. Important
examples o f art and architecture are scattered
throughout the world, and the encounter with
works still imbedded in their original context
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
70
is vital to an understanding o f their historical
and contemporary significance. Past experi
ence has shown, however, that art courses in
most foreign study programs fall considerably
below the academic standards o f comparable
courses at Swarthmore. To aid Students in
their attempt to gain Swarthmore credit for
study abroad, the Department has established
the following guidelines. (1 ) Beginning with
the class o f 1992, no request for transfer
credit in art history will be considered unless
a student has already taken ARTH 1 (the
normal prerequisite for work in art history at
Swarthmore) before taking a course abroad.
(2 ) Students who are interested in bettering
their chances o f gaining a full Swarthmore
credit for a course taken in a foreign program
are advised to attempt to arrange with a
Swarthmore professor, before leaving the cam
pus, to write, if necessary, a supplementary
research paper as a part o f the course. Such
papers will be evaluated by the Department as
part of the process o f determining transfer
credit.
The Course M ajor in Art History: Art History
majors are required to take ARTH 1, four
survey courses (ARTH 12, ARTH 14, ARTH
15, and either ARTH 17 or ARTH 18), four
elective credits in Art History, and one course
in Studio Arts. The comprehensive—given in
the Spring semester o f the senior year—con
sists of a written examination, in preparation
for which students are required to study a
group of carefully chosen works o f art and
architecture drawn from the core areas rep
resented by the required survey courses.
The Course Major in Art: The combined pro
gram o f the Course Major in Art consists o f
a minimum o f five courses in Art History,
including ARTH 1, and at least one course in
a period before 1800; and five courses in
Studio Arts including courses in drawing,
another 2-D medium, and a 3-D medium. The
comprehensive consists o f a Senior Exhibition
and Catalog, prepared during Senior Work
shop (STU A 3 0 ) during the Fall o f the senior
year.
M ajors and Minors in T he External Examination
Program: In addition to ARTH 1 (and one
studio course for majors), art history majors
in the External Examination Program should
take four seminars in the Department; minors
should take two. W ith the approval o f the
relevant professor, a corresponding course
with an attachment may be substituted for a
seminar if that seminar will not be offered
during the period o f the student’s preparation
for External Examinations.
Art History
1. Critical Study in the Visual Arts.
This introduction to the study o f the visual
arts will investigate formal analysis, iconog
raphy, and methods o f historical interpreta
tion, using examples o f art and architecture
drawn from a variety o f cultures and historical
periods. The course will emphasize learning to
see vividly and systematically and to write
accurately about what is seen. Topics for
discussion will include technique and produc
tion, visual narrative and didacticism, patron
age and biography, and approaches such as
psychoanalysis, Marxism, and feminism. This
Primary Distribution Course serves as pre
requisite for all further work in art history.
Each semester. Cothren, Kitao, O ’Donoghue.
No prerequisite.
Spring semesters. Kitao.
12. Asian Survey.
An introduction to the creation and use o f art
within various Asian cultures, including India,
China, and Japan. Architecture, sculpture,
ceramics, and the pictorial arts will be in
cluded in this survey, which will cover all
major historical periods from the Neolithic to
the modem era. W ithin each national tradi
tion and period, visual culture will be ex
amined in relation to the broader societal
values—aesthetic, political, religious—that
informed its production.
Spring semester. O ’Donoghue.
7. Film: Art and History.
14. Medieval Survey.
Introduction to the study o f film, primarily as
visual and narrative art; analytical discussion
of the elements o f film as a medium, art,
literature, technology, and industry, with ex
amples o f selected classics (Blue Angel, Citizen
Kane, and Rules o f the Game) in the first half,
followed by a historical survey from the silent
days to Godard and Bergman. Screening, lec
tures, and critical papers.
An introduction to European art and archi
tecture from late antiquity through the thir
teenth century. Special attention will be given
to the "Romanization” o f Christian art under
Constantine, the alternative Celtic Christian
heritage o f the British Isles and its culmination
in the Book o f Kells, the Imperial Papal
patronage o f Sixtus III, Justinianic Constan
tinople and Ravenna, the political implica-
71
Art
tions o f the Carolingian Renaissance and its
subsequent transformation under the O tto
mans, Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical
propaganda, the efflorescence o f monastic art
under the Cluniacs and Cistercians, the neo
platonic aesthetic that gave birth to the
Gothic, and the political ideology that led to
its dissemination.
Spring semester. Cothren.
15. Renaissance and Baroque Survey.
Study o f artistic developments in Europe
from the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries,
covering major activities and legacies in Flor
ence, Rome, Venice, Paris, Amsterdam, and
London, with special emphasis on the emer
gence o f a new style in Florence, Leonardo da
Vinci’s achievements in art and science, Clas
sicism and Mannerism, Bernini’s remaking of
Rome, and the spread o f Baroque in and
beyond Europe.
Fall semester. Kitao.
17. Nineteenth-Century Survey.
Developments in European painting and sculp
ture from the late 18th century through the
Post-Impressionist generation o f Cézanne, van
Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, political,
economic, and cultural contexts are consid
ered.
Fall semester 1989. Hungerford.
18. Twentieth-Century Survey.
Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impresssionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak of
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Fall semester. Hungerford.
25. Arts of Africa.
A historical survey, this course explores Afri
can political, religious, and social systems o f
different epochs through the visual arts. The
purpose is to define the role o f art in a
traditional African context. Topics include
arts o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary
arts, rites o f passage, and masquerade as total
art. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
between social structure, artistic expression,
and symbolic thought. Also considered are
the role o f the artist in African society, the
aesthetic values o f different cultures, canons
o f form, and stylistic change.
72
Fall semester 1989. O ’Donoghue.
34. Arts of Japan.
This course is intended to introduce the arts
o f Japan from ca. 6 0 0 0 BCE through the
present era. Topics will include the arts of
Shinto and Buddhism, architecture, ceramics,
painting, sculpture, and printmaking, as well
as the traditional crafts and decorative arts.
Strong emphasis will be placed on viewing art
in relation to its larger historical context.
Not offered 1988-90. O ’Donoghue.
35. Chinese Art and Archaeology.
An introduction to China’s artistic traditions
from their origins in the localized cultures of
the Neolithic period to the founding of the
People’s Republic. Topics to be covered within
this historical survey include the ritual and
funerary art o f the Bronze Age, Buddhist
architecture and sculpture, landscape painting
and painting theory, as well as the politiciza
tion o f Chinese art in the twentieth century.
Fall semester. O ’Donoghue.
45. Gothic Art and Architecture.
The course will emphasize the formation of
Gothic art around the year 1140 and its de
velopment and codification in France during
the thirteenth century. Topics will include the
role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the
establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, Saint
Louis* *'court style* ’ as a statement o f political
ideology, the inspiration for and effectiveness
o f structural systems in Gothic architecture,
and Gothic humanism around the year 1200.
Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and
manuscript illustration will be considered.
N ot offered 1988-90. Cothren.
47. Late Antique, Early Christian,
and Byzantine Art.
An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris
tian form o f artistic expression from the heri
tage o f late antique art, followed by a survey
o f its international development through the
sixth century and its progression in the Byzan
tine empire centered in Constantinople until
the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman Turks
in 1453. Attention will be given to architec
ture, its monumental mosaic and fresco dec
oration, manuscript illumination, iconic de
votional images, and the small-scale arts of
ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels.
N ot offered 1988-90. Cothren.
53. Michelangelo and His Times.
Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance content'
poraries. Topics include classicism, art as
problem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea
of the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism,
and Mannerism.
Not offered 1988-90. Kitao.
55. Rembrandt and His Times.
Study of Rembrandt’s art, especially toward
the understanding o f the nature o f picture
making. Works in painting, drawing, and etch
ing are examined. Topics considered include
Holland’s mercantile and Protestant milieu,
Rembrandt’s relation to Italy, his Dutch con
temporaries, the development o f the genres,
I the print as a medium, the loose style, optics
and painting, popular imagery, and, above all,
the general questions concerning portraiture,
I self-portraiture, theatricality, realism, narraI tive art, landscape, marketing, and the late
I style.
I Fall semester 1989. Kitao.
I 65. Philadelphia: Architectural
Heritage.
I
I
I
I
|
Introduction to the history and criticism o f
architecture and planning, covering American
and European Architecture o f the last 300
years with focus on Philadelphia; special emphasis on Philadelphia’s relation to the Europe
of Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian London, Paris of the Second Empire, the Chicago
School, Art Nouveaux, the International Style
and Post-Modernism, with topics on the rise
of professionalism, historicism and new technology, modernism and the classical canon,
and historic preervation. Papers and projects,
and walking tours o f Philadelphia.
Fall semester. Kitao.
|
|
I
I
"
I
I 66. American A r t
I
I
Painting and sculpture in the United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with
special attention to the relationship between
developments in American art and those in
Western European art.
Not offered 1988-90. Hungerford.
I 67. Modernism in American Art and
I Literature.
I (Also listed as English 8 5 .) An interdiscipliI nary study o f the origins, ideology, and develI opment of modernism and anti-modernism in
I American culture between 1870 and 1930,
using approaches from the fields o f art history,
American studies, and literary criticism. Ar
tists include Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Ashcan school, the " 2 9 1 ” group, Hopper, and
Wood; writers include James, Wilkins Free
man, Crane, Fitzgerald, William Carlos W il
liams, and Nathanael West.
Prerequisites: one introductory course in En
glish and ARTH 1.
Fall semester 1989. Hungerford and Schmidt.
68. Yankee Ingenuity: Technology,
Design, and Material Culture.
Discussion o f machine-made objects as cul
tural artifacts. The course examines industrial
technology in American design in relation to
the history o f material culture, focusing on
selected design, large and small, extending
from household appliances to mass transit,
and considers such topics as the theory of
design and craftsmanship, tools and machines,
standardization, electricity and electronics,
the cult o f speed and efficiency, the computer
world, and observations on the "history o f
things.”
Not offered 1988-90. Kitao.
86. Architectural Theory: Design,
Thought, and Culture.
Topics discussed include functionalism, classi
cism, theory o f structure and decoration;
buildings as objects and environmental con
structs; architecture in relation to urban plan
ning and systems design; architecture and
behavioral sciences; architecture as meta
language; architectural semiotics; architecture
in relation to history and culture. Readings
cover Sullivan, Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Al
berti, and Vitruvius as well as more recent
theories by Lynch, Alexander, NorbergSchulz, Venturi, Eco, and Tafuri.
Not offered 1989-90. Kitao.
95. Theory and Methodology.
This one-credit seminar, which is required for
all course majors in art history and is normally
taken in the senior year, focuses on the process
o f art historical inquiry. Non-majors are ad
mitted only with the permission o f the in
structor.
Spring semester. O ’Donoghue.
96. Directed Reading.
Staff.
99. Thesis.
73
Art
SEMINARS
135. Chinese Painting.
The development o f China’s pictorial tradi
tion is examined from its origins in early
language and ritual imagery to the theoretical
and structural concerns o f the late dynastic
and modern periods. Topics for consideration
include philosophical and formal issues relat
ing to the depiction o f landscape, the role o f
theory and the formulation o f the painting
"canon,” imperial and religious imagery and
the position o f the painter in Chinese society.
Not offered 1988-90. O ’Donoghue.
138. Islamic Painting.
After a brief general introduction to Islamic
art, the seminar will explore the history and
evolution o f the pictorial narrative tradition
within Islamic culture from A.D. 691 to A.D.
1548. Particular emphasis will be given to the
manuscripts o f the M aqam at o f al-Hariri pro
duced in thirteenth-century Baghdad and to
the development o f a tradition for the illustra
tion o f Persian poetic and historical texts from
the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries. The
seminar will culminate in a detailed study of
the lavish Shahnam a o f Shah Tahmasp, a proj
ect which occupied the most important paint
ers o f the period (c. A.D. 1522-35).
Not offered 1988-90. Cothren.
will focus on three architectural complexes—
the Abbey o f Saint-Denis, the Cathedral of
Chartres, and Saint Louis’s Parisian SainteChapelle.
Spring semester. Cothren.
153. Michelangelo and His Times.
See description for ARTH 53.
Fall semester. Kitao.
164. Modern A rt
This seminar will focus on the varying schol
arly approaches to the work o f artists such as
David, Courbet, Manet, Monet, Cézanne, Pi
casso, and Pollock and to the issue of "mod
ernism” in nineteenth- and twentieth-century
painting.
Prerequisite: ARTH 17 or ARTH 18, or the
completion o f another seminar in art history,
or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester 1990. Hungerford.
195. Theory and Methodology.
An introduction to the historiography of art
history, both theory and practice, and an ex
ploration o f the current "crisis” of the disci
pline which has led to its reassessment from
a variety o f critical perspectives.
Prerequisite: four credits in art history.
Not offered 1988-90. Cothren and O ’Donoghue.
145. Gothic Art and Architecture.
See description for ARTH 45. The seminar
OTHER PREPARATIONS FOR EXTERNAL EXAMS
Rembrandt
In addition to those represented by seminars,
the department offers the following fields for
external examinations in 1988-90:
ARTH 15 and ARTH 55.
Fall semesters 1988 and 1989. Kitao.
Chinese A rt
Theory and Methodology.
ARTH 35 taken in conjunction with an at
tachment (ARTH 35A ).
Fall semester 1988. O ’Donoghue.
ARTH 95 taken in conjunction with an at
tachment (ARTH 95A ).
Spring semester 1988. O ’Donoghue.
Studio Arts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for
full course credit unless otherwise noted.
Studio Arts courses are subject to the Col
74
lege’s limit on Creative Arts courses (see
p. 53). Studio Art I is the usual prerequisite
for studio arts courses; it may be waived only
by presenting a portfolio for evaluation by the
Studio Arts faculty.
8. Painting.
1. Introduction to Studio Arts.
Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it
can define surface, space, light, temperature
and mood.
Spring semester. Exon.
Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems
in drawing, color, and three-dimensional
form. Attention will be given both to the
theoretical aspects o f the work and to the
development o f studio techniques.
Each semester. Exon, Meunier, and Nagata.
2. Ceramic Sculpture.
This class examines the concepts o f form and
mass in three-dimensional structures. Clay is
the primary medium. Students should have a
familiarity with hand-forming methods in
clay, basic two- and three-dimensional classwork, or consent o f instructor.
Not offered 1988-90. Nagata.
3. Drawing.
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f space, light and form. A
course for all levels o f ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
Not offered 1988-89. Exon.
4. Sculpture.
This course will cover a wide range o f sculp
tural concepts and techniques, from tradi
tional to contemporary. These techniques
will include: clay modeling, casting, multimedia assemblage, and wood construction.
Each semester. Meunier.
5. Ceramics I.
Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand
building and wheel techniques, and artistic
use of these techniques.
Fa!! semester. Nagata.
6. Photography.
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photog
raphy, both as a unique medium and as it
relates to other forms o f non-photographic
composition.
Not offered 1988-89. Meunier.
7. Ceramics II.
Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing
andfiring (raku, low-fire, stoneware and some
porcelain).
Prerequisite: STUA 5 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Nagata.
10. Life Drawing.
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f the human form in
nature and in art. Although the course centers
on drawing from the model, many other
natural forms are utilized in order fully to
establish a student’s appreciation o f the visual
world.
Spring semester. Exon.
14. Advanced Sculpture.
Not offered 1988-89. Meunier.
15. Advanced Ceramics.
Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on per
sonal development in explorative glazing;
decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex
tures; and understanding o f firing processes.
Admission by consent o f the instructor.
E ach semester. Nagata.
16. Advanced Photography.
Not offered 1988-89. Meunier.
18. Advanced Painting.
Not offered i988-89-Exon.
20. Special Studies.
Staff.
30. Senior Workshop.
A course designed to strengthen critical, the
oretical, and practical skills on an advanced
level. Critiques by the resident faculty and
visiting artists, as well as group critiques with
all members o f the workshop, will guide and
assess the development o f the students* indi
vidual directed practice in a chosen field.
Assigned readings and scheduled discussions
will initiate the writing o f the catalogue for the
senior exhibition. (This course is required o f
senior art majors; non-majors will be admitted
only by permission o f the instructor.)
Fall semester. Exon.
40. Senior Thesis.
Staff.
75
Asian Studies
Coordinator:
Faculty:
TYRENE WHITE (Political Science)
David W. Faure (History, Cornell Visiting Professor) 5
Gerald Levinson (Music)
Lillian M. Li (History) 23
Li-ching Mair (Modern Languages, Chinese)
Diane O’Donoghue (Art)
Steven Piker (Sociology-Anthropology) 2
Ziqiang Shi (Modern Languages, Chinese)
Donald Swearer (Religion)
Larry Westphal (Economics) 3
Susan Williamson (Linguistics and South Asia, McCabe Library)
PURPOSE
The purpose o f the Asian Studies major is to
provide the student with interdisciplinary
education concerning Asia that has five com
ponents, four o f which are required: (1 ) A
general background in Asia that stresses the
ability to make cross-cultural comparisons.
For this purpose the student is required to
take courses in more than one o f the regions
o f Asia: China, Japan, South Asia, and South
east Asia. (2 ) An interdisciplinary approach;
the student will be required to take instruction
in at least three different departments, one o f
which may be language. (3 ) A specialized
knowledge of one area o f Asia, defined either
geographically or topically. (4 ) The ability to
demonstrate this specialized knowledge in an
independent research project (thesis) done in
the senior year.
A fifth, strongly recommended, component is
the study o f an Asian language. Students may
study an Asian language in one o f the follow
ing ways: (a) taking Chinese language at
Swarthmore or Japanese at Haverford, (b)
taking another Asian language at the Univer
sity o f Pennsylvania or in summer school, for
example at the Middlebury College Summer
Language Institute, or (c) taking language
courses in one o f the study-abroad programs
with which Swarthmore is affiliated. All lan
guage courses taken above the first-year level
may be counted toward the major. Other
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
5 Spring semester, 1989.
76
courses taken in a study-abroad program may
also be applied toward the major, subject to
the approval o f the Asian Studies Committee.
In planning their programs o f study, prospec
tive majors are urged to consider study abroad
for a summer, a semester, or a year. Study
abroad serves not only as an opportunity for
students to build their language skills, but also
as the ideal way to study a foreign culture. To
the greatest extent possible the Asian Studies
faculty will help students plan a program
abroad that will support and enhance their
Swarthmore programs.
In planning his/her major in Asian Studies,
the student should demonstrate in the sopho
more plan o f study the intellectual coherence
o f his/her proposed program. To a large
extent this will consist o f explaining how the
proposed program develops a specialized
knowledge o f one o f the regions of Asia, as
defined above, or o f a topic that spans the
different regions. Examples o f the latter might
be Buddhism in Asia, Revolutionary Move
ments in Asia, the Political Economy of Asian
Development, or Elite and Popular Cultures
in Asia. Any subsequent changes in the pro
gram, after its initial approval by the Asian
Studies Committee, must be aproved in ad
vance by the Coordinator o f Asian Studies.
REQUIREMENTS
The major consists o f a minimim o f 9 credits
distributed in the following way:
( 1) 2 credits at the introductory level.
History 9 (Chinese Civilization), Religion
11/History 72 (The History, Religion,
and Culture o f Japan), or Religion 8 (The
Religions o f India).
(2) Minimum o f 6 credits o f work at the
intermediate or advanced level in at least
two different departments, one o f which
may be language above the first year. The
external examination candidates will nor
mally present two fields plus a thesis for
examination, in addition to three fields
outside the major. (In cases where fields
represent three credits o f work, three of
these fields must be in Asian Studies, and
one will be outside the major.)
(3 ) 1- or 2-credit Senior thesis.
Each major will be expected to write a
senior thesis in his/her area of specializa
tion. External examination candidates
will generally be required to write a twocredit thesis for external examination;
other students will write a one-credit
thesis.
COURSES
Department of Art
12. Asian Survey
Spring 1989
34. Arts of Japan
Not offered in 1988-89
35. Chinese Art and Archaeology
Fall 1988
135. Chinese Painting
Not offered in 1988-89
Department of History
9. Chinese Civilization
Spring 1989
72. The History, Religion, and Culture of
Japan
O ffered only as Religion n in 1988-89
73. Chinese Society and Economy since
1500
Spring 1989
74. Modern China
Not offered in 1988-89
75. Modern Japan
Not offered in 1988-89
144. Modern China
Not offered in 1988-89
Department of Modern Languages
3B, 4B. SeconcUyear Mandarin Chinese
Fall 1988, Spring 1989
11. Third-year Chinese
Fall 1988
11A. Chinese Conversation
Fall 1988
12. Advanced Chinese
Spring 1989
12A. Chinese Conversation
Spring 1989
15. The Chinese Language
Spring 1989
16. Chinese Literature in Translation
Not offered in 1988-89
93. Directed Reading
Department of Music
8. Music o f the Orient
Not offered 1988-89
Department of Political Science
19. Comparative Communist Politics
Spring 1989
20. Politics o f China
Fall 1988
107. Comparative Communist Politics
Spring 1989
Department of Religion
8. The Religions o f India
Fall 1988
9. The Buddhist Tradition
Not offered 1988-89
11. The History, Religion, and Culture of
Japan
Spring 1989
103. Asian Religious Thought
Fall 1988
104. Buddhism in Southeast Asia
N ot offered 1988-89
Sociology-Anthropology
93. Southeast Asia: Culture and History
Independent Study
77
Astronomy
JOHN E. GAUSTAD, Professor
WULFF D. HEINTZ, Professor
See Physics and Astronomy for major
requirements and full descriptions o f courses.
1. Introductory Astronomy.
5,6. General Astronomy 1, II.
9. Meteorology.
21,22. Theoretical Astrophysics.
23. Methods of Observational
Astronomy.
51. Celestial Mechanics.
78
52. Concepts of the Cosmos.
55. Planetary Science.
56. Cosmology.
59. Positional Astronomy.
61. Current Problems in Astronomy
and Astrophysics.
93. Directed Reading.
94. Research Project
Biology
JOHN B. JENKINS, Professor1
ROBERT E. SAVAGE, Professor
TIMOTHY C. WILLIAMS, Professor and Chair
GREGORY L. FLORANT, Associate Professor3
SCOTT F. GILBERT, Associate Professor
NANCY V.HAMLETT, Associate Professor
MARK JACOBS, Associate Professor and Acting Associate Chair
BARBARA Y. STEWART, Associate Professor and Associate Chair1
JACOB WEINER, Associate Professor
BRIAN 0. CLARK, Assistant Professor
SCOTT P. McROBERT, Assistant Professor
RACHEL A. MERZ, Assistant Professor12
DARLENE BRAMUCCI, Assistant
ANNE STORK, Assistant
The student may be introduced to biology by
enrolling in Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either
course may be taken first. A diversity of
intermediate and advanced courses, some of
fered in alternate years, affords the student
the opportunity o f building a broad biological
background while concentrating, if desired, in
some specialized areas such as cellular and
molecular biology, or organismal and popula
tion biology. Intermediate courses are num
bered 10-50; courses numbered beyond 100
are advanced. A special major in biochemistry
is offered in cooperation with the Department
o f Chemistry (cf. Chemistry). A special major
in psychobiology is offered in cooperation
with the Department o f Psychology (cf. Psy
chology).
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting sub
jects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major: introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college mathe
matics (not Math 1 or 3). One semester o f
statistics (Math 2) is strongly recommended.
These courses should be completed before the
senior year. Introductory physics is strongly
recommended and is prerequisite to some
departmental offerings. Further, it should be
noted that medical schools and graduate
schools in biology require introductory phys
ics and four semester o f chemistry for admis
sion.
Students majoring in Biology must take at
least one course or seminar in each o f the
following three groups: I, cell and molecular
biology (i.e., 20, 21, 34, 38, 58, 132, 151,
153, 156, 174);); II, organismal biology (i.e.,
12, 29, 31, 36, 37, 1 5 2 ,1 5 7 ,1 6 2 ,1 6 6 ,1 7 3 ,
178); III, populational biology (i.e., 17, 25,
26, 39, 5 0 ,1 6 0 ,1 7 0 ,1 7 1 ).
Biology course majors are expected to take at
least one seminar in Biology.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
79
Biology
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External
Examinations by combining courses and semi'
nars in the areas o f Virology (Bio 3 8 or 21 and
153), Microbial Ecology (Bio 38 and 168),
Plant Ecology (Bio 39 and 170), Animal
Physiology (Bio 12 and 157), Behavioral Ecol
ogy (Bio 25 or 3 9 and 160), Orientation and
Sensory Systems (Bio 12 or 25 and 173),
Developmental Biology (Bio 20, 21 or 38 and
152), Human Genetics (Bio 20 and 156),
Biomechanics (Bio 36 or 50 and 162), Cell
Biology (Bio 21 and 151), Plant Physiology
(Bio 37 and 166), Paleobiology (Bio 36, 50,
1 7 ,1 2 ,2 6 or 3 9 and 171), Neurobiology (Bio
29 and 178), Membrane Molecular Biology
(Bio 21 or Chem 3 8 and Bio 132), and
Research in Biology (Bio 180). Most seminars
used to prepare for the External Examination
are one credit and are an extension and con
tinuation o f a prerequisite course. Admission
to the External Examination Program is based
on academic record (average o f B or better in
the natural sciences) and completion of pre
requisites for the courses or seminars used in
preparation for external examination. De
partmental requirements in chemistry and
mathematics must also be fulfilled.
Students wishing to obtain secondary teacher
certification in biology must complete suc
cessfully a major in biology. In addition, the
Program in Education strongly recommends a
course in physics and one biology course in a
plant science.
1. Cellular and Molecular Biology.
12. The Vertebrates.
An introductory study o f phenomena funda
mental to living systems illustrated by exam
ples drawn from the fields o f microbiology,
cell biology, genetics, and developmental bi
ology. Emphasis is upon the means by which
biologists have attempted to elucidate these
phenomena rather than upon a survey o f them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Fall semester. Staff.
A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc
ture and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra
tions, films, an introduction to basic histolo
gy, and when possible, radiographic presenta
tions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Spring semester. Clark.
2. Organismal and Population Biology.
An introduction to the study o f whole organ
isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals.
Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the
morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Spring semester. Staff.
10. Human Evolution.
Cross-listed with Sociology/Anthropology 10
(c f Sociology/Anthropology). This course is a
Primary Distribution Course in the Social
Sciences when taken as Sociology/Anthro
pology 10, but not in the Natural Sciences
when taken as Biology 10.
80
17. Systematic Botany.
Principles and methods o f plant systematics
approached through the classification and
identification o f the maj or families o f vascular
plants. Emphasis is upon the flora of the
northeastern United States. The course is open
to biology majors and interested non-majors.
Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent of instruc
tor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
A lternate years, spring semester. Weiner.
20. Genetics.
An examination o f the transmission, struc
ture, and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment of
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the iden
tification, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial and
viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene
activity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Enrollment limited to 34.
Fall semester. McRobert.
21. Cell Biology.
A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f
cell components, cell division, biosynthesis o f
macromolecules, and intermediary metabo
lism. Laboratory exercises are designed to
illustrate the variety o f approaches to findings
in cell biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Savage.
25. Animal Behavior.
An introduction to the biological study o f
animal behavior in field and laboratory. Both
vertebrate and invertebrate animals are co
vered and emphasis is placed on the evolu
tionary importance o f social behavior (Ethol
ogy and Behavioral Ecology) and the physi
ological mechanisms that mediate behavior
(Neurobiology and Behavior). Laboratory
experience includes field trips, individual re
search projects, and electrophysiological re
cording from nerve cells.
One laboratory or field period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2; Math 2 recom
mended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years. Williams.
26. Adaptatlonal Plant Anatomy.
An examination o f the anatomical adaptations
of vascular plants to environmental factors,
principally light, water, temperature, and
biotic factors. Topics include the adaptive
anatomy/morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epiphytes, arctic and alpine plants,
insectivorous plants, and plants’ flowers,
fruits, and seeds.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Not offered 1988-89.
29. Neurobiology.
Properties o f nerve, muscle, synapse, neuronal
networks, and intact nervous systems in in
vertebrates and vertebrates. Sensory process
ing, developmental specificity, and learning
will also be discussed. The laboratory will
provide students experience with a number o f
preparations demonstrating functional aspects
o f the activity o f nerve cells.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 30.
Fall semester.
34. Immunology.
A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies. Spe
cial attention will be given to the cellular
interactions leading to immunocompetency
and to the strategies whereby certain micro
organisms, tumors, and fetal cells avoid im
mune detection.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 20 or 21
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.
36. Invertebrate Zoology.
The evolution and comparative biology of
invertebrate animals. Consideration is given
to morphology, phytogeny, ecology, and
physiology o f invertebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.
37. Plant Physiology.
A study o f the principal physiological pro
cesses o f higher plants, including photosyn
thesis, gas exchange, water and nutrient trans
port, mineral metabolism, plant hormone
action, and environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , and Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Fall semester. Jacobs.
38. Microbiology.
Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics
include microbial cell structure, metabolism,
physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory
exercises include techniques for detecting,
isolating, cultivating, quantifying, and identi
fying bacteria.
81
Biology
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Hamlett.
39. Ecology.
The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance o f
organisms. Topics covered include interac
tions between organisms and their environ
ments, population dynamics, species interac
tions, community ecology, and nutrient cycles.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Weiner.
50. Marine Biology.
Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and
micro-organisms.
One laboratory period per week; several all
day field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.
58. Biological Chemistry.
Cross-listed with Chemistry 38. (cf. Chemistry).
93. Oirected Reading.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included in the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
Fall or spring semester. Staff.
94. Research Project
W ith the permission o f the Department,
qualified students may elect to pursue a re
search program.
Fall or spring semester. Stewart, Staff.
95. Senior Literature Paper.
W ith the permission o f the department a
student may write a senior literature paper in
Biology for satisfaction o f the requirement of
a comprehensive examination for graduation.
Students are not required to enroll in 95 while
writing the paper. Does not count as a course
for the major.
97. Senior Evolution Seminar.
A consideration o f evolution from the per
spectives o f several biological subdisciplines.
Participation in the evolution seminar is re
quired o f all Biology majors. For course stu
dents, this satisfies the comprehensive exami
nation requirement. Students are not required
to enroll in Biology 97 while participating in
the seminar. Graded Credit/No Credit. The
course does not count as a course for the
major.
SEMINARS
132. Membrane Molecular Biology.
An examination o f the role o f lipids, proteins,
and carbohydrates in membrane structure
and function. Topics include a discussion o f
complex lipid types, (their formation and
metabolism), structural organization and bio
synthesis o f membranes, energy transduction,
transport systems, and mechanisms for the
recognition and control o f cellular activity.
Students are required to present a major
library research project on a selected area of
contemporary research in molecular biology.
Prerequisites: Bio 21 or Chem 38.
Not offered 1988-89.
151. Cells in Culture.
The biology o f plant and animal cells as
revealed through studies in culturo. Seminar
discussions focus on cell skeleton and sur
82
faces, growth, locomotion, transformation,
and on somatic cell hybridization studies. In
the laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant
cell culture are introduced. Students then
undertake independent investigative projects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc
tor.
One credit.
Fall semester. Savage.
152. Bevelopmental Biology and
Bevelopmental Genetics.
An integration o f molecular and organismal
aspects o f animal development. Topics include
fertilization and embryonic cleavage, the for
mation o f representative organs, cell migra
tion, pattern formation, and the roles of the
cell surface in development. Special attention
will be given to the mechanisms governing
eukaryotic gene expression. Laboratory exer
cises investigate the developmental anatomy
of selected organisms in normal and manipu
lated conditions, and molecular aspects of
differential gene expression.
One laboratory per week; seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 20, 21, or 38.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Gilbert.
153. Virology.
A study o f viruses with emphasis on their
molecular biology. Topics include techniques
for studying and cultivating viruses, virus
structure and replication, the interactions of
viruses and their hosts, and properties of
selected groups o f viruses. Laboratory exer
cises use bacteriophage to demonstrate tech
niques for studying viruses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or 38. Biology 20
recommended.
One credit.
Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett.
156. Human Genetics.
An examination o f human inheritance pat
terns using techniques o f genetic analysis that
are appropriate to humans. Research into the
structure, function, organization, and regula
tion of the human genome will be discussed,
along with applications o f current research.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 0 or permission o f the
instructor.
One credit.
Spring semester. Jenkins.
157. Topics in Animal Physiology.
A comparison o f selected physiological sys
tems with a concentration on mammalian
organisms. Primary emphasis will be placed
on systems involved in the physiology of
movement: respiration, circulation, sensory
systems, muscles, and the energetic cost o f
locomotion in humans and other mammals.
After initial introductory lectures, students
will lead discussions o f current questions and
methods in literature. Laboratories will con
sist of demonstrations o f techniques on model
systems, followed by student-designed proj
ects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and other biology
courses, or permission o f the instructor.
One credit.
Fall semester. Clark.
160. Behavioral Ecology.
The study o f the evolution o f behavior as an
adaptation to an environment. Topics include,
but are not limited to, environmental factors
affecting social structure, optimal foraging
strategies, mating systems, coevolution and
sex roles. Topics covered will vary depending
on student interest but usually include a
consideration o f primate social systems and
their relevance to human evolution.
Prerequisites: Biology 25 or 39. Students with
preparation outside biology should seek per
mission o f the instructor.
Laboratory includes field trips and individual
projects.
Two credits.
Alternate years. Williams.
162. Biomechanics.
This course is designed to introduce biologists
to engineering theory and techniques for ap
plication to the study o f the design o f organ
isms. The basic principles o f solid and fluid
mechanics will be explored as they apply to
the morphology, ecology, and evolution o f
plants and animals. Lectures, discussions o f
recent papers, and laboratory and field experi
ments will be held.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other
biology course, or permission o f the instruc
tor.
One credit.
A lternate years, spring semester. Merz.
166. Control of Plant Development
An examination o f cellular, intercellular, and
environmental control mechanisms operating
in plant growth and development. An area o f
primary interest will be the role and action o f
plant hormones, both as agents o f internal
control and as mediators o f external factors.
Particular examples will be studied in depth,
with an emphasis upon critical evaluation o f
original research literature.
One seminar meeting each week and continu
ing laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
One credit.
Spring semester. Jacobs.
168. Microbial Ecology.
A study o f the interrelationships o f microor-
83
Biology
ganisms and their environment with emphasis
on the biological, biochemical, and physio'
logical elements affecting microbial popula
tions and communities.
Seminar format and investigative laboratory
projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 38.
One credit.
Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett.
170. Plant Ecology.
The study o f plant individuals, populations
and communities in their relationships with
their physical and biological environments.
Areas developed include climatology, soil sci
ence, plant population biology, competition,
herbivory, and plant communities. Labora
tory and field work emphasize hypothesis
formation and the collection, analysis, and
interpretation o f data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
All Saturdays during the first half o f the
semester must be reserved for field work.
Prerequisites: Concurrent or previous enroll
ment in Biology 3 9 and consent o f instructor.
One credit.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Weiner.
171. Paleobiology.
This seminar format course will provide stu
dents with a familiarity with the fossil record
and an understanding o f the techniques and
84
theories used by paleontologists. Current
issues in paleontology will be examined, in
cluding mass extinctions, rates o f speciation,
and ecological and physiological interpreta
tions o f the fossil record. Laboratory experi
ence will include field trips to collect fossils
and exploration o f museum collections.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2 and one other
Biology course.
One credit.
A lternate years, spring semester. Merz.
173. Animal Orientation and Migration.
An investigation o f the long distance move
ments o f animals, the sensory systems that
guide those movements, and the physiology
mechanisms that stimulate and support mi
gration. Laboratory consists o f field observa
tions and original research projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 25 or permission
o f the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are
recommended.
A lternate years, spring semester. Williams.
180. Thesis.
A research project for students who partici
pate in the External Examination program in
Biology. Students minoring in Biology may
elect to present a research thesis as part of
their external examination program.
One or two credits.
Both semesters.
Black Studies
Coordinator:
Committee:
PETER SCHMIDT
RAYMOND F. HOPKINS (Political Science)
CHARLES JAMES (English Literature) (fall)
MARJORIE MURPHY (History)
JEROME H. WOOD, JR. (History)
The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is
( 1) to introduce students to the history, cul
ture, society, and political and economic con
ditions o f Black people in Africa, the Ameri
cas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2) to
explore new approaches—in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study o f the Black experi
ence.
Students in any department may add a Con
centration in Black Studies to their depart
mental major by fulfilling the requirements
stated below. Applications for admission to
the Concentration should be made in the
spring semester o f the sophomore year to the
Coordinator o f the Program. All programs
must be approved by the Committee on Black
Studies.
All Concentrators in Black Studies are re
quired to take History 7, as early as feasible,
and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last
semester o f the senior year. They must take a
minimum o f five courses in Black Studies.
These must include at least three courses
(which may include Black Studies 91) outside
the departmental major, from at least two
departments other than the major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a seminar (if there are four
or more students), with all senior Concentra
tors participating. The topics selected for
reading, class discussions, and the writing of
seminar papers will be drawn from represen
tative works in Black Studies from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives and will depend
on the interests and backgrounds o f the par
ticipants. The tutorial or seminar will nor
mally be taken in the spring semester of the
senior year, and will culminate in a compre
hensive examination administered by the
Black Studies Committee.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration
are listed below. Courses o f independent
study, special attachments on subjects rele
vant to Black Studies, and courses offered by
visiting faculty (those courses not regularly
listed in the College Bulletin) may, at the
discretion of the Black Studies Committee, be
included in the Program. Students who wish
to pursue these possibilities should consult
with the appropriate department and with the
Black Studies Committee.
Economics 71. Social Economics.
Economics 72. Women and Minorities
in the Economy.
English Literature 59. The Black
American Writer.
English Literature 60. The
Contemporary Black Writer of the
United States.
English Literature 76. The Black
African Writer.
English Literature 121. Modern
Black Fiction.
History 7. The History of the
African American People.
History 8. Africa.
History 53. Black Culture and
Black Consciousness.
History 56. Ex-Slave Narratives.
History 58. The World of DuBois,
Rogers, and Diop.
History 63. South Africa.
History 66. Topics in Latin American
History.
History 67. The African in Latin
America.
85
Black Studies
History 140. Modern Africa.
History 141. South Africa.
Political Science 21. Politics of Africa.
Political Science 44. Race, Ethnicity,
and Public Policy.
86
Sociology-Anthropology 27. AfroAmerican Culture and Society.
Sociology-Anthropology 36. Peoples
and Cultures of Africa.
Black Studies 91. Special Topics in
Black Studies (senior thesis).
Chemistry
JAMES H. HAMMONS, Professor
ROBERT F. PASTERNACK, Professor and Chair
PETER T. THOMPSON, Professor2
JUDITH G. VOET, Associate Professor
JEFFREY A. CHARONNAT, Assistant Professor
TRICIA A. FERRETT, Assistant Professor
THOMAS A. STEPHENSON, Assistant Professor3
ROBERT D. FISHER, Lecturer
ALISON P. WILLIAMS, Dreyfus Teaching Fellow
URSULA M. DAVIS, Assistant
VIRGINIA M. INDIVERO, Assistant
MARGARET M. LEHMAN, Assistant
The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science
and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines o f modern chemistry.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 fol
lowed by 22, 32, and either 36 or 38 (or
both). Students with especially strong pre
college background in chemistry are advised
to begin with Chemistry 10H or Chemistry
22. Such students will normally be asked to
take a placement examination. Students seek
ing Advanced Placement credit may also be
required to take this examination. Consult
with the Department Chair.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses in the Department.
These must include Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 ,
38, 44, 45, 5 0 and one single-credit seminar.
Students should note the Mathematics and
Physics prerequisites for Chemistry 36, 44,
and 45. Those considering a major in Chem
istry are strongly urged to complete these
prerequisites by the end o f the Sophomore
year.
Those students planning professional work in
Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester o f mathematics and at least
two additional courses in chemistry. Those
wishing to obtain a degree accredited by the
American Chemical Society should include
Chemistry 106b in their programs. ACS ac
creditation is useful for those who intend to
pursue a career in chemical industry. Further,
proficiency in reading scientific German, Rus
sian, or French is an asset to the practicing
chemist.
Students desiring teacher certification in chem
istry must complete Biology 1, 2 in addition
to the Chemistry major program. All candi
dates for teacher certification are required to
assist in the instruction o f the laboratory o f an
introductory chemistry course on one after
noon per week for two semesters.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94,
96, and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult
the staff about current research problems
under investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem
istry and Physics provide for a Special Major
in Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special
Major, page 49 ), which offers students the
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
87
Chemistry
opportunity to gain strong background in the
study o f chemical processes from a microscopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
students should consult the Chair o f both
departments,
BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR
In collaboration with the Department o f Bi
ology, the Department o f Chemistry also
offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to
gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application o f chemis
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis
try 22, 32, 36, 38, 44, 45, 50, and 108b;
Biology 2 0 or 21 or 38; and Biology 152 or
153. Students should note the Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry, and Biology prerequisites
for these courses. Research opportunities are
available in both Biology and Chemistry De
partments. Interested students should consult
the Chairs o f the two departments.
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Students preparing for the External Examina
tion Program with a major in Chemistry
should complete Chemistry 10, 22, 32, and
either 36 or 3 8 (or both), three semesters o f
calculus, and two semesters o f physics by the
end o f the sophomore year. In addition to
Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, and 38, all majors
are further required to complete Chemistry
44, 45, and 50; except under truly extraordi
nary circumstances, these requirements must
be met by the end o f the junior year. The
major program consists o f a minimum of
three papers in Chemistry, one o f which must
be a research thesis (Chemistry 180). Prepa
ration for the remaining papers in Chemistry
(Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Organic Syn
thesis, Thermodynamics and Statistical Me
chanics, Quantum Chemistry, Inorganic
Chemistry, Biological Chemistry) consists o f
the core curriculum (i.e., Chemistry 10, 22,
32, 36, 38, 44, 45, and 5 0 ) plus completion
o f the appropriate 100-level seminar. The
core curriculum alone is sufficient preparation
for a paper in General Physical Chemistry .All I
papers, with the exception o f General Physical I
Chemistry, are "three unit” papers.
All o f the External Examination papers listed
in the preceding paragraph are available for
students wishing to complete a minor in Chemistry. The minimum prerequisites for the
preparation o f any paper are Chemistry 10
and 36, Mathematics 5 and 6 , and Physics 3
and 4. Preparation for the General Physical
Chemistry paper consists o f completion of
Chemistry 4 4 and 45 and the additional Mathematics prerequisite. Preparation for the remaining papers consists o f completion of the
relevant 100-level seminar and the associated
prerequisites (see seminar prerequisites, below).
COURSES
1. Molecules and Life.
This course deals with the biological chemis
try o f nutrition. Emphasis is placed on an
introduction to chemical principles, protein
structure, enzyme function, and the metabo
lism o f fats, carbohydrates, and proteins. One
laboratory period every second week.
Primary distribution course.
88
Fall semester. Voet.
10. General Chemistry.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of
chemical properties and reactions on the basis
o f equilibrium constants, oxidation poten
tials, free energies, thermochemistry; atomic
structure; bonding and molecular structure;
I
■
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
rates and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Pasternack and Staff.
10H. Freshman Seminar: General
Chemistry.
A half-credit seminar format course for fresh
men with Advanced Placement (or equivalent
departmental exam) chemistry credit. Topics
will be selected from the traditional General
Chemistry curriculum, but will be discussed
in greater detail and with a higher degree o f
mathematical rigor. The application o f mod
ern instrumental methods to problems in
thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, and
molecular structure will be emphasized in
classroom discussion and laboratory demon
strations. Some familiarity with elementary
calculus concepts will be assumed. One threehour meeting weekly.
Fail semester. Williams.
22. Organic Chemistry I.
An introduction to the chemistry o f some of
the more important classes o f organic com
pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical
and spectroscopic properties, methods of
preparation and reactions o f aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbons, halides and mono
functional oxygen compounds, with an em
phasis on ionic reaction mechanisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Hammons.
32. Organic Chemistry II.
A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with empha
sis on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry
of monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis,
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22.
Fall semester. Charonnat.
36. Inorganic Chemistry.
A study o f the main group elements, acid-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec
trochemistry, and an introduction to transi
tion metal chemistry. Laboratory will empha
size the preparation and analysis o f inorganic
compounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6,
and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 8).
Spring semester. Pasternack.
38. Biological Chemistry.
An introduction to the chemistry o f living
systems: protein conformation, principles o f
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 (Biology 1 rec
ommended).
Spring semester. Voet.
44. Physical Chemistry I.
An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states o f matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam
ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions,
and solid state structure.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 8).
Fall semester. Thompson.
45. Physical Chemistry II.
An introduction to some basic physical chem
istry concepts at the atomic and molecular
level including particles and waves, elemen
tary quantum theory, atomic and molecular
structure, valence bond and molecular orbital
theory, symmetry and group theory, spec
troscopy, statistical mechanics, and reaction
rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 8).
Spring semester. Ferrett.
50. Modern Instrumental Methods in
Chemistry and Biochemistry.
Powerful instrumentation has been developed
in recent years for the analysis and separation
o f mixtures and for the determination of
molecular structure in chemical and biochem
ical research. This laboratory course deals
with such modern instrumental methods, in
cluding chromatographic and spectrometric
techniques, and will give special emphasis to
Fourier-transform nuclear magnetic reso
nance. Students will be given the opportunity
to pursue more extensive investigative proj
ects in chemistry or biochemistry for a part of
the semester.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 and either 36 or
38. Concurrent or prior courses in Physical
Chemistry are recommended.
Fall semester. Hammons.
89
Chemistry
SEMINARS
The following single credit seminars may be
taken for credit towards a degree in Course or
combined with single credit courses to prepare
for Papers in the External Examination Pro
gram.
Prerequisites: The preferred background for
students enrolled in any seminar is prior or
concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 10, 22,
32, 36, 38, 44, and 45. When circumstances
warrant it, students will be permitted to enroll
in Chemistry 102b or 103b while meeting
only the organic chemistry prerequisites, stu
dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry
108b while meeting only the organic chemis
try and biological chemistry prerequisites,
students will be permitted to enroll in Chem
istry 106b while meeting only the inorganic
and physical chemistry prerequisites, and stu
dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry
104b or 105b while meeting only the physical
chemistry prerequisites. However, such stu
dents will be expected to do the extra reading
required for them to participate fully in the
discussions. Students wishing to enroll in a semi
nar without first completing Chemistry io, 22, 32,
36, 38, 44 , and 45 must consult with the instruc
tor.
102b. Organic Reaction Mechanisms
Seminar.
This course deals with the structures and
mechanisms o f reaction o f organic com
pounds. Structural topics include bonding
theory, stability, and stereochemistry. Polar,
free-radical, pericyclic, and photochemical
reactions are studied. Mechanistic discussions
emphasize methods o f investigation and the
interpretation o f experimental results from
the primary literature.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Fall semester. Hammons.
103b. Organic Synthesis Seminar.
Modern organic synthetic methodology will
be studied, with an emphasis on carboncarbon bond formation, control o f relative
stereochemistry, and asymmetric synthesis.
The utility o f these techniques will be illus
trated by various total syntheses o f biologi
90
cally important natural products.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring semester. Charonnat.
104b. Thermodynamics and Statistical
Mechanics Seminar.
Topics to be studied will be selected from
more advanced aspects o f thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics including interac
tions in the gaseous and liquid states, the
theory o f solutions, and chemical reaction
dynamics.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring semester. Williams.
105b. Quantum Chemistry Seminar.
Advanced consideration o f topics in quantum
chemistry including the harmonic oscillator,
angular momentum, time-independent and
time-dependent perturbation theory, the vari
ation method, electron spin, and the elec
tronic structure o f atoms and molecules.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi
site: Mathematics 16 or 16A.
Fall semester. Ferrett.
106b. Inorganic Chemistry Seminar.
The study o f topics to be selected from appli
cations o f symmetry and group theory; transi
tion metal chemistry; bonding; reaction mech
anisms; spectroscopy; organometallic chemis
try; inorganic biochemistry; and bioinorganic
chemistry.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring semester. Pasternack.
108b. Biological Chemistry Seminar.
Selected topics in a few important areas of
current biochemistry, such as enzyme struc
ture and function, spectroscopic methods,
receptor biochemistry, and genetic and pro
tein engineering principles.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi
site: Biology 1. Prior or concurrent enrollment
in Biology 2 0 or 21 or 38 is recommended.
Fall semester. Voet.
STUDENT RESEARCH
All students who enroll in one or more research courses during the academic year are
required to attend weekly colloquium meetmgs and to present the results o f their work
during the spring semester.
94. Research Project
This course provides the opportunity for
qualified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Periodic group
meetings o f all participants will allow inter
change o f ideas on research plans, progress,
and results. Students who propose to take this
course should consult with the staff during
the preceding semester concerning problem
areas under study. This course may be elected
more than once.
Each semester. Staff.
96. Research Thesis.
Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be
provided with an option o f writing a senior
research thesis in lieu o f taking comprehensive
examinations. Students must apply for the
thesis option by the beginning o f the second
semester o f the junior year and are strongly
urged to participate in on-campus research
during the summer between their junior and
senior years. The student will form an ad
visory committee to consist o f (but not be
limited to) two members o f the Chemistry
Department, one o f whom is to act as the
student’s research mentor. Whereas the de
tails o f the research thesis program will be
determined by the committee and the student,
certain minimum requirements must be met
by all students selecting this option:
i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chemistry
9 6 to be taken during the last three
semesters o f the student’s residence at
Swarthmore.
ii) A thesis based upon the student’s re
search activity to be submitted prior to
the last week o f classes o f the final semes
ter. Guidelines for the preparation o f the
thesis will be provided to the student.
Each semester. Staff.
180. Research Thesis.
An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in re
search with individual staff members. The
thesis topic must be chosen in consultation
with some member o f the staff and approved
early in the semester preceding the one in
which the work is to be done.
E ach semester. Staff.
91
Classics
HELEN F. NORTH, Professor and Chairman
MARTIN OSTWALD, Professor
GILRERT P. ROSE, Professor
WILLIAM N. TURPIN, Associate Professor
RARRARA RURRELL, Assistant Professor3
The Department o f Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the
study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses
numbered from 1 to 2 0 are devoted to the
Greek and Latin languages and literatures.
Courses numbered from 21 onwards presup
pose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin
language and are open (except for 42 and 44)
without prerequisite to all students; they deal
with the history, mythology, religion, archae
ology, and other aspects o f the ancient world
and include the study o f classical literature in
translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri
can Academy in Rome and the American
School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its
students have the privileges accorded to un
dergraduates from contributing institutions
(use o f the library at both schools and consul
tation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one
o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercol
legiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome,
which provides facilities for the study of
Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History.
Classics majors, recommended by the Depart
ment, are eligible to study at the Center,
usually during their junior year, either for one
semester or for two. Students o f the classics
are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship
and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see
pp. 25 and 67).
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be
offered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination Pro
gram, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.
A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the
External Examination (Honors) Program or
in the Course Program should complete dur
ing the first two years either Intermediate
Greek or Intermediate Latin.
Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in
the Honors Program must first complete
either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate
Latin.
In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or all but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 93 ), a thesis, or a course supple-
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
92
mented by additional independent work (i.e.,
an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare for
the remaining paper.
A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist o f the equivalent of at
least 8 courses in the appropriate language
above the introductory level.
Students majoring in either the Honors Pro
gram or the Course Program are required to
take a half-credit course in prose composi
tion.
An Honors major in Ancient History will
consist o f (1 ) Classics 42, with attachment,
(2 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and (3) at
least one o f these seminars: Latin 102, Latin
105, Greek 113. The prerequisite for Classics
42 is Classics 21 or 31; the prerequisite for
Classics 4 4 is Classics 32. For Greek 113 the
prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek,
for Latin 102 or 105, one year o f Intermediate
Latin.
A minor in Ancient History will normally
consist o f ( 1 ) and (2) above, with the specified
prerequisites. No ancient language is required
for this minor.
Program will consist o f (1 ) Classics 31 or 21,
(2 ) Classics 32, (3 ) Classics 42, with attach
ment, (4 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and
(5 ) at least one o f these seminars: Latin 102,
Latin 105, Greek 113.
A major in Ancient History in the Course
Greek
1-2. Intensive First-year Greek.
Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of
Ancient Greek grammar and vocabulary and
gives considerable practice in reading Greek.
Greek 2 (spring), while continuing with gram
matical training, focuses on a dialogue of
Plato and introduces students to its philo
sophic issues and literary merits.
The course meets four times a week and
carries 1 Vi credits each semester.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Year course. Turpin.
9,10. Greek Prose Composition.
Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H alf course. Staff.
11. Intermediate Greek.
The main reading is Plato’s Apology.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. North.
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem
is read in translation.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Ostwald.
91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehen
sive examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.
93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
95. Attachment.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 52 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.
12. Homer.
Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey
Latin
1-2. Intensive First-year Latin.
Year course. Rose.
An intensive course which introduces Latin
grammar and vocabulary and emphasizes the
reading o f Latin texts from the outset. Readings are based on original Roman authors at
a relatively early point and introduce impor
tant aspects o f Roman culture and Latin litera
ture.
The course meets four times a week and
carries 1 Vi credits each semester.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
9,10. Latin Prose Composition.
The development o f Latin prose style is stud
ied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and exten
sive translation o f English into Latin. A re
quirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above. The course meets one hour a
week.
H alf course. Not offered 1988-89. Staff.
93
Classics
11. Introduction to Roman Poetry.
14. Mediaeval Latin.
After a brief review o f grammar, students will
read and discuss major lyric and epic poets,
such as Catullus, Virgil, Horace, and Ovid.
This intermediate course is normally taken by
those who have had Latin in high school or
have completed Latin 2.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Rose.
Works chosen from the principal types of
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,
saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and roman
ces) are studied in this course.
Prerequisite: Latin 11 or equivalent.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. North.
12. Intermediate Latin: Cicero.
91. Special Topics.
An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure o f the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a
careful analysis o f his prose style.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Staff.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehen
sive examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.
13. Literature of the Augustan Age.
The elegiac poetry o f Propertius and Ovid.
Consideration will be given to the importance
o f genre and imitation, the function o f humor,
the relation to the moral program o f Augus
tus, and later responses to this literature
(particularly Marlowe and Ezra Pound).
Prerequisite: Latin 11, Advanced Placement
or equivalent.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Rose.
93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
95. Attachment
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 52 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.
Ancient History and Civilization
21. Ancient Greece.
Greek thought, literature, and history from
the Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon
the interrelationships between the intellectual
currents and the social, economic, and po
litical systems. Readings (in translation) in
clude Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek
tragedy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures
and one discussion session per week. Satisfies
prerequisite requirement for Classics 42, for
a major or minor in Ancient History, and for
advanced courses in the Department o f His
tory. Counts as part o f a major in History.
Primary distribution course ( 1 credit, Humani
ties, 1 credit, Social Sciences).
Fall semester. N ot offered 1988-89. Staff.
31. History of Greece.
The course is devoted to the study o f the
94
political and social history o f the Greek states
to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Spe
cial attention is given to the 6th and 5th
centuries B.C. Considerable reading is done
in the primary sources in translation. Satisfies
same prerequisite requirements as Classics 21.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Fall semester. Ostwald.
32. The Roman Republic and
Augustus.
A study o f Rome from its foundation through
the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14).
The following subjects will be considered in
detail: (1 ) The evolution o f the republican
constitution, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion,
(3 ) The accompanying changes in Roman
Society and economy, (4 ) The Roman Revo
lution, (5 ) The Augustan Principate.
Students will read the pertinent original sour
ces in translation as well as a selection of
modern viewpoints. There is no prerequisite.
Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics
44, for a major or minor in Ancient History,
and for advanced courses in the Department
of History. Counts as part o f a major in His
tory.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Spring semester. Turpin.
33. Greek Literature in Translation.
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristode and in
clude selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and
elegiac, and dramatic poetry, history, and
philosophy. Lectures on the historical and
cultural context supplement class discussion.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Rose.
36. Classical Mythology In Literature
and Art
A study of selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the Metamorphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
of art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with them.
Given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. North.
37. Topics in Greek and Roman Religion.
A study of selected issues basic to the under
standing of religion in ancient society: the
gods, representative cults, festivals and rituals,
beliefs about the afterlife, types o f sacrifice,
oracles and prophecy, the interaction o f phi
losophy and religion, and the social context of
early Christianity. There are no prerequisites.
Readings are in translation. Cross-listed as
Religion 37.
Fall semester. North.
38. The Apostolic Age.
(See listing under Religion 16, Dept, o f Reli
gion).
42. Greece in the Fifth Century R.C.
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end of the Peloponnesian War. Special em
phasis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian de
mocracy and on the problems o f the Delian
League, both internal and in its relation to the
Greek and non-Greek world. W ith an attach
ment Classics 42 prepares for an honors paper
in Ancient History. It counts toward a major
in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. Ostwald.
44. The Early Roman Empire.
A detailed study, using primary sources, of
the political, economic, social, and cultural
history o f the Roman world from the fall of
the Republic through the Antonine Age (50
B.C.-A.D. 192). W ith an attachment Classics
4 4 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient
History. It counts toward a major in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. Turpin.
45. Greek Political Theory.
A study o f Greek political concepts and insti
tutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle,
on which the major attention o f this course is
focused.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. Ostwald.
51. An Introduction to Archaeology.
This course focuses on the discipline o f ar
chaeology and its place in the wider fields o f
the humanities and social sciences. Among
the topics covered will be field techniques,
methods o f dating, analysis o f archaeological,
data and problems o f interpretation.
This course fulfills requirements in the Social
Science distribution group, and is cross-listed
as Sociology and Anthropology 51.
Spring semester. Staff.
52. Introduction to Greek
Archaeology.
This course traces the development o f Greek
civilization as documented by archaeology,
and includes data ranging from monumental
art and architecture to coins and potsherds.
There is special emphasis on such important
sites as Knossos, Mycenae, Delphi, Olympia,
and Athens. There are no prerequisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. Burrell.
53. Introduction to Roman
Archaeology.
This course focuses on the monuments and
material remains o f the ancient city o f Rome.
Its chief aim is to trace Rome’s growth from
95
Classics
a village o f huts on the Tiber River to the
capital and showplace o f a great empire, while
also observing the interaction between Roman
society and the urban framework which the
Romans built to accommodate, symbolize,
and glorify that society. There are no prereq
uisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. Burrell.
54. The Art and Science of
Ancient Coins.
W ith the assistance o f actual coins from the
Swarthmore collections, students learn nu
mismatic techniques and how to apply them
to problems o f history, economy, and stylistic
development. They are also encouraged to
choose a special topic to present in class.
Because o f the difficulties in presenting such
small objects, enrollment will be limited to 10.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. Burrell.
82. The Ancient Theatre.
A representative selection o f Greek and
Roman drama, both tragedy and comedy, will
be read in translation, together with the Poetics
o f Aristotle, and there will be a study of
ancient dramatic production and the physical
remains o f Greek and Roman theatres.
Given in alternate years.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. North.
91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehen
sive examination in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.
93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
95. Attachment
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 52 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.
SEMINARS
102. The Age of Nero.
Poetry.
This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin
authors writing about the reign o f Nero (Taci
tus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the
works as historical evidence and their literary
merits will be considered.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Burrell.
The seminar emphasizes the Odes and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. Turpin.
103. Latin Epic.
This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ D e Rerum Natura, Vir
gil’s Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses.
Spring semester. North.
105. The Age of Cicero.
This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s
speeches, letters, and philosophical works in
the context o f the history and thought o f the
final years o f the Republic. In addition, works
o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their
historical evidence and their differing prose
styles.
Fall semester. Turpin.
107. Horace: Lyric and Hexameter
96
111. Greek Philosophers.
This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of
Plato, which is supplemented by study of the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle
and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation
o f the seminar is primarily philosophical,
although the literary merits o f the Greek
philosophers receive consideration.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Ostwald.
112. Greek Epic.
This seminar will study primarily Homer’s
Iliad. Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius
may also be read, with some attention to the
development o f Greek epic.
Sfmng semester. Rose.
113. Greek Historians.
This seminar is devoted to a study of Herodo
tus and Thucydides, both as examples of
Greek historiography and as sources for
Greek history.
Fall semester. Ostwald.
114. Greek Drama.
The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each of
the major dramatists.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89. Rose.
115. Greek Elegiac and Lyric Poetry.
The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and
lyric is studied, with attention to the political
and social background, and to the relation o f
these literary types to epic and dramatic po
etry.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Ostwald.
97
Computer Science
CHARLES F. KELEMEN, Professor and Program Director7
H. Searl Dunn (Engineering)
Marjorie Murphy (History)
J. Edward Skeath (Mathematics)
a student to be appointed
Committee:
Computer Science is the study o f algorithms
and the issues involved in implementing them.
This includes the study o f computer systems,
methods to specify algorithms (for people
and computer systems), and the formulation
o f theories and models to aid in the under
standing and analysis o f the properties o f al
gorithms, computing systems, and their inter
relationship.
The Computer Science Program is designed to
provide students with a flexible set o f offerings
in computing that can be tailored to satisfy
interests in various areas and at several levels
o f depth. All the courses emphasize the un
derlying, fundamental concepts o f computer
science, treating today’s languages and systems
as current examples o f the underlying concepts.
Students from any discipline who are inter
ested in an introduction to computer science
should take C S 15: Introduction to Computer
Science. For a deeper, more formal introduc
tion, they should continue with Math 9: Dis
crete Mathematics, and CS 35: Fundamental
Structures o f Computer Science. Students
with sufficient previous experience in com
puter science may skip CS 15 by passing a
placement exam. The concentration in com
puter science is designed for students who
desire a coherent introduction to the core
topics in the field. Students completing the
concentration will possess a number o f intel
lectual skills useful in many disciplines.
CONCENTRATION IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
The concentration in computer science can be
combined with any major in the college. It will
provide students with a well-rounded back
ground in computer science sufficient to allow
them to develop significant, creative applica
tions in their major area o f interest and to
keep up with the rapid changes in the field o f
computer science. Students interested in a
Concentration in Computer Science should
submit a concentration proposal for approval
by the Computer Science Committee by the
end o f their sophomore year. Both the stu
dent’s major advisor and the Director o f the
Computer Science Program should be con
sulted when writing such a proposal. W hile
some flexibility is possible, the requirements
for the concentration in computer science will
usually consist o f six courses plus a compre
hensive experience. The six courses should be
selected as follows:
7 Joint appointment with mathematics.
98
Each of: CS 15: Introduction to Computer
Science; Math 9: Discrete Mathematics; CS
35:Fundamental Structures o f Computer Sci
ence.
Two of: CS 23: Computer Architecture; CS
41: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS 43:
Foundations o f Programming Language De
sign; CS 46: Theory o f Computation.
One of: the remaining courses from the cate
gory above (i.e., CS 2 3 ,4 1 ,4 3 , or 46); Engin
22: Digital Systems; Engin 25: Laboratory
Computer Applications; CS 40: Computer
Graphics; CS 63: Artificial Intelligence; Math
72: Topics in Combinatorial Optimization;
CS 75: Principles o f Compiler Design and
Construction; Ling. 50, Ling. 108: Syntactic
Theory; CS 91: Special Topics in Computer
Science; CS 93: Directed Reading or Project.
I
I
Note: Courses used to satisfy the require
ments for a concentration must be completed
with a grade o f C or better.
Note: In certain cases, especially well-prepared
Engineering students may be permitted to
substitute Engin 11 and Math 16 for CS 15
and Math 9.
The comprehensive experience will ordinarily
be satisfied by completing CS 97: Senior
Conference. In some cases a thesis or project
may be used to satisfy some other depart
ment’s comprehensive experience and also
the Computer Science requirement. In such
cases specific approval o f the Computer Sci
ence program and the other department must
be obtained before embarking on the project.
For example, appropriate Engineering 90 proj
ects have been used to satisfy the comprehen
sive requirements for both an Engineering
major and a Computer Scienice Concentra
tion.
SPECIAL MAJORS
Students desiring greater depth in computer
science or desiring to integrate computer sci
ence with another discipline in a more formal
manner are encouraged to develop a Special
Major in Computer Science or a Special Major
combining computer science and another area.
Such Special Majors require the approval o f
the Computer Science Committee and in the
case o f joint majors the other department
involved. Special Majors should be designed
in consultations with the director o f the com
puter science program. These consultations
should take place as early in the student’s
program as possible.
MINORS FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATION
For students electing to take a minor in Com
puter Science under the external examination
requirements, the Computer Science Com
mittee has approved certain combinations o f
two computer science courses to constitute a
two-credit paper. A current list o f these may
be obtained from the program secretary. In
certain circumstances, the committee may be
willing to consider other groupings o f courses
or seminars to constitute a three-credit paper.
GRADUATE STUDY
Students interested in graduate study in Com
puter Science will be well prepared by major
ing in Mathematics or Engineering and com
pleting selected Computer Science courses.
The choice o f the appropriate major and
computing courses will depend on the stu
dent’s interests and should be made in consul
tation with the director o f the Computer
Science Program. Other majors are also rea-
sonable for students with special interests.
For example, a major in Linguistics or Psy
chology might be appropriate for a student
interested in artificial intelligence. In such
cases, students should consult as early as
possible with the director o f the program in
order to be sure o f taking the mathematics and
computing courses necessary to be prepared
for graduate work in Computer Science.
COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES
(Courses numbered above 40 will be offered
in alternate years.)
15. Introduction to Computer Science.
This course is an introduction to computer
science for students from all disciplines. The
major emphasis o f the course is on problem
99
Computer Science
solving and algorithm development. Students
are introduced to the Pascal programming
language and gain proficiency in it by writing
programs to solve a number o f illustrative
problems. Students are also informally intro
duced to many topics in computer science
including: hardware organization; system soft
ware; programming style and documentation;
program testing and verification; fundamental
data structures such as arrays, records, and
linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and
sorting; analysis o f algorithms; computability;
and artificial intelligence.
Prerequisite: Some computing experience or
permission.
Frequently offered as a primary distribution
course.
Each semester. Staff.
23. Computer Architecture.
Cross-listed with Engineering 23 (cf. Engi
neering).
35. Fundamental Structures of
Computer Science.
This course completes the broad introduction
to computer science begun in CS 15 and
provides a general background for further
study in the field. Topics to be covered in
clude: data structures (linked lists, trees, etc.)
and algorithms, organization o f computer sys
tems and assembly language programming, an
introduction to the theory o f computation
and formal languages, and alternative pro
gramming languages. A brief survey o f areas
o f research interest in computer science will
also be presented. Students will be expected
to complete a number o f programming pro
jects illustrating the concepts presented.
Prerequisites: CS 15 and Math 9. In some
cases, with the permission o f the instructor,
Engin 11 and Math 16 can be substituted.
Fall semester. Kelemen.
40. Computer Graphics.
Cross-listed with Physics 4 0 (cf. Physics).
41. Data Structures and Algorithms.
This course is a continuation o f the study of
the basic data structures and algorithms found
to be useful in many diverse areas. This study
was begun informally in CS 15 and continued
in CS 35. The approach here is more formal
both with respect to the correctness o f the
algorithms and with respect to the time and
100
space resources required for the various algo
rithms and their associated data structures.
Topics to be covered include: abstract data
types, arrays, pointers, linked lists, stacks,
queues, . trees (including balanced trees),
graphs, searching and sorting, and algorithms
and data structures appropriate for external
storage media like magnetic disks and tapes.
The impact o f several models o f parallel com
putation on the design o f algorithms and data
structures will be presented. Students will be
expected to complete several programming
projects in the course.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Fall 1988. Staff.
43. Foundations of Programming
Language Design.
A study o f the organization and structure of
modern programming languages with an em
phasis on semantic issues. Topics include:
specifying syntax and semantics, conventional
and abstract data types, control structures,
procedural languages, functional languages,
other classes o f languages, program correct
ness, concurrency and synchronization, lan
guage design and evaluation, implementation
issues.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Alternate years. Next offered fa ll 1989.
46. Theory of Computation.
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds of
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with re
spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics
to be covered include: formal languages and
finite state devices, Turing machines and other
models o f computation, computability, and
complexity.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Alternate years. Next offered spring 1990.
63. Artificial Intelligence.
This course will emphasize many o f the basic
abstractions and algorithms found to be useful
in the field o f Artificial Intelligence. Topics
will include: production systems; search strate
gies including heuristic searching and applica
tions to game playing; the predicate calculus
and automated reasoning including applica
tions to robot planning and expert systems; an
introduction to some o f the computational
approaches to knowledge representation,
natural language understanding, and learning.
While the emphasis o f the course will be on
ideas and algorithms, students will be exposed
to the programming languages LISP and
PROLOG and expected to implement several
Artificial Intelligence programs in these lan
guages.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Spring semester.
75. Principles of Compiler Design
and Construction.
This course presents an introduction to the
design and construction o f language transla
tors for procedure oriented programming
languages. Topics include: formal grammars,
lexical analysis and finite automata, syntax
analysis and pushdown automata, LL and LR
parsing, semantic analysis and table handling,
error detection and recovery, code generation
and optimization, compiler writing tools. There
will be an ongoing programming project that
will culminate in a compiler for a small but
not trivial programming language.
Prerequisite: CS 35 and permission o f the
instructor.
Fall 1988. Kelemen.
91. Special Topics in Computer Science.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and only offered when staff
interests and availability make it practicable
to do so.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
93. Directed Reading and/or
Research Project
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f extra reading and/or
a project in an area o f computer science.
97. Senior Conference.
This course provides senior concentrators
and special majors an opportunity to delve
more deeply and on their own into a particular
topic in computer science. This is accom
plished by way o f a written theses and an oral
presentation on a topic agreed upon by the
student and the instructor. This course is the
usual method used to satisfy the comprehen
sive requirement for a computer science con
centrator.
One-half credit.
Spring semester. Kelemen.
101
Economies
ROBINSON 0. HOLLISTER, JR., Professor’
FREDERIC L PRYOR, Professor (part-time), Acting Chair
RERNARD SAFFRAN, Professor
F. M. SCHERER, Professor1
LARRY WESTPHAL, Professor’
DANIEL SUITS, Visiting Professor*34
STEPHEN S. GOLUB, Associate Professor
MARK KUPERBERG, Associate Professor
JOHN P. CASKEY, Assistant Professor
ELLEN MAGENHEIM, Assistant Professor
LEAH SMITH, Lecturer4
LISA GROBAR, Visiting Lecturer4
JACK T0PI0L, Visiting Lecturer5
The courses in economics have three main
goals: ( 1 ) to provide insight into the processes
and accompanying institutions through which
productive activity is organized; ( 2) to develop
a set o f tools for analyzing economic processes
and institutions; and (3 ) to build a foundation
for reaching informed judgments on issues o f
public policy.
Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prerequi
site to all other work in the Department. Both
semesters must be successfully completed for
credit to be obtained.
All majors in economics must take Economics
3 0 (Statistics for Economists) or its equivalent
such as Mathematics 13 or 23 (Mathematics
1-2 does not meet the requirement). The
Statistics for Economists course focuses
mainly upon the application o f statistical tools
to economic problems; the Mathematics De
partment statistics courses emphasize the prop
erties o f statistical estimators.
In order to read the literature in economics
critically, a knowledge o f elementary calculus
is extremely helpful. We strongly recommend
that students take Mathematics 5 and 6 (dif
ferential and integral calculus) or equivalent.
Math 16 and 18 are useful for persons intend
ing to focus on the more technical aspects o f
economics.
Students contemplating careers in intema1
3
4
5
Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
Absent on leave, 1988-89.
Fall semester, 1988.
Spring semester, 1989.
102
tional economics or business are also strongly
advised to have a mastery o f at least one mod
ern foreign language.
To graduate as a major in course, students
must have at least eight credits in economics,
must meet the statistics requirement, and
must pass the comprehensive examination
given in the Spring semester o f their senior
year. To be prepared for the comprehensive,
course students must complete Economics 11
and Economics 2 0 before the second semester
o f their senior year.
For students who wish to seek secondary
teaching certification in the social sciences
there are two normal routes. One o f these is
through a major in the social sciences, plus
four to six semesters o f courses in other social
sciences. Students majoring in history, politi
cal science, and sociology-anthropology are
required to take at least four courses outside
their major; students majoring in economics
and psychology are required to take six. The
other route to certification is by taking at least
twelve semester courses in social sciences, of
which six must normally be in one discipline
and at least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or non-
Western subject matter are required.
20. Intermediate Macroeconomics.
1-2. Introduction to Economics.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, employ
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.
This course is designed both to afford the
general student a comprehensive survey and
to provide students doing further work with
a foundation on which to build.
The first semester course describes the organi
zation o f the economic system and analyzes
the allocation o f resources and the distribu
tion of income.
Fall semester.
The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone
tary and fiscal policy, the determination of
national income, and international economic
relations. Some or all sections will count for
primary distribution credit.
Spring semester.
Students will be able to take Economics 2 as
a primary distribution course. Those wishing
to do so must inform the department in the
Fall semester o f their intention.
Students must take Economics 2 to receive
credit for Economics 1. Only Economics 2
will count for primary distribution credit.
5. Computing from the User’s
Point of View.
This will be offered as a !/ credit workshop.
Participants will attend one weekly workshop
applying computing procedures directly to
problems o f economic analysis. Computing
topics introduced are: word processing,
graphics, simple programming techniques,
statistical packages, spread sheet analysis, and
data base handling. Yi unit.
Fall semester. Staff.
11. Intermediate Microeconomics.
Provides a thorough grounding in intermedi
ate-level microeconomics, both theory and
application. The standard topics are covered
(order indicates sequence): behavior o f the
consumer and the firm, structure and perfor
mance of product markets, factor markets
and income distribution, general equilibrium
and welfare analysis, public economics. Stu
dents do extensive problem solving to facili
tate the learning o f theory and to see practical
applications.
Fall semester. Golub.
21. Money, Banking, and the Economy.
This course will examine the behavior of
financial markets and their connection to real
economic activity, using a combination o f
analytical and institutional perspectives.
Among the topics to be considered are (1 ) the
structure o f U .S. financial markets: the
banking system, the bond and stock markets,
etc.; (2 ) the Federal Reserve System and the
conduct o f monetary policy; (3 ) monetarism;
(4) interest rates, monetary policy, and infla
tion; (5 ) rationality and irrationality in finan
cial markets; (6 ) international financial rela
tions; the Eurodollar market, the foreign
exchange market, and international lending.
Fa ll semester. Caskey.
22. Current Issues in Economic Policy.
For students who have taken Economics 1 and
2 and would like to see further applications o f
these principles to issues o f current economic
policy. Topics will be drawn from both micro
and macro in the areas o f budget and tax
policy, stabilization policy, energy policy, in
ternational economics policy, industrial pol
icy. Specific issues might include natural gas
deregulation, tax reforms, U S international
competitiveness, the international debt crisis,
the budget deficit dilemma, the choice o f an
exchange rate regime, and the monetary/fiscal
policy mix.
Not offered 1988-89.
23. Political Economy of
Macroeconomic Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 9 .) Focus on
the congressional and administrative pro
cesses by which macroeconomic policy is
formulated, approved, and implemented.
Not offered 1988-89.
30. Statistics for Economists.
The primary focus o f this course is on the
understanding o f how simple and multiple
regression can be used to estimate magnitudes
103
Economics
41. Law and Economics.
in economic relationships, e.g., elasticities,
and tests o f hypotheses about these magni
tudes. The course also covers elements o f
probability, sampling distributions, and deci
sion theory. No mathematics prerequisite ex
cept high school algebra. As this course will
include problem solving using the computer,
students taking it must also take Economics 5
(unless they have taken or are taking the
equivalent course in other disciplines).
Fall semester. Suits.
The purpose o f this course is to explore the
premises behind the use o f utilitarian con
structs in the analysis o f public policy issues.
In particular, the appropriateness o f the grow
ing utilization o f economic methodology will
be examined through an intensive study of
issues in property, tort, contract, and criminal
law. The necessary background in welfare
economics will be developed as needed.
Fall semester. Kuperberg.
31. Operations Research.
50. The International Economy.
(Also listed as Engineering 57.) The principles
o f operations research as applicable to defin
ing optimum solutions o f engineering and
financial problems as an aid to managerial
decision making. Probability and probability
distributions, reliability, random number
simulation, queuing theory, linear program
ming, dynamic programming, allocation and
transportation theory. The working principles
o f engineering economy are introduced and
combined with operations research topics.
Normally for junior and senior students.
Primary distribution course, Natural Sciences
only; and only if enrolled for Engineering 57.
Fall semester. McGarity.
32. Accounting
The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments o f accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation.
(This course does not satisfy the distribution
requirements.)
Spring semester. Topiol.
35. Econometrics.
A survey o f fundamental econometric meth
ods emphasizing application. Some empirical
work will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 30.
Not offered 1988-89.
40. Public Finance.
This course focuses on government expendi
ture, tax, and debt policy. A major part o f the
course is devoted to an analysis o f current
policy issues in their institutional and theo
retical contexts. The course will be o f most
interest to students with an interest in eco
nomic policy and its interaction with politics.
Spring semester. Saffran.
104
The course consists o f a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure o f the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer
cial policy, and balance o f payments adjust
ment. These tools are used to analyze contem
porary international economic problems;
tariffs and non-tariff barriers, common
markets, multinational corporations, interna
tional oil, gold, inflation, and the future of the
international monetary system.
Spring semester. Golub.
60. The Economics of Industry.
Through a series o f case studies, the strategic
responses o f firms and industries to their
market and policy environments are analyzed.
Emphasis is on the pricing, technological in
novation, and marketing behavior of firms
and on such government policy instruments
as import restrictions, price controls and sub
sidies, antitrust, and patent policy.
Spring semester. Scherer.
61. Technological Change and
Economic Growth
An exploration o f how technological change
affects economic growth, with emphasis on
such institutions as academic science and
industrial research and development. Covers
production function analysis, induced inno
vation, the patent system, government R&D
program conduct, and macrodynamic phe
nomena.
Spring semester. Scherer.
62.6overnment Regulation of Industry.
This course analyzes the logic and effective
ness o f various regulatory instruments by
which the government seeks to affect the
structure and performance o f major indus
tries. The principal topics will be antitrust
policy, economic regulation o f natural monop
oly industries, regulation and deregulation o f
industries blending monopoly and competi
tive elements, and the "social” regulation o f
pollution, occupational safety, and consumer
information.
Not offered 1988-89.
65. Corporate Finance Course.
This course focuses on financial decisionmak
ing in the firm and the interaction o f the firm
with financial markets. Topics include the
relationship between risk and return in valu
ing financial assets; capital budgeting and
financing decisions; short- and long-term fi
nance. In addition, several special topics are
addressed including international corporate
finance and mergers and acquisitions.
Spring semester. Magenheim.
70. Labor Economics.
This course will address the functioning of
labor markets and how they are affected by
institutions, social attitudes, and changing
structure o f the national and international
economy. Among the topics dealt with are:
the causes and effects o f the changing supply
of labor by women, youth, older persons; the
changing role o f unions; the determinants of
levels of employment and unemployment; the
determinants o f wage levels and wage differen
tials; extent and effects o f discrimination; the
role of education and training; how govern
ment regulations and training and employ
ment programs have and should affect labor
markets. Some contrasts are drawn between
U.S. and European experience and between
labor problems in developed and developing
countries.
Not offered 1988-89.
71. Social Economics.
The extent, consequences, and causes o f pov
erty and economic inequality; an appraisal o f
reforms in income support programs, medical
care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto
development; the economics o f discrimina
tion.
Not offered 1988-89.
72. Women and Minorities in
the Economy.
This course will explore the experience of
women and minorities in the U S economy,
using a variety o f analytical and institutional
approaches. Topics will include: historical
context, labor force participation decisions,
economic theories o f the labor market,
explanations o f differences in wages (dis
crimination, human capital, occupational
segregation), and macroeconomic issues (un
employment, income distribution, and govern
ment taxation and transfer programs as they
relate to women and minorities). Students
will analyze differences among groups in the
economy using SPSSX routines. No prior
knowledge o f SPSSX is assumed. (Crosslisted with Black Studies, Women’s Studies).
Spring semester. Smith.
73. Social Insurance and Welfare
Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 7 .) The
principal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics in
clude: Social Security, national health insur
ance, unemployment compensation, and wel
fare reform. The various public objectives
and methods o f income support and related
social services, as well as certain contextual or
alternative programs and regulatory policies.
Conceptions of "welfare” ; economic, social,
political, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the
Public Policy Concentration and open for
single credit to others who have taken appro
priate Public Policy prerequisites, or who
have received permission o f the instructors.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
74. Urban Economics.
This course analyzes the structure and evolu
tion o f urban economies in the United States.
It takes the representative American city as
the primary unit o f analysis and shows how it
has evolved through time as a result o f the
interaction o f socioeconomic forces, techno
logical change, and public policy. The role of
government in this process is examined in
depth, with emphasis on the policy areas o f
housing, land use control, transportation, and
public finance. Particular attention will be
paid throughout the course to the historical
experience o f Philadelphia.
Not offered 1988-89.
Economics
75. Health Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 4 2 .) Analysis
o f government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions
and resource allocation, and major alternatives for action. Central topics are the organi
zation o f health care delivery (roles and views
o f physicians, nurses, administrators, patients
and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state,
and local governments, quasi-public authori
ties, and interest groups; technical and politi
cal aspects o f health insurance alternatives;
health manpower (medical and nursing
schools, para-professionals); biomedical re
search programs. Students wishing to take
this course should consult in advance with the
instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the
following will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 30,
71; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1;
Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester. D. Smith.
76. Economics of the Environment and
Natural Resources.
Micro and macroeconomic theory applied to
problems o f the environment and natural
resources. Long run implications o f resource
use for economic growth, evaluation o f alter
native uses o f natural environment and
methods o f pollution control. Government
response to situations involving externalities,
public goods and common property re
sources. Case studies o f air pollution, recrea
tion versus mineral or fuel development on
public lands, the fishing industry and offshore
petroleum development.
Not offered 1988-89.
80. Economic Development
A survey o f development economics covering
both the principal theories o f economic de
velopment and the dominant issues o f public
policy. Within a perspective that emphasizes
the choice and transfer o f technology as well
as technological development, particular em
phasis is given to agricultural and industrial
development, to interactions among sectors,
and to international trade and capital flows
(including foreign aid). Students write two
short papers, one to compare countries having
dissimilar development experiences and the
other to examine a key issue o f their choice in
some depth.
Not offered 1988-89.
106
85. Comparative Economic Systems.
This course focuses on the methods by which
different economic systems can be analyzed.
Considerable attention is paid to the structure
and performance o f nations with different
economic systems and on the origins of se
lected economic institutions. Particular em
phasis is placed on the study o f the Soviet
Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods of
drawing inferences using the comparative
method are explored.
* Fall semester. Pryor.
90. American Economic History.
Survey o f American economic development
from the colonial settlement to the New Deal.
Explores the transition from a colonial sys
tem, based on agricultural exports within the
mercantile system, to an advanced, industrial
ized economy supported by a vast internal
market. Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture
in the process o f economic development, in
particular a comparative analysis o f the plan
tation system o f the South and the system of
family farming in the North, ii) the changing
industrial structure after the Civil War as a
consequence o f the growth o f the large-scale,
vertically integrated corporation, and iii) the
political and social bases o f economic devel
opment, with particular attention to the Ameri
can Revolution, the Civil War, the new Deal
and the evolution o f the legal system, and the
political responses to industrialization.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6,
or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89.
91. Western Economic History.
This course examines the evolution of the
economy from prehistory to our own time. It
surveys demographic, agricultural, industrial,
commercial, technological, and organizational
developments; and it uses economic analysis
to explore their interconnections.
Not offered 1988-89.
I
I
I
I
95. History of Economic Thought.
An examination o f classical political economy
(Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis
on the origins o f economic analysis in the
tradition o f political theory and the structure
and development o f classical thought.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or permission
o f the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89.
j
j
j
I
99. Directed Reading.
With the consent o f a supervising instructor,
individual or group study in fields o f interest
not covered by regular course offerings.
Fall or spring. Staff.
SEMINARS
100. Economic Theory.
150. International Economics.
This seminar provides the theoretical back
ground for the more advanced economic the
ory seminars. Both microeconomics (8 weeks)
and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are covered.
Fall and spring semester. Saffran.
Theory and policy o f international economic
relations. The theory o f international trade
and balance o f payments adjustment. Com
mercial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff bar
riers. Common markets, customs unions, and
regional economic integration. Multinational
enterprise and economic imperialism. The
world monetary system, international infla
tion, and the international economics o f oil.
Spring semester. Golub.
120. Advanced Macroeconomics.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, em
ployment, prices and interest rates. Analysis
of conflicting views o f the relationship be
tween inflation and unemployment and o f the
proper role o f government stabilization pol
icy. Special topics include microfoundations
of macroeconomics and economic growth.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.
130. Theory and Models for
Policy Analysis.
Provides advanced instruction in general equi
librium theory while examining its uses in
policy and descriptive analyses. Focuses on
economy-wide linear programming and com
putable general equilibrium models that deal
with allocational and distributional issues in
open economies. Also deals briefly with evo
lutionary models that emphasize the processes
of institutional and technological change. Stu
dents master the fundamentals o f static and
intertemporal welfare maximization by work
ing with computer models o f several repre
sentative economies.
Prerequisites: Econ. 100 or its equivalent (can
be waived in exceptional circumstances on
professor’s approval).
Not offered 1988-89.
135. Econometrics.
Econometric theory and empirical studies.
An empirical research paper is required.
Not offered 1988-89.
140. Public Finance.
This seminar focuses on the analysis o f gov
ernment expenditure, tax, and debt policy.
Spring semester. Saffran.
160. Industrial Organization and
Public Policy.
Applications o f theoretical and empirical anal
ysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories of
the firm; market structure; the causes o f mar
ket failure and alternative policy responses.
Fall semester. Magenheim.
165. Corporate Finance.
Key issues in corporate finance are analyzed
using theoretical and empirical tools. Among
the topics to be covered are modem portfolio
theory and capital asset valuation models; the
firm’s capital budgeting and financing deci
sions; capital structure and dividend policies;
forms o f short- and long-term financing; and
special topics, including mergers and acquisi
tions, and international corporate finance.
Spring semester. Magenheim.
170. Labor and Social Economics.
Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages
and income inequality, government policies
with respect to labor relations, health, educa
tion, and welfare.
Not offered 1988-89.
180. Economic Development
A survey o f the principal issues in economic
development. Topic coverage is similar to that
in Econ. 80. Here more emphasis is given to
the theoretical underpinnings o f distinct ap-
107
Economies
proaches to isolating and understanding the
"stylized facts” and to formulating prescrip
tions for improved development perfor
mance. Students write several short papers
that examine original contributions to the
identification and analysis o f selected issues.
A longer paper to compare countries having
dissimilar development experiences is also
required.
Not offered 1988-89.
185. Comparative Economic Systems.
This seminar focuses on the methods by
which economic systems can be analyzed.
Considerable attention is paid to the structure
and performance o f nations with particular
economic systems. Special case studies are
made o f the U .S.S.R ., China, and Yugoslavia;
briefer case studies are made o f several capi
talist economies o f Western Europe. Causal
forces underlying the origins and development
o f particular economic institutions are also
discussed. The seminar also covers questions
o f convergence o f important economic insti
tutions, influences o f ideology on the opera
tion o f the system, and forces underlying
108
changes in both capitalist, market and social
ist, centrally administered economies.
Fall semester. Pryor.
190. Economic History.
This seminar surveys demographic, agricul
tural, industrial, commercial, and organiza
tional developments in the Western economy
from prehistory to our own time. Special
attention is devoted to topics exemplifying
the methodological contributions of the "new
economic history.”
Not offered 1988-89.
195. History of Economic Thought
A survey o f the development o f economic
science from post-Mercantilist writers (Steuart
and Quesnay) to Keynes. Permission of in
structor required.
Not offered 1988-89.
199. Thesis.
W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor,
honors majors may undertake a senior thesis
for double credit.
Fall and spring semesters. Staff.
Education
EVA F. TRAVERS, Associate Professor and Program Director6
K. ANN RENNINGER, Assistant Professor
LISASMULYAN, Assistant Professor and Acting Director
DAVID HURSH, Lecturer
LYNDA STONE, Lecturer
The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from
a variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to pro
vide a range o f field experiences for students
who wish to explore their aptitude and interest
in teaching, counseling or research in an edu
cational setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s aca
demic offerings. The Program’s most impor
tant goal is to help students learn to think
critically and creatively about the process of
education and the place o f education in soci
ety. To this end, both its introductory and
upper level courses necessarily draw on the
distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociol
ogy, Anthropology, Political Science, Philos
ophy, and History. Because students major in
one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in
Education offer both an opportunity to apply
the particular skills o f one’s chosen field to a
new domain and interaction with other stu
dents whose disciplinary approaches may dif
fer significantly from their own. There is no
major in Education. However, special majors
involving Education and another social sci
ence discipline can be arranged. There is a
limit o f five Education credits that can be
counted toward graduation. This limit does
not apply to cross-listed courses in Educa
tion.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Swarthmore offers a competency-based teach
er preparation program for students who seek
secondary certification from the Common
wealth of Pennsylvania. Competency is judged
by an interdisciplinary committee o f the fac
ulty whose members have established criteria
for certification in Biology, Chemistry, En
glish, French, German, Mathematics, Spanish,
and Social Studies. Individual programs are
developed in conjunction with departmental
representatives and members o f the Education
staff. All students seeking certification must
meet Swarthmore College’s general require
ments for course distribution and a major.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than
the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In
addition, they must complete the following
sequence o f courses:
I Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
■ Child Development, Psychology 39; Child
Development and Social Policy, Educ. 66;
or Adolescence, Educ. 23
■ An additional course from the following:
a. Adolescence, Educ. 23
b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Women and Education, Educ. 31
d. Cultural Transmission: Education in
6 On administrative assignment, 1988-89.
109
Education
Cross-cultural Perspective, Educ. 42
e. Education and Society, Educ. 47
f. Political Socialization and Schools,
Educ. 64
g. Child Development and Social Policy,
Educ. 66
h. Social Change and Higher Education,
Educ. 67
i. Urban Education, Educ. 68
j. Special Topics, Educ. 91
their cooperating teacher in Introduction to
Education. Placement o f students in schools
for Practice Teaching is contingent on success
ful interviews with members o f the Education
Program staff and appropriate secondary
school personnel.
Students preparing for certification must at
tain at least a grade point average o f C in
courses in their major field o f certification
and a grade o f C + or better in Introduction to
Education in order to undertake Practice
Teaching. In addition, students must be rec
ommended by their major department and by
Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify
elementary teachers. However, students tak
ing courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.
(W ith some additional course work in ele
mentary methods, elementary certification is
available through an arrangement with a local
college.)
14. Introduction to Education.
21. Educational Psychology.
A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact o f individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical, and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity
to determine their own interest in preparing
to teach, as well as furnish them with first
hand experience in current elementary and
secondary school practice. Field work is re
quired.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Staff.
(Also listed as Psychology 21.) This course
provides a representataive sampling o f general
psychological theories which have special rele
vance to sound pedagogical practice. The first
part o f the course serves as an introduction to
theory; the second part considers issues such
as: motivation, intelligence, creativity, mainstreaming, etc. Students will also be involved
in field research which through use o f a multimethod approach addresses topics o f concern
to local schools.
Fall semester. Renninger.
16. Practice Teaching.
Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Ed
ucation 17 concurrently. (Single credit prac
tice teaching may be arranged for individuals
not seeking secondary certification.)
Each semester. Staff.
17. Curriculum and Methods Seminar.
This course will consider theoretical and ap
plied issues related to effective classroom
instruction. It must be taken concurrently
with Educ. 16 for students planning to be
certified and may not be taken without taking
Educ. 16.
Each semester. Staff.
110
23. Adolescence.
(Also listed as Psychology 23 .) A develop
mental perspective is employed to examine
salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal
is to obtain a theoretical understanding of
adolescence and an overview o f major re
search. During the first part o f the term,
various aspects o f individual development
(e.g., cognitive, affective, physiological, etc.)
will be addressed. The second part of the
semester will focus on the adolescent’s adap
tation in major contexts (e.g., family, peer
group, school, etc.).
Spring semester. Smulyan.
25. Counseling: Principles and
Practice.
(Also listed as Psychology 22 .) An introduc
tory course focusing on theories, techniques,
and issues in school and agency counseling.
Field work, guest lectures, role playing, and
analysis o f case studies will provide practical
information and experience. Recommended
for students considering graduate programs in
educational counseling or those planning to
teach or do youth work in an agency setting.
Enrollment limited.
Not offered 1988-89. Vanni.
31. Women and Education.
This course uses historical, psychological,
and social frameworks to examine the roles
women take in the educational process. Areas
to be explored include the feminization of the
teaching profession; equity in educational
programs, curriculum, and materials; sex dif
ferences in student-teacher interaction and
student achievement; and current programs
designed to meet the needs o f all students and
teachers. Students in the course will draw on
their own experience as well as field work in
relating the theories examined to educational
practice.
Not offered 1988-89.
42. Cultural Transmission: Education
in Cross-Cultural Perspective.
(Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology
42.)The purpose o f this course is to com
municate a transcultural and comparative per
spective on the educative process in our own
and other societies. Awareness o f the socio
cultural influences on education-relevant be
havior will be a major focus. Coverage ranges
from case studies o f technologically primitive
(but symbolically complex) non-Western cul
tures to complex industrial societies. Al
though specific attention is given to schooling
in the culturally pluralistic United States,
students taking the course will be exposed to
more than 20 different cultures. The develop
ment o f a partial cultural theory o f education
considered as cultural transmission is one o f
the main objectives o f the course.
Fall semester. Borish.
47. Education and Society.
(Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology
47.) The course will explore the social and
cultural functions and consequences o f formal
and informal education in both Western and
non-Western societies. Modes o f intended
and unintended socialization within the school
and outside will be examined. A range of
factors which can promote or inhibit learning
will be explored and linked to educational
performance. Topics include: school as an
agent o f social mobility and its relationship
with the community; the school as a social
system and the dynamics o f classroom life;
and the behavorial and academic outcomes o f
curricular innovation. Students will be re
quired to conduct weekly field work in an
educational setting.
Not offered 1988-89.
52. Education in America.
(Also listed as History 52 .) A survey o f the
history o f American education, emphasizing
the relationships between education and social
structure, economic development, family
patterns, and other institutions. Topics will
include education in colonial America, the
"age o f the academies,” the advent and failure
o f the common school movement, the emer
gence o f the American university, the history
o f women’s education, vocationalism, progressivism and educational theory, testing and
tracking, education and the Cold War, and
recent controversies surrounding desegrega
tion and "excellence.”
Spring semester. Johanningsmeier.
64. Political Socialization and Schools.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 4 .) This
course will consider models used to explain
the development o f political concepts, atti
tudes, and behavior from the period o f early
childhood through young adulthood. The in
terrelated but often inconsistent influences
o f family, school, peers, media, and critical
events in the sociopolitical system will be
examined. Special emphasis will be given to
the role o f education, including formal and
informal messages o f schooling. Material from
nonwestern societies suh as China and Nica
ragua will provide cross-cultural perspectives
on the political socialization process. Field
research will be required.
Not offered 1988-89. Travers.
66. Child Development and
Social Policy.
Issues relating to social policy (e.g., main
streaming, child care) will be explored in a
seminar format. Case studies will be employed
to provide a socio-historical context for un
derstanding both ways in which research and
111
Education
policy have interacted in the past and the
methodological problems such intersections
pose. This course is designed to provide stu
dents with a realistic understanding o f the
process o f policy formation and their roles as
potential contributors to this process.
Prerequisites: Child Development, Introduc
tion to Education, or Educational Psychology.
Limited enrollment.
Spring 1989. Renninger.
67. Social Change and Higher Education.
(Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 67 .)
This course will focus on the way in which
recent social changes have affected colleges
and universities in the U .S. We will review the
development o f higher education in the U .S.,
the principles and goals o f liberal education,
and how these issues have been shaped within
various types o f institutions. The return of
World War II veterans and the passage o f the
GI Bill started a chain o f events which has
dramatically altered higher education. In re
cent years the quest for access, equity, and
excellence, as well as demographic and eco
nomic changes, have continued to force col
leges and universities to make structural and
programmatic changes. These issues will be
the focus o f this course, but within a broader
context o f liberal and general education. An
112
effort is being made to coordinate this course
with Lincoln University, a nearby predomi
nately Black institution.
Fall semester. Blake.
68. Urban Education.
(Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68.)
This course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensa
tory education, curricular innovation, com
munity control, bilingual education, and stan
dardized testing. The special problems and
challenges faced by urban schools in meeting
the needs o f individuals and groups in a
pluralistic society will be examined using the
approaches o f psychology, sociology, anthro
pology, and political science. Current issues
will also be viewed in historical perspective.
Field work is required.
Not offered 1988-89. Travers.
91. Special Topics.
W ith the permission o f the instructor, quali
fied students may choose to pursue a topic of
special interest, which for thorough investiga
tion will usually require field work as well as
library research.
Each semester. Staff.
Engineering
DAVID L. BOWLER, Professor
H. SEARL DUNN, Professor and Acting Chairman
NELSON A. MACKEN, Professor and Chairman3
ARTHUR E. McGARITY, Associate Professor
FREDERICK L. ORTHLIEB, Associate Professor
FARUQ NI. A. SIDDIQUI, Associate Professor
LYNNE A. NIOLTER, Assistant Professor
STEPHEN NI. PLATT, Assistant Professor
ERIK CHEEVER, Instructor
The professional practice o f engineering re
quires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth
ods to the solution o f technical problems o f
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
of engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding of social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural
and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi
neering majors to take almost forty percent o f
their course work at the College in the hu
manities and social sciences. W ith careful
planning it is possible for a student to acquire
a double major with two degrees, the Bachelor
of Science in Engineering and the Bachelor of
Arts in a second academic area in a four-year
course o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc
tion and individual student projects in the
areas o f electronics, system control, com
munications, instrumentation, strength of
materials, solid and structural mechanics,
fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, soil me
chanics, and environmental diagnostics. Sup
porting these laboratories is a wide range o f
modem measurement equipment with the
capability o f on-line data acquisition and pro
cess control via microcomputers. A computer
laboratory with high resolution color and
black-and-white graphics capability is also
part o f our facilities. An excellent shop for
both metal- and woodworking is available for
student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineer
ing is accredited by the Engineering Accredi
tation Commission o f the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology.
Courses A vailable to N on-M ajors
Students interested in computer engineering
may wish to consider The Digital World (21),
Digital Systems (22), Computer Architecture
(23), or Laboratory Computer Applications
(25). Although Mechanics (6 ) is primarily for
prospective majors, other interested students,
particularly those interested in preparing for
a career in architecture, are encouraged to
enroll. Materials in Civilization (1 ), Problems
in Technology (3 ,4 ), and Art and Science o f
Structures (7 ) are designed chiefly for stu
dents not contemplating further work in en
gineering or the natural sciences. Operations
Research (5 7 ), Solar Energy Systems (35),
Water Quality and Pollution Control (63),
Environmental Systems (66), and Environ
mental Policy (68) will also appeal to many
students majoring in other departments. Stu-
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
113
Engineering
dents majoring in the physical sciences or
mathematics may also enroll in advanced en
gineering courses.
Students may minor in the External Examina
tion Program in the Engineering Department
by taking appropriately related advanced en
gineering courses as preparation for external
examinations. Generally the advanced engi
neering courses require one or more intro
ductory courses as prerequisites.
Program for Engineering Majors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion
o f at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii)
four courses in the sciences which must in
clude Physics 3 and 4 (taken in the freshman
year) and Chemistry 10 (or a more advanced
chemistry course), and (iii) four courses in
mathematics, including Math 5 and 6 (to be
taken in the freshman year), Math 18, and
Math 16A or Math 3 0 (normally taken in the
sophomore year). The unspecified science
course in category (ii) may be chosen to com
plement the student’s overall program of
study. Certain science courses are not accept
able. Students should consult their faculty
advisors on this issue.
Within the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experi
mentation for Engineering Design, Thermo
fluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The
first four courses are normally taken in the
freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in
the second semester o f the freshman year,
Physical Systems Analysis I in the first semes
ter o f the sophomore year, and the remaining
two in the second semester o f the sophomore
year. In special circumstances, however, stu
dents with adequate preparation in mathe
matics and physics can begin the engineering
curriculum as late as the second semester o f
the sophomore year and still complete all o f
the core requirements and elective work in
the Department. Thermofluid Mechanics is
normally taken in the fall o f the junior year,
and Engineering Design, the culminating ex
perience for engineering majors, is taken in
the second semester o f the senior year.
Elective Program for Course Majors: In consul
114
tation with his or her advisor, each student
constructs a program o f advanced work in the
Department. These programs, normally con
sisting o f six courses, are submitted to the
Department when the student formally applies
for a major in engineering during the spring
semester o f the sophomore year.
The program that constitutes the student’s
elected courses may or may not conform
closely to the traditional areas o f engineering
specialization, e.g., electrical or mechanical.
For non-traditional plans for advanced work,
the Department requires a coherent program
that, in its judgment, meets the student’s edu
cational objectives.
Observe that the following courses cannot be
counted in the minimum number of twelve
engineering courses required o f each major:
Materials in Civilazation, Problems in Tech
nology, Art and Science o f Structures, Values
and Ethics in Science and Technology, and
Environmental Policy.
Suggested elective program plans include:
(1 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory, Communica
tion Systems, and Control Theory and
Design. Students having an interest in
digital systems might replace one or more
o f these courses with The Digital World,
Digital Systems, Computer Architecture,
or Laboratory Computer Applications.
(2 ) General computer engineering: The Digi
tal World, Digital Systems, Computer
Architecture, and Laboratory Computer
Applications. Students with an interest in
computer hardware may include Elec
tronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and
II, or Control Theory and Design.
(3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan
ics o f Solids, Engineering Materials, Fluid
Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Thermal En
ergy Conversion, Solar Energy Systems,
and Control Theory and Design.
(4 ) General civil engineering: basic prepara
tion includes Mechanics o f Solids, Struc
tural Theory and Design I, Soil and Rock
Mechanics, and Water Quality and Pollultion Control. Additional courses in
clude Operations Research and Environ-
mental Systems for those interested in
the environment or urban planning, or
Structural Theory and Design II for those
interested in architecture or construction.
Other recommended courses include
Solar Energy Systems, Fluid Mechanics,
and Engineering Materials.
j
External Examination Program in Engineering:
Students with a B + average in courses in
engineering, science, and mathematics may
apply for the external examination program.
Each candidate must accumulate 12 units of
credit in engineering and complete the same
mathematics and science requirements as
course majors. Courses include the same core
requirements as course majors with the exception o f E90. The remaining seven courses
comprise a three examination program. Two
o f the areas o f examination will each consist
o f two courses and a '/^-credit attachment. The
attachment will be either a study o f additional
material or a research project in an area re
lated to, but not covered, in the courses.
Areas o f examination are listed following the
engineering course descriptions. The third
examination will cover a two-credit thesis. A
three-credit minor comprises a fourth area for
examination. This may be chosen in any field
outside o f engineering.
COURSE LISTINGS
1. Materials in Civilization.
j
{
j
:
I
I
An introduction to the interaction between
discovery or creation o f new physical mate
rials and the domestic, commercial, and military aspects o f human activity and technology.
Readings, classroom discussion, and writing
assignments will deal with the progress o f
"Material Culture,” materials science, and
technology; laboratory work will demonstrate
and evaluate important physical properties o f
a wide variety o f natural and man-made met
als, ceramics, polymers, and composites. Par
ticipants should have a strong background in
high school math and science and a lively
interest in man-made practical objects.
E l can be used to satisfy the distribution
requirements but is not a primary distribution
course.
Prerequisites: None.
Fall semester.
3,4. Problems in Technology I and II.
I
I
Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth o f under
standing o f technology and its impact by
examining in each semester a particular tech
nology. Technical considerations underlying
policy issues will be stressed. Examples of
semester topics are: aspects o f the energy
problem, satellite communications, managing
environmental hazards, and developments in
data processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo
ratory. Credit may be given for either semes
ter, or both.
E3 is a primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89.
6. Mechanics.
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, tor
sion, and stress transformations. Laboratory
work is related to experiments on deformable
bodies, and includes a four-week FORTRAN
workshop.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester.
7. Art and Science of Structures.
This course will serve as an introduction to
the basic principles o f structural analysis and
design including an emphasis on the historical
development o f modern structural engineer
ing. We will study the mechanical behavior of
materials and the load carrying mechanisms
o f structural members and their systems (an
assemblage o f members) and how it affects
their design. The concept o f the structural
engineer as an artist which has recently been
gaining acceptance will be explored and its
basis explained to show that the work o f the
structural engineer serves as an excellent ex
ample o f the synthesis o f art, science, and
technology. The course will also include some
simple laboratory experiments or demonstra-
115
Engineering
tions to show the behavior o f materials and
structural members. The students may also be
required to make simple models and tests.
Suitable for students planning to study archi
tecture, architectural history, or with an inter
est in structures. Includes fortnightly labs.
E7 can be used to satisfy the distribution re
quirements but is not a primary distribution
course.
Prerequisites: None.
Fall semester; alternate years.
11,12. Physical Systems Analysis I
and II.
These courses are devoted to the study of
physical phenomena which may be repre
sented to a good degree o f approximation by
a linear, lumped-parameter model. E l l (fall
semester) is oriented mainly toward electrical
devices and the development o f mathematical
techniques for the analysis o f their linear
behavior. E12 (spring semester) is more con
cerned with mechanical, thermal, and fluid
systems, but emphasis throughout both courses
will be placed upon the unity resulting from
the common mathematical representation and
analysis o f diverse physical systems. The con
tent o f E l l is: Behavior o f electrical circuits;
natural and forced transient response, steadystate harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active
devices, operational amplifiers, and their use
in circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier
series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con
cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consid
erations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree
o f freedom mechanical, electromechanical,
thermal and fluid systems. Transfer function
and matrix descriptions o f compound sys
tems, the eigenvalue problem and state space
techniques. Mechanical systems in two and
three dimensions, energy methods, coupled
modes o f motion. Transition from many de
gree o f freedom systems to continuous sys
tems; the Fourier integral with applications to
wave motion.
Laboratory sessions include modeling with
electrical and electro-mechanical devices, an
independent project, and an introduction to
numerical and graphical methods o f dynamic
system analysis through the use o f microcom
puters.
Credit may be given for either semester, or
both.
116
14. Experimentation for Engineering
Design.
Theories o f experimentation and measure
ment are presented and are related to engi
neering design and research projects. Lectures
present probability theory and its applications
in experimentation. Topics include random
variables, probability distributions, measure
ment errors, random noise, system reliability,
statistical analysis o f experiments and simu
lated experiments, and decision making with
experimental results. The laboratory sessions
treat the analysis o f measurement systems,
involve the experimental determination of
measurement system parameters, and include
an introduction to the use o f computers for
data acquisition and process control.
Prerequisites: E l l and E12 (taken concur
rently).
Spring semester.
21. The Digital World.
The transmission and processing o f informa
tion by electrical means is more and more
being done in digital form. Our everyday
experience is, however, with analog forms. In
this course we will look into the reasons for
this shift o f emphasis and into the operation
o f digital systems. Among the subjects to be
considered will be the nature o f analog and
digital information, conversion from one form
to the other, the binary number system, the
design o f combinational circuits and applica
tions such as compact disk audio systems and
hand calculators. Students will have practical
experience with digital hardware. No pre
requisites, but students should feel comfort
able thinking logically about quantitative phe
nomena.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester.
22. Digital Systems.
This course continues the development of
work with digital systems begun in E21. The
emphasis will be on the analysis and design of
sequential systems, both synchronous and
asynchronous. Problems o f timing will be
considered. The organization o f simple digital
computers will be introduced and both hard
ware and, as time permits, microcode imple
mentations will be studied. Includes labora
tory.
Prerequisite: E21, or permission o f the in
structor.
Spring semester.
23. Computer Architecture.
A survey o f techniques o f modem computer
design and their implementation. Techniques
such as cache, parallel processing, pipelining,
distributed processing, and instruction set
optimization will be discussed. Practical de
signs including supermicro families (80386,
68020), RISC-machines, microprogrammed
machines, supercomputers (Cray) and highly
parallel machines (Hypercube, connection
machine) are considered, as well as their
implications for operating systems, compiler
design, artificial intelligence, and general
problem solving. Includes design laboratory.
Prerequisite: E22 or CS35.
Fall semester.
25. Laboratory Computer Applications.
This course surveys the utilization o f comput
ing equipment in the laboratory environment.
Basic instrument interfacing methods (serial,
parallel, A/D, D/A) and measurement tech
niques (analog signals such as temperature
and pressure, position, etc.), signal condition
ing, real-time processing, and digital tech
niques of experiment control are discussed.
The laboratory portion o f this course allows
experimentation with each o f these ap
proaches. This course is o f interest to anyone
who wishes to use a computer to automate a
laboratory.
Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor.
Fall semester.
34. Values and Ethics In Science and
Technology
(Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course
deals with topics such as the following: histori
cal and current attitudes toward technology;
the nature o f ethics; origins and impact o f
professional ethics (chiefly in the engineering
professions); ethical dilemmas faced by engi
neers and scientists; values in the technologi
cal society; forecasting and assessment of
technological growth; how policy decisions
about technology are made; the role o f per
sonal ethics o f the engineer or scientist.
Open to all who have, or will have concur
rently, completed the science distribution re
quirement.
Spring semester. Offered when demand and
staffing permit.
35. Solar Energy Systems.
Students are introduced to methods o f using
the sun’s energy to replace conventional fuels.
Fundamental physical concepts and system
design techniques are covered. Topics include
solar geometry, components of solar radia
tion, analysis o f thermal and photovoltaic
solar collectors, energy storage, computer
simulation o f system performance, computer
aided design optimization, and economic fea
sibility assessment. Non-majors are encour
aged to enroll. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: Freshman calculus and physics,
and some experience with computer program
ming.
Fall semester; alternate years.
41. Thermofluid Mechanics.
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynam
ics; first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, applications using system and
control volume formulation. Introduction to
fluid mechanics; development o f conservation
theorems, hydrostatics, dynamics o f one-di
mensional fluid motion with and without
friction. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
Fall semester.
57. Operations Research.
(Also listed as Economics 31). This course
introduces students to an important area of
currently developing technology: computer
based modeling and optimization for the so
lution o f complex, multivariable problems
such as those relating to efficient manufactur
ing, environmental pollution control, urban
planning, water and food resources, and arms
control. Recent additions to the course make
it useful and accessible to a broad spectrum o f
liberal arts students; ( 1 ) inclusion o f realistic
case studies which address the question "how
do these models work when they are used in
the real world” and ( 2) use o f recently devel
oped computer software which makes it easy
for students to experiment with realistic mod
els while they are learning basic concepts. The
only prerequisite is familiarity with elemen
tary linear algebra, and high school algebra is
usually sufficient. Students interested in the
theory o f optimization should consider Math
6 4 (mathematical programming). Together,
117
Engineering
the two courses provide a comprehensive
introduction to the theory and practice o f
optimization, but one may be taken without
the other.
Primary distribution course, Natural Sciences
only; and only if enrolled for Engineering 57.
Fall semester.
62. Structural Theory and Design II.
58. Control Theory and Design.
63. Water Quality and Pollution
Control.
An introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters,
and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory
includes design o f both analog and digital
controllers.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester.
59. Mechanics of Solids.
This course deals with the internal stresses
and changes o f form when forces act on solid
bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas
ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
Fall semester.
60. Structural Theory and Design I.
An introduction to the fundamental principles
o f structural mechanics. Statically deter
minate analysis o f frames and trusses. Ap
proximate analysis o f indeterminate struc
tures. Virtual work principles. Elements o f
design o f steel and concrete structural mem
bers. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59, or permission o f instruc
tor.
Spring semester.
61. Soil and Rock Mechanics: Theory
and Design.
Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Topics
include soil and rock formation, soil mineral
ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics,
consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope
stability, and bearing capacity. These topics
are applied to engineering design problems.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59 or equivalent.
Fall semester; alternate years.
118
Advanced structural analysis. Classical and
matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer
applications. Design o f steel and concrete
structures. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E60.
Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1988-89.
An introduction to elements o f water quality
management and treatment o f wastewaters.
Measurement o f water quality indicators.
Analysis o f wastewater treatment processes.
Sewage treatment plant design. Computer
modeling o f the effects o f waste discharge on
rivers and estuaries. Environmental impact
assessment. Laboratory and field studies of
local water quality problems.
Prerequisite: Completion o f the distribution
requirement in the Division o f Natural Sci
ences and Engineering.
Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1988-89.
66. Environmental Systems.
This course applies methods o f mathematical
modeling and systems analysis to problems in
the fields o f Water Resources, Urban Plan
ning, and Public Health. Techniques of optim
ization including linear and integer program
ming are used as frameworks for modeling
such problems. Dynamic systems simulation
methods are also employed. The laboratory
section is devoted to case studies in computerbased solutions to realistic problems using
microcomputers and Apollo graphics work
stations.
Prerequisite: E57, or equivalent.
Spring semester; alternate years.
68. Environmental Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and implementation are explored. Topics: survey of
environmental problems including global
population, global climate change, water and
air pollution, and resource depletion; survey
o f developments in the law o f environmental
protection; use and abuse o f cost-benefit analysis in environmental regulation. Concepts
from mathematics and technology are introduced, as necessary, to understand environmental processes. Additional topics may inelude environmental political movements in
the U .S. and Europe, environmental degrada-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
j
tion in developing nations, and quantitative
policy models implemented by computer.
This course does not satisfy the distribution
requirements.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89.
71. Discrete Time Systems.
Review of mathematical methods and system
models for linear continuous time systems.
Introduction to difference equations and dis
crete-time transform theory; the Z-transform
and Fourier representation o f sequences; fast
Fourier transform algorithms. Discrete-time
transfer functions and filter design techniques.
Extensive use o f computer simulation for
analysis and design in the laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12.
Offered when demand and staffing permit.
,74. Electronic Circuit Analysis and
Design I and II.
73
ics equivalent is a prerequisite for E76.
78. Communication Systems.
Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such top
ics as information theory, coding, analog and
digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, fil
tering, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety o f
practical systems such as television relay,
facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data
communications. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198889.
81. Thermal Energy Conversion.
75,76. Electromagnetic Theory I and II.
Development and application o f the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conver
sion systems. Brief examination o f world en
ergy supplies. Review o f the principles o f the
first and second laws o f thermodynamics.
Development o f the concepts o f availability,
reacting and non-reacting mixtures, chemical
and nuclear reactions. Applications investi
gated include: Rankine cycles, gas turbines,
internal combustion engines, heat pumps,
and solar energy systems. Includes labora
tory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198889.
Static and dynamic treatment o f engineering
applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Macro
scopic field treatment o f interactions with
dielectric, conducting, and magnetic mate
rials. Analysis o f forces and energy storage as
the basis of circuit theory. Electromagnetic
waves in free space and guidance within media;
plane waves and modal propagation. Polariza
tion, reflection, refraction, diffraction, and
interference. Engineering 76 will include ad
vanced topics in optics and microwaves, such
as laser operation, resonators, Gaussian
beams, interferometry, anisotropy, nonlinear
optics, modulation and detection, and current
technologies such as holography. Laboratories
for both courses will be oriented toward
optical applications using lasers, fiber and
integrated optical devices, modulators, non
linear materials, and solid state detectors.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E75 or Phys
Study o f the physical structure and properties
o f a wide variety o f engineering materials, and
the processes by which they are transformed
into useful products. The course includes
analysis o f material microstructures, macro
scopic physical properties, and in-service per
formance with regard to mechanical, thermal,
electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plas
tics, concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and
structural composites are considered, both
with regard to industrial processing and prop
erty modification and to materials selection in
engineering design. Laboratory work includes
exercises in property testing and material
selection, field trips to materials-processlng
plants, and a substantial individual project.
Prerequisite: E59 (may be taken concurrendy )
or permission o f instructor.
Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1988-89.
This course begins with an introduction to the
physics of semiconductor devices and modern
device technology. The remainder o f the year
is devoted to the study o f analog and digital
circuits and includes an introduction to digital
logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar
and field effect devices are considered. Use of
the circuit simulation program SPICE is em
phasized. Laboratory work is oriented toward
design problems.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a pre
requisite for E74.
82. Engineering Materials.
119
Engineering
83. Fluid Mechanics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case of
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the con
servation o f mass, momentum, and energy are
derived. These are then applied to the study
o f flows o f inviscid and viscous, incompress
ible and compressible fluids. Includes labora
tory.
Prerequisites: E41.
Spring semester; alternate years.
84. Heat Transfer.
A basic introduction to the physical phe
nomena involved in heat transfer. Analytical
techniques are presented together with em
pirical results to develop tools for solving
problems in heat transfer by conduction,
forced and free convection, and radiation.
Numerical techniques are discussed for the
solution o f conduction problems. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14.
Fall semester; alternate years. 'Not offered 1988-89.
90. Engineering Design.
This project-oriented course serves as a cul
minating exercise for all Engineering majors.
Under the guidance o f a faculty member,
i
students investigate a problem o f their choice
in an area o f interest to them. In some cases,
group projects are possible. A t the end of the
semester students prepare a written report
and make an oral presentation.
Spring semester.
91. Special Topics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable
to do so.
93. Directed Reading or Project
W ith the permission o f the Department and
a faculty member who is willing to supervise
it, qualified students may do special work
with either theoretical, experimental, or de
sign emphasis in areas not covered by the
regular courses.
96. Thesis.
W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part o f his or her program
in the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.
1
i
1
1
PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Exami
nations in the following areas to be prepared
for by the combinations o f courses indicated.
A Vi-credit attachment must be included with
each group.
Electromagnetic Theory
Electromagnetic Theory I and II
Environmental Systems
Operations Research
Environmental Systems
Thermal Solar Systems
Solar Energy Systems
Thermal Energy Conversion or
Heat Transfer
Electronics
Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I
and II
Control Theory with Digital Laboratory
Applications
120
Laboratory Computer Applications
Control Theory and Design
Materials Engineering
Mechanics o f Solids
Engineering Materials
Thermal Energy Conversion
Thermal Energy Conversion
Heat Transfer
Digital Systems
The Digital World
Digital Systems or
Laboratory Computer Applications
Structural Analysis and Design
Structural Theory and Design I and II
Continuum Mechanics
Mechanics o f Solids
Fluid Mechanics
I
English Literature
THOMAS H. BLACKBURN, Professor123*
LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre
CHARLES L. JAMES, Professor2
HAROLD PAGLIARO, Professor and Chair3
SUSAN SNYDER, Professor3
PHILIP M. WEINSTEIN, Professor1
CRAIG WILLIAMSON, Professor, Acting Chair
NATHALIE ANDERSON, Associate Professor
THOMAS P. LEFF, Associate Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre
PETER J. SCHMIDT, Associate Professor
ABBE BLUM, Assistant Professor
MARK BREITENBERG, Assistant Professor
LAURIE LANGBAUER, Assistant Professor
DAVID HANEY, Visiting Assistant Professor
CAROL SINGLEY, Visiting Assistant Professor
ANDREA SUNUNU, Visiting Assistant Professor
MICHAEL DURKAN, College Librarian, Lecturer
EMIUE PASSOW, Visiting Assistant Professor
VALERIE TRAUB, Visiting Instructor
ABIGAIL ADAMS, Visiting Lecturer in Theatre5
This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, some
foreign literatures in translation, and critical
theory. The departmental curriculum includes
the intensive study o f works o f major writers,
major periods o f literary history, and the
development o f literary types; it also provides
experience in several critical approaches to
literature and play production and explores
certain theoretical considerations implicit in
literary study, such as the problematics of
canon formation and the impact o f gender on
the creation and reception o f literary works.
ENGLISH LITERATURE
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course— English 2 through
15—is the prerequisite for all other courses in
literature. (Exempted from this prerequisite
are seniors; and juniors who have taken a
course in literature, including literature in
translation, offered by Modern Languages
and Literatures or by Classics—these courses
are numbered 11 or higher in the College
Bulletin. Also exempted are students who
wish to take only studio courses.) Introduc
tory courses are characterized by syllabi with
1
2
3
5
less reading than in advanced courses, by
frequent short papers, and by considerable
attention to class discussion; they are viewed
by the Department as particularly appropriate
for freshmen; they are Primary Distribution
Courses. Enrollment will be limited to 25
students per course; priority is given to fresh
men and sophomores. Students will not nor
mally take a second introductory course. Only
one such course may be counted towards the
major. The minimum requirement for admis-
Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
Absent on leave, 1988-89.
Spring semester, 1989.
121
English Literature
,
sion as a major or as a minor in English is two
semester-courses in the Department. (Stu
dents with AP scores o f 4 -5 in English Litera
ture and/or English Composition receive
credit toward graduation. This credit, when it
is for work in English Literature, may count
toward the major requirements.)
Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
courses during the sophomore year. Majors
and prospective majors should consult a mem
ber o f the English Department for information
about courses in other departments comple
mentary to their work in English; work in
foreign languages is especially recommended.
Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course o f professional training, or to
seek teacher certification in English, should
see a member o f the Department for early help
in planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature,
Women’s Studies, or Medieval Studies. Stu
dents planning to qualify for teacher certifica
tion in English are reminded that work in
American literature, in linguistics or the his
tory o f the English language, and in theatre or
film is required in addition to other require
ments o f the major. Non-majors who wish to
be certified in English must meet all the
course requirements noted above (e.g., re
quirements for the major except for the Com
prehensive, plus the additional courses re
quired for certification) as well as maintaining
a grade point average o f 2.5 or better in
courses taken in the English Department.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f
eight semester courses in the Department,
including one in Shakespeare, at least two
other courses in literature written before 1830
(such courses are marked with a *), and one
course featuring critical theory (such courses
are marked with a ** ). The Comprehensive
Examination, taken at the beginning o f the
spring semester o f the senior year, will be
based on a list o f major authors. This list will
be available to majors and prospective majors
at least three semesters before the date o f the
exam itself.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in the Honors Program must
122
prepare three or four papers in the Depart
ment, two o f which must be on subjects
covered in seminars in Group 1 or on other
early material decided upon after consultation
with the Department. Majors must also take
a course or seminar that features critical theory (such courses and seminars are marked by
** ).
l
L
|
I
I
[
Minor in the External Examination (Honors) I
Program: Minors are ordinarily required to I
prepare two papers in the Department.
For the Class o f ig g i and classes thereafter:
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in English who seek a degree
with Honors will in the spring o f their junior
year propose for external examination a program consisting o f 4 -6 fields, chosen from
this and one or more minor departments.
These fields will usually be based upon 12
units o f work; some o f this work will have
been completed before entry into the Program. (For a general description o f the collegewide External Examination Program, see pp.
4 9 o f the catalogue.)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O f the 4 -6 fields, at least three (constituting
not less than 6 units o f credit) must be chosen
from those offered by this department. Majors
will apportion their work so as to complete 4
credits in literature written before 1830, by
means of seminar and perhaps course work as
well; in addition they must take a course ot
seminar that features critical theory. (Courses
and seminars in literature written before 1830
are marked with a *; those that feature critical
theory are marked with a * * .)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Minor in the External Examination (Honors) I
Program: Minors will normally prepare two I
fields from among those offered by this de- I
partment.
Students interested in pursuing Honors within
a faculty approved interdisciplinary major or
concentration that draws on advanced English
courses or seminars should see the Chair for
early help in planning their programs.
I
I
I
I
1A. Expository Writing (Workshop).
Individual and group work as intensive preparation for further work and with applications
to a variety o f fields. For students to whom
the course is recommended. Does not meet
the distribution requirements. May be taken
I
I
I
I
1
in more than one semester, but for a maximum
of one and one half credits.
Each semester. Passow.
IB. English for Foreign Students.
i
Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back
grounds. Does not meet distribution require
ments.
Each semester.
IC. The Writing Process.
This course combines study o f theories of
composition and the teaching o f writing with
I supervised experience applying the skills de
rived from that study in paper comments and
l conferences. Enrollment limited to students
| selected as Writing Associates. Does not meet
distribution requirements.
Fall semester. Singley, Smulyan.
2. Science and the Literary
Imagination.
I
An introduction to the critical reading of
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact o f science
and scientific thinking on individual and so
ciety.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89. Blackburn.
3. Critical Assumptions.
I
|
I
I
I
I
With what assumptions do we approach literature? How do they determine the sense we
make of it? In this course we will discover and
refine our own assumptions by identifying
some general critical approaches to literature.
We will read short stories, poetry, and a novel
side by side with classical critical responses.
Writers will include Shakespeare, Donne,
Blake, Wordsworth, Hawthorne, Bronte, and
Hemingway. Our emphasis will be on exploring as well as engaging in the basic principles
of literary analysis.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Langbauer.
4. Transformation in Literature.
I
In many works o f literature, characters are
transformed, fictional worlds change, meanI ings shift, and even readers are fundamentally
I altered. This course will study the role o f
I transformation in such works as Ovid’s MetaI morphases, Shakespeare’s The Tempest, parts of
I Milton’s Paradise Lost, selections from the
English Romantic poets, Mary Shelley’s
Frankenstein, Dickens’ Great Expectations, and
Kafka’s The Metamorphosis. We will observe
how the significance o f transformation and
the rules by which it occurs vary from age to
age. We will also consider ways in which the
process o f interpretation and the nature of
literary meaning are determined by rhetorical,
psychological, historical, and philosophical
experiences.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Haney.
5. Sexualities: Literary and
Historical Representations.
This course will examine the literary, social,
and political processes that contribute to our
modern sense o f sexuality. We will focus on
three moments in the construction o f sexu
ality: the debate over transvestism on the
English stage; the conflict to classify sexuali
ties in the late 19th Century; and the current
discourse about homosexuality and "promis
cuous” hetersexuality instigated by the AIDS
epidemic.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Traub.
6. Rites of Passage.
The course will focus on various rites of
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously re
flected in different literary modes, and will
examine the shared literary experience itself
as ritual process. Topics will include innocence
and experience, community and liminality,
and the mediation o f the sacred and the
profane. Major authors will include Blake,
Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Williamson.
7. Comedy.
A study o f the form and function o f comedy
in drama, poetry, fiction, and film, including
work by Shakespeare, Boccaccio, Byron,
Beckett, and Preston Sturges.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Schmidt.
8. The Ironic Spirit
This course focuses on the way the ironic
mode— both verbal and philosophical—ac
commodates responses to fundamental con-
English Literature
tradictions and paradoxes. Authors include
Shakespeare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickin
son, Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison,
and selected poetry.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89. James.
9. Four Secular Writers of the Spirit
A study o f iconoclastic authors— Blake,
George Eliot, Shaw, and Lawrence—whose
works attack orthodox ways and offer moral
alternatives as necessary to human well-being.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89. Pagliaro.
10. Family Ties.
This course examines the formal and sublimi
nal impact o f the “family romance” on au
thors, readers, and contemporary society.
Among the topics we will consider: how
parental figures in(de)form plot; the equation
in the lyric o f children with poetic products;
the forms that separation and identification
can take in fiction; alternative families.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Blum.
11. Ruin and Re-begetting.
An introduction to the artists, who, through
skillful geometry and the power o f the word,
counter fragmentation, chaos, or oblivion.
Our study o f the imagery o f ruin and re
begetting will include works by the Pearl-poet,
Shakespeare, Donne, Herbert, Faulkner, Eliot,
and Woolf.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Sununu.
12. The Other.
A culture may shape and understand itself by
constructing an Other: certain ideas, charac
teristics, and places which negate or contradict
"acceptable” forms o f social order. By such
representations the Other serves to define and
authorize what is understood as "natural” and
"norm al” in a given culture. In this course we
will consider this complex process as it oper
ates in representations o f women, ethnicity,
and imaginal or real locations. Readings by
Euripides, Shakespeare, Swift, Defoe, Mary
Shelley, Forster, Woolf, and Rich.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Breitenberg.
13. Images of Illness and Healing.
A study o f the connections and distinctions
124
between medicine and literature. Medicine as
a discipline o f pathos and visceral experience
and literature as a means o f catharsis and
vicarious experience. The two together as
disciplines o f power and humility, mystery
and epiphany, o f ethical dilemma and emo
tional strain. A study of medicine and litera
ture as sister arts o f interpretation and healing.
Writers will include Sontag, Williams, Camus,
Plath, and Sexton.
Each semester. Passow.
14. Literature of Conscience.
Are poets our "unacknowledged legislators,”
as Shelley believed? W hat power does art
wield against tyranny and injustice? This
course examines various literary attempts to
influence public opinion and policy—from
Shakespeares’ Richard II to Margaret At
wood’s Bodily Harm—in order to explore the
issue o f political effectiveness.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.
15. Engaging Pairs.
Major writers from selected periods. Malefemale pairings allow us to compare how men
and women work with or against American
literary themes and conventions to reflect a
set o f distinctive values, psychology, and sub
jectivity. Possible pairings; Bradstreet-Taylor,
Fuller-Emerson, Hawthorne-Stowe, Dickin
son-Whitman, Jewett-Twain, Wharton-Dreiser, H.D.-Eliot, O ’Neill-Hansberry, HurstonWright, Hemingway-Stein, Mailer-Didion.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Singley.
16. Survey of English Literature, I.*
An historical and critical survey of poetry,
prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton.
Fall semester. Williamson.
17. Survey of English Literature, II.
An historical and critical survey of poetry,
prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence.
Not offered 1988-89. Pagliaro.
18. An Introduction to American
Culture.
This team-taught course will offer an interdis
ciplinary American Studies approach to the
diversity, contradictions, unity, and evolution
o f culture in the United States from the
Puritans to the present. Special topics for Fall
1988: The City and Class Divisions. The sylla
bus will also include writers who are not
traditionally thought to be part o f the "canon”
of American literature. Non-literary materials
will also be studied, including town plans, art
and architecture, films, television, and music.
Thus the course will offer a blend o f works
from women as well as men, blacks as well as
whites, and popular culture as well as "high”
culture.
Fall semester. James, Schmidt.
19. An Introduction to American Culture.
A team-taught course exploring the theory
and practice o f interdisciplinary studies as
they apply to selected themes in the history,
culture, and society o f the United States.
Special topic for Spring 1989: America in the
1950s. General meetings will explore evolving
theoretical and critical definitions o f Ameri
can Studies as an interdisciplinary mode of
inquiry; the uses o f material and visual as well
as written artifacts o f popular and "high”
culture; interconnections between cultural,
social, economic, and political events; and
changing theories o f American national char
acter. Separate, smaller discussion sections
will focus on student presentations and dis
cussion analyzing special topics that have
emerged from the group meetings.
Prerequisite: an introductory course in En
glish and an introductory course in History.
Cross-listed as History 40.
Sfmng semester. Schmidt and Murphy.
20. Old English Language and
Literature.*
The course begins with language instruction
in Old English and moves on to a study of
selected poetry—including riddles, elegies,
and heroic poems. Readings in cultural topics
(art, religion, Germanic culture) are included.
With the permission o f the instructor this
course may be taken without the usual prereq
uisite course; however, it may not serve in the
place of a prerequisite for other advanced
courses.
Not offered 1988-89. Williamson.
21. Chaucer.*
Reading in Middle English o f most of Chau
cer’s major poetry with emphasis on The
Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The
course attempts to place the poetry in a
variety of critical and cultural contexts—both
medieval and modern—which help to illumi
nate Chaucer’s art.
Spring semester. Williamson.
23. History of the English Language.
A study o f English in its various aspects—
phonology, morphology, syntax, and seman
tics—from Old English through Middle and
Early Modern to present day. The course is
given as an occasional spring term tutorial to
highly motivated students who want to study
the various English languages and are willing
to do a good bit o f work in the traditional
linguistic workbook format. This course may
be taken without the usual prerequisite
course; however, it may not serve in the place
o f a prerequisite for other advanced courses.
Williamson.
24. Pilgrim, Dreamer, Mystic, Knight.*
A study o f medieval and Renaissance works
that confront, comically or tragically, the
tension between aspiration and vulnerability.
Readings will include selections from Chau
cer’s Canterbury Tales, Pearl, Sir Gawain and
the Green Knight, Julian o f Norwich’s Revela
tions, Malory’s Morte D ’Arthur, and Spenser’s
Faerie Queene.
Fall semester. Sununu.
25. Shakespeare.*
Shakespearean drama in relation to social and
political issues o f Elizabethan and Jacobean
England. We will focus on questions o f iden
tity and power as determined by gender,
sexuality, race, and class. Plays will include:
The Comedy o f Errors, 1 Henry IV, As You Like
It, Twelfth Night, Merchant o f Venice, Hamlet,
Othello, King Lear, The Tempest, and The W in
ter’s Tale.
Fall semester. Traub.
26. Renaissance Poetry.*
Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan
age and early 17th century.
Not offered 1988-89. Snyder.
27. Tudor-Stuart Drama.*
A survey o f English theater in the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries with attention to
the construction and deployment o f gender,
social and political legitimacy, the place o f the
theatre, and the function o f dramatic repre
sentation.
Spring semester. Breitenberg.
28. Milton.*
Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular em-
125
English Literature
phasis on Paradise Lost.
Not offered 1988- 89. Blackburn.
30. Technology and the Text*
This course relates evolving notions o f textuality to the development o f the technologies
by which the physical artifact o f the text is
produced. Our focus will be equally distrib
uted between the critical reading o f texts from
the 14th century on (including their social
and economic contexts) and analysis o f the
production technologies.
Not offered 1988- 89. Blackburn.
35. Eighteenth-Century Literature.*
A study o f selected English prose and poetry
from 1660-1800, with some special attention
given to works that attempt to find order and
stability in the face o f social, religious, and
emotional doubt. Authors to be read include
Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Aspects o f
Hobbes, Natural Supernaturalists, Graveyard
poets, and others will also be considered,
chiefly as background.
Not offered 1988- 89. Pagliaro.
36. English Novel, I.*
A consideration o f fiction from the 18th Cen
tury to the Victorian period.
Not offered 1988- 89. Langbauer.
38. Romantic Poetry.*
A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure o f their works.
Spring semester. Haney.
40. Outside the Tradition.
This course will consider the process o f canon
formation by examining the works o f major
and minor nineteenth-century English nov
elists, their contemporaries’ reviews o f them,
and current theoretical debates. We will focus
on the ways that issues o f gender and class
influence tradition. Writers include Bronte,
Gaskell, Collins, Braddon, Dickens, Trollope,
and Gissing.
Not offered 1988- 89 . Langbauer.
41. The Victorian Poets: Eminence
and Decadence.
A study o f the poetry o f Tennyson, Robert
and Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Mere
dith, the Rossettis, Wilde, and others, with
particular attention to each artist’s response
to the stresses o f the era.
126
Not offered 1988-89. N. Anderson.
42. English Novel, II.
A consideration o f English fiction since 1850.
Not offered 1988-89.
43. Studies in English Fiction.
This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Syllabi
vary from year to year, but the focus remains
on ideological premises and aesthetic practices
as these alter in the transition from Victorian
to Modern culture.
Not offered 1988- 89. Weinstein.
44. The Nineteenth-Century British
Novel.
This course will trace the development of the
nineteenth-century novel in England through
Austen’s Emma, Emily Bronte’s Wuthermg
Heights, Thackary’s Vanity Fair, Dickens’
Bleak House, George Eliot’s Middlemarch, and
Hardy’s Jude the Obscure. Topics will include
the development o f the self, the relationship
between literary and scientific thought, the
connection between literature and history,
the role o f desire, novelistic irony, the nature
o f interpretation, and the function of "au
thority” from God to the novelist. We will
refer to nineteenth-century intellectual trends
(Hegel, Nietzsche, Marx, Darwin) as well as
twentieth-century literary theory (Barthes,
Miller, de Man, Said, Derrida, Gadamer, Bakh
tin, Girard).
Spring semeter. Haney.
45. Modern British Poetry.
A consideration o f British poets—and some
American ex-patriates—from Thomas Hardy
to Dylan Thomas, with particular attention
given to each poet’s individual response to the
circumstances o f modern life.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.
46. Introduction to Anglo-Irish
Literature.
This course will cover the background to the
modern literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings
from The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as
from Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey,
Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Not offered 1988- 89. Durkan.
48. American Realism, Naturalism, and
Modernism.
Fiction and poetry o f the late nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. We begin with realism’s
roots in romanticism and end with its evolu
tion into modernism and postmodernism.
Through the literature and selected theoretical
readings we will work to define realism, nat
uralism, and modernism and to understand
the movements as particular ways o f seeing,
knowing, and prepresenting the world. Read
ings will be drawn from Jewett, Freeman,
Melville, Wharton, James, Howells, Crane,
Dreiser, Eliot, Cather, Anderson, Heming
way, H.D., Stein, Frost, Didion, Pynchon.
Spring semester. Singley.
49. Narrative, Ideology, and the
American Experience.
This course is concerned with both narrative
theory and narrative as a reflector or shaper of
American culture and ideology. Texts range
from Puritan to Post-modern and include
religious conversion narratives; captivity nar
ratives; the romance; sentimental and gothic
fiction, the western; and realistic, modern,
and post-modern short stories and novels. We
pay special attention to women as creators of,
and participants in, American narrative forms.
Spring semester. Singley.
50. Afro-American Women’s Literature.
The writing o f Afro-American women as a
tradition distinct fro m , yet related to, writing
by Afro-American men and white women.
We will focus on the dual identity of AfroAmerican women as both black and female,
examining their spiritual, political, and sexual
strategies for survival and liberation, conclud
ing with debates in Black Feminism. Fiction,
poetry, drama, essays, and criticism, including
Brent, Harper, Hurston, Larsen, Petty, Mar
shall, Jones, Childress, Morrison, Shange,
Bambara, Naylor, Lorde, Jordan, Brooks,
Giovanni, Sanchez.
Spring semester. Traub.
51. Fictions of American Naturalism.
This course examines several important at
tempts by American writers o f fiction to
redefine the tragic experience in modern terms
and consistent with the way scientific method,
deistic faith, and biological discoveries con
verged in their imaginations. Writers will
include Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theo
dore Dreiser, W. D. Howells, Jack London,
Frank Norris, Edith Wharton, and Richard
Wright.
Fall semester. James.
52. The Harlem Renaissance.
This examination o f the “New Negro” in the
"Jazz Age” will focus on the optimism and
innovation that highlighted Afro-American
culture during the decade o f the 1920s and
proved to be generative for New York and the
nation. Authors will include Langston Hughes,
Jean Tommer, Countee Cullen, Zora Neale
Hurston, Claude McKay, and James Weldon
Johnson; but the course will consider expres
sions o f art and music as well as fiction and
poetry and will include a field trip to Harlem.
Not offered 1988-89. James.
53. Contemporary Women’s Poetry.
We shall examine the great variety o f poetic
styles and stances employed by women writing
in the United States today. Among the poets
we may consider are: Muriel Rukeyser, Gwen
dolyn Brooks, Adrienne Rich, Denise Levertov, Sylvia Plath, Audre Lorde, June Broumas,
and Carolyn Forche.
Not offered 1988-89. N. Anderson.
54. Studies in American Fiction.
An introduction to the development of the
American short story from the early nine
teenth century to the present, including work
by Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Wilkins,
Freeman, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, O ’Connor,
Welty, Barthelme, and Pynchon.
Not offered 1988-89. Schmidt.
55. Modern American Poetry.
Selected poems and prose by Williams, H. D.
Pound, Stevens, Moore, and others.
Fall 1988. Schmidt.
56. Theory of Intentionaiity.**
How does a poetics that denies the significance
o f authorial intention and political activism
come to terms with the practice o f consciously
ideological art? In what ways does that practice
require the articulation o f a new poetics? This
inquiry into the nature o f the poetic will
consider Lacanian conceptions o f metaphor
and metonymy, feminist deployments o f psy
choanalytic theory, and the Marxist recon
siderations o f culture prompted by Raymond
Williams, to examine a variety o f poetry, with
special attention to the conflations o f personal
127
English Literature
experience and political vehemence found in
feminist and black poetry o f the 1970s and
1980s.
Not offered 1988-89. N. Anderson.
57. Contemporary American Prose.
An examination o f the myriad regional ac
cents, aims, and styles— from documentary
realism to symbolic fantasy—which distin
guish American prose since World War II.
Not offered 1988-89. Schmidt.
58. The American Autobiography.
This course examines—through the genre of
autobiography—the American tendency to dis
cover, assert, and recreate the Self. The range
o f authors is meant to suggest possible pairings
o f interrelated black and white works and
includes Benjamin Franklin, Frederick Doug
lass, Henry Adams, Jane Addams, Gertrude
Stein, Richard Wright, Zora Hurston, Norman
Mailer, Maya Angelou, and Malcolm X.
Not offered 1988-89. James.
59. The Black American Writer.
This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays
particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the
pastoral and ''antipastoral” as thesis and an
titheses. Writers include Charles Chesnutt,
Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown,
Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and
James Baldwin.
Not offered 1988-89. James.
60. The Contemporary Black Writer of
the United States.
An examination o f the way history, myth, and
blues (as oral form) are transformed into
metaphor, ritual, and motif by contemporary
Afro-Americans. Writers discussed will in
clude Baldwin, Baraka, David Bradley, Paula
Marshall, Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, John
Wideman, and selected poetry.
Not offered 1988-89. James.
61. American Orama.
A survey o f the development o f American
dramatic literature from the 1860s to the
present. Special attention is given to the role
o f indiginous values as well as to the great
American myths o f the cowboy, Hollywood,
and the urban jungle as they have been articu
lated in theatrical terms.
Not offered 1988-89. Leff.
128
65. Poetry Workshop.
A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate, and talk about poetry.
We will emphasize the discovery and develop
ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic
voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic con
cerns, within the context o f contempory po
etics. Students should submit 3 -5 pages of
poetry for admission, at a time announced
during fall semester. The workshop will meet
once a week for three hours. Admission and
credit are granted at the discretion of the
instructor. (Studio course)
Spring semester. N. Anderson.
66. Fiction Writers’ Workshop.
The course is devoted to the analysis of stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week
for three hours. In addition to receiving prac
tical help from fellow writers, students have
an opportunity to articulate and explore the
oretical aspects o f fiction writing. Students
should submit one story for admission, at a
time announced during the fall semester. Ad
mission and credit are granted at the discretion
o f the instructor. (Studio course.)
Spring semester.
69. Colloquium: Shakespeare.***
Desire, death, and domestication o f love in
Shakespeare’s middle and late plays. Intensive
study o f Measure for Measure, Othello, The
Winter’s Tale, King Lear, Pericles, Coriolanus,
Antony and Cleopatra, The Tempest with special
attention to genre study. Students may be
admitted to English 6 9 without having taken
English 25. Limited enrollment.
Fall 1988. Blum.
70. Benaissance Comparative
Literature.*
(See CEL 70 .) Humanism and "CounterRenaissance” developments in major writings
o f Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabe
lais, Petrarch, Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Mar
guerite de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and
Cervantes (all studied in translation).
Not offered 1988-89. Snyder.
72. Proust Joyce, and Faulkner.
Selections from Proust’s Remembrance of
Things Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and
Ulysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels.
Emphasis on the ideological and formal tenets
o f modernism.
Spring semester. Weinstein.
73. Proust and Joyce.
An intensive comparative study. Readings
will include A Portrait o f the Artist as a Young
Man, Ulysses, and substantial portions of A la
Recherche du temps perdu. Proust readings and
lectures will be conducted in French. Crosslisted as French 75, this course counts toward
concentration in either English or French. It
will explore the role o f the artist; the modern
ist sense o f character; narrative experiments
with plot, style, and point o f view; the mean
ings of time and memory.
Prerequisites: French 12 and an introductory
English course (or their equivalents).
Not offered 1988-89. Weinstein and Roza.
74. Modern Drama.
An examination o f the range o f dramatic
literature, theatre aesthetics, critical theories,
and production styles since Ibsen.
Cross-listed as CEL 74.
Not offered 1988-89. Devin.
75. Modern Poetry.
A consideration o f the various manifestations
of modernism in English Language poetry on
either side of the Atlantic. We will trace the
careers of the High Modernists Yeats, Law
rence, Pound, and Eliot; weigh the American
experiments o f Stein, Stevens, Williams, and
Marianne Moore; review the impact o f Imagism and the Harlem Literary Renaissance;
examine brief and extended poetic responses
to some of the radical uncertainties engen
dered by early twentieth-century history.
Not offered 1988-89. N. Anderson.
76. The Black African Writer.
This study gives particular attention to the
way black African writers portray Africa
emerging from the age o f myth—where the
conceptualization o f time shaped and was
shaped by a traditional way o f life—into a
conception of time as we know it in our
industrialized culture. Readings will be chosen
from works written in English and in transla
tion, including Achebe, Armah, Ngugi, Sembene, Senghor, and Soyinka.
Fall semester. James.
77. Contemporary Drama.
A survey of contemporary drama with an
emphasis on experimental and self-reflexive
modes. Playwrights will include Beckett, Pin
ter, Handke, Weiss, Soyinka, Churchill, Terry,
and Shepard. Productions on film or video
will be included.
Fall semester. Williamson.
79. Studies in Comparative Fiction.
This course will explore the relationships
between desire and the law, as well as the
social construction o f identity, in a range of
19th- and 20th-century novels. Writers will
include Dickens, Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Tol
stoy, Kafka, and Faulkner. (Cross-listed as
CEL 79.)
Not offered 1988-89. Weinstein.
80. Satire.
This examination o f satire as a literary genre
focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em
phasis is placed on distinguishing between
two main conceptions o f satire and therefore,
two different types o f satirists. Selections are
chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Shake
speare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain, Huxley,
Ishmael Reed, and Nathanael West.
Not offered 1988-89. James.
82. Representations of Women’s
Identity.**
(Cross-listed as Psychology 5 2 .) A study of
the ways in which psychology, literature, and
literary theory illuminate women’s identity
and self-expression. By examining such mate
rial as psychological case studies, fairy tales,
poetry and fiction by male and female authors,
psychological theory and literary criticism,
we will identify some o f the ways in which
women have been represented in our culture,
the consequences o f this representation, and
possibilities for expanding self-awareness and
creativity.
Prerequisite: an introductory course in En
glish.
Spring semester. Blum and Marecek.
84. Folklore and Folklife Studies.
(See History 84 .)
Spring semester. Morgan.
85. Modernism in American Art
and Literature, 1870-1930.
An interdisciplinary study o f the origins, ide
ology, and development o f modernism and
anti-modernism in American culture between
1870 and 1930 using approaches from the
fields o f art history, American studies, and
literary criticism. Artists considered include
Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Ashcan school,
the '291 ’ group, Hopper, and Wood; writers
129
English Literature
include James, Wilkins Freeman, Crane, Fitz
gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Natha
nael West.
Prerequisites: introductory courses in both
art history and English literature. Permission
o f one o f the instructors is required. (Crosslisted Art 52.)
Not offered 1988-89. Schmidt and Hungerford.
87. Film and Literature.
The course will focus each year on one or
more o f the following topics: the work o f a
director or group o f directors, the possibilities
o f a particular film genre, the issues o f critical
interest common to both film and literature.
Films will be chosen with an eye to their
interest to students o f literature. Some may be
based on fiction or drama; others may share
formal concerns with a literary text. Major
directors in the past have included Coppola,
Kubrick, Bergman, and Resnais.
Not offered 1988-89. Staff.
89. History of Criticism and
Interpretation.**
A survey o f statements, positions, and con
troversies from the pre-Socratics to post
structuralism about the following issues: the
nature and function o f art, language and rep
resentation, the relationship of literature to
history and culture, depictions and interpre
tations o f sexuality and gender.
Spring semester. Breitenberg.
Colloquia Note: Each year the Department
offers several colloquia on topics o f current
literary interest. These are designed for majors
and other students with extensive literary
background. Class size is limited to 15. This
year the colloquia are English 69 and 90.
90. Colloquium: Experimental Prose.
An introduction to nineteenth- and twentiethcentury examples o f experimental or under
ground prose, including works by Walter
Benjamin. H.D., Djuna Barnes, William Car
los Williams, Jamaica Kincaid, Italo Calvino,
and others. Limited enrollment.
Spring semester. Schmidt.
91. Feminist Literary Criticism.**
W hat is feminism? W hat is its relation to
literary criticism? In this course, we will ex
plore the role o f politics in answering those
questions, examining the ways that feminism
130
exposes as political those very spheres that
have traditionally seemed exempt from, if not
opposed to, politics. Readings in current femi
nist literary criticism and theory.
Spring semester. Langbauer.
92. TKeory of the Novel.**
An examination o f various narrative conven
tions, the interpretive problems raised by the
genre, and some o f the critical approaches
contemporary theorists have taken to these
problems.
Fall semeter. Langbauer.
96. Directed Reading.
Students who plan directed reading must con
sult with the appropriate instructor and sub
mit a prospectus to the Department by way of
application for such work before the begin
ning o f the semester during which the study is
actually done. Deadlines for the receipt of
written applications are the second Monday
in November and the first Monday in April.
Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
97. Independent Study.
Students who plan an independent study must
consult with the appropriate instructor and
submit a prospectus to the Department by
way o f application for such work before the
beginning o f the semester during which the
study is actually done. Deadlines for the re
ceipt o f written applications are the second
Monday in November and the first Monday in
April. Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
Staff.
98,99. Senior Essay, Senior Thesis.
In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department may pursue a liter
ary project (English 9 8 ) of their own choos
ing. The major part o f the semester is devoted
to preparing an essay (or essays) under the
supervision o f a member o f the Department.
A brief prospectus for the project must be
submitted for approval by the Department in
April o f the junior year. Before submitting
this prospectus, Course majors should consult
with the Department Chairman and with the
Department member who might supervise the
project.
The project, culminating in an essay (or es
says) o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, will be completed in
December o f the senior year. Students who do
well on this project and wish to develop it into
a comprehensive thesis will take English 99 in
the spring semester. The work on the thesis
will normally deepen or expand work completed during the fall.
SEMINARS: ENGLISH LITERATURE
Group 1
101. Shakespeare.
Study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through
all the plays before entering the seminar.
Each semester. Blum, Breitenberg, Sununu,
Traub.
102. Chaucer and Medieval Literature.
A survey o f English literature, primarily po
etry, from the 8th through the 15th century
with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will
include Beowulf, Sir Gawain and the Green
Knight, The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, Piers Plowman, Pearl, selected mystery
plays, and Malory’s LeMorte d’Arthur.Chaucer
will be read in Middle English; other works
will be read in translation.
Not offered 1988-89. Williamson.
104. Milton.
Study of Milton’s works with special emphasis
on Paradise Lost.
Spring semester. Blum.
105. Tudor-Stuart Drama.
The development o f English drama from me
dieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy and
comedy.
Not offered 1988-89. Blackburn.
106. Renaissance Epic.
The two major English epics o f the period,
Spenser’s Faerie Queene and Milton’s Paradise
Lost, considered in the context o f the work of
each poet and in relation to two antecedents,
Virgil’s Aeneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered.
Not offered 1988-89. Snyder.
108. Renaissance Poetry.
Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the En
glish Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney,
Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and
Marvell.
Spring semester. Sununu.
109. Eighteenth-Century Literature.
Examination of the literary forms and critical
values o f the age, with special attention given
to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and
Johnson.
Not offered 1988-89. Pagliaro.
110. Romantic Poetry.
Examination o f the poetry o f Blake, Words
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Fall semester. Haney.
Group 11
112. Women and Literature.**
This seminar will examine, in the context of
current feminist theory, the work o f women
writers throughout the novel tradition. We
will consider what the problems o f writing as
a woman, and writing novels particularly, tell
us about the gender assumptions underlying
our categories o f women and representation.
Fall semester. Langbauer.
113. The English Novel.
Studies in English fiction from the eighteenth
century to the present.
Not offered 1988-89.
115. Modern Comparative Literature.
Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville
to the present.
Spring semester. Weinstein.
116. American Literature.
A study o f central writers o f the American
Renaissance, 1820-1865, including Emerson,
Hawthorne, Margaret Fuller, Stowe, Thoreau,
Melville, Walt Whitman, and Emily Dickin
son. As well as closely reading selected texts,
we will place these authors within a broad,
interdisciplinary context, incorporating re
cent work by American studies scholars. Spe-
131
English Literature
cial emphasis will be given to the revolution
ary aesthetic and social implications o f
Transcendentalism for views o f religion, na
ture, language, industrialism, and the "wom
an’s sphere” in society during the American
Renaissance.
Fall semester. Schmidt, Singley.
examines a unity o f themes arising out of
shared experiences and heritages and includes
work by Chinua Achebe, Toni Morrison,
James Baldwin, George Lamming, Richard
Wright, Paule Marshall, and Wole Soyinka.
Not offered 1988-89. James.
118. Modern Poetry.
A survey o f the development of American
dramatic literature from the 1860s to the
present.
Fall semester. Leff.
A study o f the poetry and critical prose of
Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define
their differences and to assess their influence
on later poets and theorists.
Spring semester. N. Anderson.
119. Modern Drama.
A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to
the present. Texts will be examined both as
scripts for living theatre and as literary and
cultural documents. Viewing live productions
and film or video versions will be a part o f the
seminar. Secondary readings on dramatic the
ory, criticism, and intellectual history relevant
to the plays under discussion will be assigned
each week.
Not offered 1988-89. Williamson.
120. Theory of Criticism.**
A course designed to provide a working knowl
edge o f the major schools o f contemporary
criticism.
Spring semester. Langbauer.
121. Modern Black Fiction.
A study o f the evolving literary interrelation
ship o f the United States, Africa, and the
West Indies since World War II. The seminar
122. American Drama.
180. Thesis.
A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than
the end o f the junior year. Normally, the
student writes the thesis, under the direction
o f a member o f the Department, during the
fall o f the senior year.
Staff.
183. Independent Study.
Students may prepare for an Honors Exami
nation in a field or major figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Dead
lines for the receipt o f written applications are
the second Monday in November and the first
Monday in April.
Staff.
THEATRE STUDIES
The Theatre Studies major uses the study and
performance o f dramatic art as one part o f a
liberal arts education. It is intended to be of
broad benefit regardless o f a student’s profes
sional intentions. It is cross-disciplinary and
makes a clear distinction between dramatic
literature and performance. Studies in dra
matic literature begin with the written playscript and may include work in departments
o f English Literature, Modern Languages and
Literatures, and Classics. Studies in perfor
mance begin with the theatrical event and may
include work in theatre history, theory, de
sign, acting, production, and directing.
132
The Theatre studies major emphasises process
rather than public performance. Beginning
and intermediate acting classes address the
problems o f "behaving as if the given circum
stances were real” without actually perform
ing for the general public. Final projects for
these courses are typically presented "in
house.” All practice o f public performance
takes place in advanced acting technique
classes which carry prerequisites and are
supervised by working theatre professionals.
Because actors do much o f their work in
public, all classes in acting and directing are
open to visitors.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Introduction to Theatre (Theatre 1) is the
prerequisite for all other courses in perfor
mance studies. (This prerequisite does not
apply to seniors, nor is it required of those
who wish only to take studio courses.) The
introductory course is designed to acquaint
the student with the principal elements o f
theatre study including dramatic analysis, the
ory, design, and acting. The work o f the
course includes reading, discussion, practical
exercises, and short papers. The course may
count toward the major. The minimum re
quirement for admission to a major or a
minor in Theatre Studies is Theatre 1 and one
additional course from either dramatic litera
ture or performance studies.
Students considering a major in Theatre Studies
are strongly urged to take one or two addi
tional courses during the sophomore year.
Majors and prospective majors should consult
a member o f the Theatre Studies faculty for
information about courses in other depart
ments complementary to their work in the
atre. The study o f theatre and dramatic litera
ture in foreign languages and cultural contexts
is strongly recommended. Students who plan
to do graduate work or to follow a course of
professional training should see a member o f
the faculty for early help in planning their
programs.
Major in the Course Program: The course major
in Theatre Studies requires ten credits o f
work in dramatic literature and performance
studies as follows: a) dramatic literature: at
least four credits including Shakespeare.
Work should also include at least one credit
in the modern period and one besides Shake
speare covering material written before Ibsen.
Dramatic literature courses may include work
from English Literature, Modern Languages
and Literatures, and Classics. Students with
the requisite language skills are urged to do
the work in the original language; b ) perfor
mance studies: at least four credits including
Performance Theory, Introduction to Design,
and two studio credits; c) the senior compre
hensive examination will be given in two
parts: i) a three-hour exam based on a reading
list of plays and critical works drawn from
English Literature, Modem Languages and
Literatures, and Classics. This list is given to
students when they are accepted into the
major; ii) a take-home essay describing solu
tions to artistic and critical problems. A senior
essay or project (Theatre 95, 96) is optional;
interested students should consult with the
appropriate advisor in the spring o f the junior
year. Applications for internships and special
projects should be made as far in advance as
possible.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: The honors major requires six or
eight credits including Shakespeare Seminar
and Senior Project in preparation for three or
four papers. Possible preparations include
course combinations, such as Directing/Performance Theory or Design/Theatre History.
Seminars in dramatic literature carry a pre
requisite o f at least one upper level English
course. Senior Project will be evaluated in
performance as well as by paper. The minor
normally requires four credits in preparation
for two papers. One o f the papers for the
minor would normally be Senior Project.
W ith respect to the twenty course rule,
courses in dramatic literature in English Lit
erature, Classics, and Modern Languages and
Literatures will count as part o f the major;
courses in non-dramatic literature will not.
Dramatic Literature Courses:
English 25. Shakespeare.
English 27. Tudor and Stuart Drama.
English 61. American Drama.
English 69. Colloquium in Shakespeare.
English 74. Modern Drama.
French 43. Le Théâtre.
English 77. Contemporary Drama.
CEL 77: Contemporary Drama.
French 70. Théâtre Moderne.
6erman 52. Das Deutsche Drama.
German 63. Goethe’s Faust
German 83. Kafka and DrechL
Spanish 40. El Teatro del Renaciemento
y del Sigio de Oro.
133
English Literature
Spanish 75. Teatro Hispanicoamericano Contemporaneo.
Classics 82. The Ancient Theatre.
Performance Studies Courses:
Theatre 1. Introduction to Theatre.
Theatre 2. Techniques of Acting.
Theatre 3. Production Workshop.
Theatre 5. Scene Study.
Theatre 13. Theatre History.
Theatre 14. Introduction to Design.
Theatre 15. Advanced Design.
Theatre 16. Play Directing.
Theatre 17. Playwrighting Workshop.
Theatre 18. Performance Theory.
Theatre 23. Ensemble I.
Theatre 24. Ensemble II.
Theatre 93. Directed Reading.
Theatre 95,96. Senior Essay.
Seminars:
Theatre 111. Performance Theory.
Theatre 180. Senior Project.
English 101. Shakespeare.
English 105. Tudor and Stuart Drama.
English 119. Modern Drama.
French 102. Le Théâtre Classique.
German 108. Deutsche Literatur
nach 1950.
Russian 109. Chekhov.
Greek 114. Greek Drama.
literature courses (not seminars) listed on this
page. One credit.
Fall semester. Devin, Leff.
2A. Techniques of Acting: Work on
the Self.
This is the basic acting course, the prerequisite
for all others. Vocal and physical warm-up;
relaxation; concentration; ensemble; sense
and affective memory; non-ordinary reality.
This class meets four hours a week. Studio
course; one credit.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Devin.
28. Techniques of Acting
(intensive section).
Same as above, but this section meets for two
hours, four nights a week. Recommended
strongly for students who plan to major in
Theatre Studies. Studio course; one credit.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Devin.
3. Production Workshop.
This course focuses upon and seeks to resolve
specific production problems (scenery, light
ing, audio, costuming, production manage
ment). Theatre 1 is not required as a prereq
uisite. May be repeated once for credit. Studio
course; one-half credit.
Spring semester. Leff.
5. Scene Study.
An acting studio for intermediate and ad
vanced students who choose their own proj
ects and work on them with the instructor’s
help. Six professional actors from the Young
Company at People’s Light study in this
course. They are scene partners for Swarthmore students. The class may be repeated for
credit. Studio course; one-half credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 23.
Fall semester. Devin.
1. Introduction to the Theatre.
13. Theatre History.
This course includes sections on dramaturgy,
theatre space, and acting. Theatre profes
sionals from New York and Philadelphia meet
with the class as possible. Several short papers.
Readings drawn from among: Chekhov, Ibsen,
Pinter, Aristotle, Brecht, Bentley, Artaud,
Wilde, Appia, Shaw, Langer, Shank. This
course is the prerequisite for advanced per
formance studies courses (see list above), and
may serve as prerequisite for the dramatic
The study o f selected periods o f theatre from
a historical perspective. Emphasis on the man
ifestation o f philosophical, political, and
moral conditions in dramatic performance;
consideration as well o f the problematics
o f reading older texts within contemporary
frames o f performance. (Readings: Nicoll,
Nagle, R. Gilman, P. A m ott, G. W. Knight,
Pepys, V. Turner.)
Not offered ig 88- 8g. Leff.
134
14. Introduction to Design.
The study o f theoretical and historical foun
dations for contemporary theatrical design.
Practical application o f design principles in
projects and exercises. (Readings: Appia,
Craig, Braun, F. L. Wright, K. Burke, Bachelard, Giedion.)
Fail semester. Leff.
15. Advanced Design.
Extensive projects in support o f the Ensemble
classes; application o f design principles to
specific problems o f period style, theatre
architecture, and the collaborative process.
(Readings: Tuan, Klee, G. Stein, Venturi, V.
Turner, Barthes, Giedion.)
Spring semester. Leff.
16. Play Directing.
Principles and techniques o f making works of
dramatic art from playscripts. Play selection
and analysis; physical production; rehearsal
procedures, especially improvisation and en
semble technique. This class treats the direc
tor as an artist who discovers the work o f
dramatic art through the interaction o f playscript, design, and rehearsal. One credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 1, Theatre 2.
Not offered 1988-89. Devin.
17. Playwriting Workshop.
Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by reading and analysis o f
appropriate models. Admission at the discre
tion of the instructor. Studio course; one
credit.
Spring semester. Devin.
18. Performance Theory.
A study of the development and evolution o f
theories of performance as they apply to
theatre and related arts. Authors will include
Aristotle, Diderot, Nietzsche, Artaud, Grotowski, Roland Barthes.
Spring semester. Leff.
23. Ensemble I: Work on the PlayscripL
analysis, beginning with simple, realistic ma
terial and moving to Shakespeare; given cir
cumstances; character biography; objectives;
physical behavior, tasks, action; vocal and
physical warm-up; relaxation, concentration,
and body awareness. This class meets for two
hours, four nights a week. Studio course; one
credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 2.
Fall semester. Devin.
24. Ensemble II: Work with an Audience.
This class rehearses a full-length play for
public performance. This year the play is
Spring Awakening by Frank Wedekind, in a
new translation by Jon Franzen, Swarthmore
’81. Using ensemble rehearsal methods with
emphasis on improvisation, the company will
prepare its own version o f the play, including
an audience as a part o f given circumstances.
Guests will attend class at various points in
the rehearsal schedule as part o f preparation
for performance. Studio course; one credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 23.
Spring semester. Adams, Leff.
92. Off-campus Projects in Theatre.
93. Directed Reading.
94. Special Projects in Theatre.
Students wishing to design a special project
should consult with the Director.
95,96. Senior Project
An essay or production project prepared
under the supervision o f an appropriate fac
ulty member. A prospectus must be submitted
for approval in April o f the junior year.
Before submitting the prospectus, majors
should consult with the Director and with the
faculty member who might supervise the proj
ect. A one-credit project will normally be
completed in the fall o f the senior year. The
fall work may serve as preparation for a larger
project to be completed in the spring.
Staff.
Acting techniques applied to scene and play
135
History
MARGARET ANDERSON, Professor
ROBERT C. BANNISTER, Professor’
DAVID W. FAURE, Cornell Visiting Professor345
ROBERT S. DUPLESSIS, Professor and Chairman
LILLIAN M. LI, Professor5
KATHRYN L MORGAN, Professor
JEROME H. WOOD, JR., Professor
HARRISON M. WRIGHT, Professor5
STEPHEN P. BENSCH, Assistant Professor
EDWARD P. JOHANNINGSMEIER, Assistant Professor5
MARJORIE MURPHY, Assistant Professor
ROBERT E. WEINBERG, Assistant Professor
LAURIE BERNSTEIN, Lecturer«
LEE V. CASSANELLI, Lecturer4
COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Department o f History offers a range o f
courses o f value to all students, from surveys
to more specialized courses focusing on a
specific period, theme, or subfield. All courses
attempt to give students a sense o f the past, an
acquaintance with the social, cultural, and
institutional developments that have pro
duced the world o f today, and an understand
ing o f the nature o f history as a discipline. The
courses emphasize less the accumulation o f
data than the investigation, from various
points o f view, o f those ideas and institu
tions—political, religious, social, and eco
nomic—by which people have endeavored to
order their world.
Surveys are designed to serve the needs o f
students who seek a general education in the
field, as well as to provide preparation for a
range o f upper-level courses. Freshman semi
nars explore particular issues or periods in
depth. Although these entry-level courses
vary somewhat in approach, they normally
consider major issues o f interpretation, the
analysis o f primary sources, and historical
methodology.
Prerequisites: Courses 1 -9 ,7 2 , and 78 are open
to all students without prerequisites. Fresh
man seminars are open only to freshmen on
the same basis. Upper-level courses are gener
ally open to all students who have taken a
survey, or who have Advanced Placement
scores o f 3 - 5, or by permission of the instructor. Exceptions are courses "not open to
freshmen” or where specific prerequisites are
stated.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR
Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission
to the Department as a major in the Course or
External Examination (Honors) Program or
as a minor in the Honors program is normally
at least two History courses taken at Swarthmore and a satisfactory standard o f work in all
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
5 Spring semester, 1989.
136
courses. At least one o f these history courses
should be taken within the History Depart
ment, and preferably two for admission to
Honors. Ideally preparation of the major
should include at least one survey, and either
a freshman seminar or upper-level course.
Students who intend to continue their studies
after graduation should bear in mind that a
reading knowledge o f one or two foreign
languages (particularly French and German)
is now generally assumed for admission to
graduate school.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f the
major in course consists o f at least eight (and
no more than twelve) semester courses in the
department, chosen so as to fulfill the follow
ing requirements:
(a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart
mental distribution requirements. For
purposes o f distribution the Department
has divided its courses into four groups:
(1) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern
Europe through the 18th century; (2)
Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries);
(3) the United States; and (4 ) Africa,
Asia, and Latin America. Course majors
must take at least one course from each of
these areas. Beyond that, majors are en
couraged to concentrate informally in
topics or areas o f special interest to them.
(b) Course majors must write either a thesis
(for which they will receive academic
credit) or a research paper and compre
hensive examination. (1 ) Thesis. Students
who wish to take advantage of this option
must submit a proposal for department
approval by May 1 of their junior year
and will be expected to complete the
thesis (by taking History 9 2 ) during the
fall o f their senior year. A brief oral
examination will be based on the thesis.
(2 ) Research paper and comprehensive
examination. Students choosing this op
tion must take at least one upper-level
course in which a substantial research
paper is required. Courses particularly
suitable for meeting this requirement are
marked with an asterisk (*). The compre
hensive examinatipn, to be given early in
the spring semester o f the senior year,
will include both written and oral sec
tions.
Major and minor in the External Examination
(Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division o f Humanities, in the Division of the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional pro
grams. Majors in the Honors Program may
take either three or four seminars in the
Department. Minors in the Honors Program
are ordinarily expected to take at least two
seminars.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS
I
I
Advanced Placement. The Department will
automatically grant one semester’s credit for
incoming students who have achieved a score
of 4 or 5 in Advanced Placement history tests.
This credit may be counted toward the num
ber of courses required for graduation. It may
j
be used in partial fulfillment o f the college
distribution requirements. For majors, it may
serve as partial fulfillment o f the departmental
distribution requirements listed above. Grades
I of 3 may serve as prerequisite for advanced
I courses in history in the same area (European
I
or American) as the Advanced Placement
course.
Language Attachment. Certain designated
courses offer the option o f a foreign language
attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per
mission to take this option will be granted to
any student whose reading facility promises
the profitable use o f historical sources in the
foreign language. Arrangements for this op
tion should be made with the instructor at the
time o f registration.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
I For students who wish to seek secondary
I teaching certification in the social sciences
I there are two normal routes. One o f these is
I through a major in the social sciences, plus
four to six semesters o f courses in other social
sciences. Students majoring in history, politi
cal science, and sociology-anthropology are
required to take at least four courses outside
137
History
their major; students majoring in economics
and psychology are required to take six. The
other route to certification is by taking at least
twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f
which six must normally be in one discipline
and at least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonWestern subject matter are required.
1. Medieval Europe.
systems; humanitarianism and social control
in the antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil
War, and Reconstruction.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Wood.
A survey o f medieval culture and institutions
from the third to the fifteenth century. Topics
will include the lingering sunset o f the ancient
world, the rise o f the barbarian North, and the
emergence o f a distinctively European civili
zation in the central and late Middle Ages.
Primary sources will be stressed.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bensch.
2. Early Modern Europe.
From the late Middle Ages to the mid-eight
eenth century, focusing on intellectual move
ments, varieties o f state formation, and eco
nomic and social change.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. DuPlessis.
3. Modern Europe.
A topical survey from the Old Regime to the
Cold War, with emphasis on the political,
institutional, economic, and social forces that
have shaped modern Europe. Topics include
Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and
reform movements, industrialization and the
rise o f the modem nation-states, imperialism,
and world war.
Primary distribution course.
Both semesters. Anderson and Weinberg.
4. Latin America.
The development o f the Latin American area
from preconquest times to the present. Em
phasis is on the political, economic, and social
development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argen
tina, and on recent attempts at radical trans
formation.
Primary distribution course.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Spring semester. Wood.
5. The United States to 1877.
The colonial experience and the emergence of
an American social order; Revolution and
Constitution; the "first” and "second” party
138
6. The United States since 1877.
Industrialism and the American social order;
the welfare state from the Square Deal to the
Great Society; world power and its problems;
the 1960s and its legacy.
Spring semester. Johanningsmeier.
7. The History of the African American I
People.
This course is a topical survey o f the historical
legacy o f the African American people. It
begins with ancient black Egypt prior to the
immigration o f non-indigenous Africans to
the Nile Valley. It studies the connection of
ancient Egyptian culture with the rest of
Africa, and the impact o f African culture on
Asia, Europe, and America, prior to the rebirth and expansion o f Europe. The struggles
o f black men and women for liberation in the
United States are seen as an "exciting chapter
in the history o f humanity.” Topics include:
blacks in science, black nationalism, black
Muslims, black Jews, Pan Africanism, revolutionary Pan Africanism and the Black Power
idea.
Fall semester. Morgan.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8. Africa.
A survey o f African history, with an emphasis
on tropical Africa in modern times; the development o f African nationalism and the
achievement o f independence; and on differing perspectives on the African past.
Fall semester. Cassanelli.
I
H
I
■
9. Chinese Civilization.
An historical introduction to various aspects
o f traditional Chinese civilization and culture— language, literature, philosophy, art,
imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The
impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts
H
I
■
■
■
of Asia will be examined briefly.
Spring semester. Faure.
10A. Freshman Seminar: Family,
Kinship, and Marriage in
Medieval Europe.
Through a productive exchange with social
anthropologists, historians have begun to re
consider medieval institutions and social struc
ture in terms o f marital and blood ties. The
seminar will explore the dimensions o f kin
ship, the place o f women, and the evolution
of marriage in order to gain a new understand
ing of medieval law, government, and social
classes. Open to freshmen only. Preference
will be given to freshmen entering with an
Advanced Placement score o f 3 or better in
European history.
Not offered 1988-89. Bensch.
10B. Freshman Seminar: The Third
" Reich and the Holocaust.
I
i
An intensive examination o f the origins, ide
ology, and operations o f the Nazi regime, its
| extension across Europe, and responses of
I victims and collaborators. Open to freshmen
only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference
given to freshmen entering with an Advanced
Placement score o f 3 or better in European
History.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1988-89. Anderson.
(
IOC. Freshman Seminar:
The Twenties in America.
I
I
■
I
I
I
An examination o f some major themes in
20th-century American history as evidenced
in the careers o f leading personalities and in
dramatic events o f the 1920s. Topics will
range from politics and religion to literature
and popular culture. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Placement score of 3 or better in American history.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89. Bannister.
10D. Freshman Seminar: The Cold
War Era.
A focused examination o f the origins and
persistence o f the cold war from the globali
zation of containment to the pressure o f do
mestic conflict. Topics include: the Eisenhower-Dulles years, Kennedy’s Crisis Man
agement, LB] and Vietnam, Nixon/Kissinger’s
Detente, Truman’s Decisions to Drop the
Bomb and subsequent nuclear policy deci
sions. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment
limited to ten. Preference given to freshmen
entering with an Advanced Placement score o f
3 or better in American history.
Not offered 1988-89. Murphy.
IOE. Freshman Seminar: The Invasion of
America.
A study o f pre-Columbian America and a
comparative analysis o f interactions between
Indians and Europeans in colonial Spanish
and British America. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Place
ment score o f 3 or better in American history.
Not offered 1988-89. Wood.
IOF. Freshman Seminar: Black and
White: South Africa and
the United States.
A comparative historical study o f apartheid in
South Africa and racism in the U .S., examin
ing their origins, natures, and the degrees to
which they are alike. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Place
ment score o f 3 or better in either American
or European history.
Not offered 1988-89. Wright.
IOG. Freshman Seminar: Black Women
in Historical Perspective: Africa.
An exploratory study o f the role o f women,
primarily but not exclusively leaders in early
African civilizations. Topics include: The great
queens o f Ethiopia; the female Horuses ?nd
the great wives o f Kemet; Egypt’s Isis, the
original Black Madonna; African goddesses;
Africa’s warrior queens; and Tyre: Nubian
Queen o f Egypt. Emphasis will be placed on
research into women rulers found throughout
Africa in time and space, and an examination
o f the contexts in which these women
emerged. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment
limited to ten.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Morgan.
Classics 21. Ancient Greece.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Not offered 1988-89.
Classics 31. History of Greece.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Fall semester. Ostwald.
History
Classics 32. The Roman Republic
and Augustus.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Spring semester. Turpin.
Classics 42. Greece in the Fifth
Century B.C.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Not offered 1988-89. Ostwald.
Classics 44. The Early Roman Empire.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Fall semester. Turpin.
11. The Barbarian North.
Not offered 1988-89. Bensch.
14. Friars, Heretics, and Female
Mystics: Religious Turmoil in the
Middle Ages.
From the 12th to the 15th century, the medi
eval Church confronted radically new versions
o f Christianity and religious movements in
spired by evangelical poverty, preaching, and
a need to find a place for women in ecclesias
tical institutions. The course will explore the
aspirations, doctrines, and forms o f expres
sion o f these religious groups and the Church’s
response to them.
Spring semester. Bensch.
15. Medieval Towns.
In order to establish the historical legitimacy
o f liberalism and capitalism, nineteenth cen
tury thinkers believed that, by cracking the
mold o f feudalism and establishing demo
cratic, egalitarian regimes, medieval towns
laid the foundations o f modern Europe. The
course will consider the validity o f this prop
osition from recent work on urban social
organization, commercial techniques, and rit
ual expressions o f the urban community.
Not offered 1988-89. Bensch.
17. The Mediterranean World in the
Middle Ages.
Beginning with common Roman traditions,
the Mediterranean during the Middle Ages
became divided into three great civilizations:
Byzantium, Islam, and Western Christendom.
The course will examine the interchange and
friction among these three cultures, especially
during the period o f Western ascendancy
from the Crusades to the Fall o f Constanti
nople (eleventh to fifteenth centuries).
Fall semester. Bensch.
140
*19. The Renaissance.
The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy between the fourteenth and
early sixteenth centuries, studied in relation
to the political, economic and social context.
Emphasis on cultural developments including
humanism, art, historiography, and political
thought.
Not offered 1988-89. DuPlessis.
*23. Tudor and Stuart England.
The transformation o f England in the six
teenth and seventeenth centuries, from the
Reformation to the Glorious Revolution.
Topics include the Tudor polity, political re
volt and the emergence o f parliamentary mon
archy, the recasting o f the social structure, the
rise o f a capitalist economy, and the course of
religious conflict and change.
Not offered 1988-89. DuPlessis.
24. The Rise of Capitalism.
The transition from agrarian feudalism to
industrial capitalism in Europe from the four
teenth to the nineteenth centuries. Emphasis
on varying patterns o f agrarian transforma
tion, restructuring o f industrial production,
expansion o f the market, class formation,
economic thought and ideology. Analysis of
theories about the origins o f capitalism and
industrialization. Some discussion of devel
opments in Eastern Europe, but most atten
tion is given to Western Europe, particularly
England and France.
Spring semester. DuPlessis.
*25. Women, Society and Change in
Modern Europe.
A topical study o f European women from the
later Middle Ages to the nineteenth century.
Issues to be considered include working
women in preindustrial and industrial econo
mies, family life, sexuality and reproduction,
women’s collective action, the rise of femi
nism.
Fall semester. DuPlessis.
*29. Victorian England.
England from the 1830’s to the end of the
nineteenth century. Topics will include landed
and industrial society, the poor and reform;
piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic
and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation
and Empire; and representative figures of the
age.
Not offered r988-89. Anderson.
32. Europe of the Dictators,
1914-1945.
The assault o f radical politics, left and right,
on the social and political fabric o f Europe;
the interaction o f domestic and international
conflict; the crisis o f industrial capitalism;
nationalism, militarism, racism; the first ef
fective experiments in the use o f ideology,
technology, and terror as means of social
control.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Fall semester. Anderson.
33. European Labor History Since 1750.
A survey o f how artisans and factory workers
responded to the impact o f socio-economic
change on their lives. Emphasis on the motives
and varieties o f workers’ protests and rebel
lion from the Industrial Revolution to the
aftermath of World War I. Particular attention
is devoted to the experience o f early indus
trialization, the socialism o f skilled workers,
the revolutionary experience in Russia, labor
politics and organization, and the impact of
industrialization on women.
Fall semester. Weinberg.
36. Modern Germany.
The development o f Germany from a collec
tion of small towns and small states to the
lynch-pin of the present European balance o f
power. Topics will include: the formation of
an imperial state and its grasp for world
power; the conflict between agrarian ideals
and industrial imperatives; democratization
and the search for a national identity; cultural
efflorescence and political breakdown; the
youth movement, anti-semitism, and National
Socialism; divided Germany and the "undi
gested” German past.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Spring semester. Anderson.
37. Medieval and Imperial Russia.
From the ninth century origins o f Kievan Rus
to Russia’s emergence as the Gendarme o f
Europe in the nineteenth century. Topics in
clude the Mongol yoke, the evolution o f
Tsarist autocracy since Ivan the Terrible, slav
ery and serfdom, the relationship between the
Orthodox church and the state, Westerniza
tion, the origins o f the intelligentsia, and the
disintegration o f the Petrine service class sys
tem.
Not offered 1988-89. Verner.
38. Russia in the Age of Revolution.
Beginning with the emancipation o f the serfs
in 1861, with primary attention to the revo
lutionary era, defined broadly as the period
from the 1905 revolution to the consolidation
o f the Stalinist system in the 1930s. Focus on
the relationship between state and society and
the ways in which social and economic reali
ties constrained state policy. Topics include:
the revolutionary settlement o f 1905, the
Revolutions o f 1917, the dilemmas o f Soviet
power after 1917, hindrances to the building
o f a socialist society, Stalin’s rise to power,
collectivization and industrialization, the cre
ation o f the Gulag, interpretations o f Sta
linism, and de-Stalinization.
Spring semester. Weinberg.
40. An Introduction to American Culture.
(See English 19.)
Spring 1989. Murphy and Schmidt.
*41. The American Colonies.
The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the devel
opment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the
emergence o f a new social structure; racism
and ethnic relations; and England’s imperial
policy.
Not offered 1988-89. Wood.
*42. The American Revolution.
The conflict between intensive self-govern
ment in the colonies and English ideas and
projects for empire; the revolt against colonial
status and the elaboration o f a "republican”
ethos and "republican” institutions, 17631789.
Not offered 1988-89. Wood.
43. Jeffersonianism and the
American Experience.
An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer
sonian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu
tional law, social theory, religion, literature,
and architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History 5 ,6 or equivalent,or the
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Wood.
44. America in the Progressive Era,
1896-1920.
Modernization, social control, and the rise o f
141
History
the corporate state. Topics include the control
o f industry, scientific management, socialism
and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics
and birth control, the women’s movement,
social science and the rise o f the "expert,”
advertising and the roots o f consumerism.
Not offered 1988-89. Bannister.
45. The United States Since 1945.
The Cold War and McCarthyism; domestic
politics from Truman to Reagan; suburbaniza
tion, technological change and mass society;
the New Left and the counterculture; Civil
Rights and Black Power; women’s liberation;
Watergate and the Imperial Presidency; Viet
nam; revival on the Right.
Not offered 1988-89. Murphy.
46. Topics in American Intellectual
History.
Selected themes, varying from year to year.
Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1988-89. Bannister.
49. Introduction to American
Diplomatic History.
A chronological approach to diplomatic his
tory in the modern world with emphasis upon
the emergence o f the U .S. as a world power.
In the period from 1789 to the fall o f Saigon,
we will examine conflicting historical inter
pretations o f foreign policy; influences o f
internal politics, culture, and technology in
the making o f foreign policy; military and
strategic thought, international conflict, and
the issues o f non-involvement and interven
tion in a progressively interdependent world.
Fall semester. Murphy.
52. Education in America.
(Also listed as Education 52 .) A survey o f the
history o f American education, emphasizing
the relationships between education and social
structure, economic development, family pat
terns, and other institutions. Topics will in
clude education in colonial America, the "age
o f the academies,” the advent and failure of
the common school movement, the emergence
o f the American university, the history o f
women’s education, vocationalism, progressivism and educational theory, testing and
tracking, education and the Cold War, and
recent controversies surrounding desegrega
tion and "excellence.”
Spring semester. Johanningsmeier.
142
53. Black Culture and Black
Consciousness.
Exploration into the relationship between
black culture and black consciousness with
emphasis placed on twentieth century Africa
and America. Limited enrollment. Readings
and student reports form the core materials
for the course. Learning through discussions
only. Seminar format.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Morgan.
54. Women, Society, and Politics.
Women in American society from the colonial
period to the present, with emphasis on the
changing nature o f work and the separation of
spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resis
tance to women’s rights. Not open to fresh
men.
Not offered 1988-89. Murphy.
56. Ex-Slave Narratives.
An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as
reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship o f the narratives
to the understanding o f the black experience
in the United States.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6, 7, or 8, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89. Morgan.
*57. Dral History.
By examining the living past this course seeks
to emphasize the relevance o f history to modern life with special emphasis on American
subject matter. Students will be taught the
skills requisite for the completion o f an original research project that involves the collection, classification, and analysis o f data selected from both written and oral sources.
General discussion topics include folk religion, the role o f the family, local and personal
history, and old ways in the new world. Some
work will be done o ff campus. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or permission o f instructor.
Fall semester. Morgan.
I
I
|
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
*58. The World of DuBois, Rogers,
and Diop.
This course deals with the impact of the I
writings o f three black twentieth century in- I
tellectuals on our knowledge o f world history ■
in general and the contributions o f Africa to
world civilizations in particular. First, the
ideas of W .E.B. DuBois; second, research on
sex and race in writings o f J. A. Rogers; third,
African origins o f civilization in writings of
C. A. Diop.
Prerequisite: Introductory history course or
the permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89. Morgan.
*63. South Africa.
A survey of South African history with an
emphasis on Black-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems.
Topics include early African-European rela
tions; the impact o f large-scale diamond and
gold mining; the role o f African nationalism;
the origins and nature o f apartheid; recent
events.
No prerequisite. Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1988-89. Wright.
1
72. The History, Religion, and
Culture of Japan.
(Also listed as Religion 11). This course
explores the historical dynamics of the reli
gion and culture o f Japan from its origins to
the early nineteenth century. It emphasizes
the interaction between indigenous Japanese
cultural patterns and foreign, dominantly Chi
nese, influences in the context of political and
social changes over the centuries.
Primary distribution course.
In 1988-89, offered only for credit in the
Department of Religion; no History credit
available.
Spring semester. Swearer.
73. Chinese Society and Economy
Since 1500.
Thematic as well as regional and national
approaches varying from year to year.
Prerequisite: History 4 or the permission of
the instructor.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1988-89. Wood.
The dynamics o f economic and social changes
from the Ming dynasty to the People’s Repub
lic, and how they created a society in which
individual aspirations were subordinate to
collective goals.
Prerequisite: Any Asian history or Asian
Studies course, or permission o f the instruc
tor.
Spring 1989 only. Faure.
67. The African in Latin America.
*74. Modern China.
*66. Topics in Latin American History.
I
Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1988-89. Li.
The history o f black people in French, Portu
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci
pation, the contemporary scène. Special at
tention will be given to the impact o f African
civilization on Latin countries, as well as to
comparative analysis o f the experience of
blacks in that region and in the United States.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1988-89. Wood.
The history o f China since the early nine
teenth century. Topics include the impact o f
the West, reform and revolution, nationalism,
and the development of the communist move
ment.
Not offered 1988-89. Li.
*75. Modern Japan.
The transformation o f Japan into a modern
nation-state, from the early nineteenth cen
tury until the present.
Not offered 1988-89. Li.
68. Food and Famine: Past and Present 78. The Formation of the Islamic
The production, distribution, and consump
Near East.
tion of food have affected the relationship of
peoples to their natural and social environ
ments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the
current world food problem differs from his
torical subsistence crises, and how food affects
economic development and international re
lations.
Prerequisite: prior work in History or permis
sion of the instructor.
An introduction to the history of the Near
East from the seventh to the early fifteenth
century. Emphasis will be placed on the life of
Muhammed, the Arab conquests, the rise of
the caliphate, and the articulation o f Islamic
values during an age o f political disintegration
and nomadic invasion.
Spring semester. Bensch.
History
84. Folklore and Folklife Studies.
(Also listed as English 8 4 .) An introduction
to the major forms o f folklore and selected
forms o f folklife materials. The course in
cludes the study o f myth, legend, folktales,
proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts
including folk music. It explores superstition,
witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and
considers the function o f folklore in highly
industrialized modern societies as well as in
traditional ones.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera
ture.
Spring semester. Morgan.
87. History Through Folklore and
Literature.
A comparative analysis o f folklore and liter
ature. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not ex
clusively in the United States. Themes include
great traditions in American Indian thought,
loneliness and friendship, love and death,
vocation and avocation, life after death, and
the resurgence o f the occult in United States
popular culture. Limited enrollment. Learning
through discussion only.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89. Morgan.
92. Thesis.
A single credit thesis, available to all majors,
on a topic approved by the Department by
May 1 o f the preceding spring.
Fall semester. Members o f the Department.
93. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields of special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent of the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A.
Members o f the Department.
SEMINARS
The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for
a degree with Honors. They may be taken
without regard to chronological order. Some
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.
111. Medieval Europe.
An historiographical exploration o f selected
topics in the material foundations and ideo
logical expressions o f medieval Europe from
the barbarian invasions through the thirteenth
century.
Spring semester. Bensch.
116. The Renaissance.
Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society and culture in Italian commîmes
between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen
turies. Issues addressed include forms o f po
litical and economic organization, varieties of
humanism, political theory, changing histori
cal consciousness, art and society. Much at
tention is devoted to historiography.
Fall semester. DuPlessis.
144
117. Europe in the 16th and 17th
Centuries.
State, society and economy in continental
Western Europe from the sixteenth to the
mid-eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on
France, Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on
the disparate patterns o f state formation, eco
nomic development and social change; the
relations between economic and political trans
formation; political thought and ideology.
Considerable attention will be given to com
parisons among states, the transition to capi
talism, the crisis o f the seventeenth century,
the origins and functions o f absolutism.
Not offered 1988-89. DuPlessis.
119. Early Modern European
Intellectual and Cultural History.
European thought and culture in its social
context. Topics include the theology, appeal
and institutionalization o f the magisterial, rad
ical and counter Reformations; rationalism
and pessimism; popular mentalities and witch
craft; intellectual and educational institutions;
printing, literacy, and the diffusion of learn
ing. Attention will be given to conceptual and
methodological issues in the study o f cultural
history.
Not offered 1988-89. DuPlessis.
122. Revolutionary Europe 1750 to 1870.
Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and Ger
many from the ancien regime to German uni
fication. Special emphasis on the origins and
nature o f the French Revolutions, the Indus
trial Revolution in England and its conse
quences, class structure and conflict, German
nationalism, and the failure o f liberalism.
Spring semester. Weinberg.
124. England, 1815-1914.
The adjustments o f an aristocratic society to
the impact o f industrialization. Topics include:
the nature o f the English aristocracy; the
origins and impact o f the industrial revolu
tion; popular radicalism and the development
of a working class consciousness; philosophic
radicalism and the origins o f the welfare state;
the rise o f modem political parties and modes
of politics; Gladstone and Disraeli; religious
revival, respectability, and Victorian morality;
imperialism; Fabianism, feminism, and tradeunionism; the problem o f Ireland and the
growth of Irish nationalism.
Fall semester. Anderson.
125. Fascist Europe.
A comparative study o f the social, intellectual,
and historical origins and development o f
Mussolini’s Italy, Franco’s Spain, and Hitler’s
Germany. Some attention will also be given to
the Arrow Cross and Iron Guard movements
of Horthy’s Hungary and King Carol’s Roma
nia. Theories o f Fascism will be examined.
Spring semester. Anderson.
128. Russian Empire in the 19th
and 20th Centuries.
Focus on the social, economic, political, and
intellectual forces leading to the collapse o f
the autocracy and the rise o f Stalin. Particular
attention is devoted to the dilemmas o f change
and reform, and the problematic relationship
between state and society.
Fall semester. Weinberg.
130. Early American History.
Political, economic, social, and cultural as
pects of the period from the explorations to
the early National era.
Spring semester. Wood.
132. American Political History.
Parties, public policy, and constitutional
issues from 1787 to 1960 in their social,
economic, and cultural context. Topics in
clude the shaping o f the constitution; "repub
licanism,” "democracy,” and the first and
second party systems; slavery, the Civil War
and the constitution; the social bases o f cam
paign styles and strategies; the emergence of
the regulatory-welfare state; experts, interest
groups, and the decline o f voter participation;
the making o f the modern presidency.
Fall 1989. Bannister.
134. American Diplomatic History.
The emergence o f the United States as a world
power, with emphasis on expansionism, na
tional interest, and global mission.
Fall semester. Murphy.
135. American Social History.
The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth
and twentieth century America. Topics in
clude fertility, mortality, and migration; in
dustrialization and the family; slavery and its
aftermath; mechanization and changing pat
terns o f work; social mobility, urbanization
and suburbanization; gender, class, and eth
nicity.
Spring semester. Murphy and
Johanningsmeier.
136. American Intellectual History.
Political, social, and literary culture in the
United States from the late eighteenth century
through World War L Topics include "R e
publicanism” in the 1780s; liberalism,
democracy, and the ideologies o f early capi
talism; the "feminization” o f culture; the
Genteel Tradition and the scientific ideal; and
the emergence o f "modernism.” Special at
tention is given to the social and institutional
context in which ideas are generated and
disseminated.
Spring 1990. Bannister.
14a Modern Africa.
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800. Topics
include the impact o f the slave trade and its
end; the European partition and African re
sponses; different colonial systems; the rise
and nature o f African nationalism and inde
pendence movements; independent Africa.
Individual case studies include Ghana, Niger
ia, Senegal, Zaire, Kenya, Tanzania, Zim
babwe.
Spring 1990. Wright.
145
History
141. South Africa.
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present, with special emphasis on the
interrelatedness o f racism and capitalism since
the 1870s; on the rise and nature o f apartheid
and o f African nationalism; and on general
interpretative issues concerning South Afri
can history.
Fall 1989. Wright.
144. Modern China.
China from the late eighteenth century to the
present. Topics include: social and intellectual
currents in the late imperial era; Western
imperialism; rebellions, reforms, and revolu
tion; political and social transformation in the
146
People’s Republic o f China.
Fall 1989. Li.
148. Latin America.
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Fall semester. Wood.
180. Thesis.
W ith the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for
either single or double course credit. Double
credit theses will normally be written in the
fall semester o f the senior year for submission
as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.
International Relations
Coordinator:
RAYMOND F. HOPKINS
Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in
their programs, during the first two years,
introductory courses in economics, history,
and political science and should complete the
intermediate course in one or more modern
languages.
listed below may be incorporated in the pro
grams o f students who do their major work in
economics, history, political science, or mod
ern language.
Concentrators are required to have satisfac
torily completed eight or more course units
from among those listed below, including all
those listed in Group I, one or more in Group
11, and one or more in Group III.
Advanced courses selected from the groups
Group I
Political Science 4.
Political Science 41
International Politics
Defense Policy
Political Science 14,
Political Science 105.
Economics 50 or
Economics 150.
American Foreign Policy or
The International Economy
Group 11
History 4.
Latin America
History 8.
History 75.
Modern Japan
History 125.
Africa
Fascist Europe
History 31.
History 128.
Europe Between the Superpowers,
1945-Present
Russian Empire
History 134.
History 32.
American Diplomatic History
Europe o f the Dictators
History 140.
History 36.
Modern Africa
Modern Germany
History 144.
History 49.
Modem Chin:
Introduction to American Diplomatic History
History 148.
History 74.
Latin America
Modern China
Group III
Economics 80.
Economics 180.
Economic Development
Economic Development
Economics 85.
Economics 185.
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative Economic Systems
147
International Relations
Political Science 3.
Political Science 108.
Comparative Politics
Comparative Politics: Europe
Political Science 19.
Political Science 109.
Comparative Communist Politics
Comparative Politics: Africa and the
Third World
Political Science 20.
Politics o f China
Political Science 110.
Political Science 21.
Comparative Politics: Latin America
Politics o f Africa
In planning the concentration students should
consult with the coordinator. Where appro
priate, work taken abroad is encouraged and
may be counted toward the concentration
requirements. Students standing for external
examination for a degree with honors must
take examinations in four subjects taken for
the concentration, normally including inter
national politics, American foreign policy,
and international economics. Students in the
course program will take a special compre
hensive examination program worked out I
with their major department, concentration
coordinator, and the student. The compre
hensive exam will normally follow the format I
used by the major department.
Political Science 22.
Latin American Politics
Political Science 41.
Defense Policy
Political Science 43.
Food Policy: National and
International Issues
Political Science 58.
International Political Theory
Political Science 104.
International Politics
Political Science 107.
Comparative Politics: Communist Regimes
148
Linguistics
DONNA JO NAPOLI, Professor and Program Director
JUDY KEGL, Associate Professor
SUSAN G. WILLIAMSON, Social Sciences Librarian
Committee: Stephen Maurer (Mathematics)
Jean Ashmead Perkins (Modern Languages and Literatures)
Steven Piker (Sociology and Anthropology, fall)
Gilbert Rose (Classics)
Barry Schwartz (Psychology)
Robin Wagner-PaCifiCi (Sociology and Anthropology, spring)
The discipline: Linguistics is the study o f lan
guage. On the most general level it deals with
the internal structure o f language, the history
of the development of language, the informa
tion language can give us about the human
mind, and the roles language plays in influenc
ing the entire spectrum o f human activity.
The relevance o f linguistics to the disciplines
of psychology, philosophy, sociology, anthro
pology, and language study has been recog
nized for a long time. But recently a knowledge
of linguistics has become important to a much
wider range of activities in today’s world. It is
a basic tool in artificial intelligence. It is
increasingly a valuable tool in literary analysis.
It is fundamental to an understanding o f com
munication skills. And, since the very nature
of modern linguistic inquiry is to build argu
ments for particular analyses, the study o f
linguistics gives the student finely honed argu
mentation skills, which stand in good stead in
careers in law, business, and any other profes
sion where such skills are crucial.
Linguistics has three primary components:
the sounds of language, the forms o f language,
and the meanings of language. The study o f
the sounds o f language is called phonetics and
phonology. The study o f the forms o f language
is called morphology (at the word level) and
syntax (at the phrase, sentence, and discourse
level). The study o f the meanings o f language
is called semantics and pragmatics.
Our linguistics program has courses that deal
with each o f these components from the point
of view of theories about formal and natural
systems. But each o f these components is also
handled from a variety o f points o f view in
other courses. Historical and comparative
linguistics examines the evolution o f all three
components o f language, although most work
in historical and comparative linguistics tends
to concentrate on phonology and morphol
ogy. Sociolinguistics centers on the link be
tween language and the social context in which
it is spoken. Psycholinguistics focuses on the
interplay between language and the processes
o f perception and cognition. Furthermore,
linguistic variables influence interaction at
the individual and societal levels, constitute a
significant area o f philosophical inquiry, and
play a central role in shaping the form and
meaning o f literary expression. Our courses
recognize this fact, and some o f them are
cross-listed with other departments, while
others count toward particular concentrations
without being cross-listed. And, finally, some
o f our courses note the fact that the effective
ness o f language is measured to a certain ex
tent by esthetic values. Thus some o f our
courses include workshops in which we write
poetry or fiction and discuss them in light of
the linguistics principles o f interest in the
course.
Linguistics is at once a discipline in itself and
the proper forum for interdisciplinary work
o f any number o f types. This is because lan
guage is both the principal medium that
human beings use to communicate with each
other and the bond that links people together
and binds them to their culture. The study o f
language is the study o f the very fabric o f our
humanity.
Requirements for the Major: Students may
major in linguistics alone or they may do a
special major involving linguistics. At present
a major in linguistics alone is possible only in
the external examination program, although
the faculty is currently considering the possi
bility o f a course major in linguistics.
149
Linguistics
A special major, which is a course major, can
quite literally be a combination o f linguistics
and any other one or more disciplines, so long
as the program o f study is deemed to be
coherent by all the departments and programs
involved. In the past there have been special
majors linking Linguistics and Classics, Com
puter Science, Education, English Literature,
Mathematics, Modern Languages and Litera
tures, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Reli
gion, and Sociology and Anthropology.
Many o f our students interested in psycholin
guistics have combined the two either through
a special major or by majoring in one and
minoring in the other. This option exists for
other combinations, as well.
The faculty is currently considering the pos
sibility o f an interdisciplinary major in Lin
guistics and Languages, which, if approved,
would replace special majors between linguis
tics and modern or ancient languages and
would entail the serious study o f linguistics
and at least two foreign languages. (Informa
tion about this potential major is available
from the Department o f Modern Languages
and Literatures and the Department o f Clas
sics, as well as the Program in Linguistics.)
Special Major: Acceptance into a special major
requires a demonstrated interest in linguistics,
a good justification for the special major, and
a coherent proposed program o f work.
The special major consists o f at least 10
credits and normally no more than 12.
All students will be required to take at least
one course from at least two o f the lists below:
courses on sounds: Ling. 45, 52, or a
seminar in phonology
courses on forms: Ling. 43, 50, or a semi
nar in syntax
courses on meanings: Ling. 26, 40, or a
seminar in semantics.
Students with a B average or above are typi
cally encouraged to complete the comprehen
sive requirement through writing a major
paper in their senior year. All students who
do not write senior papers are required to take
a comprehensive exam tailored to their indi
vidual special major program. The major
paper will typically be written in a single term
for a single credit, but if the topic merits more
150
time, the work may be spread over both terms
for two credits.
External Examination Program: Acceptance into
the external examination program requires a
demonstrated interest in linguistics.
All students will be required to take at least
one course from each o f the three lists below:
courses on sounds: Ling. 45, 52, or a
seminar in phonology
courses on forms: Ling. 43, 50, or a semi
nar in syntax
courses on meanings: Ling. 26, 40, or a
seminar in semantics.
All students will also be required to demon
strate competence in at least one foreign
language beyond the intermediate level. This
can be done by successfully completing an
advanced language course or a literature
course or through an exam administered by
the linguistics program. Any natural language,
ancient or modern, may be used to fulfill this
requirement.
Students are encouraged to write a thesis in
their senior year. Typically the thesis will be
written in a single term for a single credit.
However, projects which are particularly time
consuming (such as those involving field
work) may be spread over both terms for two
credits.
As part o f their program, students are re
quired to prepare themselves for external ex
aminations over the equivalent o f twelve units
o f work, consisting o f at least four fields,
chosen from at least two departments. The
four fields may be as below:
A. a field based on two units o f work consist
ing o f a two-credit seminar or its equivalent,
or a two-credit thesis or individual research
project. Theses and individual research proj
ects may be accepted for examination on an ad
hominem basis.
B. a field based on three units o f work.
Presently the only three-credit field in lin
guistics consists o f Ling. 45 and a seminar in
phonology.
C. a field based on one unit o f work. One-unit
fields may be accepted for external examina
tion on an ad hominem basis.
Requirements for the Minor: Students must take
at least one course or seminar from at least
one of the lists below:
courses on sounds; Ling. 45, 52, or a
seminar in phonology
courses on forms: Ling. 43, 50, or a semi
nar in syntax
courses on meanings: Ling. 26, 40, or a
seminar in semantics.
Students must also prepare themselves for
external examination over the equivalent of
four units o f work.
Ling. 40 and 50 are primary distribution
courses.
1. Introduction to Language and
Linguistics.
Introduction to the study and analysis o f
human language. This course begins with a
comparison o f approaches to the relationship
between language and the human mind and
proceeds to a more detailed analysis o f lin
guistic structure (form, sound, and mean
ing)—including cross-linguistic and crossmodal (sign language) analysis o f language
structure. Related questions about the acqui
sition of language, and the relation between
language and the brain will also be covered.
Fall semester. Instructor to be announced each
year.
15. The Chinese Language.
(See Chinese 15.)
Spring semester. Shi.
16. History of the Russian Language.
(See Russian 16.)
Offered on demand. George Krugovoy.
20. History of the French Language.
(See French 20.)
Every other year. Offered next in 1989-90. Jean
Perkins.
23. History of the English Language.
(See English 23.)
Spring semester, normally every other year. Craig
Williamson.
25. Language, Culture, and Society.
An investigation o f the influence o f cultural
context and social variables on verbal com
munication. We will discuss theories o f lan
guage acquisition and language change in light
of cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence.
The course includes readings from the three
major fields o f language and culture studies:
ethnography o f communication, sociolinguis
tics, and sociology of language. Language proj
ects in the community are included.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of
the instructor. (Cross-listed as Sociology/
Anthropology 25 .)
Every other year. Offered next in fall, 1989.
Susan Williamson.
26. Language and Meaning.
(See Philosophy 26.)
Spring semester, every other year. Offered next in
spring, 1990. Richard Eldridge.
34. Psychology of Language.
This course addresses the cognitive processes
involved in using and understanding language,
and in learning to speak. Topics include speech
procedures and perception, the biological
basis o f language, the nature o f grammatical
and lexical knowledge, production and pro
cessing o f languages in different modalities
(oral, auditory, visual, manual), language ac
quisition and language breakdown. The course
will include both lectures and in-class labora
tory. Readings include a course text—Lan
guage Processes by Vivian Tartter, a laboratory
text—Psycholinguistics: The Experimental Study
o f Language by Gary Prideaux, and a small
number o f selected articles. (Cross-listed as
Psychology 34.)
Spring semester. Kegl.
40. Semantics.
In this course we look at a variety of ways in
which linguists have approached meaning in
language. We start with a rudimentary intro
duction to logic and then go into truth-func
tional semantics. We touch on speech act
theory (reading Searle and Austin) and prag
matics (reading Grice) and then go into the
recent developments in lexical semantics.
What this adds up to is an examination o f the
meanings o f words, phrases, and sentences in
isolation and in context. (Cross-listed as Phi
losophy 40 .)
There are no prerequisites.
Primary distribution course.
Every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1990.
Donna Jo Napoli.
41. Linguistics of American Sign
Language.
The study o f English alone can yield interest-
151
Linguistics
ing insights into the knowledge o f linguistic
theory and linguistic structure, but the study
o f linguistics is enriched by cross linguistic
investigation because we can get a prospective
on which linguistic structures and constraints
may be language specific and which may be
universal. For example, although the word
order in English and French is Subject-VerbObject, the word order in Turkish and Japa
nese is Subject-Object-Verb, while some have
claimed that in a language like Warlpiri (an
Australian Aboriginal language) word order
is free. W hile English and French have prepo
sitions, Turkish and Japanese have postposi
tions (what we call prepositions coming after
their nouns). English requires that every sen
tence have a subject noun phrase present in
the sentence, Spanish and Italian do not.
Often a group o f languages share a set o f
characteristics in common and this constella
tion o f properties is explained by some more
abstract aspect o f their linguistic organization.
The study o f linguistic typology leads us to a
more general and comprehensive account of
linguistic theory.
The cross linguistic study o f language extends
to a set o f natural languages that are expressed
in a manual/visual rather than an oral/audi
tory modality—sign languages. The crossmodal study o f languages further refines the
cross linguistic study o f linguistics and allows
us to separate those aspects o f language that
are modality specific from those that are
universal. This course will focus upon one
sign language, American Sign Language
(A SL), which is in use in the United States
and parts o f Canada and Mexico. We will
examine its place in the typology o f the world’s
languages and will investigate the specific
aspects o f its linguistic structure, covering
phonology (formational level), morphology
(word formation), syntax (sentence struc
ture), and semantics (meaning). Special atten
tion will be given to aspects o f ASL structure
which are particularly different from English
(verb agreement, classifiers, serial verb con
struction, pronominal clitics). We will also do
some cross linguistic comparisons with other
sign languages in use in Nicaragua (Lenguaje
do Signos Nicaraguënse” ), Australia (Rdaka
Rdaka—Warlpiri sign language), and in Can
ada (Langue do Signe Québécoise).
152
No previous knowledge o f linguistics or sign
language is necessary, although individuals
with previous experience in these areas are
encouraged to participate. Classes will involve
lectures and work with vidéo tapes in the sign
language laboratory as well as some interac
tion with native signers o f the ASL. The text
for the course will be American Sign Language
and Sign Systems by Ronnie Wilbur and Signs
o f Language by Edward Klima and Ursula
Bellugi.
Offered occasionally. Offered next in spring,
1989. Kegl.
43. Morphology and the Lexicon.
This is a course on word formation and on the
meaningful ways in which different words in
the lexicon are related to one another. We
study affixation, inflection, derivational mor
phology, and compounds, among other
things. Morphology is at the interface of
phonology, syntax, and semantics. For this
reason Ling. 1 is very helpful. Students who
have not taken Ling. 1 should consult with the
instructor before signing up for the course.
Offered occasionally. Offered next in spring,
1989. Donna Jo Napoli.
45. Phonology.
Phonology is the study o f the sounds of
language and the rules that govern the inter
action o f sounds when they are put together
in words and phrases. We look at a variety of
theories o f phonology, and we apply these
theories to the analysis o f a wide range of data
from many languages o f the world. Included
will be extended studies o f tone in Igbo (a
Niger-Congo language spoken in Nigeria),
and o f vowel harmony in the Yawelmani dia
lect o f Yokuts (an American Indian language
spoken in California). We will also do many
briefer studies o f phenomena in Lardil (an
Australian language spoken on Mornington
Island), Slovak ( a West Slavic language close
ly related to Czech), Chamorro (a Polynesian
language spoken on Guam), Tonkawa (an
American Indian language once spoken in
Texas), and several other languages. Part of
this course will be a study o f phonetics, which
is integrated into the course through labora
tory work.
There are no prerequisites.
Every other year. Offered next in fall, 198g.
Donna Jo Napoli.
50. Syntax.
This course is an introduction to syntactic
theory. We study the principles that govern
how words go together to make phrases and
sentences in natural language. And we focus
on how linguists argue for the theories they
propose. In class many types o f data are
examined. We learn how to organize data and
form hypotheses to account for them, how to
test our hypotheses, to uncover assumptions
underlying our hypotheses and test them, and
to see the predictions o f our hypotheses and
test them. Much time is spent on learning
argumentation skills. There are frequent prob
lem sets. The theory to be developed in fall,
1988, will be Government and Binding, the
theory proposed by Noam Chomsky. The
linguistic skills gained in this course are appli
cable to the study o f any natural language,
modern or ancient. The material covered will
be of interest to cognitive psychologists, phi
losophers, computer scientists, mathemati
cians, and, of course, linguists. The argumen
tation skills gained in this course are
applicable to all sorts o f fields, including law
and business, as well as academic fields.
This course is a primary distribution course.
This course also falls in the third category o f
courses approved as counting toward a com
puter science concentration.
There are no prerequisites.
Every other year. O ffered next in fall, 1988.
Donna Jo Napoli.
52. Historical and Comparative
Linguistics.
An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment o f language families and
their interrelationships, and the examination
of processes of linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic, and
semantic.
Every other yeaT. To be offered next in 1990-91.
Instructor to be announced.
54. Oral and Written Language.
This course will take different topics each
time it is offered in the attempt to address the
question of what the relationship o f oral
language to written language is. For fall, 1989,
the topic will be the examination o f children’s
dialogue and its rendering in children’s litera
ture. Each student will pick an age group to
study. Students will tape record spontaneous
conversations between children o f that age
group. In class we will analyze these tapes
together. Students will read passages o f chil
dren’s literature to children and discuss them
with the children. We will then consider these
passages and the children’s reactions to them
as a class. From this comparison we will try to
come up with some hypotheses o f what kind
o f mappings from real speech into fictional
speech are effective. Finally, students will
write their own fiction for children, with an
emphasis on dialogue. We will discuss these
stories in class and then will read them to
children outside class and gather feedback.
Throughout the term we will cooperate
closely (through the Program in Education)
with the Swarthmore-Rutledge K-8 school,
which is across Chester Ave. from the campus.
Arrangements will be made with nursery
schools in the area for students who want to
examine preschoolers’ speech. The course
outlined above has two goals: to examine
children’s speech and literature in an effort to
find effective mappings from one to the other,
and to apply those mappings in an effort to
improve our own effectiveness in writing
children’s fiction. Reading can be a chore or
an exhilarating experience. For the child who
finds language that rings true, reading is more
likely to be a delight. Since the skill o f reading
is invaluable in our society, the goal o f writing
good children’s literature is a functional one
as well as an esthetic one. This course is for
linguists and writers o f children’s fiction and
anyone else who is strongly interested in child
development or reading skills. (Cross-listed
as Education 54.)
There are no prerequisites.
O ffered occasionally. O ffered next fall, 1989.
Donna Jo Napoli.
93. Directed Reading or Research.
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
Every semester. Staff.
96,97. Senior Paper.
Every semester. Staff.
153
Linguistics
SEMINARS
104. Human Nature and Culture:
Convergent Perspectives.
(See Sociology/Anthropology 104.)
Fall semester. Steven Piker.
105. Metrical Analysis of Poetry.
This is a phonology seminar, and the topic
may well vary each time it is offered. For fall,
1988, the topic is the theory o f metrical
phonology and its application to the metrical
analysis o f poetry. No language other than
English will be assumed, although we will read
about poetry in many languages and language
families (likely candidates for inclusion are
Old English, Slavic, Latvian, Sanskrit, Old
Norse, and modern Romance, as well as mod
ern English and perhaps other languages that
may be added as we go). We will also listen to
tape recordings o f poets reading their own
poetry, including (at least) Pound, Eliot,
Moore, Williams, Stevens, Frost, Auden,
Jeffers, Roethke, Jarrell, Berryman, Lowell,
and Plath. And we will write original poetry
and discuss it in light o f the phonological
principles studied in the seminar. A rudimen
tary knowledge o f phonetics (such as that
gained in Ling. 1) is helpful for this seminar,
although no background in phonology is as
sumed. If you have no knowledge o f phonetics
but would like to take the seminar for some
special reason, please come talk to the instruc
tor. This seminar is meant for anyone inter
ested in the sounds o f poetry, whether it is
phonological theory that most interests you
154
or its application to poetry itself. We will
approach every issue from many perspectives,
and varying points o f view will be welcomed.
Every other year. O ffered next in fall, iq88.
Donna Jo Napoli.
108. Seminar in Syntax.
In this seminar we will pick a particular issue
or set o f issues and follow it throughout the
term. Weekly problem sets will deal with the
theoretical issues raised. The student will be
required to choose a foreign language to con
centrate on and will be asked to test various
hypotheses by looking at the structure of that
language. The topic for spring, 1989, will be
chosen after the instructor sees the interests
o f the students who take Ling. 50 in fall,
1988.
Prerequisite: Ling. 50.
This course falls in the third category of
courses approved as counting for a computer
science concentration.
Every other year. Offered next in spring, 1989.
Donna Jo Napoli.
114. Advanced Topics in Linguistics.
O ffered occasionally. Staff.
116. Language and Meaning.
(See Philosophy 116.)
Every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1990.
Richard Eldridge.
180. Thesis
Every semester. Staff.
Literature
Coordinator: George
Avery
The Literature major is administered by a Lit
erature Committee representing the Depart
ments of Classics, English Literature, and
Modem Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work
in two or more literatures in the original
language. A student who intends to major in
Literature will submit to the Literature Com
mittee a proposed program o f integrated work
which sets forth the courses or seminars to be
taken and the principle o f coherence upon
which the selection is based. The Committee
will review the proposal and advise the stu
dent. Subject to the requirement o f serious
study of at least two literatures in the original
language, one o f which may be English, work
in translation is encouraged, especially as it
consists of thematic or comparative courses.
In lieu of a regular course, the Literature
Committee will consider proposals for an
individual or cooperative project, for one or
more research papers written as course at
tachments, or for the substitution o f a thesis
for course credit when these projects have as
their purpose either the integration o f work
within the major or the relating o f work out
side the major to some portion o f the major.
For a major in the Course Program the require
ments are as follows:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work—normally not fewer
than five courses—in one o f the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modern Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents of the Literature major.
O f English courses numbered 2 through 10,
only one may be counted for the major.
2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program o f
work is developed. In some cases the Com
mittee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follows:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose o f
integrating the work o f the major in accor
dance with the principle o f coherence on
which the program is based.
Literature Majors in Course will meet with
members o f the Literature Committee before
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess
informally the student’s progress under his or
her proposal o f study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examina
tion Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.
The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offer
ings presently listed in the Catalogue:
SAL 50. Contemporary SpanishAmerican Literature.
CEL 13. Medieval Comparative
Literature.
CEL 14. Modern European Literature.
English 72. Proust, Joyce, Faulkner.
English 70. Renaissance Comparative
Literature.
English 73./French 75. Proust/Joyce.
155
Literature
English 74. Modern Drama.
English 76. The Dlack African Writer.
156
English 77. Contemporary Drama.
English 115. Modern Comparative
Literature.
Mathematics
JAMES W. ENGLAND, Professor and Provost*6
GUDMUND R. IVERSEN, Professor o f Statistics
CHARLES F. KELEMEN, Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics
EUGENE A. KLOTZ, Professor
STEPHEN R. MAURER, Professor
DAVID ROSEN, Professor Emeritus4
J. EDWARD SKEATH, Professor and Chairman
CHARLES M. GRINSTEAD, Associate Professor1
HELENE SHAPIRO, Associate Professor3
THERESELANGER, Assistant Professor
DON H. SHIMAMOTO, Assistant Professor3
HAL M. SWITKAY, Assistant Professor
People study mathematics for several rea
sons—some like it, some need it as a tool, and
some simply because they think they should.
The Mathematics Department aims to provide
a selection o f courses to meet varying needs—
to offer a program which will both enable
students to develop a firm foundation in the
basic areas o f pure mathematics and to see
mathematical methods used to precisely de
fine and solve problems arising in the physical
and social sciences and in operations research.
Mathematics has grown enormously in recent
years, developing an increasing number of
specialities and being used in a tremendous
variety of applications. However, all mathe
matical endeavor is based upon logical argu
ment, abstraction, precise expression, and an
analytical approach to problem solving. Ide
ally, the study o f mathematics develops the
ability to reason logically from hypothesis to
conclusion, to analyze and solve quantitative
problems, and to express one’s thoughts
clearly and precisely. Hopefully, studying
mathematics will also foster an appreciation
for the beauty and power o f its methods,
abstract approach, and rigorous logical struc
ture.
First Year Courses: Mathematics courses avail
able to first semester freshmen with normal
high school preparation include Math 2 (Sta
tistical Methods), Math 3 (Basic Mathemat
1
3
4
6
ics), Math 5 (Calculus I), Math 7 (Introduc
tion to Computer Science), and Math 9
(Discrete Mathematics). In the second semes
ter, Math 1 (Statistical Thinking), Math 4
(Calculus Concepts), Math 7 (Introduction
to Computer Science), and Math 9 (Discrete
Mathematics) are available, again with only
normal high school preparation. Math 1, one
section o f Math 5, Math 7, and Math 9 are
Primary Distribution Courses. Students with
some calculus background from high school
may take Mathematics 6 by passing the de
partmental Calculus I placement exam, Math
ematics 16 by passing the departmental Cal
culus II placement exam, or Mathematics 16H
by passing the departmental Calculus II place
ment exam and receiving departmental appro
val. All freshmen planning to enroll in Math
ematics 3 , 5 ,6 , 9 ,1 6 , or 16H at some time are
required to take the appropriate departmental
placement exams given during freshmen ori
entation.
Advanced Placement Policy: Advanced place
ment credit in Mathematics, that is, Swarthmore College credit in mathematics for work
done before a student enters Swarthmore, is
subject to the following regulations: 1) One
course credit will be given for a score o f 4 or
5 on the AB or BC Advanced Placement Test,
or a passing score on the Departmental Calcu
lus I Placement Exam administered during
Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
Absent on leave, 1988-89.
Fall semester, 1988.
On administrative assignment, 1988-89.
157
Mathematics
freshman orientation week. 2 ) Two course
credits will be given for a passing score on the
Departmental Calculus II Placement Exam
administered during freshman orientation
week. Students can obtain a maximum o f two
credits under items 1 and 2. 3 ) Advanced
Placement credit will only be given to entering
students at the beginning o f their first semester
at Swarthmore.
Freshmen seeking advanced placement for
calculus taken at another college must validate
that work by taking the appropriate Swarthmore placement examination. Such students
should also see the Mathematics Department
Chairman.
Computer Science: The Computer Science Pro
gram at Swarthmore works in close coopera
tion with the Engineering and Mathematics
Departments to offer a broad spectrum o f
courses that may lead to a Concentration in
Computer Science. For details refer to the
Computer Science Program portion o f this
bulletin.
Secondary Teaching Certification: Whether or
not one majors in Mathematics, the courses
required as part o f the accreditation process
for teaching mathematics at the secondary
level are: a) three semesters o f calculus (Math
5, 6 , 18); b) one semester o f linear algebra
(Math 16 or 16A); c) at least one o f discrete
mathematics (Math 9 ) or computer science
(Math 7); d) geometry (Math 4 5 ); e) one
semester o f modern pure or applied algebra
(Math 37, 48, or 49 ); f) one semester o f
statistics or probability (Math 23 or 41). For
further information about certification re
quirements, consult the Education Depart
ment (see page 108 o f this catalog).
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2. Math 1 is a primary
distribution course intended to show how
statistics is used to help obtain an understand
ing o f the world around us. Math 2 is a more
practical course for students who expect to
use statistics in their own work. Students who
know calculus should take Math 23 instead o f
Math 2 . Both Math 2 and 23 lead to Math 27
on multivariate statistical analysis. Students
with a strong background in mathematics can
take the more theoretical Math 53 and con
tinue with the one-credit seminar Math 111.
158
Math 53 and Math 111 can be combined into
a paper for the External Examination Pro
gram.
Requirements for a major in Mathematics: The
normal preparation for a major in mathemat
ics is to have obtained credit by the end of the
sophomore year for at least 4 o f the following
5 courses: Calculus I (Math 5), Calculus II
(Math 6 ), Discrete Mathematics (Math 9),
Linear Algebra (Math 16 or 16A or 16H) and
Several Variable Calculus (Math 18 or 18H).
In any event, Math 16 and Math 18 must be
completed by the first semester o f the junior
year. (Incoming students may obtain credit
for Math 5 through the Advanced Placement
Calculus test or they may obtain credit for
Math 5 and/or Math 6 through the depart
ment placement exams administered during
orientation week.)
Students apply for a major in the middle of
the second semester o f the sophomore year.
As indicated above, potential majors by this
time should normally either have credit for or
be signed up for a total o f at least 4 of Math
5, 6 , 9, 16, 18. In addition, to be accepted as
a mathematics major in the course program a
candidate should have a grade point average in
mathematics courses to date o f at least C+.
This should include at least one grade at the
B level. Marginal applicants may be deferred
pending successful work in courses to be
designated by the department. Requirements
for acceptance as a mathematics major in the
External Examination Program are more stringent and include a grade point average in
Mathematics courses o f B + or better. Potential math majors may want to consider induding in the sophomore year a course that
emphasizes theory and provides an opportunity for writing proofs. Interested students
should discuss the advisability o f this and
alternatives for doing so with the department
chair at an early date.
By graduation a mathematics major must have
at least 10 credits in mathematics courses; at
most 5 o f the credits counted in the 10 may
be for courses numbered under 25. Furthermore, every major must take the "core analysis" course, Introduction to Real Analysis
(Math 47 ), and the "core algebra” course,
Introduction to Modern Algebra (Math 49).
Math 47 and Math 4 9 will be offered every fell
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
■
I
I
I
M
I
■
I
1
I
I
I
semester. At least one o f these courses should
be taken no later than the fall semester o f the
junior year. Finally, course majors must also
pass Math 97, the Senior Conference. Prog
ress of majors will be reviewed at the end of
each semester. Students not making satisfac
tory progress may be dropped from the major.
Double majors are reminded that they must
be in good standing with the department at the
outset of their final semester.
A mathematics major in the External Exami
nation Program will normally include the
analysis sequence—Introduction to Real Anal
ysis (Math 47), Real Analysis Seminar (Math
101B)—for one paper and the algebra se
quence—Introduction to Modern Algebra
(Math 49), Modern Algebra Seminar (Math
102B)—for a second paper. Math 101B and
Math 102B are one credit seminars and will be
offered every spring semester. A program that
includes these two papers plus two others
from those seminars listed in the catalog
provides a strong preparation for graduate
work in mathematics and related areas.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in
some depth a discipline which makes use o f
mathematics. All mathematics students are
urged to acquire some facility with the com
puter. Students bound for graduate work in
mathematics should obtain a reading knowl
edge of French, German, or Russian.
Special em p h ases:
The above requirements allow room to choose
a special emphasis within the mathematics
major, if one wishes. For instance:
A student may major in Mathematics with an
emphasis on statistics by taking the following
courses at the advanced level: a) the core
analysis course (Math 47); b ) Probability
(Math 41) or the Probability Seminar (Math
105); c) Mathematical Statistics I (Math 53)
and possibly Mathematical Statistics II (Math
111) for one or two credits; d) Multivariate
Statistics (Math 27) or, perhaps, Economet
rics (Econ 108); e) another mathematics
course numbered 25 or above. Students are
encouraged but not required to select the core
algebra course (Math 4 9 ) here.
Students interested in m athematics and com
puter science should consider a Mathematics
Major with a Concentration in Computer
Science or a Special Major in Mathematics
and Computer Science. Details on these op
tions are contained in the current catalog
under Computer Science.
Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate
work in social or management science, or an
MBA. Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 , 7, 9,
16, and 18. Advanced courses: a) Modeling
(Math 61); b ) at least one o f Probability
(Math 41), Mathematical Statistics I (Math
53 ), and possibly Mathematical Statistics II
(Math 111); c) at least one o f Combinatorics
(Math 6 5 ) or Operations Research (Econ 57);
d) the two core course requirements (Math 47
and Math 49 ); e) Differential Equations
(Math 30 ). Since this is a heavy program
(someone hoping to use mathematics in an
other field must have a good grasp both o f the
mathematics and o f the applications), one o f
the core course requirements may be waived
with permission o f the department.
Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate
work in operations research. Basic courses: Math
ematics 5, 6 , 7, 9, 16, and 18. Advanced
courses: a) the two core course requirements
(Math 47 and Math 49 ); b) Algorithms (Math
73) and Combinatorics (Math 65 ); c) either
Probability (Math 41) or Probability Seminar
(Math 105); d) at least one o f Number Theory
(Math 37), Mathematical Statistics (Math
53 ), or Modeling (Math 61).
1. Statistical Thinking.
Statistics provides methods for how to collect
and analyze data and generalize from the re
sults o f the analysis. Statistics is used in a wide
variety o f fields, and the course provides an
understanding o f the role o f statistics. It is
intended for students who want an apprecia
tion o f statistics without having the need to
learn how to apply statistical methods. The
course provides an intuitive understanding of
statistical concepts and makes use o f modern
statistical software for the Macintosh com
puter.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Iversen.
2. Statistical Methods.
Data on one variable are examined through
graphical methods and the computations o f
averages and measures o f variation. Relation
ships between two variables are studied using
159
Mathematics
methods such as chi-square, rank correlations,
analysis o f variance, and regression analysis.
The course is intended for students who want
a practical introduction to statistical methods
and who intend to do statistical analysis them
selves, mainly in the biological and social
sciences. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite, except for Math
27, nor can it be counted toward a major or
minor in the Department.
Fall semester. Iversen.
3. Basic Mathematics.
This course focuses on two objectives (1)
review and remedial work, and (2 ) prepara
tion for calculus or discrete mathematics.
Some special attention will be given to those
whose previous experience with mathematics
has not been entirely prosperous. Prospective
students should take the Basic Skills Test
during Orientation Week, preferably at the
Math Exam time. (The results will be used to
help determine both classroom topics and
individual strengths and weaknesses.) Subject
matter will be taken from logic, algebra, trigo
nometry, and geometry. This course cannot
be counted toward a major in the Depart
ment.
Fall semester. Maurer.
4. Calculus Concepts.
This course, which covers the basic concepts
o f one variable calculus, is particularly useful
for biology and social science majors. Topics
to be included are differentiation, integration,
transcendental functions, and extremal prob
lems. Topics are similar to those o f Math 5 but
the pace o f Math 4 is more gentle. Students
may not receive credit for both Math 4 and
Math 5. Students who do quite well may go on
to Math 6 .
Spring semester. Staff.
5,6. Calculus I and II.
The first semester will cover topics in differ
entiation and integration o f functions o f one
variable with some applications. The second
semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics
covered in the second semester include series,
improper integrals, differential equations, and
techniques o f integration. Math 6 may be
taken in the fall semester by passing the
departmental Calculus I placement exam. All
students planning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall
semester are required to pass the appropriate
160
departmental placement exam.
5. Fall semester. 6. Each semester.
7. Introduction to Computer Science.
(Also listed as Computer Science 15.) This
course is an introduction to computer science
for students from all disciplines. The major
emphasis o f the course is on problem solving
and algorithm development. Students are in
troduced to the Pascal programming language
and gain proficiency in it by writing programs
to solve a number o f illustrative problems.
Students are also informally introduced to
many topics in computer science including:
hardware organization; system software; pro
gramming style and documentation; program
testing and verification; fundamental data
structures such as arrays, records, and linked
lists; basic algorithms for searching and sort
ing; analysis o f algorithms; computability;
and artificial intelligence.
Prerequisite: Some computing experience
such as Computing from the User’s End
(Physics 2) or its equivalent.
Frequently offered as a primary distribution
course.
Each semester.
9. Discrete Mathematics.
An introduction to noncontinuous mathe
matics. The key theme is how induction,
iteration, and recursion can help one discover,
compute, and prove solutions to various
problems—often problems o f interest in com
puter science, social science, or management.
Topics include algorithms, graph theory,
counting, difference equations, and finite
probability. Special emphasis on how to write
Mathematics.
Prerequisite: 4 years o f high school mathe
matics. The level o f sophistication is similar
to that in Math 16 or 18, but no calculus is
used or assumed. Familiarity with some com
puter language is helpful but not necessary.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Fall semester. Maurer.
16. Linear Algebra.
The subject matter o f this course consists of
vector spaces, matrices, and linear transfor
mation with application to solutions of sys
tems o f linear equations, determinants, and
the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
6 or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart
mental Calculus II placement exam.
Each semester. Switkay.
16A. Linear Algebra and
Differential Equations.
This course will cover the main topics of
Linear Algebra (Math 16) and Differential
Equations (Math 30) in one semester and is an
alternative to taking both Math 16 and Math
30. These two subjects are closely related.
Differential equations requires certain tech
niques from linear algebra and at the same
time provides examples and applications o f
many concepts o f linear algebra. Topics: Lin
ear algebra—matrices, vector spaces, solu
tions to linear systems, determinants, eigen
values, linear transformations. Differential
equations—linear differential equations (con
stant and non-constant coefficients), the
Wronskian, power series methods, systems o f
differential equations. As time permits: or
thogonality and least square approximations.
Level and pace will be the same as for Math
16.
Prerequisite: Grade o f C or better in Math 6.
Fall semester. Not given in 1988-89.
16H. Linear Algebra Honors Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will
he more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous
than its standard counterpart (the subject
matter will be equally as valuable in applied
situations, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri
marily for students who enter with BC Ad
vanced Placement calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math
6 or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart
mental Calculus II placement exam.
Fall semester. Klotz.
18. Several Variable Calculus.
This course considers differentiation and in
tegration o f functions o f several variables
with special emphasis on two and three di
mensions. Topics include partial differentia
tion, extreme value problems, LaGrange multi
pliers, multiple integrals, line and surface
integrals, Stokes’ and Green’s Theorems.
Prerequisite: Math 6 or equivalent.
Recommended: Math 16 or Math 16A.
Each semester. Fall semester. Rosen.
18H. Several Variable Calculus
Honors Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will
be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous
than its standard counterpart (the subject
matter will be equally as valuable in applied
situations, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri
marily for students who have successfully
completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.
23. Statistics.
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 2, but the course is taught on a higher
mathematical level. The course is intended for
anyone who wants an introduction to the
application o f statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
Every year.
Spring semester. Staff.
27. Multivariate Statistical Methods.
Given as a continuation o f Math 2 or Math
23, the course deals mainly with the study of
relationships between three or more variables.
Included are such topics as multiple regression
analysis, with partial and multiple correla
tions, several variable analysis o f variance,
and the analysis o f multidimensional contin
gency tables. The course ends with an intro
duction to Bayesian statistical inference.
Prerequisite: Math 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ. 30
or Soc/Anth. 19 or 20.
A lternate years. Spring semester. Not offered
1988-89.
30. Differential Equations.
An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximation
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisites: Math 18 and 16 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester.
37. Number Theory.
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts,
and the theory o f multiplicative number the
ory will be developed. Students are also ex
pected to learn how to construct a mathemat-
161
Mathematics
ical proof. This course is recommended for
potential mathematics majors.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Alternate years. Fall semester. Langer.
Prerequisite: Math 18 or permission of in
structor.
F all semester. Skeath.
41. Probability.
Course content varies from year to year and
is dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Algebraic
Coding Theory, Groups and Representations,
Finite Reflection Groups.
Prerequisite: Math 16.
A lternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1988-89.
This course considers both discrete and con
tinuous probability theory. The classical dis
tributions—Binomial, Poisson, and Normal
—are studied. Other topics to be discussed
are the Central Limit Theorem, the laws o f
large numbers, and generating functions.
Prerequisite: Math 6, and 9 or 18, or permis
sion.
A lternate years. Spring semester. Staff.
45. Topics in Geometry.
Course content varies from year to year and
is dependent on student and faculty interest.
Normally, a portion o f the course will be
devoted to projective geometry and to noneudidean geometries. Among topics which
may be included are: euclidean geometry in
three (and higher) dimensions, transforma
tion geometry, dissections, tesselations, and
modem geometry arising from computer sci
ence and discrete mathematics (such as com
putational geometry and covexity).
Prerequisites: None, but some college mathe
matics is advised. Se the instructor if in doubt.
A lternate years. Fall semester.
N ot offered 1988-89.
46. Theory of Computation.
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds of
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with re
spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics
to be covered include: formal languages and
finite state devices, Turing machines, and
other models o f computation, computability,
and complexity.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 35.
A lternate years. Spring semester.
N ot offered 1988-89.
47. Introduction to Real Analysis.
This course concentrates on the careful study
o f the principles underlying the calculus of
real valued functions o f real variables. Topics
will include point set topology, compactness,
connectedness, and uniform convergence.
Can be taken with Math 101B for an external
examination paper.
162
48. Topics in Algebra.
49. Introduction to Modern Algebra.
This course is an introduction to abstract
algebra and will survey basic algebraic sys
tems—groups, rings, fields. While these con
cepts will be illustrated by many concrete
examples, the emphasis will be on abstract
theorems and proofs, and rigorous, mathe
matical reasoning. Can be taken with Math
102B for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission of in
structor.
Fall semester. Klotz.
53. Mathematical Statistics I.
Based on probability theory, this course ex
amines the statistical theory for the estimation
o f parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both
small and large sample properties o f the es
timators are studied. The course concludes
with the study o f models dealing with rela
tionships between variables including chisquare and regression analysis. Can be taken
with Math 111 for an External Examination
paper.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission.
A lternate years. Fall semester. Iversen.
61. Modeling.
An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard me
thods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to
apply these subjects to specific modeling
problems, not on their systematic theory. The
format o f the course will include projects as
well as lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
Alternate years. Spring semester. Staff.
Next offered fa ll, 1990 (tentative).
65. Combinatorics.
This course continues the study o f noncontinuous mathematics begun in Math 9. The
topics covered include three broad areas:
Counting Theory, Graph Theory, and Design
Theory. The first area includes a study of
generating functions and Polya counting. The
second area is concerned with relations be
tween certain graphical invariants. Certain
areas such as Extremal Graph Theory and
Ramsey Theory may be introduced. The third
area introduces combinatorial structures such
as matroids, design, codes, and Latin squares.
Prerequisites: Math 9 and at least one other
course in Mathematics.
Alternate years. Fall semester. Maurer.
72. Topics in Combinatorial
Optimization.
Replaces Math 64 and Math 73. Topics vary
from offering to offering and will be chosen
from such things as linear programming, net
work flows, game theory, graph theory algo
rithms, number theory algorithms, complex
ity theory. Overlap with Combinatorics
(Math 65) and Data Structures and Algo
rithms (CS 41) will be minimized. Topics will
be announced at least one year in advance.
Prerequisites: Math 7 and 9 and at least one
other course in mathematics.
O ffered alternate years, probably in the spring.
Not offered 1988-89.
81. Partial Differential Equations and
Orthogonal Functions (Applied
Analysis I).
Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier
transform, orthogonal functions, an intro
duction to Hilbert space and operators. The
motivation for these topics will be in partial
differential equations arising in the physical
sciences. May be taken with Applied Analysis
II for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 16A or 30 or permission
o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89.
82. Functions of a Complex Variable
(Applied Analysis II).
Topics include: analytic functions, integration
and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue
calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic
functions. Applications to the physical sci
ences will be considered. May be taken with
Applied Analysis 1 for an external examina
tion paper.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1988-89.
85. Topics in Analysis.
Course content varies from year to year and
is dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Differential
Geometry, Differential Topology, and Func
tional Analysis.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
N ot offered 1988-89.
93. Directed Reading.
96. Thesis.
97. Senior Conference.
This half course provides senior majors an
opportunity to delve more deeply and on
their own into a particular topic in mathemat
ics. This is accomplished by way o f a written
thesis and an oral presentation on a mathe
matical topic agreed upon by the student and
the instructor. This course is required o f all
mathematics majors.
One half credit.
Fall semester. Langer.
SEMINARS
101B. Real Analysis II.
102B. Modern Algebra II.
This seminar is a continuation o f the material
in Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47).
Topics include the inverse and implicit func
tion theorems, differential forms, and Lebesgue integration.
One credit.
Spring semester.
This is a continuation o f Introduction to
Modem Algebra (Math 47). Topics covered
usually include field theory, Galois theory
(including the insolvability o f the quintic),
the structure theorem for modules over prin
cipal ideal domains, and a theoretical devel
opment o f linear algebra. However, other
163
Mathematics
topics may be studied, depending on the
interests o f students and instructor.
One credit.
Spring semester.
103. Complex Analysis.
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment
o f the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f
a complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass
are also discussed.
(N ormally offered alternate years.)
Spring semester.
104. Topology.
An introduction to point-set, algebraic, com
binatorial, and differential topology. The sem
inar studies a variety o f concepts in geometry,
particularly those related to the notion o f
continuity, beginning with the basic vocabu
lary o f topological spaces (e.g., open sets,
compactness, connectedness) and moving on
to how geometric behavior is often reflected
by some sort o f algebraic construct (e.g.,
groups and homomorphisms in homotopy
and homology theory). Further topics include
the topology o f surfaces, covering spaces, and
elementary homological algebra. Among the
spaces o f special interest to be considered are
spheres, polyhedra, and manifolds. The semi
nar builds upon the student’s background in
real atialysis and algebra, and it is an ongoing
164
priority to illustrate how an intensive study of
one area of mathematics (in this case, topolo
gy) can be enhanced by cutting across the
usual compartmentalization o f specialties.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1988-89.
105. Probability.
This seminar concentrates on discrete proba
bility theory. The ideas o f sample space and
probability distribution are introduced. The
binomial and Poisson distributions are stud
ied, and the normal distribution is introduced.
Laws o f large numbers and the Central Limit
Theorem are discussed. Other topics include
the idea o f randomness, generating functions,
random walk problems, and Markov chains.
Consult department chair for schedule after
1987-88.
Not offered 1988-89.
111. Mathematical Statistics II.
This one-credit seminar is offered as a con
tinuation o f Math 53. It deals mainly with
statistical models for the relationships be
tween variables. The general linear model,
which includes regression, variance, and co
variance analysis, is examined in detail. Topics
also include nonparametric statistics, sam
pling theory, and Bayesian statistical infer
ence.
Prerequisite: Math 53.
One credit.
Spring semester. Iversen.
Medieval Studies
Coordinator:
MICHAEL W. COTHREN (A rt History)
Committee: Stephen P. BenSCh (History)
Dorothea Frede (Philosophy)3
Helen North (Classics)
Jean Ashmead Perkins (Modem Languages)
Peter Gram Swing (Music)
Andrea Sununu (English Literature)
William N. Turpin (Classics)
P. Unwood Urban, Jr. (Religion)
Craig Williamson (English Literature)
6 ) Religion
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included
in departmental offerings.
Directed readings in medieval subjects.
This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study o f European and Medi
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a
critical importance for the understanding of
Western culture, can be approached best
through a combination o f several disciplines.
Hence eight Departments (Art, Classics, En
glish Literature, History, Modern Languages,
Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate
to provide a course o f study which may be
offered as a major in either the course Program
or the External Examination (Honors) Pro
gram.
3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester o f the
senior year.
For a major in the Course Program the re
quirements are as follows:
For a major in the Honors Program the re
quirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11,
14-17)
Either Religion 17 or Philosophy 19
The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1; an introductory
religion course.
2. Five other medieval courses or seminars
chosen from three or four o f the following
fields:
1) Art History
2) History
3) Literature (Classics, English, CEL,
French, Spanish)
4) Music
5) Philosophy
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.
1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more o f
the fields included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow
ing fields:. Art History, History, Literature
(Classics, English, Modem Languages),
Music, Philosophy, Religion.
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the Ho
nors Program beyond these five seminars.
Courses currently offered in Medieval Studies:
(See catalogue sections for individual depart
ments to determine specific offerings in 198889 .)
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
165
Medieval Studies
Art History 14. Medieval Survey.
Art History 45. Gothic Art and
Architecture.
Art History 47. Late Antique, Early
Christian, and Byzantine A rt
CEL 13. Mediaeval Comparative
Literature.
English 16. Survey of English
Literature, I.
English 20. Old English Language and
Literature.
English 21. Chaucer.
English 23. History of the English
Language.
English 24. Pilgrim, Dreamer, Mystic,
Knight.
French 20. History of the French
Language.
French 30. Littérature du Moyen-Age.
History 11. The Barbarian North.
History 14. Heretics, Friars, and
Female Mystics: Religious Turmoil
in the Middle Ages.
History 15. Medieval Towns.
History 17. The Mediterranean World
in the Middle Ages.
166
History 78. The Formation of the
Islamic Near East
Latin 14. Medieval Latin.
Music 20. Medieval and Renaissance
Music.
Music 45. Performance (early music
ensemble).
Philosophy 19. Medieval Philosophy.
Religion 17. Christian Thought to the
Middle Ages.
Spanish 30. Literature Medieval.
Spanish 41. Obras maestras de la Edad
Media y del Renacimiento.
Medieval Studies 96. Thesis.
Seminars currently offered in Medieval
Studies:
Art History 145: Gothic Art and
Architecture.
English 102: Chaucer and Medieval
Literature.
French Literature 100: Littérature du
Moyen-Age.
History 111: Medieval Europe.
Philosophy 110: Medieval Philosophy.
Modera Languages and Literatures
GEORGE C. AVERY (German), Professor
THOMPSON RRADLEY (Russian), Professor2
JOHN J. HASSETT (Spanish), Professor
GEORGE KRUGOVOY (Russian), Professor
PHILIP METZIDAKIS (Spanish), Professor12
JEAN ASHMEAD PERKINS (French), Professor and Chairman, 1 9 8 6 '8 9
ROBERT ROZA (French), Professor10 s*
SIMONE VOISIN SMITH (French), Professor2
FRANCIS P. TAFOYA (French and Spanish), Professor
MARION J. FABER (German), Associate Professor
GEORGE MOSKOS (French), Associate Professor9 8b
LI-CHING CHANG MAIR (Chinese), Assistant Professor (part-time)
ZIQIANG SHI (Chinese), Assistant Professor
HANS-JAKOB WERLEN (German), Assistant Professor (part-time)
LAURA A. CHESAK (Spanish), Instructor
MARIA LUISA GUARDIOLA-ELUS (Spanish), Instructor
ELKE PLAXTON (German), Instructor (part-time)
JOAN FRIEDMAN (Spanish), Lecturer
SHIZHE HUANG (Chinese), Lecturer
EVGENIYA L KATSENELINBOIGEN (Russian), Lecturer
MARY K. KENNEY (Spanish), Lecturer
CAROLE NETTER (French), Lecturer
DOMINIQUE ABRY (French), Assistant
The purpose o f the major is to acquaint
students with the important periods and prin
cipal figures o f the literatures taught in the
Department, to develop an appreciation o f
literary values, to provide training in critical
analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the
relationship between literary phenomena and
the historical and cultural forces underlying
the various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally com
plete seven credits in literature courses or *9102
seminars, take Special Topics, and pass the
comprehensive examination. Students whose
interests lie primarily in language are advised
to consider the possibility o f a Foreign Lan
guages major. Those with an interest in civi
lization should consider a Special Major in
combination with History, Art, or some other
appropriate department. Students interested
in studying literature in more than one lan
guage are encouraged to consider a Literature
major.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
8a Campus coordinator, Grenoble Program,
fall semester, 1988.
8b Campus coordinator, Grenoble Program,
spring semester, 1989.
9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1988.
10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1989.
12 Program Director, Hamilton College
Academic Year in Spain (Madrid),
1988-89.
167
Modem Languages and Literatures
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary stu
dies in a foreign language through work with
the language and selected texts o f literary or
general interest.
For a detailed description o f the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered
11 or above emphasize the study o f literature
as a humanistic discipline as well as compe
tence in the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to pre
sent sufficient credits on admission to enable
them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12
in their freshman year. Students who enter
with no previous knowledge o f the language
and who are interested in majoring in a foreign
literature should register for the intensive
language courses (1 B -2 B ) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through
5 (8 in German) do not count toward the
minimum o f eight credits required for the
major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examina
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language
o f specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to elect supporting courses
in other literatures, in history, philosophy,
linguistics, or art history. The Department
also recommends participation for a minimum
o f a summer and a semester in an academic
program abroad. Linguistically qualified stu
dents may apply to the Swarthmore Program
at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year.
This program is particularly suited for majors
in the humanities and the social sciences.
Students competent in Spanish should con
sider the Hamilton College Program in Ma
drid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored
by Swarthmore. Those competent in German
should consider the Wayne State Junior Year
in Germany (at the University o f Munich or
the University o f Freiburg) or the Smith
College Junior Year at the University of Ham
burg. Students interested in intermediate and
advanced Chinese studies in China are en
couraged to consider the China Educational
Tours program in Beijing and the Nankai
University program in Tianjin, the People’s
Republic o f China. Students on scholarship
may apply scholarship monies to designated
programs o f study abroad, in addition to the
Hamilton College Program in Madrid and the
Swarthmore Program in Grenoble (see Edu
cation Abroad, pp. 5 5 -5 7 ).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program of
language and literature courses required for
the major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered
in the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under
standing o f the foreign culture being studied
are also recommended. Prospective teachers
o f a foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language of
specialization, a reading knowledge of other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.
Continental European and Spanish American
Literatures (in translation)
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
168
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taughr in the original lan
guage. CEL/SAL courses provide students
with the opportunity to study literature which
they cannot read in the original. These courses
may be used to satisfy the distribution re
quirements, but cannot be substituted for the
11 or 12 level courses to satisfy the depart
mental prerequisites for a major or minor in
the original languages. In some cases CEL/
SAL courses may form an appropriate part o f
supporting upper-level work, part o f a Liter
ature Major, or they may serve as the basis o f
preparation for an Honors paper. Students
planning programs where such considerations
might apply should consult with the Depart
ment.
Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is
offered each semester; these courses are an
nounced before fall and spring registration.
Other, cross-listed courses in foreign litera
ture in translation are listed after SAL 50.
12R. Russian Thought and Literature
in the Quest for Truth.
The development o f Russian intellectual tra
dition as reflected in Russian philosophy and
literature from the 18th century to the pres
ent. Brief consideration o f Russian medieval
literature and thought. Eighteenth century:
secularization of culture. Nineteenth and twen
tieth centuries: philosophical and literary po
lemics within the framework o f current secu
lar ideologies and religious thought. Russia
and the West and the dream o f a Perfect
World.
Not offered 1988-89. Krugovoy.
13R. The Russian Novel.
(See Russian 13.)
<3. Mediaeval Comparative Literature.
The tension between ideals and their realiza
tion as reflected in the literature o f the Middle
Ages, especially the epic (R oland, C id, N ibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvatn, T he
Grail).
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester 1989. Perkins.
14. Modern European Literature.
Contributions in theme and form to a Euro
pean tradition o f modern fiction will be exam
ined and compared in seminar format (pre
sentation and critical discussion o f student
papers). Authors will include Dostoevsky,
Rilke, E. M. Forster, Thomas Mann, Kafka,
Virginia W oolf, and Malraux. Intended espe
cially for freshmen and sophomores contem
plating a Literature major. Limited enroll
ment.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Avery.
16. Chinese Literatuare in
Translation.
(See Chinese 16.)
Staff.
206. The Contemporary German Novel.
Representative works o f prose fiction from
the two Germanies, Austria, and Switzerland
since the end o f World War II against the
background o f literary, intellectual and poli
tico-sociological currents in German-speaking
Europe. Authors will include Ingeborg Bachmann, Heinrich Boll, Max Frisch, Peter
Handke, Günter Grass, Uwe Johnson, Gabrielle Wohmann, and Christa Wolf. Lectures,
class discussions, critical papers.
Not offered 1988-89.
25R. Russian Folklore and Russian
Culture.
A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and
artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis of
literature and civilization. Survivals o f myth
and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their
significance for the understanding o f the col
lective psychological dominants in Russian
cultural outlook will be discussed. Special
attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales,
heroic epic, and lyric poetry with extensive
use o f comparative evidence from non-Rus
sian folk traditions. Representative texts will
be analyzed in class with active participation
by students.
Not offered 1988-89. Krugovoy.
506. Studies in Modern German
Literature.
Under this course title topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking coun
tries, against the background o f this century’s
dominant social and cultural crises. Courses
to be offered in subsequent years include: The
Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German
Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Ger
man Expressionism; Austrian Writers o f the
20th Century; Nietzsche and his Literary In-
169
Modem Languages and Literatures
fluence; Twentieth Century German Women
in Film and Literature; Film and Literature in
Weimar Germany.
Not offered 1988-89. Faber.
30R. The Petersburg Theme in
Russian Literature.
Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion, and myth.
Alienation in the modern city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Read
ings and discussions based on works by Push
kin, Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tol
stoy, and Bely. This course is not a regular
offering and may not be repeated in the
foreseeable future.
Not offered 1988-89. Krugovoy.
50R. Russian Literature and
Revolutionary Thought
A study o f continuity and change in the
relationship between the major political and
social movements and the writers before and
after 1917. Special attention will be given to
the post-revolutionary literary and political
struggle in the 1920’s and its revival o f the
1960’s.
Not offered 1988-89. Bradley.
5OS. Spanish Thought and Literature
of the Twentieth Century.
The struggle between traditionalism and lib
eralism, its background and manifestations in
Spanish thought and letters from the turn o f
the century through the Civil War to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega
y Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo José
Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89.
SAL 50. Contemporary SpanishAmerican Literature.
A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark
the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from
the various national literatures. ARGENTINA:
Borges, Cortazar; Valenzuela; PERU: Vargas
Llosa; COLOMBIA: Garcia Márquez; GUA-
170
TEMALA: Asturias; MEXICO: Fuentes,
Rulfo, Garro; CHILE: Bombai; CUBA: Car
pentier, Cabrera, Infante.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89.
SAL 55. The Fiction of Contemporary
Spanish American Women Writers.
A study o f literary innovations and contribu
tions to the evolution o f twentieth century
Spanish American prose fiction in translation
by such writers as Maria Luisa Bombai, Elena
Poniatowska, Isabel Allende, Cristina Peri
Rossi, and others. Texts will be examined
principally within the context o f current intel
lectual concerns, sociopolitical issues, histori
cal events, and literary trends in both Spanish
America and the rest o f the Western world.
Topics to be discussed will include: (1) Is
feminine literature in Spanish America a
propagation o f sexism?, (2 ) the seduction of
woman’s pedestal: true respect or false illu
sion?, (3 ) the concept o f a "feminine point of
view,” and (4 ) the significance o f feminine
literature in Spanish America today. Course
conducted in English. Open to students with
prior preparation in literature.
Not offered 1988-89.
SAL 60. Spanish American Society
Through Its Novel.
This course will explore the relationship be
tween society and the novel in Spanish Ameri
ca. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario
Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez, Juan
Rulfo and others will be discussed in conjunc
tion with sociological patterns in contempo
rary Spanish America. See Sociology-Anthropology 60.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89.
70. Renaissance Comparative
Literature.
(See English Literature 70.)
74. Modern Drama.
(See English Literature 74.)
79. Studies in Comparative Fiction.
(See English Literature 79.)
EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR
LANGUAGE COURSES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition o f reading skills:
1-2 combines the presentation of gram
mar with readings from the humani
ties (including literature), social sci
ences, and sciences. Classes meet
three times per week and are con
ducted in English. May be used to
prepare for fulfilling the reading re
quirement o f graduate schools but
does not prepare students for inter
mediate or advanced courses in litera
ture taught in the original language.
Satisfactory completion o f the oneyear sequence does satisfy the lan
guage requirement.
Students who start in the 1-2 se
quence must complete 2 in order to
receive credit for 1. However, stu
dents placing directly in 2 can receive
credit for a single semester o f language
work.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 5B carry
one and one-half credits per semester.
Three semesters in this sequence are
equivalent to two years o f work at the
college level. Designed to impart an active
command o f the language and combine
the study or review o f grammar essentials
and readings o f varied texts with intensive
practice to develop the ability to speak the
language. Recommended for students who
want to progress rapidly and especially for
those with no previous knowledge o f the
language and who are interested in prepar
ing for intermediate or advanced courses
in literature taught in the original lan
guage. Students who start in this orienta
tion can major in a foreign language and
literature not studied previously. These
courses (a) meet as one section for gram
mar presentation and in small groups for
oral practice with a native speaker o f the
language, and (b) may require periodic
work in the language laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence
must complete 2B in order to receive
credit for IB . However, students placing
directly in 2B can receive one and one-half
semester credits. Course numbered 3B
may be taken singly for one and one-half
semester credits.
Chinese
The purpose o f the program is to develop
competence in the modern Chinese language.
Students should plan to take the introductory
and intermediate courses as early as possible
so that studying in China may, if desired, be
incorporated into their curriculum. The
courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 11, 12 are
offered each year and 15, 16 in alternate falls.
Although no major exists currendy in Chinese
in either the Course Program or the External
Examination program, qualified students are
urged to consider the possibility o f the Lin
guistics and Languages Major, the Asian Stud
ies Major, or a Special Major in combination
with such departments as Linguistics, History,
History o f Art, Music, Political Science, and
Religion. It is possible to prepare for two
external examinations, which would consti
tute a minor in the external examination pro
gram, in the fields o f Chinese Literature:
Modern Fiction and Structure o f the Chinese
Language. Interested students should consult
with the Section Head in Chinese.
COURSES
1B-2B. Introduction to Mandarin
Chinese.
An intensive introduction to spoken and writ
ten Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on oral
practice. Designed to impart an active com
mand o f basic grammar. Introduces 350 to
4 0 0 characters and develops the ability to
read and write in simple modern Chinese.
171
Modern Languages and Literatures
Mair and Huang.
3B, 4B. Second-year Mandarin Chinese.
Designed for students who have mastered
basic grammar and 350 to 4 0 0 characters.
Combines intensive oral practice with writing
and reading in the modem language. Emphasis
is on rapid expansion o f vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions, and thorough understanding o f
grammatical patterns. Prepares students for
advanced study at the College and in China.
Shi and Huang.
11. Third-year Chinese.
Concentrates on reading in modern Chinese.
Develops the ability to read a variety o f
Modern Chinese writings, fiction, essays,
documentary and journalistic materials and
the ability to write in the modern language.
Classes conducted in Chinese, though oral
translation into English is an important com
ponent.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester ig88. Shi.
11A. Chinese Conversation.
A half-credit course concentrating on the
further development o f speaking skills in
Chinese. To be taken in conjunction with
Chinese 11.
Fall semester. Huang.
12. Advanced Chinese.
Advanced studies after Chinese 11. Concen
trates on reading in modem Chinese. Strength
ens the ability to read a variety o f modern
Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary
and journalistic materials and the ability to
write in the modem language. Classes con
ducted in Chinese, though oral translation
into English is an important component.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester 1989. Shi.
12A. Chinese Conversation.
A half-credit course concentrating on the
further development o f speaking skills in
Chinese. To be taken in conjunction with
Chinese 12.
Spring semester. Huang.
15. The Chinese Language.
A linguistic survey o f the history and structure
o f the Chinese language; Chinese as a nonIndo-European language, its basic structure,
its dialects and national standard, and the
development o f its writing system.
(Cross-listed as Linguistics 15.)
Spring semester 1989. Shi.
16. Chinese Literature
in Translation.
An introduction to Chinese literature, its
themes and the intellectual tradition it reflects.
Course material includes fiction, drama, and
a brief consideration o f classical poetry.
(Cross-listed as CEL 16.)
Primary distribution course.
Staff.
93. Directed Reading.
French
French may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows: French 12
or 12A and 16, the equivalent, or evidence o f
special competence.
as well as minors in the Honors Program, are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spo
ken and written French to do all o f their work
in French, i.e., discussions and papers in
courses and seminars, and all oral and written
examinations, including comprehensive and
Honors examinations.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
Course majors are required to (a) take eight
advanced courses numbered .12 or above, of
which one must be Studies in Stylistics
(French 16) or the equivalent, such as study
abroad; (b) do Special Topics; and (c) com
plete a comprehensive examination in the
Spring semester o f their senior year. This
examination is based on a reading list of I
All majors including students preparing a
Secondary School certificate are strongly
urged to spend at least one semester o f study
in France.
Majors in the Course and Honors Programs,
172
essential works from the Middle Ages to the
Twentieth Century. Students may choose to
prepare any two consecutive centuries, plus
one genre in any o f two other centuries, and
they are expected to devise a suitable program
of study on this basis in the Spring semester
of the sophomore year.
Students are required to take at least one
course in Literature before 1800. They can
take no more than two courses o f a nonliterary nature.
COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or
minor in French should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.
1-2. French Reading and Translation.
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f French grammar and a reading
knowledge of the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana
tory note on language courses above.
1988-89. O ffered in alternate years. Tafoya.
1B-2B, 3B. Intensive French.
For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. Prepares
for intermediate and advanced courses in
language or literature taught exclusively in
French. Recommended for students who wish
to acquire minimal linguistic competence for
study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in
France. See the explanatory note on language
courses above as well as the description o f the
Swarthmore program at the University o f
Grenoble under Education A broad.
5. Composition and Diction.
This course satisfies the prerequisites for in
termediate and advanced courses taught in the
original language, such as 1 2 ,12A, or 16. Em
phasis is on the consolidation o f grammatical
principles with an aim to increasing the facility
to write and speak the language through work
with formal grammar, selected readings of
literary or general interest, newspaper and
magazine articles, radio programs, films, etc.
Recommended for students who wish to study
abroad at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
E ach semester.
5A. French Conversation.
A half-credit conversation course concentrat
ing on the development o f the students’ ability
to speak French.
Each semester. Abry.
12. Introduction to Literary Studies.
An analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes o f expression. Selected works
from Molière to Beckett.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester.
12A. Images de la France.
Salient aspects o f French civilization in the
age-long struggle for human values. Based on
literary works which depict life or events in a
given period, but emphasis is on historical,
political, and social questions rather than
belles lettres as such. The historical periods
treated will vary from time to time. Novels,
plays, and films, chosen for fall 1988, deal
with France immediately prior to the outbreak
o f World War II, the occupation, and the
immediate post-war period. Works or selec
tions by authors such as Simone de Beauvoir,
Jean Giraudoux, Antoine de Saint-Exupéry,
and Vercors.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Fall semester 1988. Tafoya.
15. Freshman Seminar.
For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f 675 or above in
French, and satisfactory performance in the
Placement Exam for Literature courses ad
ministered during Freshman Orientation.
Topic for 1988 to be announced.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Roza.
16. Studies in Stylistics.
For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the writ
ten and oral language. Original compositions
are based on a stylistic study o f texts by
representative French authors from the 17 th
173
Modem Languages and Literatures
century to the present.
Prerequisite: French 5 , 1 2 , 12A, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester.
20. History of the French Language.
The development o f the French language from
its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis
will be placed more on general patterns than
on philological details. Texts o f the various
periods will be analyzed intensively. The
course will be given in English; students must
have a reading knowledge o f French. This
course will satisfy the linguistics requirement
for a teacher certification and may be used for
a Medieval Studies major.
Spring semester 1990. Perkins.
22. Le Cinéma français.
An examination o f the evolution o f style and
theme in French Cinema from Realism to
Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied
will be Clair, Renior, and Camé, as well as
Resnais, Truffaut, and Godard.
25. L’Ancien Régime.
A study o f the social conditions o f 17th and
18th century France in both rural and urban
areas with special attention to the condition
o f women during the period. Readings from
20th century historians and from representa
tive literary texts o f the period.
Prerequisite: French 12, 12A, or equivalent
language skills.
Fall semester 1989. Perkins.
28. La France Contemporaine.
A study o f events and ideas which have shaped
French society from the 19th century to the
present. Selected French works in history,
political science, sociology and literature.
Smith.
30. Littérature du Moyen-Age.
O ffered, on dem and. Perkins.
33. Femmes écrivains.
Women writers from the Middle Ages to the
beginning o f the XXth century.
Fall semester 1988. Smith.
35. L’Humanisme de la Renaissance.
42. Littérature du 17e Siècle.
A study o f the cultural and intellectual setting
o f the grand siecle. Representative plays, nov
els, fables, maxims.
174
Fall semester 1988. Smith.
43. Le Théâtre.
Representative works from the Middle Ages
to the the Romantic period included.
Smith.
50. Le Roman avant la Révolution.
51. Les Philosophes.
60. Le Roman du 19e Siècle.
A study o f innovations in techniques and
form as well as the examination of moral
problems arising from socio-political changes
in 19th century France. Based primarily on
the novels o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and
Zola.
61. Romantisme.
65.6audelaire, Rimbaud, Mallarmé,
Apollinaire.
Spring semester 1990. Roza.
70. Théâtre Moderne.
Major trends in 20th century drama from
Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
71. Poésie Contemporaine.
From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and
Saint John-Perse.
Roza.
72. Le Roman du 20e Siècle.
An examination o f the tensions between hu
manistic tradition and formal innovation in
the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the
Nouveau Roman and beyond.
Fall semester 1989. Roza.
73. Littérateurs Engagés.
A study o f the literature o f commitment
before and after World War II. Principally an
examination o f the literary manifestations of
French Existentialism. Includes works by Mal
raux, Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others.
Tafoya.
75. Proust and Joyce.
76. Ecriture féminine.
A study o f the literary, theoretical and socio
political implications o f feminine texts in
twentieth-century France. Topics to be dis
cussed: the idea o f the author, deconstruction
and feminism, psychoanalysis and women,
and others.
Spring semester 1989. Moskos.
91. Special Topics.
Study of individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Open to senior majors
and other qualified students.
Spring semester 1989.
92. Colloquium.
93. Directed Reading.
94. Thesis.
SEMINARS
Preparation o f topics for External Examina
tions (Honors) may be done by appropriate
courses plus attachments only when seminars
are not available. French 33 (Femmes Ecri
vains) and French 76 (Ecriture Féminine) may
be presented for an examination in French
Women Writers. Students preparing for Ex
ternal Examinations should consult with the
Department on the suitability and availability
of attachments.
Molière.
Smith.
103. L’Age des Lumières.
Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Perkins.
104. Stendhal et Flaubert
Spring semester 1989. Tafoya.
105. Proust.
100. Littérature du Moyen-Age.
Style and vision in L a Recherche du Temps perdu.
Spring semester 1990. Roza.
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre
and romance.
Perkins.
From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Fall semester 1988. Roza.
101. La Renaissance.
106. Poésie Symboliste.
108. Le Roman du 20e Siècle.
Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Na
varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations
from Marot through the Pléiade.
Smith.
Major innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Roza.
102. Le Théâtre Classique.
Fall semester 1989. Moskos.
1. Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study o f
"the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2.
109. Le Romantisme.
180. Thesis.
German
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows:
written work in German. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics. The compré
hensives are based on the student’s course
work, and on " A Reading List o f German
Majors in Course.”
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
COURSES
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
In normal circumstances the language o f in
struction in courses numbered 11 and above
is German. Students are expected to have a
sufficient command o f the language to be able
to participate in class discussions and do
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
All courses numbered 50 and above are open
to students after either German 11 or 12.
175
Modern Languages and Literatures
1-2. German Reading and Translation.
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana
tory note on language courses above.
To be offered 1989-go.
1B-2B, 3B. Intensive German.
For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 8, 11 or 12.
1B-2B, Werlen and Plaxton; Faber and Plaxton;
3B. Fall semester. Faber and Plaxton.
8. Writing and Speaking German.
Oral discussions and writing practice based
on general and literary topics o f contemporary
interest. For students who want to consolidate
their skills o f expression. Recommended for
German majors. Can be taken concurrently
with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B or by departmental
placement test.
Spring semester. Werlen.
8A. German Conversation.
A half-credit conversation course concentrat
ing on the development o f the students’ ability
to speak German.
Prerequisite: German 8 or the equivalent.
Fall semester.
11. Introduction to German Literature
(early 20th century).
An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and fiction
from the beginning o f the 20th century, in
cluding works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka,
Mann, and Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 8, or equivalent
work.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Avery.
12. Introduction to German Literature
(The Age of Goethe).
An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second
half o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
176
century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe,
Schiller, and the Romantics.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Avery.
13. Translation: Theory and Practice.
This course aims at exploring the act of transla
tion, at first theoretically, and subsequently—
and primarily—through practice in translating
texts from various fields within the humanities
from German into English. In the second half
o f the course, students will pursue individual
projects in consultation with the instructor.
This course does not count towards the
major.
Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent.
N ot offered 1988-89. Faber.
14. Introduction to German Studies.
Emphasis is on building up students’ ability to
read non-literary texts. Historical, political,
sociological, and philosophical issues in Ger
man culture from the late 18th century to the
present will be examined. In 1988 the course
will revolve around the phenomenon of the
Holocaust, working backwards to discover
origins in German culture, and forward to
consider the continuing impact o f the Holo
caust in contemporary German society. Close
readings o f texts by writers such as Spengler,
Nietzsche, and Buber. Discussion in English.
Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent.
Fall semester. Faber.
50. Die Deutsche Lyrik.
Readings in the major German poets.
Not offered 1988-89.
52. Das Deutsche Drama.
A study o f German drama, concentrating on
plays written from Naturalism through the
present. Dramatists to be studied include
Lessing, Schiller, Kleist, Büchner, Wedekind,
Sternheim, Handke, Kroetz, Heiner Müller.
Not offered 1988-89.
60. Aufklaerung und Sturm und Drang.
The German Enlightenment and various re
actions to it. Authors read include Lessing,
Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early Goethe,
and the early Schiller.
Not offered 1988-89.
63. Goethe’s Faust.
An intensive study o f Faust I and II.
N ot offered 1988-89.
72. Literatur des neunzehnten
Jahrhunderts.
Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric
poetry from the end o f Romanticism through
the beginnings o f Modernism. Readings in
clude selections from essayistic writings re
flecting contemporary thought.
Not offered 1988-89.
80. Klassiker der Moderne.
A study of German literature from the begin
nings of Modernism through World War I.
Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas
Mann.
Not offered 1988-89.
82. Literatur des zwanzigsten
Jahrhunderts.
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity of
the modern tradition under the impact of
political exile and World War II. Authors
include Brecht, Thomas Mann, and postWorld War II writing in Austria, Switzerland,
East and West Germany.
Not offered 1988-89.
83. Kafka and Brecht
A study o f the principal works o f each author
with emphasis on the emergence o f major
themes and the examinations o f literary crafts
manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and
Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be
considered in the context o f the authors’
cultural and social environment.
Fall semester. Avery.
91. Special Topics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems.
Spring semester. Werlen.
SEM INARS
All seminars to be offered in a particular year
will be announced in advance. Preparation of
topics for External Examinations (Honors)
may be done by appropriate courses plus
attachments only when seminars are not avail
able. Students preparing for External Exami
nations should consult with the Department
on the suitability and availability o f attach
ments.
104. Goethe.
A study of Goethe’s major works in the
context of his life and times.
(This seminar does not include Faust.)
To be offered 1989-90.
105. Die Deutsche Romantik.
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors in
clude Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Bren-
tano, Eichendorff, the early Büchner, and
Heine.
Fall semester. Faber.
107. Moderne Prosa.
The development o f German prose narrative
from the turn o f the century through the end
o f the 1920s as reflected in the works by
Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kaf
ka, Döblin, Karl Kraus, and R. Walser.
Spring semester. Avery.
108. Deutsche Literatur nach 1950.
The emergence o f distinctive works of narra
tive fiction, lyric poetry, and drama in the two
Germanies, in Austria and in Switzerland
following the collapse o f Nationalist Socialism
in Germany. Emphasis on works by major
authors.
To be offered 1989-90. Faber.
Hebrew
1-2. Modern Hebrew.
This course is for beginners and stresses the
integration o f reading, writing, understanding,
and speaking skills o f modern Hebrew. In
addition to the class textbook the instructor
will use other materials such as short stories,
poems, folk tales, and newspaper articles to
177
Modern Languages and Literatures
enhance the student’s mastery o f the language.
Students will be required to write short com
positions and discuss topical issues in the
language. This course will provide a very good
preparation in the language for those who may
be planning to visit or study in Israel.
1988-89.
Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are: Russian 6B, 11, 12,
and 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.
C O U RSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.
1-2. Russian Reading and Translation.
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read
and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
O ffered in alternate years. Staff.
1B-2B, 3B. Intensive Russian.
For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 6B, 11, and 12.
6B. Advanced Intensive Russian.
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad
vanced conversation, composition, transla
tion, and stylistics. Considerable attention
paid to writing skills and speaking. Readings
include short stories and newspapers. Con
ducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy and
178
Katsenelinboigen.
11. Introduction to Russian Literature.
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.
12. Introduction to Russian Literature.
19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first
two decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev,
Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely.
Silver Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
13. The Russian Novel.
Continuity and change in the development of
the novel in the 19th century and in the postrevolutionary period. Lectures and readings
in English. Russian majors will be required to
read a part o f the material in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bradley.
16. History of the Russian Language.
An introductory course. A study o f the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among
the other modern Indo-European and Slavic
languages. The uses o f philology and linguis
tics for the ideological and stylistic analysis of
literary texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
N ot offered 1988-89.
91. Special Topics.
(For senior majors.) Study o f individual au
thors, selected themes or critical problems.
93. Directed Reading.
SEMINARS
101. Tolstoy.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.
102. Russian Short Story.
103. Pushkin and Lermontov.
104. Dostoevsky.
105. Literature of the Soviet Period.
107. Russian Lyrical Poetry.
108. Modern Russian Poetry.
109. Chekhov.
110. Bulgakov.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
Spanish
Prerequisites for majors are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11, 13, and 41, or equiva
lent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehen
sive examinations in Spanish. Course majors
are required to do Special Topics.
COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in
Spanish should plan their program in consul
tation with the Department.
1B-2B, 3B. Intensive Spanish.
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 5B, 11, or 13.
5B. Intensive Spanish.
For majors and others who wish an advanced
language course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. Much attention paid to
pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and
the most difficult concepts o f Spanish gram
mar. An ideal course prior to study abroad.
Each semester. Hassett and Kenney.
11. Introduction to Spanish Literature.
A study o f representative prose fiction, po
etry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zor
rilla, Becquer, Perez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Guardiola-EUis.
13. Introduction to Spanish American
Literature.
A study o f representative prose fiction, po
etry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Martí,
Silva, Darío, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda,
Vallejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, García Márquez,
Borges, Valenzuela and others). Discussions,
papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Hassett.
NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.
70. La Generación del 98.
Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclán, Azorin,
Baroja, Unamuno, Benavente, and Antonio
Machado.
Fall semester 1988. Guardiola-EUis.
71. Literatura Española
Contemporánea.
Major figures o f the 20th century not covered
in Spanish 70: Juan Ramón, Jiménez, Garcia
Lorca, Alberti, Salinas, Guillen, Hernández,
Hierro, and Aleixandre among the poets; nov
els by Cela and Goytisolo; the theater o f
Casona and Sastre.
Spring semester 1989. Guardiola-EUis.
179
Modem Languages and Literatures
79. El Cuento Hispanoamericano.
The Spanish American short story from the
early 19th century to the present. Represen
tative authors include Echevarria, Carras
quilla, Payro, Lillo, Roa Bastos, Borges, Bioy
Basares, Rulfo, Cortázar, García, Márque,
Valenzuela, Skármeta, and others.
Spring semester 1989. Chesak.
91. Special Topics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Open to all students with
prior experience in Spanish and/or Spanish
American Literature.
Courses to be offered in subsequent years:
7. Fonética española y composición.
30. La Literatura Medieval.
40. El Teatro del Renacimiento y del
Siglo de Oro.
41. Obras maestras de la Edad Media y
del Renacimiento.
42. La Poesia del Renacimiento y
del Siglo de Oro.
60. La Novela en el Siglo XIX.
72. La Novela Española de la
Posguerra.
73. Unamuno.
74. Literatura Española de Posguerra.
75. Teatro Hispanoamericano
Contemporáneo.
76. La Poesía Hispanoamericana del
Siglo XX.
78. La Novela Mexicana Social
del Siglo XX.
80. La Narrative Chilena Desde
El Golpe Militar, 1973-1987.
85. Literatura Hispánica
Contemporánea de los Estados Unidos.
SEMINARS
101. La Novela Hispanoamericana
del siglo XX.
Emphasis on works written between 1960 and
1987. Authors will include Alejo Carpentier,
Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, José Do
noso, Gabriel García Márquez, Manuel Puig,
Isabel Allende, Manlio Argueta, Luisa Valen
zuela, Antonio Skármeta, and others. Students
180
wishing to take this seminar must have com
pleted at least one course in Spanish num
bered 3 0 or above or obtained permission
from the instructor.
Fall semester 1988. Hassett.
102. Cervantes.
103. La Guerra civil española.
Music and Dance
PATRICIA W. BOYER, Professor Emerita o f Dance
JAMES FREEMAN, Professor o f Music
PETER GRAM SWING, Professor o f Music
SHARON L FRIEDLER, Associate Professor o f Dance3
GERALD LEVINSON, Associate Professor o f Music
ANN K. McNAMEE, Associate Professor o f Music and Chair
DOROTHY K. FREEMAN, Associate in Performance (Music)
MICHAEL JOHNS, Associate in Performance (Music)
SUZANNE LEVY, Visiting Assistant Professor (Dance)
KAREN MEYERS, Associate in Performance (Music)
CAROLYN REICHEK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
NANCEY ROSENSWEIG, Associate in Performance (Dance)
ARNE RUNNING, Associate in Performance (Music)
PAULA SEPINUCK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
JON SHERMAN, Associate in Performance (Dance)
RORERT M. SMART, Associate in Performance (Music)
MUSIC
The study of music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history, and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music
as an artistic and intellectual achievement.
Theory courses train the student to work with
musical material, to understand modes of
organization in composition and to evolve
methods of musical analysis. History courses
introduce students to methods o f studying
the development o f musical styles and genres,
and the relationship o f music to other arts and
areas of thought. The Department encourages
students to develop performing skills through
private study and through participation in the
wind ensemble, chorus, early music ensemble,
orchestra, and chamber music coaching pro
gram which it staffs and administers. The
Department also assists instrumentalists or
singers to finance the cost o f private instruc
tion. Credit may be granted under the provi
sions for Creative Arts.
Major in the Course Program: Two semester
courses in theory and one semester course in
history are prerequisite for acceptance as a
major. Majors will normally take five semester
courses in theory (including Music 15, 16, or
17), four semester courses in history (includ
ing Music 2 0 and either 21 or 2 2 ) and meet
the basic piano requirement. Majors are ex
pected to participate in at least one o f the
department’s performing organizations.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will fulfill the same prereq
uisites as listed above and will normally stand
for four papers in music. The Department
strongly recommends that one paper be a
thesis or research project. Any Theory/Composition course numbered 15 or higher, also
all history courses, can be used as the basis o f
a paper when augmented by a concurrent or
subsequent attached unit o f additional re
search, or by directed reading, or by a tutorial.
Minor in the External Exam ination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to minor in the
Honors Program will normally stand for two
papers in music. Two semester courses in
theory and one semester course in history are
prerequisite for a minor. A t least four semes
ter courses in theory and two in history
should eventually be taken.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
181
Music and Dance
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.
piano as a tool for study, also to help students
meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music and to students
enrolled in theory courses. No academic credit
is given for basic piano.
Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform at
sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a
first movement o f an easy late 18th or early
19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior
year they should be able to read chamber
music scores, vocal music in four clefs, and
realize figured basses. The department recom
mends that majors take one or two semesters
o f Music 42 to develop these skills. Students
with exceptional proficiency in an instrument
other than the piano, or in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards o f
pianists.
Special scholarships and awards in music
include:
The basic piano program : This program is de
signed to develop keyboard proficiency to a
point where a student can effectively use the
The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships:
See p. 26.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Scho
larships: See p. 26.
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer Fellowships:
See p. 26.
The M elvin B. Troy Award: See p. 65.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See
p. 25.
T he Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship:
See p. 32.
The Barnard Fellows: See p. 13.
The Peter Gram Swing Prize: See p. 65.
CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
Chorus, O rchestra, Early M usic Ensemble, W ind
Ensenble, Cham ber Music
Students may take Performance Chorus (Music
43 ), Performance Orchestra (Music 4 4 ), Per
formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 45),
Performance Wind Ensemble (Music 46 ), or
Performance Chamber Music (Music 47), for
credit with the permission o f the Department
member who has the responsibility for that
performing group. The amount o f credit re
ceived will be a half-course in any one semes
ter and usually will be granted only to students
participating for a full year in a particular
activity. Students applying for credit will ful
fill requirements established for each activity,
i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals and per
formances and participation in any supple
mentary classes held in connection with the
activity. Students will be graded on a credit/
no credit basis.
Individual Instruction (Music 48)
Music Majors and members o f the Wind
Ensemble, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble,
Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they
182
wish, take lessons for credit. Members of the
Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel
Choir are eligible for voice lessons; members
o f the Wind Ensemble, Early Music Ensem
ble, and Orchestra are eligible for lessons on
their primary instrument. Students who are
not Music Majors and are not in any of the
performing organizations listed above may
take lessons for credit if they are concurrendy
enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition
course offered by the Music Department.
Pianists who are not Music Majors and who
are not enrolled in a History or Theory/
Composition course offered by the Depart
ment may qualify for Music 48 by taking part
in the Department’s Program for Accom
panists. The Department expects such pianists
to give at least three hours a week to the
Program.
A student applying for Individual Instruction
will first demonstrate to the Department ability
to undertake such study at least at an inter
mediate level. The student will arrange to
work with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject
to the approval o f the Department, which will
then supervise the course o f study and grade
it on a credit/no credit basis. Teacher and
student will submit written evaluations, and
the student will perform for a jury at the end
of the semester. The Department will then
decide if the student should receive credit,
and if the student can re-enroll.
and majors receive subsidies that cover twothirds the cost o f their lessons through the
Boyd and Ruth Barnard Scholarships. Addi
tional scholarships provided by the Edwin B.
Garrigues Foundation subsidize the entire cost
o f private lessons with the teacher o f their
choice for approximately ten o f the most
musically advanced students at the College.
For students enrolled in lessons for credit
(Individual Instruction) a portion o f the cost
of the lessons is guaranteed by the department.
Section leaders in the chorus and orchestra
All students enrolled in Music 4 8 are strongly
encouraged to perform in student chamber
music concerts and to try out for concertos
with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus.
COURSES AND SEMINARS
1. Introduction to Music.
A course designed to teach intelligent listen
ing. The course assumes no prior training in
music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Swing.
2. Introduction to Music.
A course that approaches listening and analysis
through concentration on musical fundamen
tals: reading notation and developing or ex
panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm,
structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The
course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. ]. Freeman.
6. J . S. Bach.
An introduction to his career as composer
and performer through readings and through
study of his compositions in representative
genres. The course emphasizes training in
informed listening.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1988-89; offered fa ll, 1989.
7. W. A. Mozart.
A course about the life and music o f W . A.
Mozart, with emphasis on listening to and
analysis o f his compositions in representative
genres: opera, concerto, symphony, chamber
music, and liturgical music, especially his
Requiem. The course is run as a seminar, with
presentations, discussions, and in-class per
formance. There will be two papers, several
repertory quizzes, and a final exam.
No prerequisite other than some familiarity
with classical music and its notation. Enroll
ment limited to 12.
N ot offered 1988-89; offered spring, 1990.
8. Music of the Orient
Introduction to music and musical theories of
the Near East and Far East. Guest lecturers in
special fields will meet with the class at appro
priate intervals.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1988-89; offered spring, 1990.
10. American Music.
A study o f unwritten and written music in the
United States to 1940, popular and vernacular
as well as classical, using Charles Hamm,
M usic in the New W orld, as a text. Students will
be evaluated on a portfolio o f work to include
papers presented in class, reports on music
listened to, listening quizzes, and an extended
essay on a topic o f choice.
No prerequisite. Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester.Swing.
THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Students who anticipate taking further courses
in the Department or majoring in Music are
urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible.
Placement exams are given each year at the
183
Music and Dance
first meeting o f that course for students who
feel they may be able to place out o f it. Majors
will normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and
15, 16, or 17 in successive years.
11-12. Harmony and Counterpoint I.
Written musical exercises include composi
tion o f original materials as well as commen
tary on excerpts from the tonal literature.
Prerequisite: knowledge of traditional nota
tion, major/minor scales, ability to play or
sing at sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
Music 11-12 is a primary distribution course.
Year course. McNamee.
13-14. Harmony and Counterpoint II.
Continued work with tonal harmony and
ocunterpoint at an intermediate level. De
tailed study o f selected works with assign
ments derived from these works, as well as
original compositions..
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Levinson.
15. Harmony and Counterpoint III.
Detailed study o f a limited number of works
both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Spring semester. McNamee.
16. Schenker.
An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An
extension o f traditional analytical techniques,
incorporating Schenker’s principles of voice
leading, counterpoint, and harmony.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1988-89; offered fa ll, 1989.
17. History of Music Theory.
A survey o f primary sources (in translation)
from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through
Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or equivalent).
N ot offered 1988-89.
19. Composition.
Fall and spring semesters. Levinson.
HISTORY OF MUSIC
20. Medieval and Renaissance Music.
23. Twentieth-Century Music.
The study o f medieval and renaissance music
beginning with Gregorian chant and ending
with the music o f Josquin Desprez. The course
is also concerned with the relationship o f
music to the art and thought o f the times, and
the function o f music in the Roman Catholic
liturgy.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Fall semester. Swing.
A study o f the various stylistic directions in
music o f the 20th Century. Representative
works by composers from Debussy, Stra
vinsky, and Schoenberg, through Copland,
Messiaen, and others, to post-war composers
such as Boulez and Crumb will be examined in
detail.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Fall semester. Levinson.
21. Baroque and Classical Music.
31. Opera.
Topics in music o f the 17th and 18th centuries.
In 1989 the course will focus on Monteverdi,
Handel, and Mozart.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Spring semester. J. Freeman.
A survey o f the history o f opera, with special
emphasis on and study o f scenes from selected
works by Purcell (Dido), Mozart (Figaro),
Verdi (Luise M iller), Beethoven (Fidelio), and
Wagner (Walkiire). For those with vocal abil
ities, the course will include preparation of
specific scenes, but it is open as well to
students with no particular performance skills.
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Spring semester. J. Freeman.
22. Nineteenth-Century Music.
The development o f the "Romantic Style”
from late Beethoven and Schubert to Wagner
and Verdi.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
N ot offered 1988-89; offered spring, 1990.
184
32. History of the String Quartet.
This course traces the development of the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1988-89.
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1988-89; offered spring, 1990.
33. Lieder.
This course, to be administered by the depart
ment and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover
various aspects o f writing about the perfor
mance o f music and dance: previewing, re
viewing, the critic’s role and responsibilities,
and the special problems o f relating perfor
mance to the written word.
Not offered 1988-89.
A study, through performance and analysis,
of various solutions by various composers to
the problems o f relating text and music. Stu
dents should be moderately proficient either
as singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f Ger
man is desirable.
Fall semester. J. Freeman.
35. Late Romanticism in Germany
and Austria.
A study o f selected large works by Wagner
(W alkiire, Tristan) Brahms (Haydn Variations,
Violin Concerto), Mahler (4th symphony), J.
Strauss (Flederm aus), R. Strauss ( T ill Eulenspiegel, Salom e), and Schoenberg (V erklaerte
Nacht, Pierrot Lunaire).
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Not offered 1988-89.
38. Women Composers and
Choreographers of the Early
Twentieth Century.
A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study o f
several of the most influential choreographers
of modem dance. Choreographers include
39. Music and Dance: Criticism and
Reviewing.
60. Projects in Performance.
A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance
practice and problems in music o f various
styles will be examined in terms o f analysis,
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform
instrumentally or vocally is required.
Not offered 1988-89.
92. Independent Study.
93. Directed Reading.
95. Tutorial.
Special work in composition, theory, or history.
One or two credits.
96. Senior Thesis.
One or two credits.
Fall and spring semesters.
PERFORMANCE (M USIC)
NOTE: All performance courses are for half
course credit per semester. See p. 54 and p.
182 for general provisions governing work in
performance under the provisions for Cre
ative Arts.
42. Figured Rass and Score Reading.
40. Elements of Musicianship.
44. Performance (orchestra).
Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dicta
tion.
Open to all students and may be taken with or
without credit.
Both semesters. Meyers.
Both semesters. Running, J. Freeman.
41. Conducting.
46. Performance (wind ensemble).
Not offered 1988-89; offered fa ll, 1989.
Both semesters. Johns.
Both semesters. Smart.
43. Performance (chorus).
Both semesters. Swing.
45. Performance (early music
ensemble).
Both semesters. Meyers.
185
Music and Dance
47. Performance (chamber music).
Both semesters. D. Freeman.
Students taking Music 47 for credit should
submit to the Department at the beginning o f
the semester a repertory o f works to be re
hearsed, coached, and performed during the
semester. They should include the names of
all students who have agreed to work on the
repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have
agreed to work with them, and the proposed
dates for performance.
A student taking Music 47 for credit will
rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two
hours every week and will meet with a coach
at least every other week. All members o f the
group should be capable of working well both
independently and under the guidance o f a
coach, also capable o f giving a performance of
high quality. It is not necessary for every
person in the group to be taking Music 47 for
credit, but the Department assumes that those
taking the course for credit will assume re
sponsibility for the group, making sure that
the foil group is present for regular rehearsals
and coaching sessions.
48. Performance (individual
instruction).
(See the guidelines for this course on page 182.)
Both semesters.
49. Keyboard Workshop.
Developing and refining skills in accompany
ing and sight-reading through work with the
chamber, song, and four-hand repertoire.
Not offered 1988-89.
DANCE
Dance, a program within the Department o f
Music and Dance, shares the Department
philosophy that courses in theory and history
should be integrated with performance. By
offering a balance o f cognitive, creative, and
kinesthetic classes in dance we present a pro
gram which stands firmly within the tradition
o f Swarthmore’s liberal arts orientation. The
instructors strive to create an atmosphere of
cooperative learning; one which affirms group
process and fosters comradery.
Serious dance students are urged to supple
ment their study with appropriate courses in
music, theatre, anatomy, and other related
disciplines.
In a typical semester over twenty hours o f
dance technique classes are offered on graded
levels presenting a variety o f movement styles.
Technique courses, numbered 4 0 through 47
and 49, receive no academic credit, but may
be taken to fulfill physical education require
ments. Advanced dancers are encouraged to
audition for level III or IV technique classes
and for Performance class (Dance 48 ). All
interested dancers are encouraged to audition
for student and faculty works. These auditions
take place each semester; dates are announced
in classes and in the College Announcements.
Scholarships for summer study in dance are
186
available through funds provided by The
Friends o f Music and Dance. The Halley Jo
Stein Award for Dance and The Melvin B.
Troy Award for Composition are also awarded
annually by the Department.
I. Introduction to Dance.
A survey course that approaches dance view
ing and analysis o f dance performance through
an introduction to dance elements. In addi
tion, the role o f choreographer, performer,
and audience in various societies is compared.
No prior dance training is assumed; open to
all students without prerequisite. Two lectures
and one video viewing session per week. One
credit.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester 1988. Levy.
II. Dance Composition I.
A study o f the basic principles of dance
composition through exploration o f the ele
ments o f dance movement, invention, and
movement themes, to the end o f developing
an understanding o f various choreographic
structures. Considerable reading, video and
live concert viewing, movement studies, and
a final piece for public performance are re
quired. A course in dance technique must be
taken concurrently. One credit. Three hours
per week.
Fall semester 1988. Rosenweig and Sepinuck.
12. Dance Composition II.
An elaboration and extension o f the material
studied in Dance 11. Stylistically varying ap
proaches to making work are explored in
compositions for soloists and groups. Read
ing, video and live concert viewing, movement
studies, and a final piece for public perfor
mance are required. A course in dance tech
nique must be taken concurrently. Students
must have previously taken Dance 11 or its
equivalent. One half credit. Three hours per
week.
Spring semester 1989. Staff.
12a. Dance Composition.
Designed as a tutorial for students who have
previously taken Dance 11 and 12, or the
equivalent. Choreography o f a final piece for
public performance is required. Weekly meet
ings with the instructor and directed readings,
video and concert viewings, and a journal will
be required. A course in dance technique
must be taken concurrently. One half credit.
Offered every semester.
15. Dance Improvisation.
Designed as a movement laboratory in which
to explore the dance elements: space, time,
force, and form. Members o f the class will
explore improvisation as a performance tech
nique and as a fool for dance composition.
Individuals work on a personal vocabulary
and on developing a sense o f ensemble. A
journal is required, and a course in dance
technique must be taken concurrently. One
half credit. Three hours per week.
Spring semester 1989. Staff.
21. History of Dance: Early Cultures
Through Europe’s Middle Ages.
A study of the scope o f dance in various
societies. Particular attention is given to the
use of dance as an instrument o f ritual, enter
tainment, social interaction, and education.
Prerequisite: Dance 1. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Spring semester 1989. Levy.
22. History of Dance: Europe’s
Renaissance Through 1900.
A study of social and theatrical dance forms
in the context o f various societies from the
Renaissance through the nineteenth century.
Influential choreographers, dancers, and the
orists representative o f the periods will be
discussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 strongly rec
ommended. Two lectures and one hour video
viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1988-89. Friedler.
23. Twentieth Century Dance.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms
in the context o f Western societies with an
emphasis on America. Influential choreog
raphers, dancers, and theorists will be dis
cussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 and 22
strongly recommended. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1988-89. Staff.
38. Women Composers and
Choreographers of the Early Twentieth
Century.
A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study of
several o f the most influential choreographers
o f modern dance. Choreographers include
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1988-89.
39. Music and Dance: Criticism and
Reviewing.
(See Music 39).
Not offered 1988-89.
40. Modern I.
An introduction to basic principles o f dance
movement: body alignment, coordination,
strength and flexibility, basic locomotion. No
previous dance experience necessary.
41. Modern II.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Modern I. For students who have
taken Modern I or the equivalent.
42. Modern III.
Continued practice in technical movement
skills in the modern idiom; including ap
proaches to various styles. Placement by au
dition or permission o f the instructor.
43. Modern IV.
Continued training in various modern dance
techniques and theories. Designed for stu
dents with a strong technical foundation.
Placement by audition or permission o f the
instructor.
187
Music and Dance
44. Ballet I.
An introduction to fundamentals o f classical
ballet vocabulary: correct body placement,
positions o f the feet, head and arms, basic
locomotion in the form. No previous experi
ence necessary.
credit. Three hours per week. A course in
dance technique must be taken concurrently.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
49. Topics In Bance.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Ballet I. For students who have
taken Ballet I or its equivalent.
Intensive study o f special topics falling outside
the usual dance courses. Topics can include:
African Dance, Alexander work, injury pre
vention and rehabilitation, Pilates, Musical
Theatre Dance, and Tap.
Staff.
46. Ja zz I.
92. Independent Study.
45. Ballet ll/lll.
An introduction to basic principles o f jazz
dance: body isolations, polyrhythms, synco
pation, basic locomotion. No previous dance
experience necessary.
47. Ja z z ll/lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Jazz 1. For students who have
taken Jazz I or its equivalent.
NOTE: All technique classes meet for two 1 Vi
hour meetings per week. Technique courses,
numbered 4 0 throuth 47, receive no academic
credit, but may be used to satisfy physical
education requirements.
48. Performance (Bance).
The study o f repertory, basics o f production,
and performance. Students are required to
perform in at least one scheduled dance con
cert during the semester. Placement by audi
tion or permission o f the instructor. One half
188
Available on an individual basis, this course
offers the student an opportunity to do special
work with performance or compositional em
phasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present perfor
mances and/or written reports to the faculty
supervisor, as appropriate. Permission must
be obtained from the program director and
from the supervising faculty.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
93. Birected Beading.
Available on an individual or group basis, this
course offers the student an opportunity to
do special work with theoretical or historical
emphasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present written re
ports to the faculty supervisor. Permission
must be obtained from the program director
and from the supervising faculty.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
Philosophy
HUGH M. LACEY, Professor'
HANS OBERDIEK, Professor12
RICHARD SCHULDENFREI, Professor2
DOROTHEA FREDE, Associate Professor3
CHARLES RAFF, Associate Professor
ANDREAS ESHETÉ, Visiting Associate Professor
MICHAEL ROHR, Visiting Associate Professor4
MARY TILES, Visiting Associate Professor
RICHARD ELDRIDGE, Assistant Professor
Philosophy addresses fundamental issues,
views that tend to be presupposed in the
activity of other disciplines and in daily life:
the nature of knowledge, meaning, reasoning,
morality, the character o f the world, God,
freedom, human nature, and history. The
study o f philosophy thus impinges on issues
o f significance for everyone who wishes to
live and act in a reflective and critical manner.
COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Philosophy Department offers several
kinds of courses, all designed to engage stu
dents in philosophical practice. First, there
are courses and seminars to introduce stu
dents to the major classics o f the history of
Western philosophy: works by Plato and Aris
totle (Ancient Philosophy); Descartes, Hume,
and Kant (Modern Philosophy); Hegel and
Marx (Nineteenth Century Philosophy); Rus
sell and Wittgenstein (Contemporary Philos
ophy). Second, there are courses and seminars
which systematically present arguments and
conclusions in specific areas o f philosophy:
Theory of Knowledge, Logic, Ethics, Meta
physics, Social and Political Philosophy.
Third, there are courses and seminars con
cerned with the foundations o f various other
disciplines: Aesthetics, Philosophy of Science,
Philosophy of Language, Philosophy o f Law,
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, Philosophy
of Psychology, Philosophy o f Mathematics,
and Philosophy o f Religion. Fourth, from
time to time, courses are offered on philo
sophical aspects o f contemporary public
issues: Values and Ethics in Science and Tech
nology, Catholic Social and Political Thought.
1
2
3
4
Courses and seminars in the third and fourth
categories are frequently offered in collabora
tion with instructors from other relevant de
partments; several o f these courses are crosslisted in other departments.
Students majoring in philosophy must com
plete at least one course or seminar in ( 1 )
Logic and (2 ) Ancient or Modern Philosophy
and earn a total o f eight credits. In addition,
students majoring in philosophy are strongly
urged to take courses and seminars in areas of:
moral, social, and political philosophy; epis
temology; and metaphysics. Prospective ma
jors should complete the logic requirement as
early as possible. Course majors are encour
aged to enroll in seminars. Mastery o f at least
one foreign language is recommended. Stu
dents majoring in the Course program may be
required to elect Philosophy 97.
1. Introduction to Philosophy.
Philosophy addresses fundamental questions
that arise in a variety o f practices and inqui
ries. How can we tell whether an action is
right, whether an act or institution is just, or
whether any o f our beliefs are either rationally
Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
Absent on leave, 1988-89.
Fall semester, 1988.
189
Philosophy
justifiable or true? Is there a scientific method?
Does knowing require having sense-experi
ence? W hat is human happiness? What is the
meaning o f a text? Does God exist? Each
section o f Philosophy 1 concentrates on a few
o f these and related questions in order to
introduce a range o f sharply contrasting posi
tions. Readings are typically drawn from the
works o f both traditional and contemporary
thinkers with distinctive, carefully argued and
influential views regarding knowledge, moral
ity, mind and meaning. Socrates, Plato, Aqui
nas, Descartes, Hobbes, Hume, Mill, and
Marx are philosophers frequently considered
in various sections. Close attention is paid to
formulating questions precisely and to the
technique o f analyzing arguments. Students
are encouraged to develop their own positions
through careful consideration o f texts and ar
guments.
Introduction to Philosophy is a Primary Dis
tribution Course in the Humanities and a pre
requisite for all other philosophy courses
except Logic.
Each semester. Staff.
10. Moral Issues in Medicine and War.
Careful consideration will be given to concrete
moral issues in medicine and war arising out
o f technological innovations. In medicine,
topics will include: genetic screening and en
gineering, life support systems, surrogate
motherhood, allocation o f scarce medical re
sources, and research with human subjects.
Concerning war, topics will include: the just
war doctrine, "Star Wars,” Mutual Assured
Destruction, State sponsored terrorism, the
role o f computers, chemical and biological
weapons, and the "electronic battlefield.” No
special background in science or engineering
is presupposed, though students must be pre
pared to learn enough o f relevant background
to provide substance to their reflections. Spe
cial emphasis will be given to strategies o f
moral reasoning developed by philosophers
o f diverse orientations.
N ot offered 1988-89.
11. Moral Philosophy.
How can we tell whether any action is right or
wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institu
tion just or unjust? Can one justify any set o f
action-guiding moral principles? Or is morali
ty relative to one’s opinion, culture, or social
190
class? These and related questions will be
addressed through an examination of the
works o f leading moral philosophers, both
classical and contemporary. Student papers
will address concrete moral issues in biomedi
cine (e.g., euthanasia, abortion, the allocation
o f scarce life-saving resources, and experi
mentation on human subjects) and in public
policy (e.g., capital punishment, pacifism and
the just war, and political morality).
Fall semester. Oberdiek.
12. Logic.
An introduction to the principles o f deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects o f logical systems. The place
o f logic in philosophy will also be examined.
No prerequisite. Required o f all philosophy
majors.
Fall semester. M. Tiles.
13. Modern Philosophy.
17th and 18th-century sources of current
philosophical problems o f knowledge, free
dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from
Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, Kant.
Spring semester. Raff.
14. Ancient Philosophy.
A study o f selected work representing the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on
understanding and critically evaluating their
teachings on fundamental issues o f metaphys
ics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics, as
these have shaped our subsequent Western
civilization.
N ot offered -1988-89.
16. Philosophy of Religion.
See Religion 14.
17. Aesthetics.
How can we tell which things are worth the
special sort o f attention which we often devote
to works o f art? W hat does "art” mean? Can
criticism o f the arts be objective? What sorts
o f things ought we to do with works of art,
and what things ought they to do for us? We
will attempt to answer these questions by
considering views about the nature and func
tion o f works o f art held by such philosophers
as Aristotle, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nel
son Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some at
tention will be paid to twentieth century
painting, to modernist and post-modernist
conceptions o f art and its value, and to issues
in the theory o f criticism.
Spring semester. Eldridge.
18. Philosophy of the Social Sciences.
See 89. Colloquium: Philosophy o f Social
Sciences.
19. Medieval Philosophy.
A survey o f the development o f Medieval
philosophy from the beginning in late antiq
uity to the end o f the fourteenth century. The
discussion will focus on texts by St. Augus
tine, Boethius, St. Anselm, St. Thomas, Duns
Scotus, and William o f Ockham. The main
emphasis will be on problems o f free will and
predetermination (divine foreknowledge and
omnipotence), the nature o f universals and
individuation, the relation between philoso
phy and faith.
Not offered 1988-89.
21. Social and Political Philosophy.
This course will be concerned with concepts
of equality, justice, tolerance, liberty, utility,
and rights. We will approach them through a
close study o f some major works in political
philosophy, each o f which presents a distinct
and systematic conception o f human nature
and the social and economic conditions o f a
just association. Works by Locke, Rousseau,
Mill, Marx, and Rawls will be considered.
Fall semester. Eshete.
22. American Philosophy.
This course will concentrate on the founders
of American pragmatism: C. S. Peirce, W il
liam James, and John Dewey. Some attention
will be given to their lasting philosophical
contribution.
Not offered 1988-89.
23. Contemporary Philosophy.
See Philosophy 104.
Not offered 1988-89.
24. Theory of Knowledge.
This course surveys main epistemological ques
tions and the range o f traditional and current
approaches to answering them and to avoiding
them: How do knowledge, wisdom, and truth
differ from opinion, self-deception, and error?
What sort of value has inquiry? Must educa
tion indoctrinate? Is science finally a creed?
Does experience or reason offer a criterion of
knowledge? Is dogmatizing about knowledge
or its value the sole alternative to scepticism?
Does all knowledge presuppose some meta
physical or some social conditions? Does
knowledge stand to theory o f knowledge as
interpretations stand to theory o f interpreta
tion? Readings relate traditional to current au
thors, including Ayer, Harman, Moore, Nagel,
Plato, Quine, Rorty, Searle, Sextus, others.
Fall semester. Raff.
26. Language and Meaning.
W hat is it to know the meaning o f an expres
sion? Can one be justified in claiming to know
meanings? How ought linguists, literary crit
ics, and psychologists to study meaning and
our knowledge o f it? What philosophical con
ception o f mind is implied by our linguistic
capacity? Behaviorist theories o f meaning (as
exemplified by Quine), cognitivist theories of
meaning (as exemplified by Chomsky, Fodor,
and Davidson), and conceptions o f language
as a social practice (Wittgenstein) will be sur
veyed and criticized. Derrida and recent
French critical theory may be touched on.
Not offered 1988-89.
27. Metaphysics.
Not offered 1988-89.
28. Marxist Philosophy.
Not offered 1988-89.
29. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy.
Nineteenth-century philosophers began to
think historically, hoping to establish the
natures o f knowledge and morality by seeing
how views about them emerge and evolve in
a culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement
will be reached as a result o f this evolution, if
we can understand it. Whether historicism as
a method is compatible with objectivism
about such topics as knowledge, morality, the
existence o f God, and the nature o f the self
will be studied by examining the historicist
treatments o f these topics put forward by
Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nie
tzsche.
Not offered 1988-89.
33. Philosophy and Technology.
We live in an environment dominated by the
products o f technology and in a technological
culture. Technology not only affects how we
think and live, but is itself a product o f human
thought and activity, o f the acquisition and
use o f scientific knowledge. It therefore inter
sects with, and has an impact on, many areas
191
Philosophy
o f traditional philosophical concern. Among
the intersections to be explored are the rela
tion between science and technology; values
in science and technology (including feminist
and marxist critiques); moral dilemmas
created by technology (e.g., regarding medi
cine, nuclear power and weapons, the envi
ronment, genetic engineering, data storage,
etc.); the impact o f technological images on
ways o f thinking about ourselves and the
world (e.g., clocks, computers, steam en
gines); and the impact o f information tech
nologies.
Fall semester. Oberdiek and M. Tiles.
34. Values and Ethics in Science and
Technology.
(Also listed as Engineering 34.)
See Engineering 34.
Not offered 1988-89.
38. Philosophy of Science.
An examination o f some o f the central prob
lems in the philosophy o f science: the nature
o f scientific explanation and evidence, the
relationship between theory and observation,
the rationality o f science, the relations be
tween science and technology, the alleged
value-freedom o f science, the differences be
tween the natural and the human sciences.
Readings will be drawn mainly from contem
porary writings.
Spring semester. M. Tiles.
39. Existentialism.
Starting with the historical background and
development o f existential philosophy, the
course will center around the 19th century
thinkers Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, the Russian
novelists, Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky, and the
20th century philosophers Heidegger, Sartre,
and Camus. The main emphasis will be on the
concepts o f individuality, anxiety, freedom,
responsibility, and the problem o f objectivity
and interpretation.
Not offered 1988-89.
42. Philosophical Classics.
This course selects a single work for extended
study in light o f current and traditional criti
cism.
Not offered 1988-89.
45. Philosophy and Feminism.
This course has two objectives. It will combine
a survey o f the treatment o f gender-difference
192
by classical philosophers such as Plato, Aris
totle, Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, and Mill with a
discussion o f basic concepts and problems in
contemporary feminist theory, as in De Beau
voir, Bell, Firestone, Gilligan, Grinshaw, Jaggar, Lloyd, and others.
Not offered 1988-89. Frede.
59. Catholic Social Thought.
The course will study the Catholic tradition
o f social and political thought, recent theoreti
cal developments in that tradition, and its
rapidly growing influence on social and politi
cal movements, especially in Latin America.
The principal readings will be drawn from 1)
Papal social encyclicals, 2 ) documents of the
Second Vatican Council and Latin American
Bishops’ Conferences, 3 ) recent documents
o f the U .S. Catholic bishops on nuclear war
and the economy, 4 ) writings o f liberation
theology. From time to time, selected applica
tions o f this theory, e.g. the growth of "basic
communities” in Brazil, will also be studied.
Also listed as Political Science 59, Religion 59.
Spring semester. Lacey.
I
78. Post-Modernism/
Post-Structuralism.
Since the mid-1950s structures, essences, and
languages have come to be 'decentered’ or
seen as historically variable and ill-bounded.
Decenterings o f structures, at the hands of
such figures as Wittgenstein and Heidegger
(later in their careers), Lacan, Derrida, Fou
cault, and Rorty have encouraged the inmixing
o f disciplines and speculations about the
deaths o f philosophy, o f the subject, and of
art. An emerging post-modern, post-structuralist sensibility has come to see all activities
as already implicated in further activities and
movements that outrun our full understanding. These developments will be surveyed and
assessed.
Not offered 1988-89.
I
I
j
■
I
I
I
86. Topics in Philosophy and
Psychology.
This course explores in depth different topics
that are o f interest and concern to both philosophers and psychologists. For example, in
Fall, 1987, the focus was rationality and the
explanation o f human action. In practical life,
we usually explain human actions by giving
the person’s reasons—his or her goals and
beliefs—for performing them. In contrast, in
I
I
I
I
I
■
I
■
experimental science, we attempt to explain
behavior by finding laws in accordance with
which it occurs. We explored the extent to
which the categories o f explanation that come
from practical life constrain or limit the scope
of scientific explanations. The course is open
to students who have had at least the intro
ductory course in both philosophy and psy
chology.
Also listed as Psychology 86.
Not offered 1988-89.
87. Colloquium: Advanced Logic and
Foundations of Mathematics.
A selection o f topics from the following:
metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom
pleteness of first order axiomatic systems of
arithmetic, recursive function theory, axio
matic theories o f space and time, logical form
and the structure o f natural languages, philo
sophical foundations o f arithmetic, founda
tions of geometry emphasizing problems o f
the nature o f metrics. Two credits. Approval
of instructor required.
Not offered 1988-89.
88. Colloquium: Philosophy of Law.
See Philosophy 122.
Not offered 1988-89.
89. Colloquium: Philosophy of
Social Science.
An examination of philosophical issues which
arise in contemporary social science research.
We will consider issues of explanation and
understanding, the justification o f theories
and arguments, the sense in which social sci
ences can produce objective knowledge. The
point of reference for our discussions will be
problems in the explanation o f historical
change.
Spring semester. Eshete.
93. Directed Reading.
Each semester. Staff.
96. Thesis.
Fall semester. Staff.
97. Senior Conference.
Fall semester. Staff.
SEMINARS
101. Moral Philosophy.
106. Aesthetics.
An examination o f the principal theories of
value, virtue, and moral obligation, and of
their justification. Works o f representative
theorists, both classical (e.g., Aristotle, Hume,
Kant, and M ill) and contemporary (e.g.,
Donagan, Gewirth, Mackie, and MacIntyre),
will be studied.
Not offered 1988-89.
See Philosophy 17.
Spring semester. Eldridge.
102. Ancient Philosophy.
See Philosophy 14.
Fall semester. Rohr.
103. Selected Modern Philosophers.
Two or more philosophical systems o f Des
cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, or Kant and their relations.
Spring semester. Raff.
104. Contemporary Philosophy.
20th Century classics by Frege, Moore, Rus
sell, Wittgenstein selected for intensive treat
ment and as ground for one or more current
philosophical issues, such as Subjectivity.
Fall semester. Raff.
107. Logic and Foundations of
Mathematics.
See Philosophy 87.
Not offered 1988-89.
109. Metaphysics.
See Philosophy 27.
Not offered 1988-89.
110. Medieval Philosophy.
Not offered 1988-89.
111. Philosophy of Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.
113. Theory of Knowledge.
Central issues current in the theory o f knowl
edge selected to explore the nature and limits
of rationality, including Certainty, Self-decep
tion, Perception, Memory, and recent attacks
on traditional epistemic theories.
Not offered 1988-89. Raff.
193
Philosophy
114. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy.
See Philosophy 29.
Fall semester. Eldridge.
116. Language and Meaning.
See Philosophy 26.
Not offered 1988-89.
117. Philosophy ot the Social Sciences.
See Philosophy 89.
Spring semester. Eshete.
118. Philosophy of Psychology.
Students may prepare for an exam in Philoso
phy o f Psychology by taking Philosophy 86.
Not offered 1988-89.
119. History and Philosophy of Science.
An examination o f some o f the central prob
lems in the philosophy o f science (e.g., the
nature o f scientific explanation, the interrela
tionship between theory and observation, cri
teria for the acceptance o f a scientific theory,
the nature o f scientific concepts) will be made
through an analysis o f important episodes in
the history o f science. The particular episodes
194
chosen and the sciences from which they are
drawn will depend on the interests and back
grounds o f those attending.
Spring semester. M. Tiles.
121. Social and Political Philosophy.
See Philosophy 21.
Fall semester. Eshete.
122. Philosophy of Law.
A study o f concepts o f law, including exami
nation o f the relationships between legal sys
tems and other social and political institu
tions. Such issues as the proper relationship
between law and morality, civil disobedience,
legal enforcement o f morality, and justifica
tion o f punishment are considered. Readings
in both historical and contemporary sources.
Not offered 1988-89. Oberdiek.
180. Thesis.
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place o f one Honors paper,
upon application by the student and at the
discretion o f the department.
Physical Education and
Athletics
ELEANOR K. HESS, Professor and Associate Chair
ROBERT E. WILLIAMS, Professor and Chair
ERNEST J. PRUDENTE, Associate Professor
DOUGLAS M. WEISS, Associate Professor
SUSAN P. DAVIS, Assistant Professor1
FRANCIS J. MEAGHER, Assistant Professor
MICHAEL LMULLAN, Assistant Professor
GAILEE. ROCKET, Instructor
LEE WIMBERLY, Instructor
TIM BROOKE, Assistant
LAWRENCE EHMER, Assistant
DIANE FREEDMAN, Assistant
LORI FRIES, Assistant
CURTIS A. LAUBER, Assistant4
HERBERT LEIMBACH, Assistant5
VALERIE RYAN, Assistant
C. J. STEFANOWICZ, Assistant4
DALE STRAWBRIDGE, Assistant4
RONALD A. TIRPAK, Assistant
The aim of the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium of physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
of individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program pro
vides an opportunity for instruction and ex
perience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding o f move
ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety o f activities
which can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is com
prehensive, including varsity teams in twentythree different sports, twelve for men and
eleven for women. During many o f these ac
tivities contests are arranged for junior varsity
teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers
o f students to engage in intercollegiate com
petition, and those who qualify may be en
couraged to participate in regional and na
tional championship contests. Several club
teams in various sports are also organized and
a program o f intramural activities is spon
sored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons
are required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test
or take up to one quarter o f swimming in
struction; classes for this purpose are offered
in the fall quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the Phys
ical Education requirement will also be given
for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as
well as for the following two dance courses:
Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to Dance) and
4 Fall semester, 1988.
5 Spring semester, 1989.
195
Physical Education and Athletics
Music—Dance 4 (Intermediate Dance Tech
nique). To receive credit for any part o f the
program students must participate in their
chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a
week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu
dents who have not fulfilled the Physical
Education requirement will not be allowed to
enter the junior year.
Fall Activities
Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton
* * * * Cross Country
Ij. Field Hockey
Folk S i Square Dance
* * * Football
Jazz Exercise
Karate
*
*
*
**
Riding
Scuba
Self-Defense
Soccer
Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Touch Football
Volleyball
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training
Winter Activities
Aquatics
* * Badminton
* Basketball
Fencing
Folk S i Square Dance
Gymnastics
Jazz Exercise
Karate
Riding
Self-Defense
* Squash
* * * * Swimming
* Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training
* * * Wrestling
Spring Activities
Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
* * * Baseball
Folk S i Square Dance
* Golf
Jazz Exercise
Karate
* * * * Lacrosse
Riding
Ij. Intercollegiate competition for women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.
.196
* * Scuba
Softball
Squash
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
* * * * Track and Field
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor (continued)
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training
* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and
women.
Physics and Astronomy
OLEXA-MYRON BILANIUK, Professor1
JOHN R. BOCCIO, Professor and Associate Provost for Academic Computing*6
JOHN L GAUSTAD, Professor o f Astronomy
MARK A. HEALD, Professor
WULFF D. HEINTZ, Professor o f Astronomy
PAUL C. MANGELSDORF, Professor
FRANK A. MOSCATELLI, Associate Professor and Chair
AMY R. BUG, Assistant Professor
TERJE G. VOLD, Assistant Professor
JAMES T. WHEELER, Assistant Professor
The program o f the Physics and Astronomy
Department stresses the concepts and meth
ods that have led to an understanding o f the
fundamental laws explaining phenomena asso
ciated with the physical universe.
Throughout the work o f the Department, em
phasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisi
tion of facts and skills. Particular importance
is also attached to laboratory work, because
physics and astronomy are primarily experi
mental and observational sciences.
With the awareness that involvement in re
search is a major component in the education
of scientists, the department offers a number
of opportunities for students to participate in
original research projects, conducted by mem
bers of the faculty, on (or off) campus.
The Physics and Astronomy Department of
fers five Primary Distribution Courses (PDC),
Physics 6 , 20, 2 3 ,2 5 , as well as Astronomy 1.
Of these, Physics 6 is required o f all students
intending to major in physics or astronomy.
Two calculus-based introductory courses are
offered. Physics 3 ,4 covers both classical and
modem physics and is the appropriate intro
ductory physics course for those students
majoring in engineering, chemistry, and biol
ogy. Physics 7, 8, on the other hand, which is
taken after Physics 6, is aimed towards stu
dents planning to do further work in physics
or astronomy. The four-course sequence 6, 7,
8, 14 is designed to provide an introduction
to all major areas o f physics.
The Department offers a selection o f courses
(Physics 21, 22, and Astronomy 52) that are
suitable for nonscience majors seeking to ful
fill the non-PDC science distribution require
ment.
A regular series o f colloquia on topics o f
current research interest is sponsored by the
Department. Speakers are specifically chosen
so that their talks are appropriate for under
graduates. The colloquium series is an integral
part o f the departmental educational program.
As such, student attendance at colloquia is
considered as important as normal course
work. Students majoring in physics or astrono
my are expected to participate on a regular
basis.
The Cornell Science Library possesses a large
collection o f both pedagogical texts and re
search publications including a large number
o f scientific journals.
REQU IREM EN TS AND RECO M M EN DATIO N S
Degree Requirements: In order to receive a
degree from Swarthmore as a Physics, Astronomy, or Astrophysics major, a student must
have taken and satisfactorily passed one o f the
programs described below:
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
6 On administrative assignment, 1988-89.
197
Physics and Astronomy
The standard programs provide strong prep
aration for any graduate program in Physics
or Astronomy.
The standard program in Physics is Physics 6 ,
7 ,8 ,1 4 , and 5 0 in the first two years followed
by Physics 111A, 112A, 113A, 114A, 115A,
and 116A in the last two years. In addition,
Chemistry 10, advanced laboratory courses
Physics 101,102, and 103 and Mathematics 5,
6 , 16,18, and another advanced mathematics
course must be taken during the four year
program.
The standard program in Astronomy is Phys
ics 6 , 7 , 8, 14, and Astronomy 5, 6 in the first
two years followed by Astronomy 21, 22, 59,
and three other Astronomy courses in the last
two years. In addition, Mathematics 5, 6 , 16,
and 18 must be taken during the four year
program.
The standard program in Astrophysics is
Physics 6 , 7, 8, 14, 50, and Astronomy 5, 6
in the first two years followed by Physics
111A, 112A, 113A, 114A, and Astronomy
21, 22 in the last two years. In addition,
Chemistry 10, advanced laboratory courses
Physics 101,102, and 103 and Mathematics 5,
6, 16, 18, and another advanced mathematics
course must be taken during the four year
program.
The extended program in Physics allows stu
dents to study some specialized area o f Physics
or to write a thesis based on original research
work. It provides an even stronger back
ground for students intending to do graduate
work. The extended program in Physics adds
two senior application seminars (Physics
130A-136A) or a thesis to the standard pro
gram.
The minimum program in Physics is intended
for students not planning to pursue graduate
work in Physics. Since all major areas of
Physics are covered, this program is excellent
preparation for a career in high school teach
ing and is ideal for double-majors. The mini
mum program in Physics is Physics 6 ,7 ,8 ,1 4 ,
and 50 in the first two years followed by
Physics 111 A, 112 A, 113A, and 114A in the
last two years. In addition, Chemistry 10,
advanced laboratory courses Physics 101, and
102 and Mathematics 5 ,6 ,1 6 ,1 8 , and another
advanced mathematics course must be taken
during the four year program.
In addition, the student must satisfy the col
lege distribution requirements, including pri
mary distribution courses, and the 20-course
rule.
Students taking Physics 3 ,4 and then propos
ing to take further advanced work in the De
partment must take a special directed reading
course Physics 8 A before enrolling in Physics
14 to fill in those areas o f study covered in
Physics 7, 8 but not in Physics 3, 4.
Students planning to take one o f the seminars
Physics 1 2 0 -1 2 3 as part o f a external exami
nation minor program must take Physics 3, 4
before applying for the program.
In the Physics and Astronomy department the
seminar is the standard format for most junior
and senior level work. All prospective majors
and minors in the department should realize
this when planning programs. In keeping with
college policy regarding seminar participation,
all students will be examined on seminar ma
terial at the end o f the spring semester of the
year in which the seminar is given. It is our
judgment that one o f the major educational
benefits o f the external examination system is
the required review o f all material studied in
seminars during the junior and senior years.
These examinations will be set by external
examiners, but for juniors, and those seniors
not pursuing an Honors degree, they will be
read by Swarthmore faculty. For students not
pursuing an Honors degree, seminar presenta
tions and other contributions will be taken
into account in assigning grades in seminars.
Students who are awarded Honors and juniors
accepted into the External Examination pro
gram will have no grades recorded on their
transcript for any seminars included in their
external examination program.
The students in the External Examination
program receive no grades, but a degree of
Honors, High Honors, Highest Honors, Pass
or Fail depending on the performance on the
examinations at the end o f the senior year.
Students receiving the grades o f Pass or Fail
will subsequently receive grades for each semi
nar from Swarthmore instructors.
Seniors not taking the external examinations
must take a comprehensive examination,
which is not only intended to encourage re
view and synthesis, but also requires students
to demonstrate mastery o f fundamentals stud
ied during all four years.
In addition they must normally have an aver
age grade in all Physics and/or Astronomy
courses o f B or better.
Criteria for Acceptance as a Major: A student
applying to become a Physics major in the
standard or extended program should have
completed or be completing Physics 14, Phys
ics 50, and Math 18. If applying for Astro
physics or Astronomy major they should also
have completed Astronomy 5 and 6 . Other
wise any deficiencies would have to be made
up during the following year at some incon
venience to the student’s upperclass program.
To be accepted as a standard (or extended)
major in the department, the applicant must
normally have completed the sophomorelevel course Physics 14, with a grade o f C + or
better, and must normally have an average
grade in all Physics and/or Astronomy
courses of C + or better.
Advanced Laboratory Program: The principal
Physics seminars (111A , 112A, 113A, 114A,
115A, 116A) are each accompanied by a full
laboratory program, namely Physics 101 (no
credit), Physics 102, 103 (each one-half
credit) requiring approximately one afternoon
a week. Students enrolled in these seminars
must arrange their programs so that they can
schedule an afternoon for lab each week free
o f conflicts with other classes and extracur
ricular activities.
A student applying to become a Physics major
in the minimum program should have com
pleted or be completing at least Physics 6, 7
and Math 5 , 6 . Otherwise it will be impossible
to fulfill all program requirements. To be
accepted as a major in Physics, the applicant
must have completed Physics 6 with a grade
of C+ or better and work in Physics 7 should
be at the same or better level.
Since almost all advanced work in Physics and
Astronomy at Swarthmore is taught in semi
nars, where the pedagogical responsibility is
shared by the student participants, an addi
tional consideration in accepting (retaining)
majors is the presumed (demonstrated) ability
of the students not only to benefit from this
mode of instruction but also to contribute
positively to the seminars. Grades in prior
courses are our best criteria in admitting
majors, since they tend to indicate reliably
whether or not the student can handle ad
vanced work at Swarthmore levels without
being overwhelmed. However, lively and con
structive participation in classes and labs is
also taken into account.
To be accepted into the External Examination
program in the department, the applicant
must present an acceptable set o f fields in
which they wish to be examined and an appro
priate program o f study to prepare for them.
Independent Work: Physics and Astronomy
majors are encouraged to undertake indepen
dent research projects, especially in the senior
year, either in conjunction with one o f the
senior seminars, or as a special project for
separate credit (Physics/Astronomy 94).
Members o f the physics or astronomy faculty
are willing to suggest possible projects and to
supervise any one o f these if the student
chooses to pursue it. In preparation for inde
pendent experimental work, prospective ma
jors are strongly urged to take Physics 63,
Procedures in Experimental Physics, during
their fall semester of their sophomore year,
which will qualify them to work in the depart
mental shops. Good shop facilities, electron
ics facilities, a wide range o f instrumentation,
and extensive computing facilities are avail
able to support independent work. Students
completing work under Physics/Astronomy
94 are required to submit final written and
oral reports o f their work to the department.
There are usually several opportunities for
students to receive financial support to work
with faculty members on research projects
during the summer.
Thesis: Students may elect to do a theoretical
or experimental research thesis representing
the results o f independent work done under
the supervision o f a faculty member. This
thesis will usually cover work begun in the
summer after the junior year and completed
during the senior year. External examination
students can choose to submit a thesis as one
o f their papers in place o f a senior seminar.
199
Physics and Astronomy
FACILITIES AND RESEA R C H PR O G R A M S
Several research facilities are maintained by
the Department. Most are available for stu
dent participation in faculty research. The
laser atomic-spectroscopy laboratory includes
a single-mode tunable dye laser pumped by a
6 -watt argon-ion laser and various associated
optical, electronic, and computer interfacing
equipment. A scanning tunneling microscope
has been constructed and is now in operation.
Extensive computing facilities, including three
Micro VAX II, several Macintosh II, a power
ful graphics processing computer, extensive
computer graphics equipment, and many
other microcomputers are available for re
search and projects. Physics faculty research
interests include the areas of lasers, high
resolution atomic spectroscopy, biophysics,
scanning tunneling microscopy, neural net
works, molecular dynamics, computer simu
lation, chaos, computer graphics, nuclear
magnetic resonance, fluid physics and geo
physics.
A 61-cm Cassegrain reflector, located on top
o f Papazian Hall, is equipped with a highresolution spectrometer and a Reticon array
detector. W ith computer-based control and
data acquisition systems, it is used for solar
and stellar spectroscopy.
Swarthmore’s principal telescope, which is
located in Sproul Observatory and has been in
operation since 1912, is a 61-cm refractor
with a focal length o f 11 meters. Is is used for
research on the distances, motions, orbits,
and masses o f stars by means o f visual and
photographic observations. Auxiliary equip
ment includes a high-precision photographic
plate measuring machine, photoelectic, and
photographic photometers, and a Brashear
micrometer. The observatory also houses a
15-cm refractor.
A monthly visitor’s night at the Observatory
is announced in the college calendar.
Program for the Last Two Years: We will be
offering one-unit seminars in the following
fields every year:
111A (Classical Mechanics), 112A (Electro
dynamics), 113A (Quantum Theory), 114A
(Statistical Physics), 115 A (Atomic and Solid
State Physics), 116A (Modern Optics).
We will also be offering one- or two-unit
seminars in the following fields. These semi
nars are designed for persons wishing to minor
in physics. They will begin at a lower level
than our junior seminars for majors but will
end at the same level. One or two choices,
selected from the list below, will be available
each year depending on demand and faculty
availability.
120 (Modern Physics), 121 (Biophysics), 122
(Applied Optics), 123 (Statistical and Ther
mal Physics).
In addition, one, two, or three one-unit ad
vanced application seminars will be offered
each year for senior majors in physics and
astronomy. Typical topics will be:
130A (General Relativity), 131A (Particle
Physics), 132A (Non-Linear Dynamics/
Chaos), 133A (Atomic Physics: Spectros
copy), 134A (Advanced Quantum Physics),
135A (Solid State Physics), 136A (Quantum
Optics; Lasers).
EXTER N A L EXAM IN ATION PAPERS
External examinations, based on the topics
covered in the seminars listed above, will be
possible in the following fields:
Astrophysics (based on Astronomy 21, 22).
Every Year: Classical Physics (based on 111A,
112A), Quantum Physics (based on 113A,
115A ), Atomic, Solid State, and Statistical
Physics (based 114A, 115A).
Planned Program (next two years): 1988-90:
Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos (based on
111A, 132A ), Quantum Theory (based on
113A, 134A), Modern Optics and Spectros
copy (based on 116A, 133A ), Biophysics
(based on 12 1+ independent work).
Every Other Year beginning with 1988/89:
1989-90: General Relativity (based on 111A,
200
130A), Atomic, Solid State, and Particle Phys
ics (based on 113A), Modern Optics (based
on 116A, 136A), Modern Physics (based on
In addition, a thesis based on independent
research work can be substituted for a 2-unit
paper.
120).
PHYSICS
3,4. General Physics I, II.
A presentation o f a unified view o f physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their
implications, and their limitations. Special
emphasis will be placed on analytical under
standing o f physical phenomena through the
use of calculus.
Fall semester. Topics include vectors, kinema
tics in one, two, and three dimensions, New
ton’s laws and dynamics, conservation laws,
work and energy, oscillatory motion, systems
of particles, rigid body rotation about fixed
axis, special relativity, and thermodynamics.
Spring semester. Topics include wave phenom
ena, geometrical and physical optics, electicity
and magnetism, direct and alternating-current
circuits, and introductory quantum physics.
Laboratory and homework exercises include
extensive use of interactive computing and
computer graphics. Three lectures and a lab
oratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 taken concur
rently, or comparable preparation in mathe
matics.
Mangelsdorf, Heald, and staff.
6. The Character of Physical Law.
ics 3. The material is treated in more depth
and with more methematical sophistication
than Physics 3. Extensive use o f interactive
computing. Three lectures and a laboratory
period weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 6, Mathematics 5, and
Mathematics 6 concurrently.
Spring semester. Void.
8. Electricity and Magnetism
and Waves.
This course covers a portion o f the material of
Physics 4 at a more sophisticated mathemati
cal level. Three lectures and a laboratory
period weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 7, Mathematics 6 , and
Mathematics 18 concurrently.
Fall semester. Bug.
8A. Special Seminar: General Physics.
This course is designed to supplement Physics
3,4 in order to bring student preparation to
the level o f Physics 7,8. Half-credit course.
Prerequisite: Physics 4, and mathematics 18
concurrently.
Fall semester. Staff.
An introduction to the concepts o f physics
and the thought processes inherent to the
discipline. Topic coverage will range from
relativity to quantum theory to elementary
particles to non-determinate dynamics (chaos).
The primary emphasis o f the course will be on
the accepted principles o f physics and their
application to specific areas. Attention will be
given to philosophical aspects o f physics,
discussions o f what kind o f problems physi
cists address and how they go about address
ing them. The course includes a substantial
writing component. Three lecture/discussion
sections per week and a laboratory.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Boecio, Gaustad, and Wheeler.
Wave phenomena, interference, and diffrac
tion. An introduction to moderns physics,
including relativity, relativistic dynamics,
wave mechanics, Schrodinger equation ap
plied to one-dimensional systems, and prop
erties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and
elementary particles. The quantum aspects of
the interaction o f photons with matter. The
empirical basis o f the subject is emphasized.
Three lectures and a laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 8, Mathematics 18, and
Physics 50 taken concurrently.
Spring semester. Moscatelli.
7. Mechanics and Thermal Physics.
An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.
This course covers the same material as Phys
14. Waves and Modern Physics.
20. Principles of the Earth Sciences.
201
Physics and Astronomy
Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geomorphology. Reading and discussion based
on current literature. The underlying physical
and chemical principles are stressed. Labora
tory demonstrations and one or more field
trips. No special scientific background re
quired.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89. Mangelsdorf.
21. Principles of Aeronautics.
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground
lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enroll
ment limited. (The Department o f Physics is
certified by the F.A.A. as a Pilot Ground
School.) Acceptable for non-PDC science
distribution requirement.
Not offered 1988-89. Bilaniuk.
22. Energy for Mankind.
The role o f energy in the modem world.
Renewable and nonrenewable energy re
sources, their present and potential use and
abuse. The physical concept o f work and
energy. Fossil, hydroelectric, geothermal,
tidal, wind, ocean, bio-mass, direct-solar, nu
clear fission and fusion, and other energy
sources; their respective advantages and dis
advantages. Three field trips. No prerequi
sites, but enrollment limited because o f field
trips.
Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution
requirement.
Spring semester. Bilaniuk.
23. Relativity.
A non-mathematical introduction to the spe
cial and general theories o f relativity as devel
oped by Einstein and others during the 20th
century. We will address questions such as:
W hat is spacetime? Do you know where you
are or what time it is? Are there really any
forces? W hat is gravity? W hat are black holes
and should you worry about them? Emphasis
will be on spacetime diagrams and geometrical
concepts. No previous physical courses are
required. The course will use only high school
algebra and geometry.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89. Boccio.
25. Quantum Physics.
A non-mathematical introduction to quantum
202
mechanics. The course will present a modern
view describing the intellectual challenges and
disagreements in the study o f the behavior of
atomic and sub-atomic particles. This theory
has completely changed our view o f the physi
cal world and the meaning o f reality, but is
still the subject o f unresolved debate about its
fundamental interpretation.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Boccio.
40. Computer Graphics.
FORTRAN 77 and C programming. Mathe
matical aspects o f computer graphics includ
ing algorithms for two- and three-dimensional
transformations, clipping, projections, scanconversion, anti-aliasing, three-dimensional
curves and surfaces, hidden lines and surfaces,
shading and color. We will develop a simple
graphics package and a solids-modeling system
from first principles. Use will be made of
DISSPLA, M OVIEBYU, ONELIB, and lo
cally-developed software systems in conjunc
tion with high resolution color graphics hard
ware o f VAX computers and Macintosh II
systems. Cross-listed as Computer Science 40.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 16,18, and reason
able programming background in a high-level
language.
Not offered 1988-89. Boccio.
50. Mathematical Methods in Physics.
Infinite series. Power series. Complex num
bers. Approximation techniques. Linear equa
tions. Vectors, matrices, and determinants.
Partial differentiation. Multiple integrals, Vec
tor analysis. Fourier series. Ordinary and par
tial differential equations. Calculus of varia
tions. Coordinate transformations. Tensor
analysis. Gamma, beta, and error functions.
Asymptotic series. Orthogonal functions and
polynomials. Integral transforms. Probability.
Numerical and computer methods.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 , and 18.
Spring semester. Bug.
63. Procedures in Experimental Physics.
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be
useful in future research participation. Tech
niques, materials, and the design of experi
mental apparatus. Shop practice. Printed cir
cuit design and construction. Half-credit
course. Open only to majors in Physics or
Astronomy.
Fall semester. Andrews, Dougherty, and staff.
93. Directed Reading.
report to the Department.
This course provides an opportunity for an
individual student to do special study, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis,
in fields not covered by the regular courses
and seminars. The student will present oral
and written reports to the instructor.
97. Senior Conference.
94. Research Project.
Initiative for a research project may come
from the student, or the work may involve
collaboration with on-going faculty research.
The student will present a written and an oral
This half-course is designed to give students
an overview o f all o f their physics courses by
studying a variety o f physical problems. Most
recently this has been accomplished by way o f
a written thesis and an oral presentation on a
topic agreed upon by the student and the
instructor. W hen offered, this course replaces
the departmental comprehensive examina
tion. Half-credit course.
Spring semester.
SEMINARS
111A. Mechanics.
A general study o f classical mechnics. Topics
include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and
three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary
motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion;
damping; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equa
tions and variational principles. Systems of
particles; collisions and cross sections. Mo
tion of a rigid body in two and three dimen
sions; Euler’s equations. Rotating frames of
reference. Small oscillations and normal modes.
Wave phenomena in one and two dimensions.
Prerequisites: Physics 14, 50; Math 18.
Fall semester. Wheeler.
112A. Electrodynamics.
A general study of electricity and magnetism
using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric
and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic
materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel
opment of Maxwell’s field equations in differ
ential form. Displacement current. Poynting
theorem and electromagnetic waves. Bound
ary-value problems. Radiation. Four vector
formulation o f relativistic electrodynamics.
Prerequisite: Physics 14, 50; Math 18.
Fall semester. Void.
I13A. Quantum Theory.
Topics include: Review o f classical concepts.
Postulates of quantum mechanics. Operators,
eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function
spaces and hermitian operators; bra-ket nota
tion. Superposition and observables. Time
development, conservation theorems, and
parity. Angular momentum. Three-dimen
sional systems. Matrix mechanics and spin.
Coupled angular momenta. Time-indepen
dent perturbation theory. Time-dependent
perturbation theory. Transition rates.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 A, 112 A, and Mathe
matics 16.
Spring semester. Boccio.
114A. Statistical Physics.
Statistical description o f the states o f classical
and quantum systems. Conditions for equi
librium. Statistical basis o f thermodynamics
concepts and the Laws o f Thermodynamics.
Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canoni
cal ensembles and applications. Fermi-Dirac,
Bose-Einstein, and Maxwell-Boltzmann sta
tistics with applications to solid state physics,
low temperature physics, and biological sys
tems. Phase changes. Critical points. Ising
models.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 A, 112 A, and Mathe
matics 16.
Spring semester. Bug.
115A. Atoms, Solids and Particles.
Applications o f theory developed in Physics
113 A and 114A. Topics selected from: Atomic
physics. Solid-state physics. Nuclear physics.
Particle physics. Molecular physics.
Prerequisites: Physics 113A and 114A.
O ffered first time in fall semester 1989-90.
116A. Modern Optics.
The phenomena that are a direct result o f the
physical wave nature o f light including wave
equations, superposition, interference, Frauenhofer and Fresnel diffraction, polarization.
Optical instruments which rely upon these
phenomena, such as spectrometers, inter
ferometers, étalons. Topics in modern optics
including matrix methods, propagation in fi-
203
Physics and Astronomy
bers, Fourier optics, spatial and temporal
coherence, lasers, and elements o f nonlinear
optics. Aspects o f the quantum theory o f light
including blackbody radiation, modes, quan
tization of the electromagnetic field, photons,
coherent states, and intensity fluctuations.
Prerequisites: Physics 113A and 114A.
Fall semester. Moscatelli.
120. Modern Physics.
An introduction to modem physics, including
relativity, wave mechanics, the Schrodinger
equation applied to one-dimensional systems,
properties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei,
and elementary particles including three-di
mensional systems. The empirical basis or
modern physics is emphasized.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
121. Biophysics.
General features o f the nature, origin, and fate
o f life and intelligence will be examined using
tools from nonlinear classical mechanics, nonequilibrium statistical mechanics, information
theory, quantum mechanics, and general rela
tivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
Fall semester. Void.
122. Applied Optics.
An examination, and treatment, o f the under
lying physics governing the principles o f op
tical instruments. Topics include lasers; charac
teristics, uses, types, etc. Optical detection;
solid state, photoelectric, and their spectral
characteristics. Interferometers, spectrome
ters, and geometrical optical systems such as
microscopes and telescopes and their abberations. Electro-optic devices and some non
linear optics, optical fibers in communica
tion.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
123. Statistical Physics.
Statistical description o f the states o f classical
and quantum systesm. Conditions for equi
librium. Statistical basis o f thermodynamics
concepts and the Laws o f Thermodynamics.
Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canon
ical ensembles and applications. Fermi-Dirac,
Bose-Einstein, and Maxwell-Boltzmann sta
tistics with applications to solid state physics,
low temperature physics, chemical systems,
biological systems, and atomic and molecular
physics. Classical thermodynamics with ap
plications to gases. Phase changes. Critical
204
points. Ising models.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
130A. General Relativity.
Newton’s gravitational theory. Special rela
tivity. Linear field theory. Gravitational
waves. Measurement o f spacetime. Riemannian geometry. Geometrodynamics and Ein
stein’s equations. The Schwarzschild solution.
Black holes and gravitational collapse. Cos
mology.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 A and 112A.
131A. Particle Physics.
Experimental techniques. Symmetries and
groups. Particle spectroscopy and phenome
nology. Feynman rules and Quantum Electro
dynamics. Partons. Quarks. Quantum Chro
modynamics and gluons. Weak interactions.
Electroweak theory. Gauge theory. The path
towards unified theories.
Prerequisites: Physics 113 A and 115 A.
132A. Non-Linear Dynamics and Chaos.
Non-linear differential equations. Non-linear
difference equations. Limit points and cycles.
Attractors. Fractals. Bifurcations and period
doubling. Quasiperiodicity. Chaos. Univer
sality and scaling. Onset o f turbulence.
Prerequisites: Physics 111A and 112A.
Spring semester. Void.
133A. Atomic Physics and
Spectroscopy.
Review o f quantum theory. Hydrogen atom.
Multi-electron atoms. Atoms in external
fields. Optical transitions and selection rules.
Hyperflne structure. Lasers. Atomic spec
troscopic techniques: atomic beams methods,
Doppler-free spectroscopy, time-resolved
spectroscopy, level crossing spectroscopy.
The use o f atoms and atomic spectroscopy in
tests o f fundamental physics such as symme
tries, invariance, and quantum reality.
Prerequisites: Physics 113A and 116A.
134A. Advanced Quantum Mechanics.
Photon polarization. Quantum interference
effects. Measurement theory. Potential scat
tering. Coulomb scattering. Time-independent and time-dependent perturbation theory.
Interaction o f the quantized radiation field
with matter. Spin Vi. Addition o f angular
momentum. Rotations and tensor operators.
Identical particles. Second quantization.
Atoms and molecules. Relativistic spin zero
particles. The Klein-Gordon equation. Relati
vistic spin Yi particles. The Dirac equation.
Prerequisites: Physics 113A and 115A.
135A. Solid State Physics.
Crystal structure and diffraction. The recip
rocal lattice and Brillouin zones. Lattice vibra
tions and normal modes. Phonon dispersion.
Einstein and Debye models for specific heat.
Free electrons and the Fermi surface. Elec
trons in periodic structures. The Bloch theo
rem. Band structure. Semidassical electron
dynamics. Semiconductors. Magnetic and op
tical properties o f solids. Superconductivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 113A, 114A, and
115 A.
136A. Quantum Optics and Lasers.
Atom-field interactions, stimulated emission,
cavities, transverse and longitudinal mode
structure, gain and gain saturation, non-linear
effects, coherent transients and squeezed
states. Pulsed lasers and superradiance.
Prerequisites: Physics 113A and 116A.
UPPERCLASS LABO RATO RY PRO G RA M
101. Digital Electronics Laboratory.
Design techniques for analog and digital cir
cuits including microprocessors.
Fall semester. Void.
102. Advanced Laboratory I.
Experiments in mechanics, electricity and mag
netism, waves, thermal and statistical physics,
atomic and nuclear physics.
Spring semester. Moscatelli.
103. Advanced Laboratory II.
Experiments in modern optics, lasers (contin
uous and pulsed), atomic spectroscopy using
tunable lasers and advanced nuclear physics.
Fall semester. Moscatelli.
ASTRONOMY
1. Introductory Astronomy.
A primary distribution course which high
lights the scientific investigation o f the uni
verse by observation and theory, and includes
the basic notions o f physics as needed in
astronomical applications. Topics include as
tronomical instruments and radiation; the
sun and planets; properties, structure, and
evolution o f stars; the Galaxy and extragalactic
systems; and the origin and evolution o f the
universe. Three class periods each week plus
evening labs.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Fall: Heintz. Spring: Gaustad.
5,6. General Astronomy I, II.
Intended for science students, these courses
introduce the methods and results o f astrono
my and astrophysics, making use o f basic
physical and mathematical principles. They
are prerequisites for courses numbered 21
and above. Although separable, they should
normally be taken in the spring-fall sequence
following Physics 6.
Spring: Celestial coordinates. Astronomical
instruments. Laws o f physics relevant to as
tronomy. Observed properties o f the sun and
stars. Stellar structures o f evolution. Star
clusters. Celestial mechanics. Binary stars.
Fall. Interstellar matters. The Milky Way
Galaxy. Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology.
The solar system.
Prerequisite: Physics 6 and Mathematics 5 or
equivalent.
Heintz and Gaustad.
9. Meteorology.
The elements o f weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather obser
vations and comparison with maps.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 , or equiva
lent.
Spring semester. Heintz.
21,22. Theoretical Astrophysics.
Techniques applied to the physical interpreta
tion o f astronomical phenomena. Topics in
clude electromagnetic processes in space,
quantum and relativistic astrophysics, radia
tive transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpre
tation o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure
205
Physics and Astronomy
o f evolution. Problems and projects will be
assigned.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 14.
Fall semester: Gaustad. Spring semester: Gaustad.
23. Methods of Observational
Astronomy.
Theory and practice in the techniques o f
modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation:
telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec
tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec
tral classification; data analysis. The photo
graphic process. Students will undertake proj
ects using the Swarthmore telescopes.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6.
Not offered 1988-89. Heintz.
51. Celestial Mechanics.
The two-body and three-body problems, or
bits and perturbation theory, numerical solu
tions, satellite motions.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 and Astronomy
6.
Not offered 1988-89. Heintz.
52. Concepts of the Cosmos.
Historical survey or astronomical thought.
Includes oriental astrology, hellenistic geom
etry and cosmology, and the development o f
observation and astrophysics in the 200 years
from Halley to Einstein.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 1.
Not offered 1988-89. Heintz.
206
55. Planetary Science.
Methods and results o f the exploration of the
solar system.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6.
Not offered 1988-89. Heintz.
56. Cosmology.
General relativity and the theoretical frame
work o f cosmology. World models. Optical
and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Mathematics
6.
Not offered 1988-89. Heintz.
59. Positional Astronomy.
Coordinate systems and transformations; fun
damental and apparent positions; proper mo
tion and binary-star analysis.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6.
Not offered 1988-89. Heintz.
61. Current Problems in Astronomy
and Astrophysics.
A half-course involving reading and discus
sion o f selected research papers ffom the
astronomical literature. Instruction will be
given in techniques o f journal reading, use of
abstract services, and other aids for the effi
cient maintenance o f awareness in a technical
field. May be repeated for credit.
Spring semester. Gaustad.
93. Directed Reading.
94. Research Project
Political Science
CHARLES E. GILBERT, Professor
RAYMOND F. HOPKINS, Professor and Chairman
JAMES R. KURTH, Professor
RICHARD L RUBIN, Professor (part-time)
KENNETH E. SHARPE, Professor
DAVID G. SMITH, Professor
CHARLES R. BEITZ, Associate Professor
NANCY J. HIRSCHMANN, Assistant Professor
TYRENE WHITE, Assistant Professor
CHERYL ESCHBACH, Instructor1
DIARMUID MAGUIRE, Instructor
Courses and seminars offered by the Political
Science Department deal with the place of
politics in society and contribute to an under
standing o f the purposes, organization, and
operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. For the beginning student,
the Department offers courses dealing gen
erally with the basic concepts o f political
science and the processes o f politics as illus
trated by case studies, by theoretical analysis,
and by more extended study of politics in
various institutional settings. Advanced work
in the department, both in courses and semi
nars, covers the major subfields o f American
politics, comparative politics, international
politics, and political theory. In addition spe
cial topics are offered in such areas as defense
policy, food policy, health policy, jurispru
dence, and the Vietnam war. Basic attention
to the causes and consequences o f political
action and normative concerns regarding free
dom, authority, and human dignity are ad
dressed throughout the curriculum.
REQ U IREM EN TS AND RECOM M ENDATIONS
Students planning to study political science
are advised to start with either Elements o f
Politics (Political Science 1) or Policy-Making
in America (Political Science 2). They should
then continue with one or more other intro
ductory courses offered in the second semes
ter: Policy-Making in America (Political Sci
ence 2), Comparative Politics (Political
Science 3), and International Politics (Political
Science 4). Normally any two o f these courses,
preferably including Political Science 1 or
Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite
for further work in the Department and are
particularly recommended for majors. Stu
dents who intend to major in political science
should begin their work in the freshman year
if possible. Supporting courses strongly rec
ommended for all majors are Statistics for
Observational Data (Mathematics 1); and In
troduction to Economics (Economics 1-2).
Political Theory, either in seminar (Political
Science (1 0 0 or 101) or in course (Political
Science 54 or 55) is required o f all majors.
Concentration in International Relations: This
concentration, designed for students espe
cially interested in a career in international
relations or planning a career involving over
seas work, is described on page 147. Students
may elect this concentration while majoring
in several alternative departments including
history, economics, and modern language.
For political science majors concentrating in
international relations the comprehensive re
quirements for course majors are adjusted to
allow students to demonstrate graduation
level competencies appropriate to work done
in the concentration. Similar options may be
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
207
Political Science
approved by the department for students in
the external examination program. Details for
each program are worked out with the Coor
dinator o f the concentration.
tion. Materials will be drawn from the United
States and other countries.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.
Concentration in Public Policy: This concentra
tion, designed for students expecting to pre
pare for work in government or to pursue
further study in the field o f public policy is
described on page 222. The normal political
science comprehensive requirements apply,
but these allow students flexibility in prepar
ing to graduate, in either the course or external
examination programs, so that they may have
work reviewed and/or competency tested in
their policy concentration.
2. Policy-Making in America.
Comprehensive Requirement: Majors not sitting
for the external examination should review
their programs periodically with the depart
ment, normally with the chairman. A ll work
programs in the department should be prepared
with a view to meeting the distributional require
ments o f the comprehensive examinations. The
department recommends for graduation stu
dents be able to write papers that demonstrate
three competencies: use o f empirical evidence,
analysis o f political theory, and evaluation o f
policy. Students must also show knowledge of
material in at least three o f the four major
subfields o f the discipline: political theory,
American politics, comparative politics, and
international politics. Usually papers origi
nally prepared in a course best serve as the
basis for meeting the comprehensive require
ment. More detailed information on the im
plication o f this requirement for course selec
tion is offered during the junior year. In
formation on comprehensive requirements is
available in the political science department
office and sent to seniors early each fall.
Comprehensive qualifying papers must be
submitted well before the end o f the senior
year.
1. Elements of Politics.
Designed to probe some major questions of
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
interests o f whom? How? W hat are the sources
o f political stability and change? How is politi
cal power created, maintained, or challenged?
Answering these questions will involve a study
o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving
forces o f politics and exploring problems
such as justice, freedom, equality, and obliga
208
Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f Ameri
can politics. Major attention will be devoted
to electoral organizations, voting behavior
and opinion formation, legislation and presi
dential leadership, administration and policy
choices.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Staff.
3. Comparative Politics.
An introduction to the logic o f comparative
inquiry and its application to the study of
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
particularly Britain, Italy, France, and West
Germany. The course will focus on (1) the
historical evolution and character of state
institutions (e.g., liberal democracy, social
democracy, and fascism), (2 ) the range and
nature o f political parties (including the
Greens and Communists), and (3 ) unconven
tional forms o f political participation (from
peaceful protest to terrorism).
Spring semester. Staff.
4. International Politics.
An introduction to the analysis o f the con
temporary international system and its evolu
tion in the twentieth century. The course will
examine various approaches to explaining
wars, military defense, and international eco
nomic problems.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.
14. American Foreign Policy.
An examination o f the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems
faced by the United States in the modern
world. The course will focus on the influence
o f political, bureaucratic, and economic forces
and on the problems o f war, intervention, and
economic conflict.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89..
19. Comparative Communist Politics.
A comparative study o f the various commu
nist countries, including the Soviet Union,
China, Yugoslavia, Poland, Hungary, and Viet
nam. Beginining with a comparative analysis
of the Russian and Chinese revolutions, this
course will focus on such topics as: ( 1 ) the
relationship between socialist transformation
and the development o f Leninist regimes;
(2) sources o f political conflict within society;
(3) Sino-Soviet relations and sources o f con
flict between communist regimes. Special at
tention will be given to current dilemmas o f
political and economic reform, and the limits
to change in Leninist regimes.
Spring semester. White.
20. Politics of China.
This course will examine the character and
consequences o f the Chinese communist rev
olution, the ideological, political, and eco
nomic legacy o f Mao Zedong, the process o f
socialist transformation in the countryside,
problems o f organization and policy-making,
dilemmas o f political and economic reform
post-Mao, and the determinants o f Chinese
foreign policy. The consequences o f the re
forms implemented under Deng Xiaoping will
receive special scrutiny.
Fall semester. White.
21. Politics of Africa.
A survey of political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects o f political
change including traditional attitudes, leader
ship, ethnic rivalry, socialism, neocolonial
ism, military intervention, national integra
tion, and international involvements.
Fall semester. Not offered ig88-8g. Hopkins.
22. Latin American Politics.
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy
of Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources of instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning o f politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants,
workers, middle-class groups, industrialists,
landowners, etc.); and the economic and po
litical difficulties raised by U.S.-Latin Ameri
can relations. These topics will be approached
through a comparative study o f such countries
as Brazil, Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argen
tina.
Spring semestet. Sharpe.
25. American Electoral Politics and
the 1988 Elections.
Emphasis on presidential elections with some
attention to congressional elections also and
with particular attention to understanding the
1988 elections. The structure and process o f
American national elections, the behavior o f
the electorate, the effects o f elections. Term
paper to be focused on an analysis o f some
aspect(s) o f the current elections. No statisti
cal background required.
Fall semester. Gilbert, with others.
31. Feminist Political Thought
A study o f central political and theoretical
issues such as citizenship, political participa
tion, obligation, authority, justice, freedom
and the state, as they relate to women. The
first part o f the course will concentrate on the
relation o f women to politics according to
traditional theory. The second part will exam
ine contemporary feminist theory. We will
explore whether women can be included in
the governmental structures put forth by tra
ditional theories, and what alternative visions
o f politics might take their place.
Spring semester. Hirschmann.
40. The Vietnam War.
The aim o f this course is to explore the
reasons for U .S. military involvement in Viet
nam in the 1950s and 1960s and for the
military withdrawal in the 1970s. Topics in
clude Vietnam’s colonial background; the de
feat of the French and the partition o f Vietnam
in 1954; the U .S. military commitment; for
eign policy in the Kennedy-Johnson years; the
anti-war movement; the Nixon policy o f "Vietnamization” ; and the effects o f the war on
Cambodia and Laos.
Spring semester. Beitz.
41. Defense Policy.
Analysis o f the history and structure of Ameri
can defense policy since World War II, with
particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons
systems and military strategies. Political, eco
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations
o f past and present policies will be explored.
Fall semester. Kurth.
42. Health Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 75 .) Analysis o f
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions
and resource allocation, and major alterna-
209
Political Science
tives for action. Central topics are the organi
zation o f health care delivery (roles and views
o f physicians, nurses, administrators, patients
and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state,
and local governments, quasi-public authori
ties, and interest groups; technical and politi
cal aspects o f health insurance alternatives;
health manpower (medical and nursing
schools, para-professionals); biomedical re
search programs. Students wishing to take
this course should consult in advance with the
instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the
following will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 4,
26; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1;
Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester. Smith.
43. Food Policy: National and
International Issues.
The causes and possible solutions to major
food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and
food insecurity. The role o f government pol
icy in production, distribution, and consump
tion o f food. Principal focus will be upon the
American agricultural experience, food sys
tems in less developed countries, international
trade and aid as solutions, and international
measures to improve food security. A field
trip, an early final exam, and a substantial
paper are features o f the course. Students
with little work in political science may be
admitted with the consent o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
44. Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.
An analysis o f important policy questions
with direct and indirect bearing on racial and
ethnic groups. The focus o f the course is on:
1 ) the political institutions that shape the
formulation o f policy (elections and parties,
courts, administrative agencies); 2) specific
policy areas o f contemporary conflict (hous
ing, education, employment); 3 ) the various
mechanisms (affirmative action, quotas, tar
geted job aid) used as remedies. The format
will be discussion. Suggested prerequisite
either Political Science 1 or 2.
Fall semester. Rubin.
50. Public Law and Public
Administration.
Theory and practice o f administrative law in
the United States. Role o f the courts in gov
ernmental administration. Issues o f organiza
tion and procedure. The interaction o f public
210
law and public policy, with particular atten
tion to certain sectors o f public policy.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89.
51. Topics In Public Administration
and Policy.
Problems o f policymaking and administra
tion, primarily in American national govern
ment, from the standpoints o f public-policy
analysis and democratic theory. Central topics
include: accountability, responsibility, and
productivity; organization theory and govern
mental reorganization; budgeting, planning,
and "rational” decision; public relations and
dientelism; regulation and public enterprise;
administrative law; intergovernmental rela
tions; Congress, Presidency, and administra
tion.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Gilbert.
52. American Constitutional Law.
The role o f the Supreme Court in the Ameri
can political system, viewed both historically
and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of
constitutional law and development empha
sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial
review; federalism and the scope o f national
power; due process, equal protection, the
First Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
53. American Electoral Politics.
An historical and functional analysis of Ameri
can political parties. The study o f interest
groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the leg
islative process.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Rubin or
Gilbert. See Political Science 25.
53B. The Mass Media and American
Politics.
An historical and contemporary consideration
o f the effects o f mass media on American
political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on the transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institu
tions.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Rubin.
53C. Presidential Politics and
Public Policy.
The central focus o f the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exet'
cise of presidential power.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Rubin.
and social science o f law as well as from rep
resentative cases.
Fall semester. Smith.
54. Political Theory: Plato to
Machiavelli.
58. International Political Theory.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer
gence o f a distinctively modern political out
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role of law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Fall semester. Sharpe.
An examination o f several important moral
problems in international affairs. Topics to be
discussed include the morality o f war, war
crimes and the rules o f warfare, and the ethics
o f nuclear deterrence; intervention, selfdetermination, and the moral status o f the
nation-state; and international distributive jus
tice. Readings will be selected from classical
and contemporary sources.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89.
55. Modern Political Theory.
59. Catholic Social Thought
A study and critique o f liberalism through
close reading and analysis o f the writings o f
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.S . Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding lib
erty, political obligation, the common good,
human nature, and distributive justice. Not
open to students who plan to take the Political
Theory seminar.
Spring semester. Beitz.
56. Contemporary Political Theory.
An examination o f political theory from Marx
and J.S. Mill to present. Among other topics
a special concern will be the ability o f contem
porary liberal political and economic thought
to respond to its critics’ attacks on its psycho
logical and epistemological foundations, and
on its adequacy as a guide to political under
standing and action. An effort will be made to
understand the various and often conflicting
currents within liberal theory, as well as to
identify certain common problems. Marxist,
existentialist, anarchist, and structuralist crit
ics may be considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permis
sion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89.
57. Jurisprudence.
An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso
phers, and social scientists. Issues to be con
sidered include the nature and validity o f law,
the relation o f law to morality, and the place
of political theory in the judicial decision.
Some current moral issues in law may be dis
cussed. Readings will be chosen from classical
and contemporary works in the philosophy
(Also listed as Philosophy 59 and Religion
5 9 . ) The course will study the Catholic tradi
tion o f social thought, recent theoretical de
velopment in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political move
ments, especially in Latin America. The prin
cipal readings will be drawn from 1) Papal
social encyclicals; 2) documents o f the Second
Vatican Council and Latin American bishops
on nuclear war and the economy; 3) writings
o f liberation theology. From time to time,
selected applications o f this theory, e.g., the
growth o f "base communities” in Brazil will
also be studied.
Spring semester.
60. Special Topics in Political
Science.
Open to senior Course majors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Spring semester. Members o f the Department.
62. Colloquim and Research Project on
Presidential Elections.
The principal requirement o f this course is
the successful completion o f an independent
research project that examines a single presi
dential election campaign between 1952 and
1984. There will be background readings and
discussion o f the presidential election system,
the dynamics o f shifting groups in coalitions,
and the role o f the mass media. Each student’
will be doing an independent research paper.
Topics for papers include analyzing candidate
images, political themes, public opinion, and
campaign strategies during a particular elec
tion year, putting the specific campaign in the
broader context o f election cycles, institu-
211
Political Science
tional changes, and shifts in public policy.
Enrollment will be limited; interested students
should see Professor Rubin for permission.
Prerequisite: Political Science 2 and/or an
advanced course in American politics.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Rubin.
63. The Politics and Political Culture of
American Jew s.
The subject o f this course will be an analysis
o f the actual political behavior o f American
Jews, and the attitudinal substructures and
cultural underpinnings that shape that behav
ior. Theories accounting for distinctive Ameri
can Jewish behavior will be evaluated, and
empirical studies o f mass and elite behavior
will be assessed. A colloquium-seminar for
mat will be used to explore the relative influ
ence o f ethnic socio-religious values and expe
rience, group social and political objectives,
and the impact o f American culture and ide
ology on contemporary American Jewish po
litical thinking. The first half o f the semester
will be devoted to exploring specific questions
through reading and discussion. The second
half will involve the completion by each stu
dent o f a major research paper on a topic
emanating from the prior discussions. This
research thesis, rather than exams, will be the
sole written component.
Fall semester. Rubin.
64. Political Socialization and Schools.
(Also listed as Education 64. See course de
scription under Program in Education.)
Fall semester. Travers.
65. Political Psychology.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies of
presidents and other leaders; psychological
distortion in political decision; personality
types among the public; psychological factors
in public opinion and revolution. Projects
may involve class or individual research.
(Cross-listed as Psychology 65 .)
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89.
67. Social Welfare Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 73 .) Study o f social
insurance, other income supports, and se
lected social services, chiefly in the U .S. but
212
with comparative material as well. Historical
development; issues in social theory; political,
administrative, and technical aspects.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
68. Environmental Policy.
(Also listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple
mentation are explored. Topics: survey of
environmental problems including global
population, global climate change, water and
air pollution, and resource depletion; survey
o f developments in the law o f environmental
protection; use and abuse o f cost-benefit analy
sis in environmental regulation. Concepts
from mathematics and technology are intro
duced, as necessary, to understand environ
mental processes. Additional topics may in
clude environmental political movements in
the U .S. and Europe, environmental degrada
tion in developing nations, and quantitative
policy models implemented by computer.
This course does not satisfy the distribution
requirements.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89.
69. Political Economy of
Macroeconomic Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 23). The course
treats together the economic and political
aspects o f public policy on employment, out
put, and the price level. The course focuses on
both theory and selected modern episodes in
American experience and policy. Intended as
a single- or double-credit seminar for students
in the Public Policy Concentration and open
for single credit to others who have taken
appropriate Public Policy prerequisites, on
which consult the Catalogue and, as to excep
tions, one o f the instructors.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and Eco
nomics 1 and 2.
Spring semester. Not offered 1988-89.
93. Directed Readings in Political
Science.
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and
the instructor.
96. Thesis.
W ith the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, nor
mally during either semester o f the senior
year.
SEMINARS
The following seminars prepare for examina
tion for a degree with Honors:
Spring semester. Hopkins and Maguire.
100. Political Theory: Ancient.
A study o f key problems faced by the United
States in the modern world together with a
critical investigation o f the making and imple
menting o f American foreign policy. A variety
o f explanations o f American foreign policy
will be discussed and evaluated, and the politi
cal, economic, and social influences upon
it will be considered. Key assumptions of
United States policy-makers will be subjected
to scrutiny, and alternate assumptions and
policies will be analyzed.
Fall semester. Kurth.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer
gence o f a distinctively modern political out
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role of law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Fall semester. Sharpe.
101. Political Theory: Modern.
An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations o f liberalism and
socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works of
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such prob
lems as the nature o f legitimate authority, the
basis of political obligation, liberty, and de
mocracy. Particular attention will be given to
the question o f distributive justice and the
relevance o f Marx’s political and philosophi
cal writings to liberal theory.
Each semester. Beitz.
102. Politics and Legislation.
The study of political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative
process. Emphasis is on American politics,
with some comparative material; and, ulti
mately, on politics from the standpoint o f
theories of political democracy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
103. Problems in Government and
Administration.
Problems of administrative organization, pol
icymaking and responsibility, with primary
reference to the United States and to selected
fields of policy.
Fall semester. Gilbert.
104. International Politics.
An inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include (1 ) competing
theories of international politics, (2 ) war and
the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management o f
various global issues such as food and energy.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
105. American Foreign Policy.
106. Public Law and Jurisprudence.
A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realis
tic,” and behavioral approaches to jurispru
dence; the nature o f the judicial process and
other problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated
by judicial decisions and other legal materials
relating to selected areas o f law.
Spring semester. Smith.
107. Comparative Politics: Communist
Regimes.
A comparative study o f communist regimes.
Beginning with a comparative analysis o f the
Russian and Chinese revolutions, this course
will focus on: (1 ) Marxism-Leninism as a
revolutionary ideology; (2) the relationship
between economic backwardness, socialist
transformation and the development o f Leni
nist regimes; (3 ) sources o f political conflict
within society; (4) problems o f organization
and policy process; (5 ) Sino-Soviet relations
and sources o f conflict between communist
regimes. Special attention will be given to
current dilemmas o f political and economic
reform, and the limits to change in Leninist
regimes. We will also examine contending
approaches to the study o f communist systems
(totalitarian models, bureaucratic politics ap
proaches, class analysis, etc.), placing them in
historical and political perspective.
Spring semester. White.
108. Comparative Politics: Europe.
An introduction to the logic o f comparative
inquiry and its application to the study o f
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
213
Political Science
particularly Britain, Italy, France, and West
Germany. The focus will be on the relation
ship between state institutions, political par
ties, and mass movements. The central ques
tion explored will be: W hy have some nation
states fostered stable liberal-democratic in
stitutions, strong two-party systems, and
peaceful protest movements, while others
have experienced Fascism, electoral instabili
ty, and terrorism?
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or permission
o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Maguire.
109. Comparative Politics: Africa and
the Third World.
A comparative study o f the politics o f subSarahan African societies undergoing change
and pursuing economic development. Various
theories, approaches, and methods o f expla
nation are examined. The role o f Africa and
other third world states vis-a-vis advanced
industrial societies is also considered.
214
Fall semester. Hopkins.
110. Comparative Politics: Latin
America.
A comparative study o f the politics o f several
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Re
public. The course will focus on important
differences in major institutions, class struc
tures and social values, and an examination of
various theories explaining political stability
and change. Problems will include: difficulties
o f creating stable democratic institutions;
causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and
military interventions; different meanings of
politics for various classes in socialist, corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes;
and the utility o f dependency theory in ex
plaining U.S.-Latin American relations.
Spring semester. Eschbach and Sharpe.
180. Thesis.
All members o f the Department.
Psychology
KENNETH J. GERGEN, Professor3
DEBORAH G. KEMLER NELSON, Professor and Acting Department Head (fall)
JEANNE MARECEK, Professor and Department Head1
DEAN PEARODY, Professor
ALLEN M. SCHNEIDER, Professor3
BARRY SCHWARTZ, Professor
PHILIP J. KELLMAN, Associate Professor
JUDY KEGL, Associate Professor*13
AMY DEMOREST, Assistant Professor
VIRGINIA VANDERSLICE, Visiting Assistant Professor4
STANTON WORTHAM, Instructor3
HANS WALLACH, Research Psychologist
The work of the Department o f Psychology
deals with the systematic study o f human
behavior and experience; processes o f percep
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the develop
ment of the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
The courses and seminars o f the Department
are designed to provide a sound basis of
understanding o f psychological principles and
a grasp of research method. Students learn the
nature of psychological inquiry and the psy
chological approach to various problems en
countered in the humanities, the social sci
ences, and the life sciences.
A special major is available in conjunction
with Linguistics emphasizing fundamental
issues in human cognitive organization. A full
description o f this program may be found
under Linguistics.
A special major in Psychobiology is available
in cooperation with the Department o f Biolo
gy. Consult either Department Head.
REQU IREM EN TS AND RECO M M EN D ATIO N S
Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in
the Department. Psychology 6 , Critical Issues
in Psychology, can also serve as prerequisite
for further work.
A Course major consists o f at least eight
courses, excluding courses cross-listed in psy
chology that are taught by members o f other
departments, and normally including four of
the core courses (with course numbers in the
30’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and
Motivation, Perception, Cognitive Psycholo
gy, Psychology o f Language, Social Psychology,
Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child
Development. Majors are also encouraged to
take Psychology 12, Psychological Knowledge:
Development and Justification. Those wishing
to substitute more individualized programs
should present their reasons in writing. Ma
jors should take at least one course providing
them with experience in research. In addition,
majors in Course are encouraged to enroll in
Psychology 98 during their senior year. This
course is intended to provide integration of
different fields o f psychology and to offer
majors one way to meet the comprehensive
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
5 Spring semester, 1989.
13 Joint appointment with linguistics.
215
Psychology
requirement. Students intending to pursue
graduate work in psychology will also find it
useful to take one o f the statistics courses
offered by the Department o f Mathematics.
Special Major: Psychobiology: The Departments
o f Psychology and Biology offer a special
major that combines work in the two depart
ments, for students who are interested in the
biological basis o f behavior. The major con
sists o f a set o f core courses, and three groups
o f optional courses. Consult the head of
either department for details.
TEA C H ER CERTIFICA TIO N
There are two normal routes to Social Studies
Certification. One o f these is through a major
in the social sciences, plus four to six semes
ters o f courses in other social sciences. Stu
dents majoring in History, Political Science,
and Sociology-Anthropology are required to
take at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics or Psycholo
gy are required to take six. The other route to
certification is by taking at least twelve semes
ter courses in social sciences, o f which six
must normally be in one discipline and at least
two more must be in a single other discipline.
All students seeking social studies certifica
tion are required to take two courses in
history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonAnglo subject matter are required. For further
information, see the listing for the Program in
Education.
An introduction to the basic process under
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which nor
mal and abnormal behavior are determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.
been enhanced, and how are we to judge
propositions about the mental world? After
exploring classic attempts to answer such
questions, two major positions are contrasted,
the empiricist and the hermeneutic. Psycho
logical theory and research are used to illus
trate.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Wortham.
6. Critical Issues in Psychology.
21. Educational Psychology.
An exploration o f selected issues in psycholo
gy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer
theoretical questions, especially by analyzing
the relation between psychological theories
and the evidence testing them. This analysis is
applied to previous critical experiments and
in planning new research. The topics covered
may vary from year to year; the department
can supply information on the coverage in a
particular year.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Peabody.
(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Renninger.
1. Introduction to Psychology.
12. Psychological Knowledge:
Development and Justification.
Designed to introduce students to the prob
lem o f psychological knowledge. How do we
gain knowledge o f others and ourselves, by
what standards can we say that knowledge has
216
22. Counseling.
(See Education 25.)
Not offered 1988-89.
23. Adolescence.
(See Education 23.)
Spring semester. Smulyan.
24. Child Development and
Social Policy.
(See Education 66.)
Spring semester. Renninger.
30. Physiological Psychology.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases
o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning,
and memory. Both experimental analyses and
clinical implications are considered.
Spring semester. Schneider.
31. Learning and Motivation.
This course explores the ways in which expe
rience interacts with biological predisposition
to influence how action is organized and when
it occurs. We study the processes o f condi
tioning and explore how conditioning com
bines with complex cognitive and social fac
tors to influence what organisms do. The
course includes a laboratory that is intended
to acquaint students with central phenomena
of learning and motivation.
Fall semester. Schwartz.
32. Perception.
An exploration o f the connections among
experience, the physical world, and biological
mechanisms. Theories o f direct perception
are contrasted with those asserting the impor
tance of inference or hypothesis in perceiving.
Primary emphasis is on research in adult
visual perception, but other senses and some
developmental issues are also treated. Impli
cations of the study o f perception for the
theories o f knowledge and the visual arts are
examined. There is laboratory work, including
an original experiment conducted by the class.
Fall semester. Kellman.
33. Cognitive Psychology.
A broad overview o f the psychology o f knowl
edge. Models o f human cognition are exam
ined in light o f experimental data. Attention,
pattern recognition, memory, concepts,
thinking, and problem solving are treated,
among other topics. Laboratory exercises and
demonstrations are included to acquaint stu
dents with the issues and methods in the field.
Fall semester. Kellman.
34. The Psychology of Language.
(See Linguistics 34).
Spring semester. Kegl.
35. Social Psychology.
An examination o f theory and research rele
vant to social relationships between people.
Topics include social influence, person per
ception, cognitive consistency theories, ag
gression and group conflict, performing with
"rules,” the achieving society, attraction and
love.
Spring semester. Peabody.
36. Personality.
An examination o f contrasting theories o f the
human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung,
Sullivan, and others will be discussed. Some
consideration will also be given to personality
assessment.
Fall semester. Demorest.
38. Abnormal Psychology.
A survey o f major forms o f psychological
disorder in adults and children. Biogenetic,
socio-cultural, and psychological bases of ab
normality are examined, along with their cor
responding modes o f treatment.
Spring semester.
39. Developmental Psychology.
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
M ajor theoretical perspectives on the nature
o f developmental change are examined, in
cluding those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics
include the formation o f social attachments,
the foundations and growth o f perceptual,
cognitive, and social-cognitive skills, gender
typing, moral development, and the impact of
parents and other social agents on the devel
opment o f the child. (Formerly titled Child
Development)
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.
42. Human Intelligence.
This course adopts a broad view o f its topic,
Human Intelligence. One major set o f subtopics will be drawn from the intelligence
testing (IQ ) tradition and the controversies
emerging from it—including the heritability
o f IQ, the relation between IQ. and academic
success, between IQ,and creativity, the nature
o f mental retardation, and the conception o f
intelligence as a general trait or as a set of
specific abilities. Other and less traditional
concerns will be cognitive theories o f intelli
gence, everyday conceptions o f intelligence,
the relation between infant and adult intelli
gence, and the relation between human and
animal intelligence.
Spring semester. Kemler Nelson.
43. Comparative Cognition.
An exploration o f cross-cultural research on
human cognition. W hat are the universals o f
human cognition? What are its distinctive
features? W hat are the major factors that are
responsible for cross-cultural variation in
217
Psychology
human cognition? W hat are the virtues and
pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the
study o f cognition? The course is open to all
students who have had introductory psychol
ogy.
Kemler Nelson.
44. Psychology and Women.
An examination o f psychological theory and
research on women and gender. We will study
representations o f women and men in tradi
tional and feminist writings. We shall compare
the assumptive bases o f traditional and fem
inist psychologies o f women, and examine the
critical assumptions found in feminist con
ceptions o f gender. In the latter part o f the
course, we will study important issues for
women such as domestic violence, represen
tations o f male and female sexuality, and
problems with eating.
Fall semester. Vanderslice.
48. Perceptual Development
Explores the perceptual world o f the infant
and child in order to assess the impact o f
experience on our ability to obtain knowledge
through perception. Research on the early
perception o f objects, space and motion, as
well as event and social perception, will be
considered against the backdrop o f major
theoretical controversies. Students will have
the opportunity to devote much o f their
effort in the course to preparing a substantial
paper on a topic o f their choice. Some knowl
edge o f development and/or perception may
be helpful, but is not prerequisite.
Kellman.
51. Science, Decision-making, and
Uncertainty.
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The course
covers philosophical, psychological, and mathemathical aspects o f decision-making in the
face o f uncertain evidence. Topics covered
include the nature o f scientific evidence and
experimentation; probabilistic evidence and
the law; uncertainty and medicine; inferential
versus Bayesian statistics; human decision
making, rational and irrational; techniques
and correctives o f decision-making. The the
ories will be related to such public issues as
nuclear power, hazardous waste disposal, vac
cination, and strategic nuclear planning.
Cross-listed with Physics and Mathematics.
Not offered 1988-89. Holt, Iversen, and
218
Kellman.
52. Representations of Women’s
Identity.
(See English 82 ). Satisfies distribution re
quirement in group 1 not group 3.
Spring semester. Marecek and Blum.
62. The Construction of
Psychological Theory.
How are psychological theories created, con
structed, and sustained? W hat limits are there
to psychological understanding? This course
explores various social, aesthetic, and ideo
logical factors that enter into the process of
theory construction. Special attention is also
given to the linguistic and literary conventions
that govern interpretations o f human action.
Prerequisite: Introductory Psychology and at
least one additional course in psychology.
Not offered 1988-89. Gergen.
63. Special Topics in Cognitive
Psychology.
Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em
phasis is placed on the relationship between
theories o f cognition and current experimen
tal findings. Also, the development of cogni
tive skills receives attention.
65. Political Psychology.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies of presi
dents and other leaders; psychological distor
tion in political decisions; personality types
among the public; psychological factors in
public opinion and revolution. Projects may
involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 65.)
Peabody.
67. Special Topics in Child
Development
Aspects o f personality, social, and cognitive
development are examined, with individual
and group field projects an important part of
the course.
68. Special Topics in Social
Psychology.
Considers special topics in human relations.
69. Special Topics in Personality.
Considers selected topics in personality or
ganization and dynamics.
86. Topics in Philosophy and
Psychology.
This course explores in depth different topics
that are of interest and concern to both phi
losophers and psychologists. For example, in
Fall, 1987, the focus was rationality and the
explanation of human action. In practical life,
we usually explain human actions by giving
the person’s reasons—his or her goals and
beliefs—for performing them. In contrast, in
experimental science, we attempt to explain
behavior by finding laws in accordance with
which it occurs. We explored the extent to
which the categories o f explanation that come
from practical life constrain or limit the scope
of scientific explanations. The course is open
to students who have had at least the intro
ductory course in both philosophy and psy
chology. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 86.)
Not offered 1988-89. Schwartz and Lacey.
87. Colloquium: Psychology, Biology
and Economic Rationality.
The concept o f "economic man,” in rational
pursuit o f self-interest, has had a profound
impact on theory and research throughout the
social sciences in the last two centuries. This
course will offer a critical examination o f the
notion of economic rationality, exploring the
role it plays in economics, in evolutionary
biology (sociobiology), and in psychology.
The implications o f this notion for thinking
about morality and about social organization
will also be considered. The course will be
taught in seminar format, for one credit.
Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica
tion, to advanced students in either biology,
economics, philosophy, or psychology.
Spring semester. Schwartz.
90. Practicum in Clinical Psychology.
An opportunity for advanced psychology stu
dents to gain supervised experience working
in off-campus research projects or clinical
settings. Course requirements and evaluations
are tailored to individual projects. Advance
arrangements for placements should be made
in consultation with a member o f the psycholo
gy department.
91. Research Practicum in
Physiological Psychology.
Research on the neural and chemical bases of
learning and memory. Current theories are
discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from retrograde amnesia. Laboratory
work is designed to introduce students to
techniques in physiological psychology.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By application.
Not offered 1988-89. Schneider.
94. Independent Research.
Students conduct independent research proj
ects. They typically study problems with
which they are already familiar from their
course work. Students must submit a written
report o f their work. Registration for Inde
pendent Research requires the sponsorship o f
a faculty member who agrees to supervise the
work.
Each semester. Staff.
95. Tutorial.
Any student may, with the consent o f a mem
ber o f the department, work under a tutorial
arrangement for a single semester. The student
is thus allowed to select a topic o f particular
interest, and in consultation with a faculty
member, prepare a reading list and work plan.
Tutorial work may include field research out
side Swarthmore.
Each semester. Staff.
96,97. Senior Thesis.
W ith the permission o f the Department, stu
dents may conduct a 2 -credit research project
in their senior year as one way to meet the
comprehensive requirement. The course in
cludes: (a) carrying out a research project
with the advice o f a faculty sponsor and (b)
taking part in a joint discussion group that
shares the problems o f each stage o f the
research. Students should develop a general
plan by the end o f the junior year and apply
for departmental approval. By application.
One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Staff.
98. History and Systems of Psychology.
Intended to provide integration o f different
fields o f psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the
major systematic points o f view. Special con-
219
Psychology
sidération is given to problems overlapping
several areas o f psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody,
SEM IN ARS
104. Individual in Society.
An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are
discussed, including the understanding o f
other persons, theories o f cognitive consis
tency, group influence and conformity. Ap
plications to political attitudes, group preju
dices, the relation o f attitudes and personality,
and the relation o f psychology to the social
sciences are also considered. Two credits.
Fall semester. Peabody.
105. Personality.
An exploration o f general theories o f human
functioning from Freud to the present, in
cluding consideration o f empirical tests o f the
theories. Attention is given to methods o f
personality assessment. Two credits.
Spring semester. Demorest.
106. Personality Theory and
Interpretation.
An exploration o f major theories o f human
personality functioning, with special emphasis
on the process o f exploration itself. Thus,
critical inquiry is made into the theories o f
Freud, Jung, the neo-Freudians, Existential
and dramaturgic contributions and trait the
ory. At the same time a variety o f readings in
literary theory, rhetoric, hermeneutics, and
related realms will be used to elucidate the
process by which views o f the human person
ality are developed and sustained. The seminar
emphasizes the close relation between pre
sumptions o f inquiry—literary, ideological,
epistemological—and its outcomes. Prelimi
nary background in relevant areas o f study
required. By permission. Two credits.
Not offered 1988-89. Gergen.
109. Physiological Psychology.
An analysis o f the neural bases of motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language.
Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral
relations will be brought to bear on clinical
issues. Two credits.
Spring semester. Schneider.
220
118. Philosophy of Psychology.
See Philosophy 118.
Not offered 1988-89. Lacey.
131a. and b. Learning and Motivation.
See description o f Psychology 31. Students
are expected to attend lectures given in Psy
chology 31, and to participate in the labora
tory. The second part o f the seminar (131b)
considers in depth special topics o f interest
discussed in the first part o f the seminar. One
credit each semester.
131a: Fall semester, 1988 and 1989.
131b: Spring semester, 1990 only. Schwartz.
132a. and b. Perception.
Psychology 132a meets with Psychology 32.
The second part o f the seminar (132b) ex
plores selected topics in human perception.
Major theories and experimental data direct
our exploration of the roles o f inborn mech
anisms and inferential processes in producing
perceptual experience. Adult visual percep
tion o f form, space, motion and their inter
relations are major concerns. Intersensory
coordination, some auditory perception and
perceptual adaptation are also considered.
One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Kellman.
133a. and b. Cognitive Psychology.
Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33.
The second part o f the seminar (133b) is an
intensive study o f higher mental processes.
Specific topics include mental representation,
memory organization, imagery, attention and
consciousness, concept formation, reading,
thinking, and problem-solving. One credit
each semester.
Both semesters. Kellman.
138. Abnormal Psychology.
A study in depth o f various theoretical per
spectives on psychological disorders, includ
ing schizophrenia, autism, depression, and
anxiety disorders. Underlying assumptions of
each theory will be considered, as well as
empirical evidence supporting the theory. Ap
proaches to treatment will also be studied.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Demorest.
139a. and b. Developmental Psychology.
See description o f Psychology 39. Students
are expected to attend and participate in
Psychology 39. The second part o f the seminar
(139b) considers in depth special topics of
interest within the field. A research compo
nent is frequently included in the second part
of the seminar. One credit each semester.
(Formerly titled Child Development)
Both semesters. Kemler Nelson.
180. Thesis.
May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member o f the De
partment is available to undertake the direc
tion o f the thesis. May be taken either as a 2credit, 1-semester course or as a 2-semester
course for one credit each semester. Students
writing a thesis are expected to attend the
weekly meetings o f senior paper students
during the semester(s) they are enrolled for
Thesis.
Both semesters. All members o f the Depart
ment.
221
Public Policy
Coordinator:
RICHARD L. RIIBIN
The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart
ments toward both critical and practical un
derstanding o f sectors o f public policy, such
as social welfare, health, energy, food and
agriculture, and national defense. The focus
o f the courses in the concentration is on the
development, formulation, implementation,
and evaluation o f policy. The departments
centrally concerned with the concentration
are Political Science, Economics, and Engi
neering; but work in other departments is
decidedly pertinent to the concentration. Fac
ulty members from other departments may be
directly involved in the concentration, and
course or seminar offerings from other de
partments may, in certain circumstances, meet
requirements for the concentration. Some
competence in formal or quantitative methods
is required for students concentrating in Pub
lic Policy, but work in the concentration
equally emphasizes historical, institutional,
and normative analysis.
R E Q U IR EM EN T S AND RECOM M EN DATION S
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most inte
grally with a major in one or more o f the
participating departments o f Political Science,
Economics, or Engineering. A t a minimum,
the concentration consists o f certain course
requirements, totaling six credits (some o f
which are also counted toward one’s depart
ment major), and an internship. The program
o f each concentrator should be worked out in
consultation with the Coordinator o f the
Public Policy Program and approved by the
Coordinator, preferably at the same time as
majors in the Course and Honors Programs
are planned, but not later than the middle o f
one’s junior year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
cover three basic areas: (1 ) economic analysis,
(2 ) political analysis, and (3 ) quantitative
analysis. These may normally be met by prepa
ration in specified courses. The economic
analysis requirement can be met by Economics
11 (Intermediate Economics) or Economics
100 (Economics Theory) or Economics 4 0
(Public Finance) or Economics 140 (Public
Finance). The political analysis requirement
can be met by Political Science 5 0 (Public Law
and Public Administration) or Political Sci
ence 51 (Topics in Public Administration
and Policy) or Political Science 2 (PolicyMaking in America). The quantitative analysis
requirement can be met by Mathematics 1
222
(Statistical Thinking), Mathematics 2 (Statis
tical Methods), or Mathematics 23 (Statis
tics), Economics 3 0 (Statistics for Econo
mists), Engineering/Economics 30 (Opera
tions Research), or Economics 35 or
Economics 135 (Econometrics). Equivalent
honors courses may be substituted for any of
the above.
In addition to the three preparatory or pre
requisite courses, three credits must be taken
from among the substantitive policy courses
listed below. These courses deal with substantive sectors and institutional aspects of public
policy analysis. Many o f the courses will be
offered for one credit. Only those seminars or
courses approved for double credit may be
taken as units in the External Examination
program. W ith approval o f the Coordinator
and the seminar instructor, some seminars
with substantial policy content may be approved for one-credit work in the concentration.
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Students interested in the more international
aspects o f public policy or in other specialized
areas o f political science such as mass communications or law may request an alternative
set o f preparatory or prerequisite courses.
I
I
I
I
In special circumstances, students with adequate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural science
students or those with work done at other
institutions) may request that such prepara
tion be substituted for courses normally re-
I
I
I
I
I
quired in the concentration. Approval o f such
requests, as for approval o f internships, will
be the responsibility o f the coordinator and
the committee on public policy studies.
INTERNSHIP
Some direct experience or practical responsi
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by com
pleting an internship during either a semester
or a summer or both. Normally, students will
hold internships between their junior and
senior years. The internship program is super'
vised by the faculty member serving as coor'
dinator o f the concentration, and specific
opportunities may be worked out for the
students.
PROGRAM IN FOOD POLICY
For the 1988-89 academic year, one course
relevant to Food Policy will be offered: Politi
cal Science 43, Food Policy (Professor Hop
kins). Students should contact Professor Ray-
mond Hopkins for more information about
the program, especially in regard to the pos
sibility o f limited summer internship funds.
ELIGIBILITY
The concentration is open to students major
ing in any field, although students in the social
and natural sciences are likely to be able to
meet the requirements most readily. Any
student with acceptable preparation is wel
come to undertake work in a public policy
course, subject to the priority for concentra
tors. For students concentrating in Public
Policy and reading for Honors, certain work
in the concentration will normally be eligible
for external examination.
Policy Courses Offered
Economics 40.
Public Finance.
Economics 60.
Economics o f Industry.
Economics 62.
Government Regulation o f Industry.
Economics 71.
Social Economics.
Economics 72.
Women and Minorities in the Economy.
Economics 75/Political Science 42.
Health Policy.
Economics 140.
Public Finance.
Economics 170.
Labor and Social Economics.
Political Science 41.
Defense Policy.
Political Science 43.
Food Policy.
Political Science 44.
Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.
Political Science 53c.
Presidential Politics and Public Policy.
Economics 73/Political Science 67.
Social Insurance and Welfare Policy.
Engineering/Political Science 68.
Environmental Policy.
Economics 23/Political Science 69.
Macroeconomic Policy.
Economics 74.
Urban Economics.
223
Religion
J. WILLIAM FROST, Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library1
DONALD K. SWEARER, Professor and Chair
P. LINWOOD IIRRAN, JR., Professor
JOHN P. REEDER, Visiting Professor4
AMY-JILL LEVINE, Assistant Professor*3
MICHAEL R. GREENWALD, Instructor
LEILA RERNER, Lecturer4
CYNTHIA B. COHEN, Lecturer4
Religion as a field o f study encompasses his
torical religious traditions and varied dimen
sions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because o f the di
verse and pervasive nature o f religion, several
methodologies have evolved for its study,
including the skills o f historical investigation,
textual criticism, philosophical analysis, and
socio-cultural interpretation. Added to these
skills is the important ingredient o f empathy
toward the claims religious persons make
regarding what they have perceived to be
ultimately real.
Any course numbered 1 through 10 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Religion and Human Experience
(Religion 1), our primary distribution course,
explores the nature o f religion in terms o f its
particular and historical aspects as well as its
generic and universal meanings. Successful
completion o f Religion 1 or another o f the
introductory courses (2 through 10) is nor
mally required for admission to courses num
bered 11 and above. Completion o f two
courses is usually prerequisite for admission
to a major in Course or an External Examina
tion major or minor.
The major in Religion is planned through
consultation with faculty members in the
Department. Majors in both the Course and
the External Examination Programs are re
quired to have completed the primary distri
bution course, and course or seminar work in
three areas o f analysis and interpretation:
historical-critical, philosophical-theological,
and socio-cultural. Only one course cross1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
224
listed from another department can be
counted toward the major. Majors in course
will write a one credit Senior Paper, or, with
the consent o f the Department, a two credit
Thesis; and, will take an oral comprehensive
examination based on the Senior Paper or
Thesis and courses taken in the major.
1. Religion and Human Experience.
This primary distribution course introduces
the nature o f religious worldviews, their cul
tural manifestations, and their influence on
personal and social self-understanding and
action. The course explores various themes
and structures seminal to the nature of religion
and its study: narrative and sacred scripture;
visions o f ultimate reality and their various
manifestations in art, architecture, literature,
and film; religious experience and its expres
sion in ritual behavior and moral action; the
relationships among religious experience, lan
guage, and reason; religion as both a legitima
tion o f and challenge to cultural norms.
Members o f the Department will lecture and
lead weekly discussion sections.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Urban, Cohen, Greenwald,
Swearer.
3. Introduction to the Hebrew
Scriptures.
A comprehensive introduction to the history
o f ancient Israel and Biblical Judaism as
known primarily, although not exclusively,
through the literature produced and preserved
by those communities. Special attention will
be given to the cultural contexts, both national
and international, in which the texts were
composed, and to the various approaches—
historical, literary, sociological, etc.—by
which the texts have been interpreted.
Fall semester. Greenwald.
8. Religions of India.
This course examines the New Testament
writings in their historical and cultural con
texts, introduces the tools—from the histori
cal critical method to newer disciplines such
as rhetorical criticism and sociological analy
sis— employed to discover the original meaning(s) of the documents, and investigates the
continuities and the transformations o f Chris
tianity from Jewish sect to independent reli
gion.
Spring semester. Greenwald.
A study o f Hinduism and Buddhism as doc
trinal and cultural systems in the context o f
India’s historical development. The course
focuses on major themes based on classical
texts o f the Hindu and Buddhist traditions,
e.g., the ritual hymns o f the Rig Veda, the
mystical teachings o f the Upanishads, the
Dialogues (Sutras) o f the Buddha, the social
and political morality o f the Laws o f Manu,
the myths and legends o f the Mahabharata,
the poetry o f the Bhakti saints, and the chal
lenge to tradition by the modern reformers.
Fall semester. Swearer.
5. Problems of Religious Thought.
9. The Ruddhist Tradition.
The purpose of this course is to study various
answers to the chief religious problems o f the
twentieth century. Problems include: the na
ture of religious experience, the existence of
God, religion and morality, science and reli
gion, and the problem of evil. Answers include
those given by Martin Buber, William James,
Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others.
Students are encouraged to find their own
answers and to work out their own religious
beliefs.
Spring semester. Urban.
This course explores the unity and variety of
the Buddhist tradition within its historical
development in South, Central, and East Asia.
In particular it focuses on the meditation
tradition in China (Ch’an), the esoteric tradi
tion in Tibet (Tantrayana), and the faith tra
dition in Japan (Jodo Shin Shu).
Offered 1989-90.
4. Introduction to Christian Scriptures.
I
Not offered 1988-89.
6. War and Peace.
An analysis of the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, real politik, and pacifism. The
first part of the course will trace the evolution
of major ideas of war from the Bible to the
present. A study o f America’s wars since 1940
will show the application o f these ideas in this
nation’s response to organized violence.
Not offered 1988-89. Frost.
7. Introduction to Formative Judaism.
A survey of the varieties o f institutional struc
tures and beliefs o f Judaism from the encoun
ter with Hellenism to the codification o f the
Talmud. Particular attention is paid to the
struggle between ancient tradition and cultural
adaptation, the diversity o f pre- and nonRabbinic Judaisms (e.g., Diaspora accommo
dations, the writers of the Dead Sea Scrolls
and the Pseudepigrapha), the formation o f the
Biblical canon, Targumim, Midrash, and
Mishnah, the distinctions between orthodoxy
and heresy, and the political and social factors
in which this history took shape.
—
11. The History, Religion, and
Culture of Japan.
This course explores the historical dynamics
o f the religion and culture o f Japan from its
origins to the early nineteenth century. It em
phasizes the interaction between indigenous
Japanese cultural patterns and foreign, domi
nantly Chinese, influences in the context o f
political and social changes over the centuries.
Spring semester. Swearer.
13. Comparative Religious Mysticism.
Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenom
enon within the religious traditions o f Asia
and the West. The writings o f particular mys
tics, e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, Rabi’a, Mahadeviyakkha, are studied and such problems
as mystic states o f consciousness, language
and mystical experience, the mystic and tradi
tional religious authority, mysticism and com
munity are explored.
Not offered 1988-89. Swearer.
14. Philosophy of Religion.
An investigation o f the nature o f religious
faith, the problem o f religious knowledge,
concepts o f deity, the problem o f evil, and the
relationship of religion to ethics. Both critics
and supporters o f traditional religious per-
Religion
spectives will be studied. (Cross-listed as Phi
losophy 16.)
Not offered 1988-89. Urban.
15. Disputation and Dialogue.
This course will focus on the ways Christians
and Jews have related to one another on
religious/theological, personal, social, and
economic levels from the Middle Ages to the
present day. Some topics to be considered
are: the political, legal, and social status o f the
Jew in medieval Christian Europe, the Protes
tant Reformation and the Jews, Jewish-Christian relations in the age o f Emancipation and
Enlightenment, Christian-Jewish religious de
bate and dialogue, the emergence o f Jewish
stereotypes in popular Christian culture, Jew
ish attitudes towards Christians, the effects of
the Holocaust on Christian-Jewish relations,
contemporary approaches toward establishing
constructive inter-faith relations.
Fall semester. Berner.
16. The Apostolic Age.
An investigation o f the origin and expansion
o f the Christian Church from the later writ
ings o f the New Testament until the Edict of
Constantine, this course explores through the
use o f primary sources several key transition
points in Christian history, including compe
tition with Judaism, post-canonical develop
ments o f legend and doctrine, the causes o f
and responses to persecution, Gnosticism,
asceticism, the position o f women in the
Church, and the distinctions between ortho
doxy and heresy. (Cross-listed as Classics 38.)
Fall semester. Greenwald.
Hume, Kant, and Schleiermacher, movements
within Protestantism and Roman Catholicism,
and Christian relationships with other reli
gions are considered in detail.
Not offered 1988-89. Urban.
19. Quakerism.
The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time of
George Fox until the present. Particular atten
tion is paid to differences in the development
o f Quakerism in England and America.
Spring semester. Frost.
21. Search for Community.
Feminist and Marxist critiques o f liberal indi
vidualism; epistemological, sociological-meta
physical, and morally normative concepts of
community; theological and secular moralities
based on notions o f human good or caring.
Fall semester. Reeder.
29. Religious Belief and Moral Action.
An examination o f the relationship between
religion and morality. Basic moral concepts of
several religious traditions (Buddhism, Chris
tianity, and Hinduism) will be studied and
compared. The relationship o f moral teach
ings to the cosmological and theological
framework in which they occur will be dis
cussed. The course will analyze concepts of
virtue and moral reasoning, the religious view
o f what it means to be a moral person, and the
religious evaluation o f a just society.
Spring semester. Swearer.
30. Religion as a Cultural Institution.
(See Sociology and Anthropology 30.)
17. Christian Thought to the
Middle Ages.
37. Topics in Greek and Roman Religion.
The development o f Christian thought from
the Council o f Nicea (3 2 5 ) to the Rhineland
Mystics (c. 1400). Attention will focus on the
formation o f classical doctrines such as the
Trinity, Incarnation, and Atonement as well
as outstanding thinkers like Augustine, An
selm, Thomas Aquinas, and Meister Eckhart.
Although the primary emphasis is historical,
attention is given to the contemporary rele
vance o f medieval thought.
Spring semester. Urban.
59. Catholic Social Thought
18. Luther to King.
97. Senior Paper.
Christian thought from the Reformation to
the Civil Rights Movement in America. Rep
resentative figures such as Luther, Calvin,
226
(See Classics 37 .)
(See Philosophy 59/Political Science 59.)
93. Directed Reading.
Staff.
95. Tutorial.
Staff.
96. Thesis.
Majors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.
Senior majors in Course will normally write
a one-credit paper as the major part of their
comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.
Courses offered occasionally:
Religion and Literature
Psychology and Religious Experience
Introduction to Islam
Religious Riography
Black Religion and Black Liberation
PREPARATION F O R EX T ER N A L EXAM INATIONS
The Department will arrange External Examina
tions in the following areas, to be prepared for
in the ways indicated.
Preparation by seminar:
The Idea of God in Historical
Perspective. (Seminar: 102).
An examination o f the development o f the
concept of God from pre-historic times to the
present. The study will include mythological
materials, the Bible, Sankara, Kierkegaard,
and others.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission
of instructor.
Spring semester. Urban.
Asian Religious Thought
(Seminar: 103).
A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism,
and Taoism.
Prerequisite: Religion 10 or 11, or permission
of instructor.
Fall semester. Swearer.
Buddhism in Southeast Asia
(Seminar: 104).
An analysis of Theravada Buddhism as a part
of the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma,
and Thailand. The seminar focuses on three
major themes: Buddhism and the legitimation
of the state, the syncretic character o f popular
Buddhist thought and practice, and the vari
ous responses o f Buddhism to the challenges
of the modern period.
Prerequisite: Religion 8 or the permission o f
the instructor.
Spring 1990.
Religion and Society (Seminar: 105).
How have religious ideas and institutions
shaped and been influenced by American
culture? Topics include the varieties o f Protes
tantism from Puritanism to the moral majori
ty, the adaptation o f Roman Catholicism and
Judaism to the American context, the encoun
ter o f the traditional religions o f the Indians
and Blacks with Christianity, and the patterns
o f contemporary religious practices. Special
themes will be revivals, millenialism, the im
pact o f class, alternative or sectarian groups,
church and state, and the role o f women.
Spring 1990. Frost.
Contemporary Religious Thought
(Seminar: 106).
Representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These include Karl
Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl
Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A. N. Whitehead.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission
o f instructor.
Fail semester. Urban.
Liberation Theology
(Seminar: 107).
A study o f the principal themes o f liberation
theology as it has developed in Latin America
during recent decades; the preferential option
for the poor, the relationship between salva
tion and political liberation, the Biblical cri
tique o f injustice, faith and politics, the role
o f social analysis in theological discourse,
views concerning the Church, Christology
and spirituality, and the conception o f the
ology as a critical reflection on liberating
practices made from the stance o f participa
tion in such practices. Readings will be drawn
from such Latin American theologians as
Boff, Gutierrez, and Segundo. Attention will
also be given to the relationship o f liberation
theology to the Roman Catholic tradition, to
the social and political movements which it
has influenced, and to its critics.
Spring semester. Lacey.
227
Religion
Jew ish and Christian Self-Definition
(Seminar. 108).
Feminist Interpretation of Scripture
(Seminar: 109).
A study o f the various options facing both
Judaism and Christianity in the first century
C.E. and o f the processes by which each
religion narrowed those options in the attempt
to establish a normative identity during the
following two centuries. This seminar focuses
on the development o f the two systems as they
defined themselves through the formulations
o f scriptural canons, through debate with
each other and with the secular authorities,
and through their attempts to distinguish
heresy from orthodox belief. Readings include
selections from the New Testament, the Pseudepigrapha, patristic, and rabbinic sources, the
New Testament Apocrypha, and records o f
the Roman government.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4,
7 , 16, or the permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Greenwald.
Using various approaches to biblical study
(historical-critical, feminist, literary, socio
logical, theological), this seminar explores
depictions o f women in both Testaments, the
Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and selected
rabbinic, patristic, and Gnostic writings; the
influence o f patriarchal structures on this
literature and its interpretation; and the re
covery of women’s history. Particular attention will be given to the myths o f creation and
fall, including the ancient Near-Eastern god
dess traditions; the subversive and the wise
woman; the "feminine” depiction of deity;
Jesus’ and Paul’s attitudes toward women and
sexuality; and the relationship between ortho
dox institutionalism and women’s leadership
roles.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 3,
4, 7 , 16, or the permission o f the instructor.
Fall 1989. Levine.
Preparation by course and attachment:
introduction to the Hebrew Scriptures
(Levine)
Indian Religion
Religions of India (Swearer)
Buddhism
The Buddhist Tradition.
(Swearer)
Comparative Religious Ethics
Religious Belief and Moral Action
(Swearer)
Medieval Religious Thought
Christian Thought in the Middle Ages
(Urban)
Philosophy o f Religion
Philosophy of Religion (Urban)
Modem Christian Thought
From Luther to King (Urban)
Formative Judaism
Introduction to Formative Judaism
(Levine)
Hebrew Bible
228
Preparation by combinations of courses:
Early Christianity
The Christian Scriptures (Levine)
The Apostolic Age (Levine)
Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with
permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.
Students are encouraged to explore the possi
bility o f taking complementary religion courses
at Haverford and Bryn Mawr which do not
duplicate Swarthmore offerings in religious
studies, for example, Islam at Haverford and
Jewish Law and Folklore at Bryn Mawr.
Schedules o f religion classes at Haverford and
Bryn Mawr are available in the Department of
Religion office.
I
I
I
I
Sociology and
Anthropology
J. HERMAN BLAKE, Lang Visiting Professor
JENNIE KEITH, Professor and Chair
ASMAROM LEGESSE, Professor123
STEVEN I. PIKER, Professor3
JOY CHARLTON, Associate Professor1
BRAULIO MUNOZ, Associate Professor
STEVEN BORISH, Assistant Professor
ROBIN L WAGNER-PACIFICI, Assistant Professor
The program o f this department emphasizes
that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged
in a common intellectual task. Studies in the
department are directed toward understand
ing the order, meaning, and coherence o f life
in human societies and cultures, as well as the
pressures and contradictions that produce
patterns of conflict and change. Courses vari
ously emphasize the comparative study of
societies and cultures; the conditions o f social
organization as well as disorganization; evolu
tion and the bases o f human adaption; change
as well as continuity; gender and culture; the
human life course; the symbolic aspects o f
human social life.
Sociology and Anthropology to the study o f
modern and, particularly, American society,
and to the social problems o f the modern age.
The department strongly encourages students
to carry out their own research and offers
internship opportunities as well as an ad
vanced colloquium in research design.
In addition to exploring the mutuality o f
Sociology and Anthropology, members o f the
department and their courses have many links
to neighboring disciplines such as Biology,
Education, English, History, Linguistics, Lit
erature, Philosophy, Psychology, and Reli
gion.
Emphasis is also placed on the relevance of
REQU IREM EN TS AND RECOM M EN DATION S
Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as
24, may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the department.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted,
and completion o f one o f them will normally
serve as prerequisite to all other work in the
department (Course 3 0 may, however, with
permission o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite.)
Applicants for major will normally be ex
pected to have completed at least two courses
in the department. Course majors will com
plete a minimum o f eight units o f work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year, as well as course
50. Majors in the external examination pro
gram are also required to complete course 50.
Normally, majors will complete course 50 by
the end o f their junior years, and prospective
majors are encouraged to take the course
during their sophomore years. Course 21 is
strongly recommended for majors.
The department emphasizes the importance
o f familiarity with appropriate elementary
statistics as well as computer literacy, both for
work taken at the College and for subsequent
career development. Toward underlining this,
the Department crosslists Mathematics courses
1, 2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
229
Sociology and Anthropology
and Anthropology 18,19, and 20), any one o f
which may be taken as one o f the eight units
o f work required for completion o f a major in
Sociology and Anthropology.
A R EA S O F SPECIAL CO N CEN TRA TION IN SO C IO L O G Y
AND A N TH RO PO LO GY
Teaching and research interests o f members of
the department cluster to create a number o f
subject matter areas. Students who are inter
ested in one o f these are encouraged to meet
with the indicated department members to
plan a program o f study.
(1 ) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Munoz, Piker, Wagner-Pacifici)
(2 ) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology,
and Human Evolution (Borish, Legesse,
Piker)
(3 ) Post-Industrial Society (Blake, Borish,
Charlton, Keith, Wagner-Pacifici)
(4 ) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Blake,
Charlton, Keith, Legesse)
(5 ) Religion and Culture (Charlton and
Piker)
(6 ) Psychology and Culture (Charlton,
Piker)
(7 ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life
(Muñoz, Wagner-Pacifici)
(8) Modernization and Development (Bor
ish, Legesse)
(9 ) Modem America (Blake, Charlton,
Keith, Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
(10) The Life Course (Borish, Keith, Legesse,
Piker)
(11) Inequality (Charlton, Legesse, WagnerPacifici)
(12) Political Behavior and Culture (Keith,
Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
CERTIFICA TIO N F O R SECONDARY SC H O O L TEACHING
There are two normal routes to Social Studies
certification. One o f these is through a major
in the social sciences, plus four to six semes
ters o f courses in other social sciences. Stu
dents majoring in History, Political Science,
and Sociology-Anthropology are required to
take at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics and Psychol
ogy are required to take six. The other route
to certification is by taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which
six must normally be in one discipline and at
least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo
subject matter are required.
1. Modern America: Culture, Society
and State.
This course will explore central themes and
points o f conflict in American life: authority,
community, sexuality, work, personal iden
230
tity, politics, and heroism. This exploration
will proceed by way o f an analysis both of the
institutional representations o f these central
issues and their cultural expressions.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
2. Introduction to Social and Cultural
Change.
The course has two themes. First, it examines
how simpler societies maintain an intimate
and stable relationship with the natural world,
whereas modem societies are faced with major
upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and ecology
cal degradation. Second, the course focuses
on social movements, prophetism, communalism, anarchism, and alienation as responses
to economic and ecological crisis and as forces
o f social transformation. Students will partici
pate in an ethnographic encounter session as
an experiment in cross-cultural communica
tion.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1988-89.
4. Community: The Human Strategy.
This course considers the conditions under
which both feelings and structures o f com
munity emerge and persist, especially in the
context o f modem society, and the conse
quences for individuals o f participation in
community. The stimulus for these questions
is the recent shift in human social relations
from the small, face-to-face groups in which
most of our history was experienced, toward
large-scale, complex organizations. What are
the consequences o f the co-existence o f these
different types o f social relation for the quality
of human lives? Do we still need and/or want
community? Where are we likely to find it?
Aspects o f communal life examined include
conflict management, charismatic leadership,
ritual, maintenance o f distinctiveness, family,
meanings o f work. Most course readings will
be case studies o f various types o f community:
hunting and gathering bands, utopian experi
ments, retirement villages, communes, kib
butzim, "distinctive groups” (Amish, gyp
sies), religious communities (Shakers, Bruderhof), therapeutic communities.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Keith.
5. Freshman Seminar: Introduction to
Contemporary Social Thought
A general introduction to major theoretical
developments in the study o f social life since
the 19th century. Selected readings will be
drawn from the work o f such modern social
theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud,
and Simmel. Readings from contemporary
authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens,
Lukes, and Rieff will also be included. These
developments will be studied against the back
ground of the socio-philosophical climate of
the 19th century. Limited enrollment.
Not offered 1988-89. Munoz.
7. Sex Roles, Power, and Identity.
An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and his
torical materials. The primary emphasis will
be placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Not offered 1988-89. Charlton.
10. Human Evolution.
(Cross-listed with Bio. 10.) Humankind and
culture are seen in cross-species and evolu
tionary perspective. The course will be di
vided about equally between contemporary
non-human Primates and Hominid evolution,
eventuating in Homo Sapiens. The course
emphasizes Primate adaptations; continuities
and discontinuities between humans and other
Primates; and the stages and dynamics of
Hominid evolution. A lab section will be de
voted to student projects.
This course is a primary distribution course in
the Division o f the Social Sciences, but not in
the Division o f the Natural Sciences.
Fall semester. Borish, Piker, Williams.
18. Statistical Thinking.
(Cross-listed as Math 1. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
19. Statistical Methods.
(Cross-listed as Math 2. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
20. Statistics.
(Cross-listed as Math 23. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
21. Research Design Colloquium.
Introduction to the process o f research on
human social life: creation o f research ques
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech
niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generat
ing theory. The roles o f theory, ethical issues,
and cultural and historical context in the
research enterprise will be addressed. Stu
dents will design and undertake individual
research projects, and members o f the depart
ment will visit the class to discuss their own
research experience.
Spring semester. Charlton, Keith.
24. Psychological Anthropology.
Sometimes called culture and personality,
this field explores the relationship between
the individual and his or her culture. The
course treats the following issues: a) the psy
chological, or symbolic, capacities presup
posed by culture; b) socialization, or the
transmission o f culture from generation to
generation; c) the cultural distribution o f
personality traits; and d) culture and mental
health. Case materials will be principally, but
not exclusively, non-Western, and the crosscultural study o f child rearing will receive
particular emphasis.
Not offered 1988-89. Piker.
231
Sociology and Anthropology
25. Language, Culture, and Society.
(Cross-listed as Linguistics 25. See listing
under Program in Linguistics.)
27. Afro-American Culture and
Society.
Black culture is examined at several stages of
its development in the twentieth century—as
a culture o f survival, assimilation, pan-Afficanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolu
tion. The sociology o f Black American com
munities is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle,
family structure, associational life, religious
institutions, and class structure, and how
these systems react to racism, urban migra
tion, economic deprivation, and political
change.
Spring semester. Blake.
30. Religion as a Cultural Institution.
42. Cultural Transmission: Education in
Cross-Cultural Perspective.
The purpose o f this course is to communicate
a transcultural and comparative perspective
on the educative process in our own and other
societies. Awareness o f the sociocultural in
fluences on education-relevant behavior will
be a major focus. Coverage ranges from case
studies of technologically primitive (but sym
bolically complex) non-Western cultures to
complex industrial societies. Although spe
cific attention is given to schooling in the
culturally pluralistic United States, students
taking the course will be exposed to more than I
2 0 different cultures. The development of a
partial cultural theory o f education considered as cultural transmission is one of the
main objectives of the course.
Fall semester. Borish.
(Cross-listed as Religion 30 .) The focus is
primarily cross-cultural, and religion case
materials will be drawn from both pre-literate
and civilized traditions, including the modern
West. The following topics will be empha
sized: religious symbolism; religious evolu
tion; religion as a force for both social stability
and social change; psychological aspects of
religious belief; and religious change in mod
ern America, with particular emphasis on
both Fundamentalism and the "cults.” May
be taken without prerequisites with permis
sion o f instructor.
Not offered 1988-89. Piker.
43. Society and Culture in Spanish
America.
33. Ecology and Society.
This course analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social inequality. Empirical studies of both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be i
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings of such issues as the nature and representations o f work, property,
body, and mind in revealing and reproducing
social inequalities. The approach is phenome- 1
nological: how are inequalities made social I
and how are they disrupted?
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range of adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1988-89. Legesse.
36. Peoples and Cultures of Africa.
An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative socie
ties from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social
institutions, African responses to colonial
domination, and the impact o f urbanization
and economic development during the post
colonial period.
Not offered 1988-89. Legesse.
232
The relationship between society and culture
in Spanish America. Recent and historical
developments in social stratification and ethnic relations will be considered as crucial
factors underlying Spanish-American culture.
Particular attention will be given to SpanishAmerican social thought as evidenced in social
sciences research, theology, philosophy, and
literature.
Not offered 1988-89. Munoz.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
44. Social Inequality.
45. Field Studies in Primate Behavior. \
An investigation o f primate ethology as stud
ied in the animal’s natural environment. Par- ■
ticular emphasis will be placed on those stu
dies relating social behavior to habitat or I
population stress. The course will include I
both lecture and seminar format; although
there is no scheduled laboratory, students wi
be expected to participate in at least one field
trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
Not offered 1988-89. Williams.
46. Political Anthropology.
This course will utilize the comparative per
spective of anthropology to study the ways in
which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and
at various levels o f social and technological
complexity.
Not offered 1988-89. Keith.
47. Education and Society.
(Cross-listed with Educ. 4 7 .) This course will
explore the social and cultural functions and
consequences o f formal and informal educa
tion in both Western and non-Western socie
ties. Modes o f intended and unintended so
cialization within the school and outside will
be examined. A range o f factors which can
promote or inhibit learning will be explored
and linked to educational performance. Topics
include: school as an agent o f social mobility
and its relationship with the community; the
school as a social system and the dynamics of
classroom life; and the behavioral and aca
demic outcomes of curricular innovation. Stu
dents will be required to conduct weekly field
work in an educational setting.
Not offered 1988-89.
48. Modern Organizations.
A study of the formal and informal structure
of modern, complex organizations. Special
attention will be paid to social composition,
internal dynamics, social control, decision
making, power and politics. Case examples
from a variety of settings—business, medical,
religious, political—will be examined in light
of classical and contemporary theory and
research in organizational analysis.
Not offered 1988-89. Charlton.
49. The Meaning of Work: Sociology of
Occupations and Professions.
This course will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in mod
ern societies. Among the topics to be dis
cussed are classic statements on the division
o f labor, theories o f "post-industrial” society,
occupational structure, labor market stratifi
cation, occupational choice and recruitment,
occupational socialization, ideology and iden
tity, career patterns, work and social relation
ships, work and family. Particular case studies
will include various types o f blue and pink
collar work, business and the corporate world,
professions and semi-professions.
Not offered 1988-89. Charlton.
50. Intellectual Foundations of
Contemporary Sociology and
Anthropology.
Examination o f fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol
ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual his
tory. This course will normally be taken by
Course majors during their junior year. It is
open to non-majors, though freshman and
sophomores must have permission o f the
Department chairman.
Fall semester. Munoz, Piker.
51. An Introduction to Archaeology.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
55. Age in Society.
The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on roles o f old and young people and
the use o f age as a principle o f group defini
tion. Specific problems will include relations
between generations, political organization of
older people, and the role o f older people in
the family and the household.
Fall semester. Keith.
60. Spanish American Society
Through Its Novel.
(Also listed as SAL 6 0 —see Modern Lan
guages.) This course will explore the relation
ship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Marquez,
Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Not offered 1988-89. Hassett and Munoz.
63. Power, Authority, and Conflict
Legitimacy and Rebellion.
This course develops a comparative, sociolog-
233
Sociology and Anthropology
ical perspective on the issue o f political legiti
macy. An understanding o f political legiti
macy is sought via an examination o f specific
political movements that challenge established
authority and o f the responses o f those who
are thus challenged. The analytical approach
is two-tiered: a macro-level historical com
parative analysis is combined in each case
with a micro-level analysis o f the cultural
framing of the movements and the responses.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
64. Paradigms Lost: An Anthropological
Critique of Western Science.
This course will explore—first in physics and
then in a number of related fields (biology,
psychology, economics)—the limitations of
the Cartesian mechanistic framework as a
guiding paradigm. We will consider its rele
vance and meaning for a range o f contempo
rary scientific issues, and then go on to look
at some o f the alternative paradigms that have
been proposed (e.g., the work o f David Bohm
and Ilya Prigogine) as well as suggested paral
lels with Eastern mysticism. The approach
taken is avowedly interdisciplinary; the goal
a stimulating critique o f western scientific
thought.
Spring semester. Borish.
67. Social Change and Higher Education.
(Cross-listed with Education 6 7 .) In this
course, we will focus our analysis on the way
in which recent social changes have affected
colleges and universities in the United States.
We will review the development o f higher
education in the United States, the principles
and goals o f liberal education, and how these
issues have been shaped within various types
o f institutions. The return o f World War II
veterans and the passage of the GI Bill started
a chain o f events which has dramatically al
tered higher education. In recent years the
quest for access, equity, and excellence, as
well as demographic and economic changes,
have continued to force colleges and univer
sities to make structural and programmatic
changes. These issues will be the focus o f this
course, but within a broader context o f liberal
and general education. An effort is being
made to coordinate this course with Lincoln
University, a nearby predominantly Black in
stitution.
Fall semester. Blake.
234
68. Urban Education.
(See Education 68.)
81. Colloquium: Human Responses
to Technology.
An exploratory colloquium that examines the
reciprocal impacts between culture and tech
nology, i.e., how culture influences the evolu
tion o f technology and how technology affects
social life. Possible topics: appropriate tech
nology, human engineering in relation to
physical anthropology, environmental im
pacts seen from the perspective of human
ecology, the microelectronic revolution seen
from a proxemic perspective, nuclear tech
nology and bio technology.
Spring semester. Borish.
82. Colloquium: Development and
Urbanization in the Third World.
An examination o f the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third
World. This process will be considered in the
context o f demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
Not offered 1988-89. Legesse.
I
83. Colloquium: Art and Society.
The course is divided into two parts. The first
part examines the relationship between art
and society from a sociological perspective.
The second part introduces hermeneutics as a
sociological method for the interpretation of
art. This semester the class will examine selected works by Dostoevski and Neitzsche.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89. Munoz.
I
I
90. Research Internship.
The purpose o f this course is to offer students
research experience in professional contexts.
Students are placed in professional research
settings and participate in on-going social
science research projects under supervision.
Settings available for placement may vary
from year to year. Research skills learned and
practiced depend on the topic and type of
project, and on the current stage o f the research in progress. Field notes on the research
activities are turned in to the Swarthmore
instructor at a weekly on-campus meeting.
Juniors and seniors with a B average who will
I
■
I
I
I
I
1
I
■
I
■
I
■
commit themselves to at least one and onehalf days work on their project per week are
eligible for the course. Transportation costs
will be paid by the department. Credit may be
one, one and one-half, or two credits, depend
ing on individual involvement in the program.
Since available projects may change, students
interested in the course are encouraged to see
the instructor before registration. Students
are also strongly encouraged to take S& A 21,
either before or during the semester they
participate in S& A 90.
Fall and spring semester. Charlton, Keith, and
Smith.
93. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent o f the chair
man and o f the instructor is required.
Members o f the Department.
96-97. Thesis. Theses will be required
of all Course majors.
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tu
torial. Students are urged to discuss their
thesis proposals with faculty during the spring
semester o f their junior year, especially if they
are interested in the possibility o f field work.
Members o f the Department.
The following courses,
with attachment,
can be taken in preparation for External Ex
aminations: S& A 30, 33, 44, 55, 63, 82.
SEMINARS
101. Critical Modern Social Theory.
This seminar will trace the development of
critical modern social theory from the works
of Marx to present day social theorists. Par
ticular attention will be paid to selected works
by Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Mar
cuse, Freire, and Habermas.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89. Munoz.
102. Creation of Community.
The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements, and institutions such as retire
ment residences and monasteries will be com
pared as examples o f intentional and uninten
tional, planned and unplanned community
creation.
Not offered 1988-89. Keith.
103. Political Anthropology.
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes o f authority, conflict
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain
ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects
of politics. Readings will cover a wide range of
cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradi
tional society.
Not offered 1988-89. Keith.
104. Human Nature and Culture:
Convergent Perspectives.
The orientation o f the seminar is, broadly,
evolutionary and inter-disciplinary. New and
convergent perspectives on human nature and
its cultural elaboration will be emphasized,
with reference especially to the following
issues: bio-evolutionary foundations o f human
nature; human intelligence and human adap
tation; the evolution o f speech; the evolution
o f morality; and the evolution o f human
sexuality and mating systems. The foraging
band will be treated as a special case—the
basic human pattern—and gender relations as
a special interpretive problem. Sub-group proj
ects will replace many o f the normal seminar
papers.
Fall semester. Piker.
105. Modern Social Theory.
An analysis o f selected works by thé founders
o f modern social theory and contemporary
social theorists. Works by Marx, Weber, Durk
heim, and Freud will be discussed.
Fall semester. Munoz.
107. Religion as a Cultural Institution.
The following specific topics will be treated:
235
Sociology and Anthropology
religious evolution; religion as a force for
both social stability and social change; the
psychological bases for religious belief. Major
theories to be considered include those of
Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund
Freud. A cross-cultural perspective will be
emphasized, and attention will be paid to
religious change in modern America.
Not offered 1988-89. Piker.
108. Social Inequality.
This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social inequality. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the na
ture and representations o f work, property,
body, and mind in revealing and reproducing
social inequalities. The approach is phenome
nological: how are inequalities made social
and how are they disrupted?
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
logical perspective on the issue o f political
legitimacy. An understanding o f political
legitimacy is sought via an examination of
specific political movements that challenge
established authority and o f the responses of
those who are thus challenged. The analytical
approach is two-tiered: a macro-level histori
cal comparative analysis is combined in each
case with a micro-level analysis o f the cultural
framing of the movements and the responses.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
115. Freud and Modern Social Theory.
109. Social and Cultural Change.
The seminar divides into two parts. The first
part is devoted to a close reading of selected
items from the Freudian canon. The second
part will examine Freud’s contribution to
current social and cultural analysis. Besides
works by Freud, works by Mitchell, Rieff,
Habermas, and Foucault will be examined.
Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.
This seminar will examine the theories of
social movements, modernization, Westerni
zation, cultural diffusion, and stages o f devel
opment as they apply to the process o f social
change in non-Western societies. Case studies
will be drawn from China, India, Indonesia,
Peru, Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and
South Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission of the instructor.
Not offered 1988-89. Legesse.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
cultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems.
Special attention will be given to the world
food crisis, to climatic change, demographic
pressures, environmental degradation, and a
wide range o f adaptive strategies that have
developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1988-89. Legesse.
110. Work and the Workplace.
This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in mod
ern societies. Among the topics to be dis
cussed are classic statements on the division
o f labor, theories, o f "post-industrial” soci
ety, occupational structure, labor market
stratification, occupational choice and recruit
ment, occupational socialization, ideology and
identity, career patterns, work and social re
lationships, work and family. Particular case
studies will include various types o f blue and
pink collar work, business and the corporate
world, professions and semi-professions.
Not offered 1988-89. Charlton.
114. Political Sociology.
This seminar develops a comparative, socio
236
118. Ecology and Society.
119. Age, Culture, and Society.
The social and cultural significance of age will
be examined in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping cul
tural definitions o f the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastAfr ican and Latin-American age grades, mod
ern retirement communities, life histories
from various cultures. Seminar members will
also do observation and interview projects
focused on age.
Not offered 1988-89. Keith.
120. Gender and Culture.
A comparative exploration o f the social con
struction o f gender utilizing diverse theoretical
and empirical perspectives.
Fall semester. Not offered 1988-89. Charlton.
121. Current Problems in
Evolutionary Theory.
Beginning with a review o f Darwin’s life and
work, this seminar will seek to bring into a
perspective a number o f the intensely debated
and currently unresolved problems in evolu
tionary theory. Topics to be discussed (in
addition to the above) include the evolution
of life and the genetic code, the evolution o f
sexuality, the units o f selection problem, the
relationship between micro- and macro-evo
lution, gradualism vs. punctuated equilibri
um, spéciation and the biological species con
cept, the impact o f cladistics and molecular
taxonomy, sociobiology and the adaptationist
paradigm, primate strategies o f reproduction,
contrasting phylogenies o f human orgin, re
combinant DNA technology and the need for
a bio-ethics.
Prerequisite: A course in Biology, or permis
sion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Borish.
180. Thesis.
Honors candidates who choose to write theses
will usually do this during the senior year.
Students are urged to have their thesis prop
osals approved as early as possible during the
junior year.
Members o f the Department.
237
Women’s Studies
Coordinator:
NATHALIE ANDERSON
Committee:
Robert S. DuPleSSiS (History)
SCOtt Gilbert (Biology)
Laurie Langbauer (English Literature)
Jeanne Marecek (Psychology) (spring)
George Moskos (French) (spring)
Marjorie Murphy (History)
A program in Women’s Studies provides stu
dents with the opportunity to learn the con
tributions o f women to society, science, and
the arts, to study gender and gender roles in
a variety o f social and historical contexts, and
to explore new methods and theories arising
from interdisciplinary study. Women’s Stud
ies encourages students to examine critically
the representations o f women in religion, in
the arts and literature, in social and political
theory, and in the sciences.
Students in any major may add either a con
centration or a focus for External Examination
in Women’s Studies to their program by
fulfilling the requirements stated below. Stu
dents intending to pursue Women’s Studies
should submit their proposed program to the
coordinator o f the concentration at the time
they submit their sophomore papers. All pro
gram proposals must be approved by the
Women’s Studies Committee.
CO N CEN TRA TION
Each concentration must include a minimum
o f six credits (for the classes o f 1989 and
1990, five credits) o f Women’s Studies
courses. Two courses shall be outside the
student’s major; one course must be the Cap
stone Colloquium. Students may elect, with
the approval o f the coordinator, to write a
one-credit thesis or pursue an independent
study as a substitute for regular course work.
Students may further elect, with the approval
o f the coordinator, to include in their pro
grams courses on women and gender offered
at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and the University
o f Pennsylvania. Students will normally take
the Capstone Colloquium in the spring se
mester o f the senior year. Concentrators must
complete the equivalent o f a comprehensive
examination devised by the colloquium in
structor.
Courses on women and gender currently of
fered for the concentration:
Riology 93. Directed Reading in
Feminist Critiques of Riology.
Economics 72. Women and Minorities
in the Economy.
Education 31. Women and Education.
238
English Literature 5. Sexualities:
Literary and Historical
Representations.
English Literature 10. Family Ties.
English Literature 12. The Other:
Literary Representations of Gender,
Culture, and Place.
English Literature 15. Engaging Pairs.
English Literature 53: Contemporary
Women’s Poetry.
English Literature 82/Psychology 52.
Representations of Women’s
Identity.
English Literature 91. Feminist Literary
Criticism.
English Literature 112. Women and
Literature.
French 25. L’Ancien Regime.
French 33. Femmes Ecrivains.
French 76. Ecriture Feminine.
History 25. Women, Society, and Social
Change in Modern Europe.
History 54. Women, Society, and
Politics.
Modern Languages 50G. Studies in
Modern German Literature:
Twentieth Century German Women
in Film and Literature.
Music 38. Women Composers and
Choreographers of the 20th Century.
Philosophy 45. Philosophy and
Feminism.
Psychology 44. Psychology and
Women.
Religion 109. Feminist Interpretation of
Scripture.
Sociology and Anthropology 7. Sex
Roles, Power, and Identity.
Sociology and Anthropology 120.
Gender and Culture.
Women’s Studies 91. Capstone
Colloquium in Women’s Studies.
Advanced study o f gender within the various
academic disciplines, and across disciplines o f
topical issues as they relate to women’s stud
ies. Theoretical and methodological questions
that arise when women are placed at the center
o f study are emphasized. The class is normally
limited to Women’s Studies concentrators in
their senior year who have satisfactorily com
pleted their courses in Women’s Studies and
cannot normally be used to fulfill distribution
requirements. (In 1991, Women’s Studies 91
will convert to Women’s Studies 100, a twocredit seminar.)
Spring semester. N. Anderson.
A FOCUS F O R EX TER N A L EXAM INATION
Each focus for External Examination must
include the following 12 credits, after which
the student may take the appropriate external
examinations and may, at the discretion o f the
external examiners, receive honors in Wom
en’s Studies:
1) at least 3 fields as defined by the student’s
departmental major, one field o f which must
also be a Women’s Studies field as defined by
the Women’s Studies committee and listed
below, 2) at least 3 fields in Women’s Studies
outside the student’s departmental major,
fields as defined by the Women’s Studies
committee and listed below, 3 ) one o f the
Women’s Studies fields outside the depart
mental major must be the Women’s Studies
Capstone Seminar (2 credits), normally taken
in the spring semester o f the student’s senior
year.
The following is the list o f fields in Women’s
Studies for which external examinations may
be arranged. Though a course or seminar may
appear in more than one combined field on
the list, a course or seminar may be used only
once in a student’s program o f study. Students
should note that some courses and seminars
may have prerequisites for which they will be
responsible. More information is available
from the Women’s Studies Coordinator.
Fields
Preparations by Course Combinations
Women and the Economy. (2 or 3 credits)
At the general level this field examines topics
in labor and/or social economics. These in
clude the organization o f labor markets, de
terminants o f wages, income inequality, and
discrimination. Government policies with re
spect to labor relations, health, education,
and welfare are also studied. The particular
emphasis in examining these topics is on the
experience and special problems o f women in
the economy, including labor market dis
crimination, wage differentials, and unem
ployment. Students may prepare for this field
by taking a combination o f the following
courses.
1. Economics 72. Women and Minorities in
the Economy plus eith er
2. Economics 70. Labor Economics a n d /o r
3. Economics 71. Social Economics or
4. Economics 170. Labor and Social
Economics.
[Four combinations are possible here: Eco
nomics 72 plus Economics 70 (2 credits),
Economics 72 plus 71 (2 credits), Economics
72 plus Economics 70 plus Economics 71 (3
credits), or Economics 72 plus Economics
170 (3 credits).]
239
Women’s Studies
Women in American History and
the Economy. (2 credit)
This field covers the experience o f women in
American society from the Colonial period to
the present, with emphasis on women’s place
in the larger economy, the changing nature of
work, economic explanations of differences
in wages (discrimination, human capital, oc
cupational segregation), the rise o f feminism,
and the resistance to women’s rights. Students
may prepare for this field with a combination
o f the following courses.
1. History 54. Women, Society, and Politics
plus
2. Economics 72. Women and Minorities in
the Economy.
Women in Early Modern Europe.
(2 credit)
This field considers continuity and change in
the conditions and representations of western
European women between the Renaissance
and early nineteenth century with emphasis
on France. Students may prepare for this field
with a combination o f the following courses.
Note that French 25 is conducted in French.
1. History 25. Women in European History in
Modern Europe plus
2. French 25. L ’Ancien Regime.
French Women Writers. (2 credit)
Students preparing this field should be famil
iar with important French women writers
from the Middle Ages to the present day,
examining their writings for their intrinsic
literary value, for their contributions to phi
losophical and critical theory, and also as
cultural artifacts through which the shifting
social position o f women in France can be
understood. Students may prepare this field
through a combination o f the following
courses. Both courses are conducted in French.
1. French 33. Femmes écrivains plus
2. French 76. Ecriture feminine.
Contemporary Feminist Theory.
(2 credit)
French women have made crucial contribu
tions to literary, philosophical, and critical
theory in France since 1968, questioning and
subverting from a feminist perspective estab
240
lished structures and male norms o f interpre
tation. Essential areas o f study include decon
struction, psychoanalysis, the notion of
authority, and general critical theory. Stu
dents may prepare for this field with the
following combination o f courses. Note that
French 76 is conducted in French.
1. French 76. Ecriture feminine plus
2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism.
Feminist Approaches to Poetry.
(2 credit)
A consideration o f contemporary American
women’s poetry through the perspectives of
fered by contemporary feminist theory. Stu
dents may prepare for this field with a com
bination o f the following courses.
1. English 53. Contemporary Women’s Poetry
plus
2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism.
Feminist Approaches to
Representation. (2 credit)
This field examines different approaches to
the category o f woman and the subject and
considers social, cultural, psychological, and
linguistic constructions o f identity. The focus
is on discovering the gender assumptions that
underlie various representations o f the self,
and on questioning how representation me
diates our notions o f identity. Students may
prepare for this field with a combination of
the following courses.
1. Psychology 52/English 82. Representations
o f Women’s Identity plus eith er
2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism or
3. Modern Languages 50G. Twentieth Century
German Women in Film and Literature.
Feminism, Philosophy, and Politics.
(2 credit)
This field encompasses the theoretical consid
eration o f women’s relation to political and
philosophical concepts through the study of
both classic works in political theory and
philosophy, and contemporary feminist schol
arship. Students may prepare for this field
with a combination o f the following courses.
1. Political Science 26. Feminist Political
Thought plus
2. Philosophy 45. Philosophy and Feminism.
Preparation by Seminars and Theses
Women and Literature: Feminist Theory
and Women Novelists— Revolt or
Containment? (2 credit)
English 112.
Women and Literature: The Politics of
Subject Other, Self. (2 credit)
English 112. (new, spring 1990)
Women and Literature: Modern Poetry.
(2 credit)
English 112. (new, to be offered 1990-91)
Feminist Interpretation of Scripture.
(2 credit)
Religion 109.
Gender and Culture. (2 credit)
Sociology-Anthropology 120 (new, fall 1989)
Thesis. (2 credit)
Thesis to be on a related women’s studies
topic, appropriate from any department which
approves the student’s proposal.
Capstone Seminar in Women’s Studies.
(2 credit)
Advanced study o f gender within the various
academic disciplines, and across disciplines of
topical issues as they relate to women’s stud
ies. Theoretical and methodological questions
that arise when women are placed at the center
o f study are emphasized. Required of, and
normally limited to, students in the spring of
their senior year who are completing either a
concentration or a focus for external exami
nation in Women’s Studies. (The Capstone
seminar is currendy listed as Women’s Studies
91 and will continue to be offered for one
credit until the spring o f 1991 when it will
convert to a two-credit seminar. For the class
o f 1990 only, students who wish to complete
a Focus for External Examination may take a
one-credit attachment to the one-credit Cap
stone Colloquium to complete the 2 credit
field.)
Women’s Studies 100.
241
VI
The Corporation
Board of Managers
Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni
Council
The Faculty
242
Administration
Visiting Examiners
Degrees Conferred
Awards and Distinctions
Enrollment Statistics
The Corporation
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021
Loren Hart, Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
J. Lawrence Shane, Vice-Chairman
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
William X Spock, Secretary
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086
Suzanne P. Welsh, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Board of Managers
Ex officio
David W. Fraser
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Emeriti
Boyd T. Barnard
Dunwoody Village CH105
3500 West Chester Pike
Newtown Square, PA 19073
Isabel Jenkins Booth
#84 Kendal at Longwood
Kenne« Square, PA 19348
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
#100 Kendal at Longwood
Kenne« Square, PA 19348
George B. Clothier
209 N. Fairfield Road
Devon, PA 19333
Julien Cornell
Centtal Valley, NY 10917
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
#916 The Benson East
Jenkintown, PA 19046
Clark Kerr
8 3 0 0 Buckingham Drive
El Cerrito, CA 9 4530
Charles C. Price III
15 Dogwood Lane
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Sue Thomas Turner
Box 121, Cook Road
Alfred Station, NY 14803
Richard B. W illis
Foulkeways, Apt. N14
Gwynedd, PA 19436
Term Expires December, 1988
*Nancy Y. Bekavac
9 Jenckes Stteet, #4
Providence, R I 02906
Frederick A. Hargadon
Princeton University
Box 430
Princeton, NJ 08544
Walter Lamb
Merlin Road
Chester Springs, PA 19425
William F. Lee, Jr.
101 Bryn Mawr Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
*Lloyd W. Lewis
Kendal-Crosslands
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
18 Rutland Square
Boston, MA 02118
‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
243
Board of Managers
Term Expires December, 1989
Maria Klemperer Aweida
7184 Spring Court
Boulder, CO 80303
David Baltimore
Whitehead Institute for Biomedical
Research
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology
9 Cambridge Center
Cambridge, MA 02142
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
1080 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10028
*J. Martin Cornell
205 Parrott Road
West Nyack, NY 10994
*Eleanor Duguid Craig
Department o f Economics
University o f Delaware
Newark, DE 19716
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Griswold Hall, Room 208
Harvard Law School
Cambridge, MA 02138
Eugene M. Lang
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021
Ramon Lee Posel
212 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19106
J. Lawrence Shane
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
William X Spock
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086
Ira Tensard Wender
Patterson, Belknap, Webb &. iyler
3 0 Rockefeller Plaza, 36th fl.
New York, NY 10112
Term Expires December 1990
Neil Austrian
22 Ballwood Road
Old Greenwich, CT 06870
‘ John C. Crowley
615 Linda Vista Avenue
Pasadena, CA 91105
‘ Marilyn Tindall Glater
131 Myrtle Street
Boston, MA 02114
Samuel Hayes III
Harvard Business School
Soldiers Field
Boston, MA 02163
Richard Hurd
167 Wharton Lane
Bethlehem, PA 18017
Barbara Weber Mather
Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz
Fidelity Building
123 South Broad Street
Philadelphia, PA 19109
Term Expires December 1991
Mary Schmidt Campbell
457 N. 144th Street
New York, NY 10031
Graham O. Harrison
8017 Grand Teton Drive
Potomac, MD 20854
‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
244
James C. Hormel
1546 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94102-6007
Elise F. Jones
108 Beaumont Drive
Newtown, PA 18940
Avery P. Rome
64 Raynham Road
Merion, PA 19066-1829
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
101 Central Park West
New York, NY 10023
‘ Daniel Singer
5410 39th St., N.W.
Washington, DC 20015
‘ Sally A. Warren
11 East 63rd Street, #3A
New York, NY 10021
Rosalind Chang Whitehead
415 E. 54th Street, Apt. 29G
New York, NY 10022
Committees Of The Board
The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee.
Executive
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
J. Lawrence Shane, Vice Chairman
Neil Austrian
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Graham O. Harrison
Elise F. Jones
Walter Lamb
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
William T. Spock
Ira T. Wender
Finance and Trusts Administration
]. Lawrence Shane, Chairman
William T. Spock, Vice Chairman
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Eleanor Duguid Craig
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Walter Lamb
Barbara Weber Mather
Ramon Lee Posel
Daniel Singer
Richard B. W illis
Instruction and Libraries
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot, Chairman
David Baltimore, Vice-Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Julien Cornell
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Frederick A. Hargadon
Elise F. Jones
Clark Kerr
Barbara Weber Mather
Ramon Lee Posel
Charles C. Price III
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
William T. Spock
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Investment
Graham O. Harrison, Chairman
Eleanor Duguid Craig
Samuel Hayes III
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
William F. Lee, Jr.
Ann Brownell Sloane
Sally A. Warren
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. W illis
‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
245
Board of Managers
Property
Walter Lamb, Chairman
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser, Vice Chairman
David Baltimore
Boyd T. Barnard
Julien Cornell
J. Martin Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes III
James C. Hormel
Richard Hurd
William F. Lee, Jr.
Lloyd W. Lewis
Ramon Lee Posel
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Daniel Singer
Sally A. Warren
two faculty members
two student members
Student L ife
Elise F. Jones, Chairman
Marilyn Tindall Glater, Vice Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
J. Martin Cornell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Frederick A. Hargadon
James C. Hormel
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Sue Thomas Turner
Alexander Shakow, ex officio
three faculty members
five student members
Nominating
Nancy Y. Bekavac, Chairman
David Baltimore
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Frederick A. Hargadon
Ramon Lee Posel
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Development
Neil Austrian, Chairman
William F. Lee, Jr., Vice Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
David Baltimore
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Julien Cornell
J. Martin Cornell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes III
Richard Hurd
Walter Lamb
246
Lloyd W. Lewis
Daniel Singer
Sue Thomas Turner
Sally A. Warren
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. W illis
Thomas Henderer, ex officio
Mark C. Sonnenfeld, ex o fficio
Alexander Shakow, ex o fficio
three faculty members
three student members
Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni Council
Vice President, Mary Lo Broomell Eberle ’40
President, Alexander Shakow ’58
6608 32nd Place NW
Washington, DC 20015
353 Wellington Terrace
Jenkintown, PA 19046
President Designate
Secretary, Giles K. Kemp ’72
Elinor Meyer Haupt ’55
Box 36, Between-the-Lakes Road
Salisbury, CT 06068
21 Carstensen Road
Scarsdale, NY 10583
Vice President, Francis M. James ’57
15 Graylyn Place
Winston-Salem, NC 27106
Terms Expire in June
Zone A
Delaware, Pennsylvania
1989
Mary Lo Broomell Eberle ’40
353 Wellington Terrace
Jenkintown, PA 19046
Ted Chronister ’56
900 N. Bancroft Parkway
Wilmington, DE 19805
1990
Christian E. McMurtrie ’56
523 Hamilton Road
Lancaster, PA 17603
Kathleen Daerr-Bannon ’71
226 Broughton Lane
Villanova, PA 19085
1991
David C. Rowley ’65
401 Strath Haven Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Nancy Fitts Donaldson ’46
765 E. Forge Road
Media, PA 19063
ZoneB
New Jersey, New York
1989
Jenny Hourihan Bailin *80
340 E. 5th Street, Apt. 1C
New York, NY 10003
Douglas H. Blair ’70
19 Toth Lane
Rocky Hill, NJ 08553
1990
Robert D. Brownstone ’82
203 Prospect Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11215
Mary Schmidt Campbell ’69
457 W. 144th Street
New York, NY 10031
247
Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni Council
1991
Carolyn Shuler Minionis ’56
8 2 Rushmore Avenue
Roslyn Heights, NY 11577
Lowell W. Livezey ’66
43 Hibben Road
Princeton, NJ 08540
ZoneC
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1989
Alice Handsaker Kidder ’63
239 Randall Road
Berlin, MA 01503
Richard A. Johnson ’59
27 Ashfleld Lane
S. Hadley, MA 01075
*Jane Walker Kennedy ’55
R .R . 1, Box 248
Newcastle, ME 0 4 5 5 3 -0 2 4 8
1990
Linda Datcher-Loury ’73
581 Mt. Auburn Street, #7
Cambridge, MA 02138
Walter F. Carter ’62
177 Homer Street
Newton Center, MA 02159
1991
Patricia Imbrie Moore ’55
O ff State Road
West Tisbury, MA 0 2575
Robert M. Lippincott ’74
16 Pheasant Trail
Weston, MA 02193
* Formerly a representative o f Zone E.
ZoneD
District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1989
Robert C. McDiarmid ’58
303 Van Ness Street, NW, Apt. W933
Washington, DC 20008
Judith Livant Rapoport ’55
3010 44th Place, NW
Washington, DC 20016
1990
Orville Donnelly ’43
2 5 0 8 Eye Street, NW
Washington, DC 20037
248
Carol Hartnett Sieck ’71
1819 Knox Avenue
Reistertown, MD 21136
1991
Barbara Starfield ’54
2008 South Road
Baltimore, MD 21209
Colgate S. Prentice ’49
213 Woodland Terrace
Alexandria, VA 22302
ZoneE
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota,
Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin
1989
David W. Hilgers ’69
404 Almarion Drive
Austin, T X 78746
1990
Jonathan Galloway ’61
771 Green Briar Lane
Lake Forest, IL 60045
Catherine Good Abbott ’72
2342 Quenby
Houston, T X 77005
1991
Jill Kempthome Thompson ’73
9 7 4 Osceola Avenue
St. Paul, MN 55105
Allen B. Maxwell ’61
2705 W. Jefferson Road
Kokomo, IN 46901
ZoneF
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee, territories, dependencies, and foreign countries
1989
Marilyn Holifield ’69
1915 Brickell Avenue, C 801
Miami, FL 33129
Francis M. James, III ’57
15 Graylyn Place
Winston-Salem, NC 27106
1990
J. Albert Roy ’40
617 Applewood Avenue
Altamonte Springs, FL 32714
Jeannette Strasser Falk ’60
1711 Allard Road
Chapel Hill, NC 27514
1991
Robert N. Stauffer ’44
7 Downshire Lane
Decatur, GA 30033
Anne Smith Weatherford ’51
Rt. 1, Box 102
Black Mountain, NC 28711
249
Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni Council
Zone 6
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming
1989
David A. Bennahum ’57
1707 Notre Dame, NE
Albuquerque, NM 87106
Nancy Kramer Bickel ’62
1522 Summit Road
Berkeley, CA 94708
1990
Andrew Schultz ’79
5330 San Mateo, NE, Apt. F-100
Albuquerque, NM 81109
America Rodriquez ’78
4 9 7 2 Mt. Antero Drive
San Diego, CA 92111
1991
Carol Thompson Hemingway ’52
2 5 0 Moss Bridge Road
Bozeman, M T 59715
John F. Humphrie, Jr. ’74
4442 S. Morgan Street
Seattle, WA 98118
Members at Large
Megan Bevan ’8 0
2723 Ontario Road, NW, Apt. 3
Washington, DC 20009
Stephen B. Mauer ’67
206 Benjamin West Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Suzanne W hite Hull ’43
1465 El Mirador Drive
Pasadena, CA 91103
Freeman L. Palmer ’79
445 Old Lancaster Road
Haverford, PA 19041
Bennett Lorber ’64
7741 Mill Road
Elkins Park, PA 19117
Timothy C. Williams ’64
314 Rutgers Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Connection Representatives
Katherine Abele ’80
2534 North Burling
Chicago, 1L 60614
Penelope Owens Adelmann ’66
50 Beech Hill Road
Scarsdale, NY 10583
Virginia Mussari Bates ’73
115 Ashland Street
Melrose, MA 02176
250
Sara Giddings Bode ’57
Greater State Street Council
3 6 South State Street
Chicago, IL 6 0603
Walter Cochran-Bond ’70
2843 N. Tanoble Drive
Altadena, CA 91001
Kathleen Daerr-Bannon ’71
226 Broughton Lane
Villanova, PA 19085
Katharine Proctor Douglass ’38
819 Terra California #2
Walnut Creek, CA 94595
Constance Gayl Pious ’53
3602 E. Schubert Place
Seattle, WA 98122
Donald Fujihira ’69
1199 Park Avenue, Apt. 7B
New York, NY 10128
John R . Seaman ’56
501 W. 123 Street, #13-E
New York, NY 10027
Marilyn Tindall Glater ’63
131 Myrtle Street
Boston, MA 02114
Diana Royce Smith ’68
1930 Oak Avenue
Boulder, CO 80302
Robert F. Lyke ’63
5809 32nd Street, NW
Washington, DC 20015
Craig Stein ’78
4245 Lennox Drive
Miami, FL 33131
251
The Faculty
David W. Fraser, B.A., Haverford College;
M .D., Harvard Medical School, President.
3 2 4 Cedar Lane.
James W. England, B.A., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost and
Professor o f Mathematics. 925 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Janet Smith Dickerson, B.A., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College. 531 Bryn
Mawr Avenue.
Loren Hart, B.A., Grinnell College; J.D .,
Columbia University Law School; M .B.A.,
Harvard University Graduate School of
Business Administration, Vice President for
Business and Finance and Treasurer.
635 North Chester Road.
Kendall Landis, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., Wesleyan University, Vice
President —Alumni, Development, Public
Relations. 5 5 0 Elm Avenue.
Robert A. Darr, Jr., B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Jane H. Mullins, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.
Michael Durkan, B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Emi K. Horikawa, B.S., University of
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian. 3 0 9 Rutgers Avenue.
Steven W. Sowards, B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., M .L.S., Ph.D., Indiana
University, Humanities Librarian. 515 Elm
Avenue.
Susan G. Williamson, B.A ., University of
California, Berkeley; M .S., Drexel
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.
6 0 2 Elm Avenue.
Leighton C. Whitaker, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director,
Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
EMERITI
Elisa AsenSiO, M .A., Middlebury College,
Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.
Buffington Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. Wallingford Arms,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Lydia Daer, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita o f German. Manatee
River Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.
Alice Brodhead, B.S. and M.A.,
Carl Darus, B.A., Brown University; M.S.
in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 4 0 4 Walnut Lane.
Paul H. Deik, B.A ., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461
Venetian Way, W inter Park, FL 32789.
Heinrich Brinkmann, B.A., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Albert L. and Edna Pownall
252
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
Emerita o f Education. 144 Park Avenue.
Hilde D. Cohn, Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
Tatiana M. Cosman, b .a . and M.A.,
Middlebury College; M .A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of
Russian. 306 S. Chester Road.
Gomer H. Davies, B.S., East Stroudsburg
State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education.
225 Cornell Avenue.
William C. Elmore, B.S., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris
L. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
288 Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.
Lewis H. ElverSOII, B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical
Education for Men. 535 Cornell Avenue.
Edward A. Fehnel, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D.,
Lehigh University, Edmund Allen Professor
Emeritus o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow
Road, Rose Tree, Media, PA 19063.
James A. Field, Jr., B.S., M .A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H.
Clothier Professor Emeritus o f History.
605 Hillborn Avenue.
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical
Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.
John M. Moore, B.A., Park College; B.D.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor Emeritus of
Philosophy and Religion. Friends Home,
400 N. Walnut Street, West Chester, PA
19380.
Bernard Morrill, B .s. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M .M .E., University o f Delaware; Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue.
Launce J. Flemister, B.A., m .a . and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
of Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
J. Roland Pennock, B.A., Swarthmore
Milan W. Garrett, B.A. and M.A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D. Phil., University o f
Oxford, Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
16 Beach Road, Severna Park, MD 21146.
Frank C. Pierson, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Joseph Wharton Professor Emeritus of
Political Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
Barbara Lange Godfrey, Dean Emerita of
Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
Hedley H. Rhys, B.A., West Virginia
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.
Olga Lang, Graduate, University of
Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W. 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
Sarah Lee Lippincott, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M .A., Swarthmore College;
D.Sc., Villanova University, Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 507
Cedar Lane.
Franz H. Mautner, Dr. Phil., University of
Vienna, Professor Emeritus o f German.
Apt. E106, Martin’s Run Life Center,
Marple Township, PA 19063.
John D. McCrumm, B.A. and M .S.,
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and
Ada J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 6 0 6 Ogden Avenue.
Irene Moll, B.S. in Ed., University of
Kansas; M.A., Texas University for Women,
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.
David ROSen,4B.A., New York University;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f
Mathematics. 3 3 6 North Princeton Avenue.
Alburt M. Rosenberg, B.A., Harvard
University; M.S.,University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor Emeritus o f Natural Science.
Bernard S. Smith, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f History.
Gilmore Stott, B.A. and M .A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean o f the College Emeritus.
318 Dartmouth Avenue.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
253
Faculty
Derek Traversi, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English.
12 Richmond Mansions, Denton Road,
Twickinham, Midd, T W 1, 2HH, England.
Peter van de Kamp, Cand. and Docts.,
University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University of
California; D. Phil., University of
Groningen, Edward Hicks Magill Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory,
c/o Peter Rademacher, R.D. 2, Salem,
New York 12865.
Hans Wallach, Dr. Phil., University of
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus of
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.
Neal A. Weber, B.A., M .S., and D .Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M.A. and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 1805 Aaron Drive,
Tallahassee, FL 32303.
M. Joseph WilliS, B.C.E., University of
Washington; M .S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. Box 397,
103 Jefferson Street, Oxford, MD 21654.
Robert M. Walker, B.A. and M.F.A.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard
University. Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. 865 Central Avenue, L 504,
Needham, MA 02192.
PROFESSORS
Margaret Anderson, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Professor
o f History. 8B W hittier Place..
George C. Avery, B.A ., M .A., and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
German. 2 3 0 Haverford Avenue.
Robert C. Bannister,3B.A. and Ph.D„
Yale University; B.A. and M .A., University
o f Oxford, Professor o f History.
737 Harvard Avenue.
Olexa-Myron Bilaniuk,1Cand. Ingenieur,
Universite de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M .S.,
M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush
Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Thomas H. Blackburn,3B.A., Amherst;
B.A. and M .A., University of Oxford;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Professor of
English. 6 0 9 Elm Avenue.
J. Herman Blake, B.A., New York
University, M.A. and Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Lang Visiting
Professor. Swarthmore College.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
254
John R. Boccio,6B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 2020 Walnut Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
David L Bowler, B.S. in E.E., Bucknell
University; M .S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Howard N. and Ada J.
Eavenson Professor o f Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.
Thompson Bradley,2B.A., Yale
University; M .A., Columbia University,
Professor o f Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan,
PA 19065.
Lee Devin, B.A., San Jose College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
English Literature and Director o f the
Theatre. 512 Elm Avenue.
H. Seari Dunn, B.S.E. and M .S.E.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner
Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
6 On administrative assignment, 1988-89.
Robert S. Du Plessis, B.A., Williams
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.
Eleanor K. Hess, B .s. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
Physical Education. 302 North Chester
Road.
David W. Faure,5B.A., University o f Hong
Kong; Ph.D. Princeton University, Cornell
Visiting Professor. Swarthmore College.
Robinson G. Hollister, Jr., B.A., Amherst
College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor o f Economics. 1 W hittier Place.
James D. Freeman, B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Music and Director o f the Orchestra. 206
Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Raymond F. Hopkins, B.A., Ohio
Wesleyan University; M .A., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f Political Science.
308 Ogden Avenue.
J. William Frost,1B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Howard M. and Charles F.
Jenkins Professor o f Qjiaker History and
Research, and Director o f the Friends
Historical Library. 3 W hittier Place.
Gudmund R. Iversen, M .A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies.
212 Elm Avenue.
John L Gaustad, B.A., Harvard
Charles L James,1
2B.S., State University
University; Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor of Astronomy. 4 3 0 S. Chester
Road.
I Kenneth J. Gergen,3B.A., Yale University;
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Charles L Gilbert, B.A., Haverford
College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor of Political Science. 223 Kenyon
Avenue.
James H. Hammons, B.A., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Professor of
Chemistry. 17 Furness Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
John J. Hassett, B.A., St. Francis College;
o f New York at New Paltz; M .S., State
University o f New York at Albany,
Professor o f English Literature. 402 Laurel
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
John R. Jenkins,1B.S. and M .S., Utah
State University; Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles, Professor of
Biology. 403 Walnut Lane.
Jennie Keith, B.A., Pomona College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Anthropology.
612 Ogden Avenue.
Charles F. Kelemen,7B.A., Valparaiso
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, Professor of Computer Science
and Mathematics. 2105 N. Providence
Road, Media, PA 19063.
M.A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, Professor o f Spanish. 514 S.
Providence Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Deborah G. Kemler Nelson, B.A., M .A.,
and Ph.D., Brown University, Professor o f
Psychology. 211 Benjamin West Avenue.
Mark A. Heald, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
of Physics. 420 Rutgers Avenue.
T. Kaori Kitao, B.A. and M .A., University
Wulff D. Heintz, Dr. rer. nat. München
o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Art History.
540 Westminster Avenue..
University, Professor o f Astronomy.
540 Riverview Avenue.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
5 Spring semester, 1989.
7 Joint appointment with mathematics.
255
Faculty
Eugene A. Klotz, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.
George Krugovoy, B.A ., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria,
Professor o f Russian.
562 Juniata Avenue.
James R. Kurth, B.A., Stanford
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Political Science.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
Hugh M. Lacey,1B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana
University, Professor o f Philosophy.
4 W hittier Place.
Asmarom Legesse,3B.A., University
College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.
Lillian M. Li,3A .B., Radcliffe College; A.M.
and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
History. 8 W hittier Place.
Nelson A. Macken,3B.S., Case Institute of
Technology; M .S., Ph.D., University o f
Delaware, Professor o f Engineering.
250 Haverford Avenue.
Kathryn L. Morgan, B.A., Virginia State
College; M .A., Howard University; M.A.
and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
Professor o f History. Apt. 710, Strath
Haven Condominiums.
Donna Jo Napoli, B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Linguistics. 226 Park Avenue.
Helen F. North, B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Centennial Professor of
Classics. 6 0 4 Ogden Avenue.
Hans F. Oberdiek,1
2B .s. and Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Professor of
Philosophy. 510 Dickinson Avenue.
Martin Ostwald, B.A ., University of
Toronto; M .A., University o f Chicago;
Ph.D., Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics.
4 0 8 Walnut Lane.
Harold E. Pagllaro,3A .B., M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
536 Ogden Avenue.
Robert F. Pasternack, b .a . and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Edmund Allen
Professor o f Chemistry. 404 Park Avenue.
Paul C. Mangelsdorf, Jr., B.A.,
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.
Dean Peabody, B.A., Swarthmore College;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Jeanne Marecek,1B.S., Loyola
Jean Ashmead Perkins, B.A.,
University; Ph.D., Yale University,
Professor o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe
Street, Media, PA 19063.
Stephen B. Maurer, B.A ., Swarthmore
Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W. Lippincott
Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Professor o f Mathematics.
206 Benjamin West Avenue.
Steven I. Piker,2B.A., Reed College;
Philip Metzidakls,12B.A., Dartmouth
College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Frederic L Pryor, B.A ., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
256
Ph.D., University o f Washington, Professor
o f Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.
12 Program Director, Hamilton College
Academic Year in Spain (Madrid),
1988-89.
John P. Reeder,4B.A., Davidson College;
B.D., The Divinity School o f Yale
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Visiting
Professor o f Religion. Swarthmore College.
Gilbert P. Rose, b .a . and Ph.D.,
University of California, Berkeley, Professor
of Classics. 551 Marietta Avenue.
Robert Roza,10*■ B.A., University of
Toronto; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Professor o f French. 233
Cornell Avenue.
Richard L Rubin, A.B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor o f Political Science and Public
Policy (part-time). Swarthmore College.
Rernard Saffran, b .a ., City College of
New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Professor o f Economics. 201 Garrett
Avenue.
Robert E. Savage, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professor o f Biology.
411 Vassar Avenue.
F. M. Scherer,1A .B., University of
Michigan; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Joseph Wharton Professor of
Political Economy. 35 Wellesley Road.
Allen M. Schneider,1B.S., Trinity College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 608 Elm Avenue.
Richard Schuldenfrei,34b .a . and M.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh, Professor of
Philosophy. 8 S. Lemon St., Media, PA
19063.
Rarry Schwartz, b . a ., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor o f Psychology.
210 Garrett Avenue.
Kenneth E. Sharpe, B.A., Dartmouth
College; M .S., London School o f Economics
and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale
1
2
3
4
Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
Absent on leave, 1988-89.
Fall semester, 1988.
University, Professor o f Political Science.
521 Elm Avenue.
J. Edward Skeath, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Illinois, Albert L. And Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor o f Mathematics.
4 0 0 Dickinson Avenue.
David G. Smith, B.A., and M.A.,
University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Richter Professor of
Political Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose
Valley, PA 19086.
Simone Voisin Smith,1
2Licence et Lettres,
University o f Grenoble, Professor o f
French. 125 Forest Lane.
Susan Snyder,3B.A., Hunter College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Eugene M. Lang Research Professor of
English Literature. 524 Westminster
Avenue.
Daniel R. Suits,4Ph.D., University of
Michigan, Visiting Professor o f Economics.
Swarthmore College.
Donald K. Swearer, B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D. and
S.T.M., Yale Divinity School, Lang Research
Professor o f Religion. 109 Columbia
Avenue.
Peter Gram Swing, B.A. and M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor of
Music and Director o f the Chorus.
614 Hillbom Avenue.
Francis P. Tafoya, B.S. and M.A.,
University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f French and
Spanish. 620 North Chester Road.
Peter T. Thompson,2B.A., The Johns
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry.
203 College Avenue.
8a Campus coordinator, Grenoble Program,
fall semester, 1988.
10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1989.
257
Faculty
James Tiles, Visiting Professor o f
Timothy C. Williams, B.A., Swarthmore
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.
College; A.M ., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Professor of
Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue.
P. Linwood Urban, Jr., B.A., Princeton
University; S.T.B., S.T.M., and Th.D.,
General Theological Seminary, Charles and
Harriet Cox McDowell Professor o f
Religion. 2 0 South Princeton Avenue.
Philip M. Weinstein,1A .B., Princeton
University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f English Literature.
510 Ogden Avenue.
Larry L Westphal,3B.A., Occidental
College; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore
College.
Craig Williamson, B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
o f English Literature. 602 Elm Avenue.
Jerome H. Wood, Jr., B.A., Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence
Rd., Aldan, PA 19018.
Harrison M. Wright,3B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D, Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor o f History. 319 Cedar Lane.
Robert L Williams, B.S., Delaware State
College; M .S., Rutgers University, Professor
o f Physical Education and Athletics. 507
Oak Crest Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Nathalie F. Anderson, B.A., Agnes Scott
College; M .A., Georgia State University;
Ph.D., Emory University, Associate
Professor o f English Literature.
302 N. Chester Road.
Charles R. Reitz, B.A., Colgate University;
M. A., University o f Michigan; M. A. and
Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate
Professor o f Political Science.
509 Harvard Avenue.
Jo y Charlton,1B.A., University o f
Virginia; M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern
University, Associate Professor o f
Sociology. 503 North Chester Road.
Michael W. Cothren, B.A., Vanderbilt
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f Art
History. 406 N. Swarthmore Avenue.
Randall L Exon, B.F.A., Washburn
University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of
Iowa, Associate Professor o f Studio Arts.
8 Crum Ledge.
Marion J. Faber, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Professor of
German (part-time). 234 Benjamin West
Avenue.
Gregory L Florant,3B.S., Cornell
University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
Associate Professor o f Biology. 304
Woodridge Lane, Media, PA 19063.
Dorothea Frede,3Hamburg University;
Ph.D., Gottingen University, Associate
Professor o f Philosophy. 2 Whittier Place.
Sharon Friedler,3B.A., Colby College;
Visiting Associate Professor o f Philosophy.
Swarthmore College.
M.F.A., Southern Methodist University,
Associate Professor o f Dance and Director
o f the Dance Program. 11 Franklin Street,
Trumbull, C T 06611.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
Andreas Eshete, Ph.D., Yale University,
258
Scott F. Gilbert, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Biology. 224 Cornell Avenue.
Gerald Levinson, B.A., University of
Stephen S. Golub, B.A., Williams College;
Ann Kosakowski McNamee, B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Associate Professor o f Music.
6 W hittier Place.
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Associate
Professor of Economics. 318 N. Chester
Road.
Charles NI. Grinstead,1B.A., Pomona
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles, Associate Professor
of Mathematics. 8 W hittier Place.
Nancy V. Hamlett, B .s. and M .S.,
University of Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D.,
The Johns Hopkins University, Associate
Professor of Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Constance Cain Hungerford,2B.A.,
Wellesley College; M .A., Ph.D., University
of California, Berkeley, Associate Professor
of Art History. 410 Dickinson Avenue.
Mark Jacobs, B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate
Professor of Biology. 6 0 6 North Chester
Road.
Judy Kegl,u B.A., M .A., Brown
University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. Associate Professor of
Linguistics and Psychology. 7 Crum Ledge.
Philip J. Kellman, B.A., Georgetown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
Mark Kuperberg, B.A., Amherst College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Associate Professor of
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.
Thomas P. Left, B.A. and M.F.A., Case
Western Reserve University, Associate
Professor of English Literature and
Technical Director for the Theatre.
6 Crum Ledge.
I 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
■ 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
■ 8b Campus coordinator, Grenoble Program,
spring semester, 1989.
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., University
o f Chicago, Associate Professor o f Music.
2 Crum Ledge.
Arthur E. McGarity, B.A., Trinity
University; M .S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Engineering. 135 Rutgers Avenue.
Brian A. Meunier, B.F.A., University of
Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School o f Art, Temple University, Associate
Professor o f Studio Arts. 150 Brown St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19123.
Frank A. Moscatelll, B.s., C. W. Post
College; M.S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Associate Professor o f Physics.
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA
19086.
George Moskos,98b B.A., Davidson
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Wisconsin, Madison, Associate Professor of
French. 730 Yale Avenue.
BrauliO Munoz, B.A., University o f Rhode
Island; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Sociology. 500 Harvard Avenue.
Frederick L Orthlleb, B.s. and M .S.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University,
Associate Professor o f Engineering. 13
Green Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Ernest J. Prudente, B.S. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Physical Education.
914 Surrey Road, Media, PA 19063.
Charles Raff, B.A., University of
Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Associate Professor of
Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue.
9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
13 Joint appointment with linguistics.
259
Faculty
Michael Rohr,4Ph.D., Stanford
University, Visiting Associate Professor of
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.
Peter J. Schmidt, 8 .A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Associate Professor o f English Literature.
7 Crum Ledge.
Helene Shapiro,3B.A., Kenyon College;
M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D.,'
California Institute o f Technology, Associate
Professor o f Mathematics. Swarthmore
College.
Faruq M. A. Siddiqui, B.S., Bangladesh
Unversity o f Engineering and Technology;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh,
Associate Professor o f Engineering.
6 3 6 Yale Avenue.
Barbara Yost Stewart,1B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Associate Professor o f Biology.
1062 Lancaster Avenue, Rosemont, PA
19010.
Mary Tiles, Visiting Associate Professor of
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.
Eva F. Travers,6B.A., Connecticut
College; M .A. and Ed.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor of
Education. 416 Park Avenue.
William N. Turpin, M .A., University of St.
Andrews; M .A., University o f Toronto;
Ph.D., Cambridge University, Associate
Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College.
Judith 6. Voet, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Associate
Professor o f Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
Jacob Weiner, B.A., Antioch College;
M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University o f Oregon, Associate Professor
o f Biology. 16 S. Princeton Avenue.
Douglas M. Weiss, A.T.C., Associate
Professor o f Physical Education.
117 S. Chester Road.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Stephen P. Bensch, M .A., University of
Toronto; Ph.D., University o f California,
Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f History.
Swarthmore College.
Barbara Burrell,3A.B., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor of Classics.
Swarthmore College.
Abbe Blum, B.A., University o f California,
Berkeley; B.A. and M .A., Cambridge
University, Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. 4 0 0 Walnut Lane.
John P. Caskey, Ph.D., Stanford
Steven Borish, B.A., Carleton College;
University; M .A., M. Phil., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Assistant Professor of
Chemistry. 510 Elm Avenue.
M .A., M .S., and Ph.D., Stanford University,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology and
Anthropology. Swarthmore College.
Mark Breitenberg, B.A., William and
Mary College; M .A., University o f
California at San Diego, Assistant Professor
o f English Literature. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Amy R. Bug, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute
o f Technology, Assistant Professor o f
Physics and Astronomy. Swarthmore
College.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
260
University, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 318 North Chester Road.
Jeffrey A. Charonnat, B.S., Stanford
Brian D. Clark, A.B., Brown University;
M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University o f Chicago, Assistant Professor
o f Biology. Swarthmore College.
Susan P. Davis,1B.S., Springfield College;
M .S., Smith College, Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse
Road, Berwyn, PA 19312.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
6 O n administrative assignment, 1988-89.
Amy Demorest, B.A., Williams College;
M.A., Ph.D., Duke University. Assistant
Professor o f Psychology. 2 Crum Ledge.
Richard Eldridge, A.B., Middlebury
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy.
423 Harvard Avenue.
TriCia A. Ferrett, Ph.D., University of
California at Berkeley, Assistant Professor
of Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
David Haney, Ph.D., University of
California at Berkeley, Visiting Assistant
Professor of English Literature. Swarthmore
College.
Nancy Hirschmann, A.B., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University,
Assistant Professor o f Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
Edward P. Johanningsmeier, A.B.,
Earlham College; M .A., Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
History. The Monastery, Kitchen’s Lane,
Philadelphia, PA 19119.
Laurie Langbauer, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell
University, Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. 404 Elm Avenue.
Therese Langer, B.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., University o f California
at Berkeley, Assistant Professor of
Mathematics. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Amy-Jill Levine,3B.A., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University, Assistant
Professor of Religion. Swarthmore College.
Suzanne Levy, Visiting Assistant
Professor (Dance). Swarthmore College
Ellen B. Magenheim, B.A., University o f
Rochester; M.A., Ph.D., University o f
Maryland, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 316 Maple Avenue.
Li-ching Chang Mair, b .a . and M.A.,
National Taiwan University; M .A.,
University o f Washington, Assistant
Professor of Chinese. 23 Oberlin Avenue.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1989.
SCOtt P. McRobert, B.S., Juniata College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Temple University,
Assistant Professor o f Biology. Swarthmore
College.
Francis Meagher, B.A., Holy Cross
College, Assistant Professor o f Physical
Education. 3 7 2 6 Woodland Avenue, Drexel
Hill, PA 19026.
Rachel Merz,2B.A., Western New Mexico
University; M .S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 515 Elm Avenue.
Lynne A. Molter, B .s.
and B.A.,
Swarthmore College; S.M ., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, Assistant Professor
o f Engineering. Swarthmore College.
Michael L. Mullan, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; Assistant Professor o f
Physical Education. 511 Harvard Avenue.
Marjorie Murphy, B.A., Jersey City State
College; M .A., San Jose State University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Davis,
Assistant Professor o f History.
723 Yale Avenue.
Joyce J. Nagata, B.F.A. and M.A.,
University o f Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (parttime). 3 Crum Ledge.
Diane 0’DonOghue, B.A ., Mount Holyoke
College; M .A., Harvard University,
Assistant Professor o f Art History.
Swarthmore College.
Emilie Passow, B.A., City College o f New
York; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Visiting Assistant Professor of
English Literature. 3 0 N. Highland Avenue,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
Stephen M. Platt, B.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute; M .S.E. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Engineering. 4 Crum Ledge.
K. Ann Renninger, b .a ., University of
Pennsylvania; M .A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Assistant Professor o f Education.
915 Harvard Avenue.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
261
Faculty
Ziqiang Shi, B.A., Tianjin Foreign
Language Institute; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f Chinese
(part-time). 4 3 4 West Clapier Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19144.
Virginia Vanderslice,4B.S., M.S., Cornell
University; Ph.D., State University of New
York at Buffalo. Visiting Assistant Professor
o f Psychology. 531 Durham Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19119.
Don Shimamoto,3B.S., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Brandeis
University, Assistant Professor of
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
Terje G. Void, B.A., Oberlin College; M.S.
and Ph.D., University o f Washington,
Assistant Professor o f Physics and
Astronomy. Swarthmore College.
Carol Singley, b .a . and M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Visiting Assistant Professor o f
English Literature. Swarthmore College.
Robin L Wagner-Pacifici, B.A., Brown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Sociology. 6 0 4 Elm Avenue.
Usa Smulyan, B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A.T., Brown University; Ed.D., Harvard
Graduate School o f Education, Assistant
Professor o f Education. Swarthmore
College.
Robert E. Weinberg, B.S., Cornell
University; M .A., Indiana University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley,
Assistant Professor o f History.
512 Elm Avenue.
Thomas Stephenson,3B.S., Furman
University; Ph.D., The University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
221 Woodward Road, Moylan, PA 19065.
Hans-Jakob Werlen, M.A., University of
Notre Dame, Assistant Professor of
German. 515 Elm Avenue.
Andrea Sununu, A .B., Mount Holyoke
College; M .S., University o f Maryland;
Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. Swarthmore College.
College; A.M. and Ph.D., Brown University,
Visiting Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
Hal M. Switkay, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Lehigh
University, Assistant Professor o f
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
James T. Wheeler, B.A., Kalamazoo
B. Tyrene White, B.A., Middle Tennessee
State University; M .A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University, Assistant Professor of Political
Science. 318 N. Chester Road.
IN STRU CTO RS
Laura A. Chesak, M .A., University of
Wisconsin, Instructor in Spanish.
Swarthmore College.
Erik Cheever, B.S., Swarthmore College;
M .S.E., University o f Pennsylvania,
Instructor in Engineering. 3 Crum Ledge.
Cheryl Eschbach,1M .A., Princeton
University, Instructor in Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1988-89.
262
Michael R. Greenwald, b .a ., University
o f Pennsylvania; M .A.H.L., Hebrew Union
College, Instructor in Religion. 517 Elm
Avenue.
Maria Luisa Guardiola-Ellis, Licencieda,
University o f Barcelona, Instructor in
Spanish. Swarthmore College.
Diarmuid Maguire, M .A., Cornell
University, Instructor in Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
Elke Plaxton, B.A., Brigham Young
University; M .A., University o f Colorado,
Instructor in German. 2022 Brandywine
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Lee Wimberly, B.A., Stanford University;
J.D ., University o f California at Berkeley,
Instructor in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
Gaile Hockey, B.S., West Chester
University, Instructor in Physical
Education. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
Stanton Wortham,5B.A., Swarthmore
College, Instructor in Psychology.
Swarthmore College.
Valerie Traub, B.A., University of
California at Santa Cruz, Visiting Instructor
in English Literature. Swarthmore College.
LECTURERS (all part-time)
Abigail Adams,5Diploma, Royal Academy
of Dramatic Art; Certificate, Wielopolska
Training School, Visiting Lecturer in
Theatre. Swarthmore College.
Laurie Bernstein,5B.A., Sonoma State
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Lecturer in History.
512 Elm Avenue.
Leila Berner,4M .A., University of
California, Lecturer in Religion.
Swarthmore College.
Lee V. Cassanelli,4(Associate Professor of
History, University o f Pennsylvania), Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Visiting Lecturer
in History. University o f Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, PA 19104.
Cynthia B. Cohen,4B.A ., Barnard College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University; J.D .,
University o f Michigan, Lecturer in
Religion. 710 Beechwood Drive, Media, PA
19063.
Robert Fisher, A.B., Marietta College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Lecturer in
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
Joan Friedman, M .A., University of
Shizhe Huang, B.A., Bryn Mawr College;
B.A., Wuhan Teachers College, Lecturer in
Chinese. 915 Harvard Avenue, Apt. 1208.
David Hursh, B.S. and M .S., Kansas State
University, Lecturer in Education.
Swarthmore College.
Evgeniya L Katsenelinboigen, Moscow
Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
133 Deerpath Lane, Media, PA 19063.
Mary K. Kenney, A .B., chestnut Hill
College; M .A., Villanova University,
Lecturer in Spanish. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
Carole Netter, Maitrisse and DEA,
University o f Paris, Lecturer in French.
Swarthmore College.
Leah Johnson Smith,4B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Lecturer in Economics. 406
Cedar Lane.
Lynda Stone, B.A ., University of
California at Berkeley; M .A., Stanford
University, Lecturer in Education.
Swarthmore College.
Jack Topiol,5B.S., Yale University; M.A.,
Wisconsin, Lecturer in Spanish.
421 Cornell Avenue.
University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. 10 Llanfair Road,
Unit #9, Ardmore, PA 19003.
Lisa Grobar,4B.A., Smith College, Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. Swarthmore
College.
Alison P. Williams, M .S., University of
Rochester, Dreyfus Teaching Fellow in
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
5 Spring semester, 1989.
263
Faculty
ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)
Dominique Abry, Assistant in French.
Swarthmore College.
Karen Meyers, Associate in Performance
(Music). 735 Yale Avenue.
Darlene D. Bramucci, b .a . and M .S.,
University o f Maryland, Assistant in
Biology. 532 Milmont Avenue, Milmont
Park, PA 19033.
Carolyn Beichek, B.S., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). Swarthmore College.
Tim Brooke, Assistant in Physical
Education. Swarthmore College.
Ursula M. Davis, B .S., Colby Junior
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart
West, Media, PA 19063.
Nancey Rosensweig, B.A., Brown
University; M.F.A., University o f Michigan,
Associate in Performance (Dance).
Swarthmore College.
Arne Running, Associate in Performance
(Music). Swarthmore College.
Valerie Ryan, b .s ., Widener University,
Lawrence Ehmer, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
Assistant in Physical Education. 1325
Chester Pike, Eddystone, PA 19013.
Diane Freedman, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
1356 Sellers Street, Philadelphia, PA 19129.
Paula Sepinuck, B.A., Bennington
College; M .A., Villanova University,
Associate in Performance (Dance).
309 Dickinson Avenue.
Dorothy K. Freeman, B.M ., M.M., Boston
University, Associate in Performance
(Music). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Jon Sherman, B.A., Temple University,
Lori Fries, Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
Virginia M. Indivero, B.S., Elizabethtown
Associate in Performance (Dance).
Swarthmore College.
Robert M. Smart, B.A., Curtis Institute of
Music; M .A., Westminster Choir College,
College Organist and Associate in
Performance (Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue.
College; M .S. Villanova University,
Assistant in Chemistry. 2915 Wakefield
Drive, Holmes, PA 19043.
C. Joseph Stefanowicz,4B.A., Lafayette
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA 19061.
Michael Johns, Associate in Performance
(Music). Swarthmore College.
Anne Stork, B.A., Mount Holyoke College,
Assistant in Biology. 1304 Virginia Avenue,
Havertown, PA 19083.
Curtis Lauber,4A .B., Duke University;
M .A., Villanova University, Assistant in
Physical Education. 110 School House Lane,
Ardmore, PA 19003.
Margaret M. Lehman, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 765 W.
Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087.
Herbert Leimfaach,5B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
15 Forest Lane.
4 Fall semester, 1988.
264
Dale Strawbridge,4B .s., Slippery Rock
State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
8 Wood Lane, West Chester, PA 19380.
Ronald A. Tirpak, b .a ., Millersville
University; M .A., Temple University,
Assistant in Physical Education. 103
Hinkson Boulevard, Ridley Park, PA 19078.
5
Spring semester, 1989.
Standing Committees of the Faculty 1988-89
Academic and Cultural Support
Cooper
TRAVERS, Goundie, Klotz, Lacey (spring),
Meagher, Rubin (fall), Siddiqui, Stewart
LEVINSON, Avery, Durkan, Exon,
Gilbert, C., Hammons, Klotz, Morgan,
Williamson, C.
Academic Requirements
DICKERSON, Bensch, Cheever, England,
Hammons, Jacobs, Magenheim, Morgan,
Mullins, Schneider, Travers, Void
Curriculum
Admissions and Scholarships
Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory
MAURER, Barr, Thomas, Charonnat,
Dunn, Eldridge, Hassett, Meunier,
Moscatelli, Talbot, Williams, R.
HOPKINS, Voet, Smith, S.
Asian Studies
WHITE, Levinson, O ’Donoghue, Piker,
Swearer, Williamson, S.
ENGLAND, Gaustad, Mullins, Munoz,
Rose, Wood, (two students)
Faculty and S ta ff Benefits
HART, Bowler, Deddy, DuPlessis, Eldridge,
Hess, Magenheim, McKenna, Miller, T ,
Nagata, Rinker, Robinson, Welsh
Fellowships and Prizes
Black and Minority Concerns
PIKER, Bradley (fall), Breitenberg, Thomas,
Darrah, Dickerson, England, Platt, Rubin
(fall), Urban, Wod
Black Studies
SCHMIDT, Hopkins, James (fall), Murphy,
Wood
URBAN, Charonnat, Exon, Freeman,
Langbauer, Molter, Pryor, Roza, Sharpe,
Travers, Turpin
Foreign Study
TAFOYA, Bensch, Dickerson, Kitao,
Sharpe, Swearer, Void
H ealth Sciences Advisory
Bookstore
SWING, Travers
STEWART, Hamlett, Mangelsdorf, Mullins,
Schneider, Thompson, Voet, Weiss
Council on Educational Policy
Library
ENGLAND, Faber, Fraser, Gilbert, S.,
Schmidt, Schwartz, Travers, Wagner-Pacifici
DURKAN, Bensch, England, Hamlett,
Kitao, Kurth
Council on Faculty Procedures
Physical Education and Athletics
FRASER, Anderson, N., England,
Moscatelli, Murphy, Saffran, Savage,
Smith, D.
M AURER, Devin, Hess, Peabody, Skeath,
Wagner-Pacifici, Williams, R.
Promotion and Tenure
Center for Social and Policy Studies
IVERSEN, Hopkins, Mullan, Magenheim,
Peabody, Scherer (spring)
Computing Services
FRASER, Anderson, M ., England, Perkins,
Saffran, Skeath
Research Ethics
W ILLIAM S, T , Raff, Siddiqui
KELLMAN, Boccio, McGarity, Turpin,
Weiner
265
Faculty
Research Support
Women’s Studies
KUPERBERG, Hassett, Hoover, Moscatelli,
Renninger, Weiner
ANDERSON, N., DuPlessis, Gilbert, S.
Langbauer, Marecek (spring),
Moskos (spring), Murphy
Space U se and Energy Conservation
ORTHLIEB, Avery, Cothren, Downer,
Golub, Heintz, Mullins, Renninger
Secretary to the Faculty
Iversen
Teacher Education
Parliam entarian
SMULYAN, Blum, Kellman, Renninger,
Savage, Shapiro (spring), Tafoya, White,
Wood
Frost (fall), Urban (spring)
Women’s Concerns
FABER, Keith, Leff, Nagata, Napoli,
Oberdiek (fall), Platt, Rockey
Faculty Representatives to Other Committees
College Judiciary
Lang Scholarship
THOMPSON, Blum, Kurth, Mullins
DUNN, Kelemen, Napoli, O ’Donoghue
Financial Planning
Use o f C ollege Facilities by O utside
O rganizations
GOLUB, McNamee, Molter, Voet
Honorary Degrees
DOW NER, Fusco, Gillespie, Roth, Smythe,
Williams, R.
FRASER, Gilbert, C., Hungerford, Landis
Heald
Faculty Representatives to Committees of the Board
Development
Student L ife
Pasternack, Keith, Smith, D.
Brietenberg, Kuperberg
Property
Heald, Orthlieb
266
Divisions and Departments
|
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Gilbert P. Rose, Chair
Art
Music
Michael Cothren, Chair
Ann K. McNamee, Chair
Classics
Helen F. North, Chairman
Philosophy
Religion
English Literature
Donald K. Swearer, Chair
Craig Williamson, Chair
Modern Languages and Literatures
Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chair
II.
DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
John E. Gaustad, Chair
Biology
Engineering
Timothy C. Williams, Chair
H. Searl Dunn, Acting Chair
Chemistry
Mathematics
Robert F. Pasternack, Chair
J. Edward Skeath, Chair
Computer Science (Program)
Physics and Astronomy
Charles F. Kelemen, Program Director
Frank A. Moscatelli, Chair
UI. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Braulio Muñoz, Chair
Economics
Political Science
Frederic L. Pryor, Acting Chair
Raymond F. Hopkins, Chair
Education (Program)
Psychology
Lisa Smulyan, Acting Program Director
Jeanne Marecek, Department Head
Deborah Kemler Nelson, Acting
Department Head (fall)
History
Robert DuPlessis, Chair
Linguistics (Program)
Donna Jo Napoli, Program Director
Sociology and Anthropology
Jennie Keith, Chair
267
Administration
PRESIDENT’S OFFICE
David W. Fraser, B.A ., Haverford College;
M .D., Harvard Medical School, President.
Christy Ann Fusco, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Social Coordinator.
Leah J. Smith, B.A ., Stanford University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Assistant to the President and Director of
Institutional Research.
Margaret M. Giovannini, Diane E.
WatSOn, Secretaries.
V ICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE
Loren Hart, B.A ., Gunnell College; J.D .,
Columbia University Law School; M.B.A.,
Harvard University Graduate School of
Business Administration, Vice President for
Business and Finance and Treasurer.
Suzanne P. Welsh, B.A., B.S., University
Kendall Landis, B.A., Swarthmore College;
Secretaries/Assistants.
o f Delaware; M .B.A., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Treasurer and
Budget Director.
Pauline M. Carroll, Mary C. Kasper,
M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
PRO VO ST’S OFFICE
James W. England, B.A ., Kansas State
Jerome H. Wood, Jr., B.A ., Howard
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost.
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Associate Provost and Professor o f History.
Karen D. Jones, Secretary.
DEAN’S OFFICE
Janet Smith Dickerson, B.A ., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College.
Patricia L Darrah, B.A., Lincoln
University; M.Ed., Lehigh University;
Ph.D., Temple University, Associate Dean;
Director o f Black and Minority Affairs.
Tedd R. Goundie, B .S., Muhlenberg
College; M .S., Bowling Green State
University, Assistant Dean for New Student
Affairs.
Susan Dinsmore Smythe, B.A., Wesleyan
University, Coordinator o f Student
Activities.
Gilmore Stott, B.A. and M .A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean.
Gloria Carey Evans, B.A ., Western
Washington College o f Education; M.S.,
University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.
Eva F. Travers, B.A ., Connecticut College;
M .A. and Ed.D., Harvard University,
Associate Dean.
Norma Doyle, A.A ., Temple University,
Cathy Pescatore, Alma E. Stewart
Secretaries.
ADM ISSIONS OFFICE
Robert A. Darr, Jr., B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.
268
Wallace Ann Ayres, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
Phyllis Hall Raymond, B.A., Indiana
University; M .A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
David A. Walter, B.S., Swarthmore
College; M.Div., Princeton Theological
Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions.
Richard G. DiFeliciantonio, B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M .A., University of
Denver, Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
Hannah R. Swallow, B.A., Swarthmore
Gloria Thomas Walker, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
Susan K. Untereker, B.A., Smith College;
M .A., Columbia Teachers College, Assistant
to the Dean o f Admissions.
Ellen Dolski, Barbara A. Hadly, Paula ,
Lee, Agnes Shonert, Secretaries.
Arlene K. Mooshian, B.S., West Chester
University, Receptionist.
College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions and
Western Regional Representative.
ALUMNI RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Maralyn Orbison Gillespie, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Alumni Relations, Publications,
and Public Relations.
David H. Allgeier, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Director o f Alumni
Relations.
Lorna Greene Shurkin, b .a ., Brooklyn
College, Director o f Public Relations.
Roger Williams, B.A., University of
Kansas, Associate Director o f Publications
and Managing Editor o f the Alumni Bulletin.
Catherine Downing, B.A., Kent State
University, Assistant Director o f
Publications.
Mimi GeiSS, Production Manager.
Nancy Curran, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Class Notes Editor and
Publications Associate.
Ann D. Geer, B.A., Randolph-Macon
Woman’s College, Copy Editor.
Astrid Devaney, Jackie Fink, Sherry A.
Pringle, A. A., University o f Toledo,
Secretaries.
BUSINESS OFFICE
Meryle Rinker, B.A., Southern Oregon
State College; M .B.A., The University o f
Tulsa, Director o f Financial Operations/
Controller.
Ellen R. Augsberger, Payroll
Administrator.
Jean Raisch, Payroll Administrator.
Laura McLaughlin, Cashier.
Jean English, Accounts Payable/
Louisa Ridgway, B.A., Vassar College,
M.B. A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Controller.
Purchasing Supervisor.
Nancy L Sheppard, Business Office
Judith F. Valori, B.A., University o f
Manager.
Maryland, Payroll Supervisor.
Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar.
Mary P. Walker, Purchasing Clerk.
Maureen March, B.A., Georgian Court
Christine Hourican, b .a ., B.S., Temple
University, Manager o f Bookstore.
College, Director o f Financial Systems.
269
Administration
CA REER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT
H. Thomas Francis, B.A., Kalamazoo
College; M .A., Western Michigan
"
University, Director.
Doris Rovetti, Recruiting Coordinator/
Office Manager.
Leslie M. Brubaker, B.A., Cedar Crest
College, Secretary.
CEN TER FO R SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES
Richard L Rubin, A .B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Gudmund R. Iversen, M .A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director.
Naomi M arCU S, Secretary.
COMPUTING SERVICES
John R. Boccio, B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Associate Provost for Academic Computing.
Jane F. James, B.S., State University o f
New York at New Paltz, User Services and
Training Coordinator.
William L Conner, Jr., B.A ., B.S.,
Villanova University, Associate Director Manager o f Operations.
Dave Ruel, B.A ., University o f New
Hampshire, Associate Director - Manager of
Administrative Computing.
Lawrence Ehmer, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Administrative Systems/
Analyst.
Robin Jacobsen, B.B.S., Temple
University, Administrative Programmer/
Analyst.
Mary K. Hasbrouck, B.A ., Oberlin
College, Academic Computing Coordinator.
Karen V. Roop, B.S., Widener University,
Hardware Support Technician.
Alice H. McGovern, B .S., Fordham
University, Information Coordinator/
Computer Operator.
Lisa Brunner-Bireley, A .A .S., Delaware
County Community College, Computer
Operator.
Hazel C. Rapp, Secretary.
DEVELOPMENT
John E. Owen, B.A., Earlham College,
Judith Egan Pagliaro, B.S., Columbia
Associate Vice President.
University, Assistant Director.
CurtiS A. Lauber, B.A ., Duke University;
Mary Jane Felix Smedley, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Development
Associate.
M .A., Villanova University, Associate
Director.
Douglas B. Hasbrouck, b .a ., Hampshire
College, Assistant Director.
Nancy L Lehman, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Director/West Coast
Representative.
270
Sandra M. Bell, Rose DiComillo, Ruth V.
Kennedy, B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Secretaries.
Annual Funds
Elizabeth D. Macintosh, A .B., Bryn Mawr
Bosemary Phillippi, Administrative
College, Director.
Assistant.
Jerome W. Blackman, B.A., Swarthmore
Carole Forsythe, Michele Sharkey,
College, Assistant Director.
Secretaries.
Corporate and Foundation Relations
Karen W. Hoover, B.S., McPherson
College; M.A., Bethany Theological
Seminary, Director.
Elizabeth Arter, Karen Evans,
Secretaries.
Kay Fairs Golden, B.A., U ncaster
University; M.R.P., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Director.
Planned Giving
Margaret W. Nikelly, B.A., Upsala
Cindy Bossley, Secretary.
College, Director.
Anne Bonner, B.A., University of
Wyoming; M .A., University o f Washington,
Development Associate.
Gift and Alum ni Records
Marilyn Schiller, B.A., Lycoming College,
Director of Information Resources o f
Alumni/Development.
Elizabeth B. Campbell, Pauline
Metzidakis, Robin Mobley, Josephine
Younkin, Recorders.
Diane C. Brown, Operations Manager.
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE
Patricia A. Whitman, B.A., West Chester
State College; M .A., Miami University o f
Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer.
Peggy Giovannini, Secretary.
FINANCIAL AID OFFICE
Laura Talbot, B.A., Wheaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.
Joanne Barracliff, Helen Elmer,
Secretaries.
Patricia Serianni, B.A ., M.Ed.,
Pennsylvania State University,
Assistant Director o f Financial Aid.
271
Administration
HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM
Barbara Yost Stewart, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Health Sciences Advisor.
Bonnie B. Harvey, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Secretary.
HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
Worth Health Center
Linda Echols, R.N., B.S.N ., and M .S.N.,
University o f Pennsylvania; M.B.A.,
Wharton School; CRNP, Johns Hopkins
Hospital, Director o f Worth Health Center.
Hospital, Barbara A. Smetana, R.N.,
Samaritan Hospital, B.S., St. Joseph’s
College, College Health Nurse Practitioner,
Brigham Young University.
Vera Howland, B.S., Widener University,
James E. Clark, B.A., West Virginia
M .D., Hahnemann Medical College, College
Physician.
University; M .D., Jefferson Medical
College, Senior College Physician.
Mary Jane Osmick, B. Med., University
o f Delaware; M .D., Temple University
Medical School, College Physician.
Paul S. Zamostien, B.S., Ursinus College;
M .D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting
Gynecologist.
Alan Zweben, B.S., SUNY, Stoney Brook;
M .D., New York Medical College, College
Physician.
Frank P. Giammattel, B.A., Williams
College; M .D., University o f Cincinnati,
Orthopedic Consultant.
Elissa R. Chansky, R.N ., Beth Israel
Hospital, B.S., St. Joseph’s College,
Constance C. Jones, R.N., Hospital of
University o f Pennsylvania, Anne HichOlS,
R.N., B.S.N ., Gwynedd-Mercy College,
Carol E. Ronan, R.N., Philadelphia General
Charles D. Hummer, Jr., B.A., Amherst
College; M .D., Hahnemann Medical
College, Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.
Anita M. Knowles, Health Services
Secretary.
Psychological Services
Leighton C. Whitaker, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director.
Paula S. Rosen, B.A., University of
Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn Mawr College;
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Graduate School
o f Social Work and Social Research,
Clinical Social Worker.
Angela R. Gillem, B.S., Michigan State
University; M .A, Boston University; Ph.D.,
Boston University, Clinical Psychologist.
Jack Soloman, B.S., Villanova University;
M .D., Hahnemann University, Consulting
Psychiatrist.
Laurie Berenson, B.A., University of
California at San Diego; Clinical Psychology
Intern from Hahnemann University.
Thomas H. Gerstley, B.A., Albright
College; Clinical Psychology Intern from
Hahnemann University.
Mary Hindman, B.A ., College o f Notre
Dame o f Maryland; Clinical Psychology
Intern from Hahnemann University.
Blrgitte Haselgrove, Secretary/
Receptionist.
272
LIBRARY STAFF
I
College Library
I Michael J. Durkan, B.A., St. Patrick’s
Ann S. Blackburn, Secretary to the College
I
I
Librarian.
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, College Librarian.
Acquisitions
I
Elizabeth Antann, B.A ., Swanhmore
College; M .S. in L.S., Rutgers University,
Acquisitions Librarian.
I Shirley F. Kirby, B.A., Washington
Monique Constantino, Records &
Purchasing Assistant.
Rose Marie Johnson, Assistant/
Acquisitions.
University, Periodicals Assistant.
Marie Cimino, Elizabeth Woolson, A.B.,
Pauline Marshall, B.S., Simmons College,
Chestnut Hill College, Assistants.
Continuations Assistant.
Cataloging
Amy V. Morrison, B.A. and M .L.S.,
Rutgers University; Assistant Catalog
Librarian.
Cataloging Assistant.
University; M .L.S., Drexel University,
Serials Cataloger.
So-Young Jones, B.A ., Euha Womens
University, Korea; M .L.S., Simmons
College, Cataloging Assistant.
Circulation and Reserve
Catherine J. Smith, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University,
Circulation Librarian.
Jean Pfeiffer, Circulation Assistant.
Nancy C. Bech, Assistant.
Marian B. Bruce, B.S., James Madison
■
Anne Swann, B.A ., Swarthmore College,
Barbara J. Weir, B.A ., Pennsylvania State
Anne J. Perkins, Cataloging Assistant.
I
Netta Shinbaum, B.A ., State University o f
New York-Oswego; Cataloging Assistant.
University, Assistant.
Pauline E. Hallman, Receptionist.
Claire R. Smith, Receptionist.
Biane van Roden, Receptionist.
Viola G. Holdsworth, B.S., Westminster
College; M .E.D., Temple University,
Receptionist.
Edward H. Fuller, B.A., Widener College;
M .S. in L.S., Drexel University, Special
Collections Librarian.
Bibliographic Instruction and Reference
Steven W. Sowards, B.A ., Stanford
University; M .A., M .L.S., Ph.D., Indiana
University, Humanities Librarian.
I
Minda Hart, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Interlibrary Loan Assistant.
Susan G. Williamson, B.A ., University of
California-Berkeley; M .S., Drexel
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.
273
Administration
Cornell Library
Emi K. Horikawa, B.S., University o f
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian.
Meg E. Spencer, B.A., University of
Richmond, Science Library Assistant.
Marie Cimino, Assistant.
Underhill Library
George K. Huber, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M .S. in L.S., Drexel
University, Music Librarian.
Three College Library Automation
Linda G. Bills, B.A., University o f
California, Los Angeles; M .S.L.S., Case
Western Reserve University, Coordinator.
Friends Historical Library
J. William Frost
B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Director.
Albert W. Fowler, B.A., Haverford
College; M .S. in L.S., Syracuse University,
Curator.
Claire B. Shetter, Cataloguer.
Jane HI. Thorson, B.A., Goddard College,
Program Secretary; Nancy P. Speers,
Kazue Oye, Conservation Assistant.
Patricia Chapin O’Donnell, B.A. and
M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; M.A.,
University o f Delaware, Archivist.
John Daniel Eckert, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Toronto,
Archivist, Philadelphia Meeting Records
Project.
Archivist.
Swarthmore College Peace Collection
Wendy L Chmielewski, B.A ., Goucher
College; M .A., State University o f New
York at Binghamton, Cooley Curator.
Eleanor M. Barr, B.A ., Mount Holyoke
College, M .L.S., University o f Pittsburgh,
Archivist.
Barbara E. Addison, B.S., University of
Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M .S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger.
Kate C. Myer, B.A ., Neumann College,
Periodicals Assistant.
Martha P. Shane, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Archivist.
Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library
Margaret Hope Bacon, John Edwin
Brush, Harriet Frorer Durham, David C.
Elkinton, LaVerne Forbush, Caroline
Biddle Malin, John M. Moore, Lyman W.
Biley, Catharine Morris Wright
Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore C ollege Peace Collection
Irwin Abrams, Helen M. Carroll, Julien
Cornell, Hilary Conroy, Merle Curti,
Alfred A. Fraser III, Larry Gara, Robert
274
Wallace Gilmore, Phebe B. Jacobsen,
Kendall Landis, E. Raymond Wilson.
OPERATIONS
CarOlC S. Deddy, B.S., Wilkes College;
Ed.M., Rutgers University;
Fairleigh Dickinson University, Associate
Vice President - Operations.
Marcia C. Brown, B.A., Villanova
University, Secretary.
Auxiliary Services
Al Roth, B.S., M. Ed., State University
College at Buffalo, Director o f Auxiliary
Services.
Karen Mazza, Auxiliary Services
Assistant.
Security and Safety Services
Owen Redgrave, B.S., West Chester
University; A.A.S., Delaware County
Community College, Director o f Security
and Safety Services.
Leon Francis, Coordinator o f Security and
Safety Services.
Patrick Brown, Jeffrey Buss, Janies
Ellis, Greg Hartley, John Kelley,
Joanne Reichle, Bobby Van Wilson,
Security Officers.
George Darbes, Dan McNeeley, Phil
Murphy, Auxiliary Patrol Officers.
Terry Markin, Secretary.
Michael J. Fitzgerald, Brian Harris,
Security Patrol Sergeants.
Judy Feiy, Joseph Louderback, Ellie
Kolachny, Eve Magee, Stephen
Sissons, George Ticknor,
Communications Center Staff.
Post O ffice
June TaSSOni, Supervisor.
Theresa Matteo, Assistant.
Word Processing Center
Helen DeFeliciantonio, Director.
Joann M. Massary, Diane Stasiunas,
Cheryl Robinson, Secretaries.
Food Service
Stanley F. Kashuba, B.S., University o f
Scranton, Director o f Dining Services.
Rosann Zaffiri, Secretary.
Neil Kantner, A .O .S., Culinary Institute o f
Carol Seidl, Daniel Papuga, Scott
Holdredge, A.A., Luzerne County
America, Executive Chef.
Community College, Managers.
Personnel
Lee Robinson, B.A., Rhode Island College,
Director o f Personnel.
Gail V. Redden, A.A ., Sullins College,
Benefits Administrator.
Joan K. Krehnbrink, B.A., Pennsylvania
Patricia Powell, Office Manager.
Mildred L. Connell, Personnel Assistant.
State University, Assistant Director o f
Personnel.
275
Administration
P h y sica l P la n t
David R. Downer, B .S., Harvard College;
M .A., University o f Oklahoma, Director o f
Physical Plant.
Alice Dalbierer, Assistant to the Director.
Patricia Trinder, Secretary.
June Carnell, Facilities Coordinator,
Jacqueline Datker, Purchasing, Eleanor
Rreischaft, Bookkeeping.
M aintenance
Donald Kelley, Associate Director o f
Esther Kelley, Work Order Secretary.
Physical Plant.
Tom Cochrane, Maintenance Mechanic
Foreman, John Schambers, Building
Trades Foreman.
Environmental Services
Tony White, Director o f Environmental
Services.
Timothy Styer, Operations Coordinator.
Dorothy Dallam, Sarbara Green,
William Dorch, Patricia Thompkins,
Environmental Technician Supervisors.
Grounds
Steven Wheaton, B .S., University of
Vermont, Director o f Grounds.
Richard Evans, Foreman, Paul Erickson,
Crew Leader.
Planning and Construction
Peter R. Vishton, B.S. and M .S., Drexel
University, Project Engineer for Planning
and Construction.
Alice Dalbierer, Assistant to the Project
Engineer.
Joseph DeLOZier, Jr., Plant Engineering
Coordinator.
REG ISTR A R’S OFFICE
Jane H. Mullins, B.A ., Swarthmore
Agnes Kennedy, Nancy Ochs, Recorders.
College, Registrar.
Evelyn 6. Huk, Senior Recorder.
THE SC O TT A RBO RETUM
Judith D. Zuk, B.A ., Rutgers University;
M .S., University o f Delaware, Director.
Andrew 6. Bunting, B.S., Southern Illinois
University, Plant Recorder.
Steven F. Wheaton, B.S., University of
Vermont, Assistant Director - Horticulture.
Josephine 0. Hopkins, Adrienne Shero,
Erica Glasener, B.S., University of
Maryland, Education Coordinator.
Don Craig, B.S., Oregon State University,
Education Intern.
276
B.A ., Swarthmore College, Secretaries.
UPWARD BOUND
Edwin A. Collins, B.A ., Lincoln
University; B.S. and M .Ed., Cheyney
University, Director.
DeLoiS M. Collins, B.A ., Temple
University, Associate Director.
DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS
Art: June V. Cianfrana, Secretary.
Astronomy: Patricia O ’Hara, Research
Mathematics: Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary.
Modern Languages: Eleonore Baginski,
Assistant.
B.S., St. Joseph’s University, Secretary;
Edward Dixon, B.A., L a S alle C ollege; M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University, Language
Laboratory Assistant.
Biology: Maria E. Musika, Secretary;
George Flickinger, Shop Engineer; Anne M.
Rawson, B.A., Suiarthmore C ollege; M.S.,
Cornell University, Manager o f Martin
Laboratories.
Music: Judy Lord, A.A., W esley C ollege,
Secretary.
Chemistry: Dixie Andrews, Secretary;
James W. Bell, Instrument Coordinator.
Philosophy: Fran Cuneo, B.S.,
ClSSSiCS: Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Secretary.
Physical Education and Athletics: Karen
Russo, Secretary; Octavius Holland, David
Lester, Equipment Managers; Marie
Mancini, A.T., C., B.S., West Chester
University, Sports Medicine Intern.
Computer Science-Astronomy
Research: Barbara C. Niebruegge, A.B.,
R adcliffe College, Secretary.
Econom ics: Teresa Klingler, A. A ., Hers hey
Junior College; Sara-Page W hite, B.A.,
Suiarthmore C ollege, Secretaries.
Education: Janet A. Kazio, Maud W.
Marshall, B.A., G oddard C ollege, Secretaries.
Electronics Technicians: John j.
Dougherty, Charles A. White.
Engineering: Jacqueline Robinson,
Administrative Secretary; Grant Lee Smith,
Mechanician.
English Literature: Thelma M. Miller,
Administrative Secretary.
History: Eleanor W. Bennett,
Administrative Secretary.
Linguistics: Dorcas Allen, B.A.,
West Chester
University, Secretary.
PhysiCS: John R. Andrews, Technician.
Political Science: Ann Haslanger, B.A.,
H ollins C ollege, Jeanne Lovern, B.A., H ollins
C ollege, Secretaries; Nancy Maday, B .A .,
Grove City College, Secretary (International
Relations); Naomi Marcus, Secretary
(Public Policy).
Psychology: Didi Beebe, B.A., Gettysburg
C ollege, Secretary; Donald Reynolds,
Instrumentation Technician; Julia L.
Welbon, B.A., W illiam Smith College,
Academic Coordinator.
Religion: Eileen McElrone, Secretary.
Sociology and Anthropology: Pauline B.
Federman, Secretary.
Rosemont
College, Secretary.
277
Visiting Examiners 1988
Art
Professor Ann Abrams, Georgia State
University
Professor Caroline Bruzelius, Duke
University
Professor Eliabeth Cropper, Johns H opkins
University
Professor Christine Hasenmueller-Colley,
Vanderbilt University
Professor Patricia Mainardi, Brooklyn C ollege
& T he G raduate Center, CU NY
Professor Barbara Miller Lane, Bryn Motor
C ollege
Mary Gardner Neill, Yale Art Gallery
Professor Gerald Silk, Tyler School o f Art,
Temple University
Biology
Dr. Albert D. Carlson, State University o f
New York at Stonybrook
Dr. Carlo Croce, W istar Institute
Dr. Ron Etter, H arvard University
Dr. Irving Finger, H averford C ollege
Dr. Gerald Grunwald, Thom as Jefferson
University
Dr. Carl Heuther, University o f Cincinnati
Dr. Vivianne T. Nachmias, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Robert Blake Reeves, State University o f
New York a t B uffalo
Chemistry
Professor Joseph J. Gajewski, Indiana
University
Professor John P. Lowe, Pennsylvania State
University
Professor Ponzy Lu, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Richard D. Pizer, Brooklyn C ollege,
City University o f New York
Classics
Professor Diskin Clay, Johns Hopkins
University
Professor Gary Forsythe, Bryn Matvr C ollege
Professor James O ’Donnell, University o f
Pennsylvania
Computer Science
Dr. Lakendra Shastri, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Chris Van W yk, Am erican Telephone &
Telegraph, B ell Lab.
278
Economics
Professor John P. Caskey, Washington
University
Professor David Good, Temple University
Professor Dwight M. Jaffe, Princeton
University
Professor Michael Jones, Bowdoin College
Professor Michael K. Kuehlwein, Pomona
C ollege
Professor Walter Nicholson, Amherst College
Professor M. J. Peck, Yale University
Professor Sherman Robinson, University of
C aliforn ia at Berkeley
Engineering
Professor John Tichy, Renssalaer
Polytechnical Institute
Professor Chester J. Van Tyne, Lafayette
C ollege
English
Professor Rhonda Cobham-Sander, Amherst
C ollege
Professor Lester Conner, Chestnut Hill
C ollege
Professor Mark Halliday, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Marianne Hirsch, Dartmouth
C ollege
Professor Edward B. Irving, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Ann Rosalind Jones, Smith College
Professor David Quint, Princeton University
Professor April Selley, C ollege o f St. Rose
Professor Harry F. Shaw, Cornell University
Professor Leonard Tennenhouse, Trinity
C ollege
Professor Carl Woodring, N ational
Humanities Center
History
Professor Thomas Childers, University of
Pennsylvania
Professor Pamela Crossley, Dartmouth
C ollege
Professor Lloyd C . Gardner, Rutgers
University
Professor Ronnie Po-chia Hsia, University of
Massachusetts
Professor Benjamin G. Kohl, Vassar College
Professor Janet M. Oppenheim, American
University
Professor Ronald G. Suny, University o f
M ichigan
Professor Mark Wasserman, Rutgers
University
Professor Lillian Williams, State University
o f New York at Albany
Professor Diana Wylie, Yale University
Professor Michael Zuckerman, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Raymond Geuss, Colum bia
University
Professor Paul Guyer, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Thomas Ricketts, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor James Van Cleve, Brown University
Linguistics
Physics/ Astronomy
Professor James Collins, Temple University
Professor Jacob Hoeksema, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Donald Ringe, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Leonard Tennenhouse, Trinity
College
Professor Stephen Boughn, H averford
C ollege
Dr. Gary Holtom, University o f Pennsylvania
Professor George Ruff, Bates C ollege
Professor Somdev Tyagi, Drexel University
Professor Stuart Vogel, Rensselaer
Polytechnical Institute
Mathematics
Political Science
Professor Margaret B. Cozzens, Northeastern
University
Dr. David K. Hildebrand, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor John H. McCleary, Vassar C ollege
Professor Ronald Perline, Drexel University
Professor Norton Starr, Amherst C ollege
Professor Morris Blachman, University o f
South C arolina
Professor Marc Blecher, O berlin C ollege
Professor William J. Foltz, Yale University
Professor Robert P. George, Princeton
University
Professor Nancy Love, Pennsylvania State
University
Professor Kenneth Oye, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Donald J. Puchala, University o f
South C arolina
Professor Francis E. Rourke, Johns H opkins
University
Professor Joan Tronto, Hunter C ollege
Professor Eric Uslaner, University o f
Maryland
Modern Languages— French
Professor Mario Maurin, Bryn M awr C ollege
Professor Marcel Gutwirth, City University
o f New York
Modern Languages— German
Professor Mark Anderson, Colum bia
University
Modern Languages— Russian
Professor Herman Ermolaev, Princeton
University
Dr. Anne Frydman, Smithsonian Institution
Modern Languages— Spanish
Professor Ciríaco Morón Arroyo, Cornell
University
Dr. Germán Gullón, University o f
Pennsylvania
Music
Michael Korn, O pera Company o f
Philadelphia
Professor Larry Nelson, West Chester
University
Professor Edward Reilly, Vassar C ollege
Philosophy
Professor Daniel Devereux, University o f
Virginia
Dr. Andreas Eshete, University o f
Pennsylvania
Psychology
Professor Jonathan Baron, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Paula Durlach, McMaster University
Professor Arie Kruglanski, University o f
Maryland
Dr. Dalton Miller-Jones, G raduate &
University Center, City University o f New York
Dr. Jill Morawski, W esleyan University
Professor Jaine Strauss, W illiam s C ollege
Professor Earl Thomas, Bryn Mawr C ollege
Religion
Phillip Berryman
Professor George Bond, Northwestern
University
Professor Henry Bowden, Rutgers University
Professor Cynthia B. Cohen, V illanova
University
279
Visiting Examiners 1988
Professor Thomas J. Dean, Temple University
Dr. Kenneth L. Kraft, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Anne McGuire, H averford C ollege
Professor Janet Oppenheim, American
University
Sociology & Anthropology
Professor Bruce Bellingham, Florida State
University
Professor Harold Bershady, University o f
Pennsylvania
280
Professor Jeffrey Goldfarb, New School for
Social Research
Professor Charlotte Ikels, Case Western
Reserve University
Professor David Karen, Bryn M awr College
Professor Carl Kendall, Johns Hopkins
University
Professor Kirin Narayan, M iddlebury College
Dr. Elizabeth Petras, University o f
Pennsylvania
Degrees Conferred
May 30,1988
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Christopher Scott Abbott, English Literature
Elise Wells Adibi, Philosophy
Kevin William Aires, Music
Kathleen M. Albright, Special M ajor:
Sociology & Anthropology and M athem atics
Jonathan Scott Alexander, Psychology
Heather Jane Alker, Biology
Richard Charles Arbogast, Jr., Sociology &
Anthropology
Charles Alexander Atkinson, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
John Douglas Augustine, Economics
Deborah Bacharach6, English Literature
Katherine Anne Bachman, P olitical Science
Karin Lisa Bagnall, Special M ajor: History &
Religion from Late Antiquity to the M iddle
Ages
Joanna Marie Bailey, Religion
Mina Lee Baisch, M athem atics
William Tryon Baldwin III, English Literature
Shauna Balter, Special M ajor: Language
David Philip Barnes, M usic and Psychology
Ronald Joseph Barrett, Economics
Mark Gordon Bartlett, Religion
John Purchase Beale, Physics
Athena Beldecos, English Literature and
Biology
Conrad Paul Bender, Special M ajor:
Languages and Linguistics
Timothy Allan Berger, English Literature
Joanna Diane Berkinsky, English Literature
Todd Leighton Bemold, Art History
Erika Rachel Berson, Psychology and English
Literature
Nanette Elizabeth Bertaut, English Literature
Carolyn Cassin Bertke7, M athem atics
Jan W. Beseler, History
Shelley Sue Binkley, Biology
Jonathan Biran, History
Anne M. Blackburn, Special M ajor: Asian
Studies
Jennifer Mari Blunt, Political Science
Kristin Anne Bolton, English Literature
Hilary Ann Botein, English Literature
Peter Michael Boyle, Economics and
Psychology
Peyton Huddleston Bray, III, English
Literature
Michael Carlyle Breakey, Psychology
Paula Natalia Breslin, English Literature
Lisa Marie Brighenti, Psychology
Maria Bibiana Briones, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Dorothea Browder, Sociology & Anthropology
Evan Michael Brownstein, English Literature
Christian Laird Brutzman, Psychology
Suzanne Maureen Buckley, Economics and
M athem atics
Grace Ellen Bulger, Sociology & Anthropology
and Psychology
Clayton Matthew Bullock, History
Karl Bach Burkart, Art History
Serena Canin, Music
Paul Horatio Caro, Art History
Michael Thomas Casper, English Literature
Jonathan Aldrich Cass, History
Mark Adam Chronister, Economics and
Psychology
Katherine Oh Chung, English Literature
Anne Marie Ciesla, Economics
Jennifer Elizabeth Clancy, Psychology
Laura Frances Cleland6, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
David Coates, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Amy Frances Coccia, Art History
Benjamin Howard Cohen7, P olitical Science
Clara King Cohen, Biology
Eric Abraham Cohen3, M athem atics
Liza-Faith Michaelis Cohn, Economics
Thomas William Collins, Art History
Susan Joan Cook, Psychology
Wanda Mali Pamela Coston, Special M ajor:
Sociology & Anthropology and Biology
Cathrine Anna Cotman, Philosophy
Nathan McAllister Courtney, P olitical
Science
Stephen Charles Lewis Coxe, M usic and
P olitical Science
Loren Hunter Crabtree, Philosophy
James Edward Crawford, Biology
Drew Edward Cressman, Biology
Robert Joseph Culp, History
Andrew Scott Currie, Physics
Leo Cytrynbaum, P olitical Science
Stephen Lewis Dalton, English Literature
Thomas C. DeCou, Political Science
3 with the Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
7 Pennsylvania Teacher Certification
281
Degrees Conferred
Eugene Pierre Deess, Sociology &
Anthropology
Jeanne Marie Dennis5, Economics
Janet Frances Derbyshire, History and
Economics
Jay Robert Desai, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Nancy Desiderio, Political Science
Sarah Ann Desmond, Religion
Kenneth Samuel Dinitz5, P olitical Science
Courtney Ann Dinsmore, Economics
Kevin James DiPirro, English Literature
Darren John Doherty, Psychology
Barbara Ann Dolby, History
Peter Duffy Doyle, P olitical Science
John McHenry Dunn5, History
Alfred Castle Du Puy4, History
Sara Katherine Dzikiewicz, Art History
Mallory Mason Easter, Art History
Daniel Paul Eder, French
Jeremy West Eisenberg, Economics
Jonathan Richard Eisenberg, History
David Charles Engerman, History
Samuel Todd Erickson, Sociology &
Anthropology
Janet Lauren Erlick, T heatre Studies and
Psychology
Kenneth Donald Falkenstein, Astronomy and
Physics
Jeremy Paul Fand, Economics
Elizabeth Belle Federman, Psychology
Stephen Bernard Feldman, English Literature
and M usic
Andrew Scott Ferguson, Biology
J. Daniel Ferry, P olitical Science
Anne Elizabeth Fetter7, M athem atics and
M usic
Sara Finkelstein, Biology
Alan Brian Fishbone, G reek
Theresa M. Flanagan, Biology
Brian Edward Flynn, Psychology
Thomas Michael Francis, Economics
Amy E. Freedman, English Literature
Ezra Frederick G . Fried, Religion
Steven Jason Gandia, Psychology
Salvatore Joseph Genovese, Biology
William Edward Gericke, Political Science
Lauren Beth Gilman, Special M ajor:
Linguistics and Education
D. Pierre Gingerich, Biology
Peter Louis Glickman, Philosophy
Wallace Franklin Goldban, History
John Wheller Goldsborough, English
Literature
Eric David Gordy, Sociology & Anthropology
Thomas Graham, Economics and M athematics
Rahel Eden Green, Biology and Religion
Jane Rachel Greenberg, Mathematics
Peter Martin Grinspoon, Philosophy
Michael Willem Groff, M athem atics
Kay Talya Gubbay, Biology
Vivek Gujral5, M athem atics
Pamela Susan Haag, History
John Michael Haday, Economics
Chung Hae Han, English Literature
Katherine Anne Hancock, Art History
Clayvon Cecelia Harris, English Literature
Miriam Ellen Harris, English Literature
Robert Evan Harris, Psychology
Chris Hart-Zafra, Economics
Margaret Dickinson Hawley, Political Science
Eric Erland Heginbotham, Political Science
Sarah Heimann6, History
Naomi Elizabeth Heiser6, Art History
Jennifer Lynn Heister4, Economics
Geoffrey Lucas Herrera, Political Science
Charnelle Lynne Hicks, Sociology &
Anthropology
Alicia Catherine Higham6, Art History
Eiji Hirai5, Mathematics
Cynthia Anne Hirschfeld, English Literature
F. Michael John Hoffmann, History
Suzanne Michelle Holm, English Literature
Mary Jane Homer, Biology
Bruce Howard Hordon, Psychology
Sarah Marjorie Horr6, Psychology
Jennifer Nan Howitt, Chemistry
Gretchen Dean Hug, Religion
Gabriel Joachim Hutter, History
Claire Mary Ingulli, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Nicholas Roman Jackiw234, English Literature
Damien Tyler Jackson2, Political Science
Lori Ann Jackson, Psychology
Anita Natalie Jayaweera, Chemistry
Natalie Ann Jensen, Economics
John Michael Jeweler, P olitical Science
2 with the Concentration in B lack Studies
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
3 with the Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
4 with the Concentration in International Relations 7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
282
Sonke Johnsen, M athem atics
Frederick Morgenthau Joseph, Sociology &
Anthropology
Kaveri S. Kalia, French
Judith Abra Kalish, French
Arturs Teodors Kalnins, M athem atics
Edward Juhani Kamrin, English Literature
Mamiko Kawai, Biology
William Lewis Kelty, Political Science
Bartholomew Patrick Keogh, Chemisrty
Sally Ann Ketchum, Religion
Deborah Leland Kidder, Economics
Kathleen Shelly King, Biology
Dora Wynne Klein, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
John DuBois Kliever, Special M ajor:
Planetary Science
Rachel Katherine Klingensmith5, P olitical
Science
Peter Bentele Klipstein5, Political Science
Eric Douglas Knapp, Political Science and
History
Ethan Edwin Hugh Knapp, English Literature
Jonathan David Kulick, M athem atics
Laurie Hoffman Laird, Economics
Richard Andrew Lamb, Economics
Michael Garrett Lange, Economics
Anna Lapinska, Economics
Corinna Elisabeth Lathan, Special M ajor:
Biopsychology and M athem atics
Cynthia Marian Leive, English Literature
Magdalen Lindeberg, Biology
Ashley D. Litton, Art History
Nina Stuart Livingston, Biology
Matthew David Lore, Art History
Leslie Ann MacAvoy, Philosophy and
Psychology
Shawn MacLaren, English Literature
Russell Scott Marcus, Philosophy
Zachary Blake Marshall, P olitical Science
Christina Beth Maybee7, English Literature
and Special M ajor: Psychology and
Education
Kenneth Spencer Mayer, Psychology
Will Evan McCabe, Special M ajor:
Linguistics and Russian Language
Laura Katherine McKee, Economics
Susan Linder McKey, Art History
Patrick Thomas McNamara, Religion
Luigi Pasqualino Mercone, Religion and
Psychology
Sarah Louise Merin, English Literature
Victoria Elizabeth Meyer, Special M ajor:
Latin Am erican Studies
Sara Lilli Michael, Latin
Joanna Miller, Sociology & Anthropology
John Miller, Philosophy
Cassandra Jean Milling, Biology
Bradley David Mittman, Biology
Stephen Nathaniel Moelis, English Literature
Donna Elizabeth Moore, Psychology
John Scott Moore, Biology
Elliott Alfred Moreton, M athem atics
Abraham Nicholas Morse, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Cynthia Morton7, Special M ajor: Psychology
and Education
James J. Moskowitz, Astrophysics
Jerry Allen Moye, Jr., English Literature
Rohini Irene Mukand, Sociology &
Anthropology
Karen Alyson Neumer, English Literature
Kathryn Louise Nevin, English Literature
Nancy Anderson Niemczyk6, Religion
Christine Elizabeth Notides, P olitical Science
Louise Cathell Nuttle, Biology
Hope Sybil Nye6, M usic
Gina Nicole O ’Dell, P olitical Science
Eve Barbara Oishi, English Literature
Michele Sandra Osterweil, Psychology
Javan Roy Oston, P olitical Science
Anne-Marie Otey, Sociology & Anthropology
Thomas Edward Overton, Sociology &
Anthropology
Alexandra Papalexopoulou, Economics
Joel Bruce Papke, Chemistry and Economics
Rachel H. Park, Psychology and Chemistry
Mary Jennifer Patrick, English Literature and
Psychology
Anne Paulet, History
Caroline Maria Isabel Paulson, Biology
Diana Sara Eve Pearl, Sociology &
Anthropology
Francois Laurent Picard, History
Andrew James Picken, Biology
Pamela Dawn Pierce, Chemistry and
Psychology
Andrew Peter Podolsky3, History
3 with the Concentration in Computer Science
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
7 Pennsylvania Teacher Certification
283
Degrees Conferred
Julie Ann Ponessa, History
Dawn Michele Porter, P olitical Science
Stephen Edward Potthoff, Religion
Michelle Amone Powell, Biology
Vida Ann Praitis, Biology
Edward Simpson Prescott, Economics
Danny Kevin Prillaman, Economics
Richard Edward Prozzo, Psychology
Kate Elizabeth Radtke, English Literature
David Marshall Raitt, Physics
John Carter Ralphe, Biology
Shane Alan Rau, Political Science
Michael Duane Ray, Physics
Rishi Pulimamidi Reddi, English Literature
Keith Reeves2 5, P olitical Science
Kenneth Reeves12*, P olitical Science
Hadley Zuan Renkin, Sociology &
Anthropology
Anna Jean Rhodes, Art History
Sandra Elizabeth Rich, Biology
Gwen Barber Riles, Ancient History
Erica M. E. Roberts, Literature
Lisa Chandra Roeske, Special M ajor:
Neurobiochemistry
Leo Michael Romero, Biology
John Henry Rorke IV, Psychology
Julia Suzanne Rosenwald, Psychology
Michael Phillip Rothberg, English Literature
David Rovinsky, Philosophy
Marc Gordon Rowen, Economics
Mark Francis Rozzo, English Literature
Jerome Michael Russo, Psychology
Mark Stephen Sabean, German and
Psychology
Anita Fatima Sadaty, Biology
Alexander W. Salak, English Literature and
Psychology
Karen Koula Saravanos, Psychology
Eric Richard Schnadig, History and French
David Louis Scholze, Physics
Stephen Schulze, M athem atics
Catherine Jean Schum, English Literature
Christine Scott4, P olitical Science and
Economics
Kenneth Clinton Scott2, English Literature
Teresa Lynn Scott4, P olitical Science
Katherine Jarmila Seidl, Biology
Nayan Bhupendra Shah1, History
Anne N. Shapiro, Biology
1 with the Concentration in A sian Studies
Mark Steven Shapiro4, Economics
Daniel Patrick Sheehy, Psychology
Janet Lynn Sherwood, Psychology
Junji Shimada, Economics
Christine Laural Shinn, Psychology
Marguerite Cornelia Simpkins, English
Literature
William Robert Simpson, Chemistry
Barry Scott Sims, Philosophy
Andrew Erik Skopp, English Literature and
History
Michael B. Sloane, Biology
Edwin Richard Smith, Biology
Lauren Elise Smith, English Literature and
Psychology
Anna Ballard Snider, Political Science
Geoffrey Sobel, Psychology
Galuh Wandita Soedjatmoko, Sociology &
Anthropology
Claudia Heather Canha Quinn Sorsby,
History
Melissa Sue Spatz, Special M ajor: Psychology
o f International Relations
Bonnie Elaine Spear, Physics
Nancy Jayne Stallone, M athem atics
Marc Aaron Stem, P olitical Science
Arthur Nicholson Stokes, Music
Margaret Alice Strain, Economics
Scott Benjamin Sucher, Economics
David George Sussman, Philosophy
John Joseph Switzenberg, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Paul David Talcott, P olitical Science
Jeffrey Andrew Tarlin, Philosophy
David Scott Teszler, Psychology and Economics
Christina Maria Theofilidis, Psychology and
Economics
Julia Midori Thrasher7, Psychology
Hui-Chun Tong, English Literature and
Psychology
Richard Yaw Torkornoo, Economics
Joyce Ann Tornari, Biology
Togo Travalia, Latin
Darko Tresnjak, English Literature
Jennifer Lyn Truscott, Psychology
Wolfram Urbanek, M athem atics
David William Van Stone, M athematics
Tanya Barlow Vanderbilt, Economics
Vivek C. Varma5, P olitical Science
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
2 with the Concentration in B lack Studies
7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
4 with the Concentration in International Relations
284
Stephen Thomas Ward, Political Science
Elizabeth Stanton Wettick6, Psychology
Cynthia Anne W ick, M athem atics
Elizabeth Brittain W ilcox, English Literature
Patricia Lynn Willens, Art History
Marcus Simon Dene Williams, English
Literature
Paul Christopher Wilmore, Economics
Robert South Wolff, P olitical Science
Michael Bryan Wolk, Political Science
Wong Heng Vee, Chemistry
Erika Barton Wood, Philosophy
Kenneth Joseph Woodring, Jr., Political
Science
Lauren Tahira Woodward, English Literature
Lauren Christine Worsh, English Literature
Anne Wright, Psychology
Jennifer Sarah Wright, English Literature
Todd Anthony Wyett, Economics
Christine Jean Yeh, Psychology
Rowena Ariel Wai-Yuen Yeung, English
Literature
Lisa Jennifer Youngling6, Biology
Michael Lee Ming Yu3, Economics
David Collins Zaccheo, P olitical Science
Yi Zhu7, M athem atics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Kevin William Aires, Engineering
Ruth Debra Alfasso, Engineering
Jan W. Beseler, Engineering
Thomas Campbell Bouquet, Engineering
Pierre A. Cesbron, Engineering
Ntopane Chiloane, Engineering
Keith Brian Doyle, Engineering
Robert Evan Harris, Engineering
George Hurchalla, Engineering
Bradford Edgar Jenkins, Engineering
Joseph B. Kosco, Engineering
Jayant Ranjan Kshatri, Engineering
Jonathan David Kulick, Engineering
Roger Oswaldo Landivar, Engineering
Sarah Ross Mooers, Engineering
Jonathan Mercer Owen3, Engineering
Ruth Ellen Rosenholtz, Engineering
Elliot Logan Snow3, Engineering
Richard Yaw Torkomoo, Engineering
Salvatore Anthony Tranchina, Engineering
Wolfram Urbanek, Engineering
Francisco Valero, Engineering
Stephen Thomas Ward, Engineering
3 with the Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
7
Pennsylvania Teacher Certification
285
Awards and Distinctions
HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS—21 MAY 1988
HIGHEST HONORS:
Eric David Gordy, Pamela Susan Haag,
Michael Phillip Rothberg, David George
Sussman.
HIGH HONORS:
John Douglas Augustine, Kristin Anne
Bolton, Hilary Ann Botein, Loren Hunter
Crabtree, Stephen Lewis Dalton, Kevin
James DiPirro, Peter Louis Glickman,
Miriam Ellen Harris, Chris Hart-Zafra,
Geoffrey Lucas Herrera, Natalie Ann Jensen,
Edward Juhani Kamrin, Ethan Edwin Hugh
Knapp, Jonathan David Kulick, Michael
Garrett Lange, Cynthia Marian Leive,
Mathew David Lore, Stephen Nathaniel
Moelis, James J. Moskowitz, Karen Alyson
Neumer, Kathryn Louise Nevin, Nancy
Anderson Neimczyk, Javan Roy Oston,
Thomas Edward Overton, Alexandra
Papalexopoulou, Anne Paulet, Diana Sara
Eve Pearl, Mark Francis Rozzo, Nayan B.
Shah, William Robert Simpson, Marc
Aaron Stern, Margaret Alice Strain, Paul
David Talcott, Togo Travalia, David Willaim
Van Stone, Cynthia Anne W ick, Wong
Heng Vee.
HONORS:
Christopher Scott Abbott, Elise Wells
Adibi, Richard Charles Arbogast, Jr.,
Deborah Bacharach, March Gordon Bartlett,
John Purchase Beale, Timothy Allan Berger,
Jonathan Biran, Clayton Matthew Bullock,
Michael Thomas Casper, Jonathan Aldrich
Cass, Amy Frances Coccia, Liza-Faith
Michaelis Cohn, Thomas William Collins,
Robert Joseph Culp, Andrew Scott Currie,
Leo Cytrynbaum, Eugene Pierre Deess,
Jeanne Marie Dennis, Barbara Ann Dolby,
Peter Duffy Doyle, John McHenry Dunn,
Jeremy West Eisenberg, Jonathan Richard
Eisenberg, David Charles Engerman,
Elizabeth Belle Federman, Alan Brian
Fishbone, Amy E. Freedman, John Wheeler
Goldsborough, Peter Martin Grinspoon,
Katherine Ann Hancock, Margaret
Dickinson Hawley, F. Michael John
Hoffman, Gabriel Joachim Hutter,
Bartholomew Patrick Keogh, Peter Bentele
Klipstein, Laura Katherine McKee, Joanna
Miller, John Miller, Elliott Alfred Moreton,
Rohini Irene Mukand, Eve Barbara Oishi,
Francois Laurent Picard, Andrew Peter
Podolsky, Edward Simpson Prescott, Kate
Elizabeth Radtke, David Marshall Raitt,
Michael Duane Ray, Anna Jean Rhodes,
David Rovinsky, Teresa Lynn Scott,
Christine Laural Shinn, Barry Scott Sims,
Claudia Heather Canha Quinn Sorsby,
Bonnie Elaine Spear, Scott Benjamin
Sucher, Elizabeth Brittain W ilcox, Patricia
Lynn Willens, Marcus Simon Dene
Williams, Robert South Wolff, Erika Barton
Wood, Anne Wright, Jennifer Sarah Wright.
DISTINCTION IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY
Charles Alexander Atkinson, David Philip
Barnes, Jan W . Beseler, Shelley Sue Binkley,
Anne M. Blackburn, Maria Bibiana Briones,
Suzanne Maureen Buckley, Clara King
Cohen, Eric Abraham Cohen, Susan Joan
Cook, Stephen Charles Lewis Coxe,
Courtney Ann Dinsmore, Sara Finkelstein,
Lauren Beth Gilman, Jennifer Nan Howitt,
Lori Ann Jackson, Sönke Johnsen, Jonathan
David Kulick, Magdalen Lindeberg, Nina
Stuart Livingston, Leslie Ann MacAvoy,
286
Abraham Nicholas Morse, Louise Cathell
Nuttle, Jonathan Mercer Owen, Andrew
James Picken, Vida Ann Praitis, Leo
Michael Romero, Ruth Ellen Rosenholtz,
Marc Gordon Rowen, Karen Koula
Saravanos, Eric Richard Schnadig, Mark
Steven Shapiro, Junji Shimada, Elliott
Logan Snow, Galuh Wandita Soedjatmoko,
Melissa Sue Spate, Wolfram Urbanek, Tanya
Barlow Vanderbilt, Stephen Thomas Ward,
Lisa Jennifer Youngling.
ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES
PHI BETA KAPPA:
SIGMA XI:
Charles Alexander Atkinson, John Douglas
Augustine, Jan W. Beseler, Shelley Sue
Binkley, Anne M. Blackburn, Kristin Anne
Bolton, Clara King Cohen, Eric Abraham
Cohen, Susan Joan Cook, Stephen Charles
Lewis Coxe, Andrew Scott Currie, Stephen
Lewis Dalton, Kevin James DiPirro, Sara
Finkelstein, Lauren Beth Gilman, D. Pierre
Gingerich, Peter Louis Glickman, Eric
David Gordy, Pamela Susan Haag, Robert
Evan Harris, F. Michael John Hoffmann,
Jennifer Nan Howitt, Lori Ann Jackson,
Sonke Johnsen, Eward Juhani Kamrin,
Ethan Edwin Hugh Knapp, Jonathan David
Kulick, Michael Garrett Lange, Cynthia
Marian Leive, Magdalen Lindeberg, Nina
Stuart Livingston, Matthew David Lore,
Abraham Nicholas Morse, James J.
Moskowitz, Kathryn Louise Nevin, Nancy
Anderson Niemczyk, Alexandra
Papalexopoulou, Anne Paulet, Vida Ann
Praitis, Ruth Ellen Rosenholtz, Michael
Phillip Rothberg, Eric Richard Schnadig,
Nayan B. Shah, William Robert Simpson,
Mellissa Sue Spatz, Bonnie Elaine Spear,
Marc Aaron Stem, Margaret Alice Strain,
David George Sussman, Paul David Talcott,
Wolfram Urbanek, David William Van
Stone, Cynthia Anne W ick, Wong Heng
Vee, Lisa Jennifer Youngling.
Charles Alexander Atkinson, John P. Beale,
Jan W. Beseler, Shelley Sue Binkley, David
Coates, Susan Joan Cook, Clara King
Cohen, Stephen L. Dalton, Jay R. Desai,
Kenneth Donald Falkenstein, Rahel Eden
Green, Randi Hansen, Mary J. Homer,
Jennifer N. Howitt, Claire Mary Ingulli,
Nicholas Roman Jackiw, Lori A. Jackson,
Anita Natalie Jayaweera, Sonke Johnsen,
Bart P. Keogh, Kathleen S. King, Dora
Wynne Klein, John DuBois Kliever,
Jonathan David Kulick, Corinna Elisabeth
Lathan, Abraham Nicholas Morse, James J.
Moskowitz, Kevin P. Murphy, Louise
Cathell Nuttle, Jonathan Mercer Owen,
Caroline M. I. Paulson, Andrew James
Picken, Michelle Arnone Powell, David M.
Raitt, Michael D. Ray, Lisa Chandra
Roeske, Michael L. Romero, Ruth Ellen
Rosenholtz, Katherine Jarmila Seidl,
William Robert Simpson, Bonnie Elaine
Spear, Wolfram Urbanek, Francisco Javier
Valero, David William Van Stone, Stephen
T. Ward, Hengvee Wong.
TAUBETAPI:
Jan Beseler, Robert Harris, Jonathan Kulick,
Ruth Rosenholtz, Wolfram Urbanek.
FELLOWSHIPS
The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant to
Mark Van Buskirk ’89
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to
David Richard Harrison ’89
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Q uartet
Scholarships to Baird Dodge ’9 0 and Adriana
Ruesink ’92
Friends o f Music and D ance Summer
Scholarships: Ruth Baguskas ’89, Ariel Clark
(Sp.), Sharon Marroquin ’90, Kitty
Schlossberg ’89, and Darko Tresnjak ’88
(dance); Peter Christensen ’90, Debby How
’89, Clif Kussmaul ’89, Lorin Lyle ’90, and
Leslie Sprout ’9 0 (music)
Phi B eta K appa Fellowship to Ethan Edwin
Hugh Knapp ’88
The H annah A. Leedom Fellowship to Laura
Riley Boudreau ’87, Lori Joan Kenschaft
’87, and Elizabeth Anne Oman ’87
The Eugene M. Lang G raduate Incentive
Fellowship to Gretchen Dean Hug ’88 and
Barbara Louise Klock ’86
T he Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Carolyn
Jane Lesjak ’85 and Keith Reeves ’88
T he Thom as M. M cCabe, Jr., and Yvonne
Motley M cCabe M em orial Fellowship to
Jeffrey Craig Gerstel ’86, Patricia Francine
Hill ’77, and David Lansing Schutte ’86
287
Awards and Distinctions
T he Lucretia M ott Fellowship to Susan Joan
Cook ’88, Karen Alyson Neumer ’88, and
Melissa Sue Spatz ’88
The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship to Joanna
Diane Berkinsky ’88, Kristin Anne Bolton
’88, and Lauren Beth Gilman ’88
AWARDS AND PRIZES
T he Academ y o f Am erican Poets Prize to
Suzanne Holm ’88 and Kathryn Nevin ’88
T he Adam s Prize to Alexandra
Papalexopoulou ’88
T he Stanley Adam son Prize in Chemistry to
Michael B. Koch ’89
T he Am erican C hem ical Society Award to
William R. Simpson ’88
T he Am erican Institute o f Chemists Student
Honor Awards to Wong Heng Vee ’88 and
Jennifer N. Howitt ’88
T he Jam es H. Button ’72 Award to Melissa
Edwards ’8 9 and Andrew Louden ’90
T he Paul H. B eik Prize in History to Pamela
Haag ’88
T he Tim Berman M em orial Award to John
Augustine ’88
T he Brand Blanshard Prize to Barry S. Sims
’88
T he H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics
Prize to Eric Cohen ’88 and Wolfram
Urbanek ’88
T he Chemistry Department Service Awards to
Joel Papke ’88, Michael Koch ’89, and
Richard Brigandi ’89
T he CRC Press Achievement Award to
Outstanding Freshman Chemistry Students to
Steffan Haithcox ’9 0 and Marguerite
Eisenstein ’91
T he Robert H. Dunn Trophy to Marshall
Happer ’9 0 and Andy Mouer ’90
T he Dorothy D itter Gondos Award to Kathryn
Nevin ’88
T he John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes to Laura
Augustine ’8 9 (first prize) and Robert Culp
’88
T he F lack Achievem ent Award to Sarah
Newland ’90
288
T he Philip M. H icks Prizes to Laura Lomas
’8 9 and Michael Rothberg ’88
T he Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to
Cynthia M. Leive ’88. Honorable Mention
to John W. Gastil ’8 9 and Kelly J.
Terwilliger ’89
The Ivy Award to Nayan B. Shah ’88
The N aom i K ies Award to Wendy Kuenstler
’89
The Kwink Trophy to Logan Snow ’88
The M cC abe Engineering Award to Jan W.
Beseler ’88
The Lois M orrell Poetry Award to Kathryn
Nevin ’88
The N ational Science Foundation Incentives for
Excellence Scholarship Prize to Aria W. Davis
’8 9 and Michelle Hines ’9 0
The A . Edward Newton Library Prize to Julie
Ponessa ’88 and Eric Zahler ’91 (joint first
prize); Douglas Keim ’9 0 and Nancy
Anderson Niemczyk ’88 (joint third prize)
The O ak L e a f Award to Christine Laural
Shinn ’88 and Margaret Alice Strain ’88
T he May E. Parry M em orial Award to Ann
Fetter ’88
T he W illiam Plummer Potter Prizes in Fiction:
William Tryon Baldwin III ’88 (first prize);
Anu Murgai ’9 0 (second prize); Paul
Waldman ’9 0 (third prize)
The Dinny Rath Award to Jenneane Jansen
’8 9 and Pamela Pierce ’88
The Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay to
Stephen Ward ’88
The H alley Jo Stein Memorial Award for
D ance to Michael Casper ’88
The Peter Gram Swing Prize to Serena Canin
’88 and Stephen Coxe ’88
The M elvin B. Troy Award to David Barnes
’88 and Hope Nye ’88
Enrollment Statistics
ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASSES 1987-88
MEN
WOMEN
Seniors
199
175
374
Juniors
150
119
269
Sophomores
166
171
337
Freshmen
164
160
324
1304
TOTAL
679
625
Graduate Students
0
0
0
Special Students
5
6
11
684
631
1315
TOTAL
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1987-88
New Y o rk ................ . 230
Pennsylvania ............... . 194
New Jersey .............. . 123
Maryland ................ . . . 8 9
California...................... . . 8 5
Massachusetts ............. . . 6 8
Connecticut ............. . . 4 5
Ohio ...................... . . 3 4
Florida ................... . . 2 9
Delaware................. . . 2 7
District of Columbia . . . 2 6
Illinois ................. ... . . 2 5
Virginia ................... . . 2 5
Washington ........... .. . . 1 9
North Carolina ........... . . . 1 8
Texas ............................. . . . 1 7
Minnesota ................ . . . 1 6
Vermont ................. . . . 1 5
Georgia ................... . . . 1 3
Oregon ................... . . . 1 2
Maine .............
...11
Michigan .........
...11
M issouri ...........
...10
Arizona ................
Kansas...................
New Hampshire.........] . . . . 8
New M e x ico .......... . . . . 8
West V irginia ......... ..... 7
Oklahoma ...........
Wisconsin ............ . . . . 6
Colorado ....
Alabama ..........
....4
Io w a ..........................
Indiana ..............
Tennessee ...........
H aw aii......................
Louisiana ...............
Rhode Island .........
Utah ..................
Wyoming ...........
A la s k a ................
A rkan sas .............
I d a h o ..................
Kentucky ...........
Mississippi .............
N ebraska .............
Puerto Rico ...........
Montana ..................
Nevada ...............
South Carolina ...
Total U .S.A.
........... 4
........ 4
........ 4
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........ 3
........ 3
........ 2
........ 2
........ 2
........ 2
........ 2
........... 2
........... 2
........ 1
........ 1
........ 1
.. ... 1247
Canada .............. ........ 5
G r e e c e ................ ........ 5
India .................. ........ 4
Jamaica .................... ........... 4
Mexico .................... ...........4
Ethiopia ............. ........ 3
........ 3
Japan .................. ........ 3
France ................ ........ 2
........ 2
K o re a .................. ........ 2
K uw ait ................ ........ 2
Malaysia ........................ , . . . 2
Sri Lanka ................ , . . . 2
Switzerland................... , . . . 2
Turkey ............................ , . . . 2
Venezuela ......................, . . . 2
Argentina ...................... ... 1
Bangladash .............. ... 1
Barbados ................. ... 1
B elgiu m ................... ... 1
B o liv ia ..................... ... 1
Chile ...................... ... 1
C h in a .............................. ... 1
Indonesia .................... 1
Italy ........................ ... 1
Lebanon ........................ .... 1
N e p a l.............................. ... 1
Paraguay ................. .... 1
Philippines .............. .... 1
Peoples’ Republic
o f China ................. 1
South A frica ................. 1
Singapore .................... 1
Sweden ................... ... 1
United Arab Emirates ... 1
West G erm any............. ... 1
Zaire ...................... .... 1
lotal from Abroad
GRAND TOTAL
... . . 6 9
.... 1316
289
Index
Absence from examinations, 59
Academic honesty, 59
Administration and staff, 268
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 18
Application dates, 19
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 19
School subjects recommended, 18
Advanced Degrees, 61
Advanced Placement, 20
Advanced Standing, 20
Advising, 37
AIMS, 43
Alumni Association Officers, 247
Alumni Council, 247
Alumni Office, 39
Ancient History and Civilization, 94
A rt History, 71
Arts, Studio, 41, 74
Asian Studies, 76
Astronomy, 78, 205
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 42, 195
Attachments to Courses, 52
Attendance at Classes, 58
Automobiles, regulations 4 0
Awards and Distinctions, 286
Awards and Prizes, 63
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 61
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 61
Bequests, 10
Biology, 79
Black Cultural Center, 36
Black Studies, 85
Board o f Managers, 243
Committees of, 245
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5
Career Planning and Placement, 38
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 12
Chemistry, 87
Chinese, 171
Classics, 92
College Entrance Examinations, 19
College, committees of, 265
College jobs, 23
Comprehensive Examinations, 47, 59
Computer Science, 98
Computing Center, 12
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 12
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 55
Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering, 10
Corporation, officers of, 243
Courses o f Instruction, 6 9
290
Course Program, 49
Creative Arts, 54
Curriculum, 46
Dance, 42, 186
Degree Requirements, 61
Degrees offered, 61
Degrees conferred, 281
Dining Hall, 35
Directed Reading, 52
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 304
Distinction in Course, 49
Distribution requirements, 47
Divisions and Departments, 267
Dormitories, 35
Drama, 42, 132
Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 12
Economics, 102
Education, 109
Education Abroad, 55
Emeritus Professors, 252
Endowed Professorships, 15
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 113
English Literature, 121
Enrollment statistics, 289
Equal Opportunity Office, 271
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 59
Exceptions to the four-year program, 51
Exclusion from College, 60
Expenses, 21
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 46, 49
Extra-curricular activities, 41
Faculty advisers, 37, 47, 48
Faculty, committees of, 265
Faculty members, 252
Faculty Regulations, 58
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 21, 62
Fellowships, 67
Financial Aid, 22
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 289
Formats o f Instruction, 52
Fraternities, 36
French, 172
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 36
Geographical distribution o f Students, 289
German, 175
Gifts, 10
Grades, 58
Graduate study, 61
Graduation requirements, 61
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 93
Grenoble Program, 55
Handicapped Student Services, 37, 51
Health care, 36
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 54
Hebrew, 177
History, 136
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 51, 278
Housing, 35
Insurance, 35
Interdisciplinary work, 53
International Relations, 147
Judicial Bodies, 4 0
Lang Music Building, 12, 42
Language Laboratory, 12
Latin, 93
Leaves of Absence, 60
Libraries, 10
Linguistics, 149
Literature Program, 155
Loans to students, 23
Madrid Program, 56
Map of College grounds, 302
Martin Biological Laboratory, 12
Master’s degrees, 61
Mathematics, 157
McCabe Library, 10
Media, Student, 43
Medieval Studies, 165
Modern Languages and Literatures, 167
Music, 41, 181
Music, performance, 182, 185
Normal Course Load, 51
Observatory, 12, 200
Papazian Hall, 12
Pearson Hall, 12
Philosophy, 189
Physical Education and Athletics, 195
Physical Education requirements, 60, 195
Physics and Astronomy, 197
Political Science, 207
Practical work, 53
Pre-medical Program, 54
Prizes, 63
PROGRAM O F STUDY, 46
Freshmen and Sophomores, 47
Juniors and Seniors, 48
External Examination (Honors) Program, 49
Psychological Services, 37
Psychology, 215
Public Policy, 222
Public Relations, 39
Publications, College, 39
Publications, Student, 43
Registration, 59
Religion, 224
Religious life, 8, 36
Requirements for Admission, 18
Requirements for Graduation, 61
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 35
Russian, 178
Scholarships, 24
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 19
Scott Arboretum, 13
Sharpies Dining Hall, 35
Social Committee, 41
Sociology and Anthropology, 229
Spanish, 179
Special Major, 49
Sproul Observatory, 12, 200
Student Art Association, 41
Student conduct, 40
Student-run courses, 52
Student Council, 40
Student employment, 24
Student Exchange Programs, 55
Study Abroad, 55
Summer school work, 60
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 11
Swarthmore Foundation, 44
Tarble Social Center, 36
Theatre, Courses in, 132
Transfer, application for, 20
Tuition and other fees, 21, 62
Tutorials, 52
Upward Bound, 43
Visiting Examiners, 278
Vocational Advising, 38
Volunteer Program, 43
W ilcox (Florence) Gallery, 12
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 38
Women’s Center, 36
Women’s Studies, 238
Worth Health Center, 36
291
Explanation of Buildings
1.
Parrish Hall—A d m issio n s O ff ic e , a d m in istra tio n o ffic e s , business o ffic e s ,
cla ssroo m s, a n d dorm itory
2.
3.
4.
5.
Parrish Annex —F acu lty o ffic e s
S c o tt Building —R e l i e f m a p o f cam p u s
Site o f Performing A rts C enter
Lang M usic Building —U n d e rh ill M u sic L ib ra ry , d a n c e , m usic
6 . M artin Biological Laboratory and Animal Laboratory— B iology, lan guage
V 6'
|7.
18.
|9.
20.
¿1.
lab o ra to ry , r e lig io n , a n d ed u c a tio n
7.
8.
9.
C orn ell Science Library
Du Pont Science Building —C hem istry, m ath em a tic s, physics, a n d astronom y
Beardsley Hall—Art history a n d s tu d io a r t, C o m p u tin g C en ter, a n d W ilcox
G a llery
10.
11.
12.
Hicks Hall—E n gin eerin g
Trotter Hall—S o c ia l scien ces a n d C e n te r f o r S o c ia l a n d P olicy Studies
A rts Center — P earson T h e a tr e , d r a m a , e d u c a tio n , re lig io n , stu dio arts, an d
fa c u lty o ffic e s
13.
14.
15.
Papazian Hall— Linguistics, p h ilo s o p h y , psychology, a n d en gin eerin g laboratories
Friends Meeting House
W h ittier House
(
2.
23.
24.
25.
26.
■ & Scott Arboretum O ffice
■ 7 . Wister Greenhouse
18. McCabe Library
f 9. Old Tarble— D an ce stu dios
I
(temporary)
20. Worth Health Center
I
I
I
I
R
Beniamin West House—
Birthplace o f Benjamin
West (design ated a
national historical
lan dm ark) —in form ation ,
security, an d com m unications
■ 2 . Bond Memorial and
I Lodges— D orm itory sp a ce
and m eeting rooms
^ p . Robinson House— B la c k
■
27.
28.
29.
P h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n
30.
31.
32.
33.
Tarble Pavilion— P h y s ica l ed u c a tio n
W are Swimming Pool
Squash Courts
Service Building— M a in te n a n c e , grou n ds, a n d
en v iron m en tal services
34.
35.
Heating Plant
Fraternity and Social Lodges— Alice P au l
W o m en ’s C en ter
36.
37.
C u ltural C enter
8 4 . Ashton Guest House
w V * Tennis Courts
■B* Cunningham Fields
C lothier Fields
Barn
Lam b'M iller Field H ouse —
38.
39.
Sharpies Dining Hall
Tarble Social Center in C lothier M em orial—
P erson n el o ff i c e s , s n a c k b a r , stu den t o ffic e s ,
b o o k s to r e
Sproul Observatory— A stron om y a n d com p u ter
scie n c e
Dormitories and Residences
1. Parrish Hail
Dana Dorm itory
Haliowell D orm itory
W harton Hall
W illets Dorm itory
E. W orth Dorm itory
F. Mertz Hall
G. Palmer Hall
H. Pittenger Hall
I. R oberts Hall
J . Mary Lyon Building
K. W oolman House
L Professors’ Houses
M. Employees’ Houses
N. Courtney Sm ith House—
A.
B.
C.
D.
P resid en t’s H ou se
S co tt O utdoor Auditorium
303
Directions for Reaching
Swarthmore College
DRIVING
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike
Take Exit 2 4 (Valley Forge). From the toll booth, travel about 2 miles
on 1-76 to the Gulph Mills exit, then follow Route 3 2 0 South
approximately 14.5 miles to College Avenue. (Beware: Route 3 2 0 has
unexpected turns along the way.) Turn right onto College Avenue and
follow the road to Parrish Hall. (The entrance to the Admissions
Office is through the archway at the back o f Parrish Hall.)
From the New Jersey Turnpike
Take Exit 3 and follow signs to the Walt Whitman Bridge. After
crossing the Bridge, follow signs for 1-95 South. Pass Philadelphia
International Airport and continue following 1-95 to Chester, Pa.
Exit onto 3 2 0 North, and go approximately 3 miles to College
Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and follow the road to
Parrish Hall. (The entrance to the Admissions Office is through the
archway at the back o f Parrish Hall.)
From the South
Traveling on 1-95 from the south, exit at Chester, Pa. (Chester
Business District: Route PA 320, PA 3 5 2 Edgemont Avenue). Follow
3 2 0 North for about 3 miles to College Avenue. Turn left onto
College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish Hall. (The Admissions
Office is through the archway at the back o f Parrish Hall.)
TRAIN
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train. Amtrak
trains from New York and Washington arrive hourly at Philadelphia’s
30th Street Station. From 30th Street Station, the SEPTA Media
Local takes 21 minutes to reach the campus.
AIR
An express train runs from the airport to 30th Street Station where
you can take the SEPTA Media Local train direcdy to the Swarthmore
campus. The combined fare is less than $4.00, and the trip requires
about one hour. Taxi service is also available. The fare is approxi
mately $18.00, and the trip requires about 3 0 minutes.
304
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
Swarthmore, PA 19081
215/328-8000
Second-Class Postage Paid
Swarthm ore, PA 19081
ISSN 0888-2126
SWARTHMORE
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1988-1989
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1988 - 1989
308 pages
reformatted digital